RSS Feed

Change view
by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

This 55-Inch Samsung OLED TV Was Already a Great Value, and Now It's Over $550 Off

The Samsung S90F matches premium OLED TVs in picture quality, for much less money.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

OLED TVs are not for everyone. They are dimmer than LEDs, can suffer from burn-in, and they are much more expensive. The upside comes in the contrast and colors, which are exponentially better, resulting in just about the best picture quality you can get with the current generation of TVs.

If you're looking for an OLED that offers the best value for your money in 2026, consider the 55-inch Samsung S90F OLED. It's always been a great value option, but right now it's going for $1,044.99 ($553 off the list price of $1,597.99). This is the lowest price this TV has ever reached, according to price-tracking tools. Other sizes are also discounted.

The S90F is the lowest-priced OLED TV from Samsung's 2025 lineup, and a step below the more premium S95F. For around half the price, the S90F cuts out some features that might not be essential for you anyway: It has lower brightness (though it's still pretty good—see below), no anti-reflective coating, and no connection box (that is, an external input/output hub with HDMI, power, and USB for reducing cable clutter). If you don't plan on putting this TV in a well-lit space or do most of your watching in the evening, and you don't care for the connection box, this model offers an incredible value for the money. For $1,044.99, you'll be getting an OLED with premium specs for a budget price.

This TV has been one of the best-value OLEDs you can buy since its 2025 release. It offers a dynamic picture and excellent gaming brightness that you won't find in other TVs at this price point. According to CNET's review, the brightness in game mode is especially great when compared to its main competitor, the LG OLED C5, which is currently $1,198.99.

If you want to watch a premium-quality picture on TV while getting the most for your money in 2026, the S90F is your best option, especially for gamers who need a brightness boost for sessions during the day.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

When we started Discourse in 2013, our server requirements were high:

  • 1GB RAM
  • modern, fast dual core CPU
  • speedy solid state drive with 20+ GB

I’m not talking about a cheapo shared cpanel server, either, I mean a dedicated virtual private server with those specifications.

We

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

When we started Discourse in 2013, our server requirements were high:

  • 1GB RAM
  • modern, fast dual core CPU
  • speedy solid state drive with 20+ GB

I’m not talking about a cheapo shared cpanel server, either, I mean a dedicated virtual private server with those specifications.

We were OK with that, because we were building in Ruby for the next decade of the Internet. I predicted early on that the cost of renting a suitable VPS would drop to $5 per month, and courtesy of Digital Ocean that indeed happened in January 2018.

The cloud got cheaper, and faster. Not really a surprise, since the price of hardware trends to zero over time. But it’s still the cloud, and that means it isn’t exactly cheap. It is, after all, someone else’s computer that you pay for the privilege of renting.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

But wait… what if you could put your own computer “in the cloud”?

Wouldn’t that be the best of both worlds? Reliable connectivity, plus a nice low monthly price for extremely fast hardware? If this sounds crazy, it shouldn’t – Mac users have been doing this for years now.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

I suppose it’s understandable that Mac users would be on the cutting edge here since Apple barely makes server hardware, whereas the PC world has always been the literal de-facto standard for server hardware.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

Given the prevalence and maturity of cloud providers, it’s even a little controversial these days to colocate actual servers. We’ve also experimented with colocating mini-pcs in various hosting roles. I’m still curious why there isn’t more of a cottage industry for colocating mini PCs. Because… I think there should be.

I originally wrote about the scooter computers we added to our Discourse infrastructure in 2016, plus my own colocation experiment that ran concurrently. Over the last three years of both experiments, I’ve concluded that these little boxes are plenty reliable, with one role specific caveat that I’ll explain in the comments. I remain an unabashed fan of mini-PC colocation. I like it so much I put together a new 2019 iteration:

2017 — $6702019 — $820
i7-7500u
2.7-3.5 Ghz, 2c / 4t
i7-8750h
2.2-4.1 Ghz, 6c / 12t
16GB DDR3 RAM32GB DDR4 RAM
500GB SATA SSD500GB NVMe SSD

This year’s scooter computer offers 3× the cores, 2× the memory, and 3× faster drive. It is, as the kids say… an absolute unit. 😱

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer
The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer
The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

It also has a rather elegant dual-sided internal layout. There is a slot for an old-school 2.5″ drive, plus built in wi-fi, but you won’t see it in my pictures because I physically removed both.

I vetted each box via my recommended burn in and stability testing and they all passed with flying colors, though I did have to RMA one set of dodgy RAM sticks in the process. The benchmarks tell the story, as compared to the average Digital Ocean droplet:

Per-core performance
sysbench cpu --cpu-max-prime=20000 run

DO Droplet2,988
2017 Mini-PC4,800
2019 Mini-PC5,671

Multi-core performance
sysbench cpu --cpu-max-prime=40000 --num-threads=8 run

DO Droplet2,200
2017 Mini-PC5,588
2019 Mini-PC14,604

Disk performance
dd bs=1M count=512 if=/dev/zero of=test conv=fdatasync
hdparm -Tt /dev/sda

DO Droplet701 / 8818 / 471 MB/sec
2017 Mini-PC444 / 12564 / 505 MB/sec
2019 Mini-PC1200 / 17919 / 3115 MB/sec

Discourse rebuild
time ./launcher rebuild app

DO Droplet6:59
2017 Mini-PC3:41
2019 Mini-PC3:24

Power consumption could be a concern, as the 2017 version had a much lower 15 watt TDP, compared to the 45 watts of this version. That 3× increase in core count ain’t free! So I tested that, too, with a combination of i7zstress, and my handy dandy watt meter.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer
(idle login)800 Mhz10w
stress --cpu 14.1 GHz30w
stress --cpu 24.1 GHz42w
stress --cpu 34.0 GHz53w
stress --cpu 43.9 GHz65w
stress --cpu 53.7 GHz65w
stress --cpu 63.5 GHz65w
stress --cpu 123.3 Ghz65w

I’d expect around 10 - 20 watts doing typical low-load stuff that isn’t super CPU intensive. Note that running current-ish versions of mprime jacks power consumption up to 75w 🔥 and the overall clock scales down to 3.1 Ghz… let me tell you, I’ve learned to be very, very afraid of AVX2 extensions.

(If you’re worried about noise, don’t be. This active cooling solution is clearly overkill for a 65w load, because it barely spun up at all even under full core load. It was extremely quiet.)

So we’re happy that this machine is a slammin’ deal for $820, it’s super fast, and plenty reliable. But how about colocation costs? My colocation provider is EndOffice out of Boston, and they offer very competitive rates to colocate a Mini-PC: $29/month.

I personally colocate three Mini-PCs for redundancy and just-in-case; there are discounts for colocating more than one. Here they are racked up and in action. Of course I labelled the front and rear before shipping because that’s how I roll.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

Let’s break this down and see what the actual costs of colocating a Mini-PC are versus the cloud. Given the plateauing of CPU speeds, I think five years of useful life for these boxes is realistic, but let’s assume a conservative three year lifespan to be safe.

  • $880 mini-pc 32GB RAM, 6 CPUs, 500GB SSD
  • $120 taxes / shipping / misc
  • $29 × 12 × 3 = $1,044

That’s $2,044 for three years of hosting. How can we do on Digital Ocean? Per their current pricing page:

  • 32GB RAM, 8 vCPUs, 640GB SSD
  • $160/month
  • $160 × 12 × 3 = $5,760

This isn’t quite apples to apples, as we are getting an extra 140GB of disk and 2 bonus CPUs, but those CPUs are both slower and partially consumed by multi-tenancy compared to our brand new dedicated, isolated CPUs. (I was curious about this, so I just spun up a new $160/month DO instance for a quick test. The sysbench results are 4086 and 11760 respectively, considerably below the 2019 Mini-PC results, above.) As you can see, you pay almost three times as much for a cloud server. 🤑

I’m not saying this is for everyone. If you just need to spin up a quick server or two for testing and experimentation, there’s absolutely no way you need to go to the trouble and up-front cost of building and then racking colocated mini-pcs. There’s no denying that spinning servers up in the cloud offers unparalleled flexibility and redundancy. But if you do have need for dedicated computing resources over a period of years, then building your own small personal cloud, with machines you actually own, is not only one third the cost but also… kinda cool?

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

If you’d also like to embark upon this project, you can get the same Partaker B18 box I did for $490 from Amazon, or $460 direct from China via AliExpress. Add memory and drive to taste, build it up, then check out endoffice.com who I can enthusiastically recommend for colocation, or the colocation provider of your choice.

Get something cool hosted out there; let’s do our part to keep the internet fun and weird!

by Beth Skwarecki  for lifehacker.com

How to Actually Start Eating Healthy

There's no single "best" diet, but here are some simple steps that will get you eating healthier than you are now.

Eating healthy is good for you, no matter who you are or what your goals. You don't have to be trying to lose weight to eat healthier, for one thing. But it can be tricky to know where to start, so here are your basic guidelines for healthy eating. Fruits, veggies, and protein are some of the easiest places to start, and they'll have the biggest impacts.

There’s no perfect diet

Before we start, an important ground rule: There isn’t one true perfect way to eat. No matter what your keto friend says, or your mom who has this diet plan you just have to try, or even those ranked lists of the "best" diets. When weight-loss diets have been tested against each other, they all work about the same. And if you’re just eating healthy for, you know, your health (what an idea!) there are still plenty of ways to do it. So let’s talk about the things that nearly all healthy eating approaches have in common.

Even though I'll list several good starting points below, you don't have to do all of them—pick one for now. Just as with exercise, it takes time to get used to a habit. Eating healthier may involve many different habits, like learning new recipes or buying different groceries than what you’re used to, so give yourself some time to learn and get used to it.

Eat more fruits and vegetables

If you only change one thing, make it this. Most of us don’t eat enough vegetables, or we eat the same few over and over. Eat more vegetables, and more types of vegetables. Same with fruits, especially fresh fruits. (Apple pie is technically a fruit, but that’s not quite what I mean.) Fruits and vegetables contain fiber, which most of us don't get enough of, including soluble, insoluble, and prebiotic types. They also contain vitamins and minerals that most of us could use more of, like vitamin A and potassium. And they contain plenty of phytonutrients, which are natural chemical compounds that don't qualify as vitamins but that are still likely good for us. For example, beta-carotene is a form of vitamin A, but there are at least 40 other carotenes that we can get in our diets. Eat a variety of fruits and vegetables, and you'll cover a lot of bases.

How to do it: Try to add a fruit or vegetable to at least one meal a day. (When you've got the hang of that, build on that and add another.) Feel free to make this convenient: frozen veggies are just as nutritious as fresh (sometimes more so). You can throw frozen cooked spinach into just about any sauce or soup, or roast a bunch of veggies—fresh, frozen, whatever—on a sheet pan for an easy side dish or meal. Everything tastes good seasoned and roasted.

Get enough protein

It’s not hard to get enough protein on a normal diet, but as you’re overhauling what you eat, make sure that you’re making room for it. Lean proteins like fish, chicken and tofu are an excellent base for your diet. Whether to include fattier ones like red meat depends on your goals for your diet (including whether your doctor has advised you to limit these foods for health reasons).

If you’re trying to lose weight, you need more protein than the average person. The less food you eat, the more of it needs to be protein. Remember, protein is a nutrient found in many foods; it’s not just the meats and tofu themselves. Get used to reading labels (or looking up the protein content of your foods) to make sure you get plenty. If you work out a lot, you’ll also need more protein than the average person.

And don't worry about the fearmongering messages you may have heard about how we already get "too much" protein. This is a myth, borne out of some misunderstandings about how the RDA for protein is calculated. When you check the numbers, it turns out that the average person eats just barely enough protein, and many of us are in groups that should get more than the minimum. If you're an older adult, for example, you probably need significantly more than you're already getting.

Have less sugar and processed food

It’s not realistic to cut sugar and processed foods completely out of your diet. Processing is relative, anyway; cooking is a form of processing. But if you find yourself eating a lot of these foods, it can be helpful to ask yourself: What could I be eating instead?

In place of a boxed breakfast cereal, for example, you could make your own oatmeal or overnight oats. If you drink a lot of soda, maybe you’d be fine with swapping out some of those drinks for water or seltzer. And if you snack a lot on candy or chips, maybe you could make your meals a bit larger (more protein? More veggies?) so you’re less likely to get a snacky craving later in the day.

Make it easy to eat healthy

Intending to eat healthy is the easy part. It’s actually grabbing the right meal or snack when you’re busy or exhausted that trips people up. So think ahead about what you want to eat, and set things up to make it easy.

Put fresh fruit in a convenient spot, and shove the candy into the back of a cabinet. Chop some veggies on the weekend and cook some brown rice so they’re ready to throw together when it’s time for a meal. If you like cooking dinner but tend to be lost at lunchtime, go ahead and pack yourself a lunch in the evening (even if you work at home) so that you’ll just have to open your lunchbox when it’s time to eat.

Eating healthy doesn’t have to mean cooking from scratch, by the way. I love getting bags of frozen veggies or veggie/grain mixes from Trader Joe’s and pairing them with whatever protein I have on hand (often also bought and defrosted from Trader Joe’s, sorry, I’m predictable). It’s not cheating to make things easy on yourself. If you think that preparing your meals ahead of time might help, check out my guide to getting into the meal prep habit without getting overwhelmed with the cooking or bored with the meals.

Only track calories if you really want or need to

If you’re trying to gain or lose weight, what needs to happen is that your total calorie intake will need to change relative to the number of calories you burn. And if your weight has been changing but you don’t want it to, you’ll need your calorie intake and calorie burn to be equal. Tracking your food and counting calories can help you keep tabs on whether the numbers are going the way you want them to.

That said, don’t track calories just because you feel like you “should.” If you don’t have a specific goal, or if you’re flexible about the timeline, you don’t have to download MyFitnessPal just because that’s what all your dieting friends are doing. (Cronometer is the better app for meal tracking anyway, and you can get a better handle on your weight gain or loss with Macrofactor (paid) or a free DIY solution.)

If you do end up counting calories, a word of warning: don’t aim for a shockingly low number, even if you have the willpower to make it work. 1,200 calories is starvation rations. Extreme calorie deficits can make you lose muscle, not just fat, which may leave you, ironically, less fit than when you started. Gradual changes are more sustainable anyway.

Death Stranding 2: On the Beach (PC)

Världen är ogästvänlig, karg och mänskligheten lever fortfarande isolerade från varandra. Rädslan att dö och bli motsvarigheten till ett kärnvapen skapar svårigheter för alla som överlevt katastrofen vi såg i det första spelet i serien. Denna gång befinner vi oss i Mexiko i ett försök att fly all politik och ansvar. Trots kratrar av städer och att mänskligheten i princip tvingas bo i bunkrar finns det folk som är ute och utför stordåd. En av dessa stordåd är transporten av viktiga varor mellan bosättningar, bunkrar och mindre städer. Det är också detta som du kommer att spendera den mesta av tiden med att göra.

Death Stranding 2 är som bekant nästan ett år gammalt vid tidpunkten för denna recension. Turen har kommit till oss som spelar på PC att åter få stifta bekantskap med Norman Reedus som ger röst och utseende till protagonisten Sam Porter. I den briljanta föregångaren räddade vi världen genom att koppla upp resterna av USA till ett gemensamt nätverk. Och precis som i föregångaren är det transporten av föremål och att koppla upp en hel kontinent som är kärnan av upplevelsen. Ditt mål är att transportera saker både säkert och ofta snabbt till en destination. Till din hjälp har du mer utrustning, nya kamrater och kontinenten Australien att utforska.

Jag har inte riktigt bestämt mig om jag tycker att det rappare tempot, större fokus på vapen är ett plus. Ettan hade sina svagheter såsom dryga robotfiender. Det går ganska rappt i tvåan att gå in i läger, besegra alla fiender med automatvapen, granatkastare, hagelgevär och annat. Det är en stor kontrast mot ettan som introducerade vapen i ett långsammare tempo. Även om jag inte är helt såld på tempoökningen i tvåan är jag däremot nöjd med portningen. Det tekniska är verkligen makalöst bra. Portningen av tvåan är minst lika bra som portningen av ettan. Spelet laddar sömlöst in och ut, det flyter på oavsett inställning och att bevittna spelet på en stor skärm är ett måste. Det är också grafiskt kompetent och ser ursnyggt ut.

<bild>Även om Mexiko är lite mindre än Australien tyckte jag att terrängen var mer utmanande på sina håll.</bild>
<bild>Berättelsen om Lou fortsätter även i denna titel.</bild>

Borta är de gröna och bergiga miljöerna från ettan och nu ersatta med Australiens varierande biomer. Du har öken, berg, snö, tropisk djungel och mycket annat i en och samma värld. Jag kan tycka att Australien är lite platt i detta spel och utmaningen är förhållandevis låg. Det beror på att du ganska omgående kommer åt fordon, bygga motorvägar och liknande. Jag kan också respektera att Kojima försökt att hantera kritiken ettan fick där fienderna kunde pinga dig och hitta dig direkt om du bar på värdesaker. Även om tvåan är lite lättare är det ändå ett riktigt bra spel. Jag gillar alla nya karaktärer och att få träffa återkommande sådana från ettan. Kojima är duktig på att skapa intressanta, knasiga och spännande personligheter till dessa i ganska häftiga spelvärldar. Det känns verkligen som en värld där folk försöker överleva trots alla konstigheter vi möts av.

Du är inte ensam i denna värld, jag har inte haft några problem med att ta hjälp av andra spelare. Precis som i ettan kan du lägga ut skyltar på marken, få hjälp att leverera varor och mycket annat utan att du stöter på spelarna. Det är även kul att hjälpa andra spelare, bygga vägar och transportera föremål. Jag tycker också att det är en bättre spridning på belöningarna och de flesta är ändå någorlunda kraftfulla. På flera sätt är detta en ren och skär uppgradering av ettans spelmässiga system. Jag kan dock känna ibland att det saknar det där mystiska och oväntade som ettan bjöd på. Det är såklart en konsekvens att vi redan gjort en resa med Sam en gång förut. Precis som med den första resan är detta bäst att upplevas för första gången utan att veta så mycket om titeln.

<bild>Precis som i föregångaren pratar karaktärerna med dig via hologram.</bild>
<bild>VR-läget är ett kul inslag och den nya svårighetsgraden är verkligen svår.</bild>

PC-utgåvan är snudd på identisk med den originalet på konsol. Skillnaden är ett antal nya scener i berättelsen som ursprungligen var bortklippta. Det finns också en myriad av nya tekniska inställningar för grafik och ljudbilden låter bättre. Jag har testat lite olika uppskalningsteknologier och testat olika konfigurationer på min ultrabreda skärm. Det har fungerat toppenbra. Det visuella ser också betydligt bättre ut texturmässigt och på avstånd än i konsolutgåvan. Bara en sådan enkel sak som att kunna öka bildrutorna per sekund gör mycket för en mjukare och visuellt bättre bild. Det är styrkan med dator-utgåvan. Speciellt om du redan äger konsolutgåvan, rent allmänt tycker jag att detta den bästa versionen av spelet.

De nya scenerna i berättelsen går också att beskåda i konsolversionen och de tillför för det mesta till berättelsen. Den bästa förbättringen i tvåan är dock ett högre tempo i Sams personliga rum. Även om jag gillar möjligheten att skräddarsy min karaktär var det både begränsat och lite för långsamt i ettan. I tvåan kan jag testa vapen, prata med karaktärer och utföra testuppdrag förutom återkommande inslag som att dricka energidryck. Mycket av det jag tyckte tog onödigt lång tid i ettan har snabbats upp utan att tappa bort seriens identitet. Det är en snyggare, välspelande uppföljare som polerar det mindre bra med ettan och försöker utveckla det bästa av föregångaren i tvåan. Jag kan inget annat än att argumentera för att Kojima och hans team lyckats med det.

<bild>Chiral fortsätter att vara en viktig resurs även denna gång. Du kommer därför att behöva samla denna resurs under din resa.</bild>
<bild>Samurajer och farliga fiender väntar utöver banditer och de odöda.</bild>

Även om jag överlag anser att spelet är riktigt bra är jag inte helt såld på att fokuset nu vilar på vapen. Det finns ingen anledning att smyga om du busenkelt kan skjuta ned fiender på löpande band i "slow motion". Det slutade med att jag behövde sluta plocka med avancerade vapen så att jag fick lite utmaning i det spelmässiga. Det är även ett tips till dig att göra. Att enbart förlita sig på ett rep och möjligtvis en Bola Gun. Jag anser att just biten med vapnen är ett misstag för serien och förtar känslan av att vara en budbärare. Visst du kan ställa in spelet på den nya svårighetsgraden To the Wilder. Problemet du får då istället är tankiga fiender och utrustning som går sönder betydligt snabbare av smällar och regn. Det löser dock inte grundproblemet jag har med vapnen även om det gör spelet brutalt svårt på sina håll. I övrigt är jag nöjd med vad Death Stranding 2 erbjuder. Det har även varit ett sant nöje att fotografera i spelet med det inbyggda kameraläget och bara slå på lite musik och vandra runt i världen. Det är märkligt hur snabbt spelet kan byta stämningsfullt lugn mot skräck, panik och stress.

Om du testade ettan på datorn och var nöjd med portningen kommer du även vara det med denna version. Jag har testat lite på olika grafiska inställningar och tycker att detta är suveränt optimerat för olika hårdvarukonfigurationer. Så länge du möter kraven kommer du enkelt att kunna skräddarsy inställningar efter behov. I tvåan kan du göra det innan du startar upp spelet i helskärm i en mindre meny. Nixxes har gjort ett strålande jobb att få detta att fungera på dator. Även möjligheterna att skräddarsy knappar och annat är både utförligt och genomtänkt. Det är också en eloge till Guerrilla Games som skapat Decima, spelmotorn Death Stranding 2 är utvecklad med hjälp utav. Det är därav ingen överraskning att Horizon Zero Dawn och dess uppföljare Forbidden West fungerar toppenbra på dator. Jag tror att Kojima tänkte rätt när de valde att utveckla sina titlar på denna spelmotor.

<bild>Du kan också ta foton med olika filter om du vill.</bild>
<bild>Kontrasterna kan vara stor. Vissa ytor är täckta av blodigt regn och andra är karga och ogästvänliga.</bild>

Även om jag har problem med fokuset på skjutvapen är detta en strålande uppföljare med genuint bra berättande och karaktärer. Det spelmässiga är både spännande och nervkittlande. Jag gillar hur världen är lite mer levande tack vare djur och även små fiender. Det är en strålande portning av ett strålande spel och jag är mer än nöjd med min resa genom Mexiko och Australien. Även om Kojima är mest omtyckt för Metal Gear går Death Stranding från klarhet till klarhet. Både Norman Reedus och Troy Baker är strålande som sina respektive karaktärer. Även Léa Seydoux gör en strålande insats även denna gång och det finns ganska lite att klaga på vad berör karaktärerna, världen eller upplägget.

Om du vill spela något annorlunda, gripande och engagerande på dator bör du införskaffa detta. Gillade du ettan bör du också skaffa detta. Däremot om du redan äger Death Stranding 2: On the Beach på konsol klarar du dig ganska bra med din version av spelet, som också får nytt innehåll både sett till det berättarmässiga, funktionsmässiga och grafiska. Det du missar är stöd för Ray Tracing och vissa grafiska inställningar en kraftfullare PC kan dra nytta av. Du kommer också att missa möjligheten att modda titeln. Jag kan inget annat än att längta efter att få spela Death Stranding 3, det finns verkligen inget annat som liknar detta ute på spelmarknaden. Förhoppningsvis kommer Sony inte skrota planerna på att överföra uppföljarna till dator, då jag tycker att spelen är som allra bäst på detta format.

<bild>Att se till så att alla har detta universums motsvarighet av Internet är fortfarande din viktigaste uppgift.</bild>
<bild>Fordon är tillbaka och är viktiga hjälpmedel. Ditt nya fartyg du kan snabbfärdas med hjälp av och söka skydd i kommer också till användning.</bild>
<bild>Menyerna är fullt dugliga och användarvänliga.</bild>
<bild>Grafiken går att pressa högre än konsolförlagan och modifikationer möjliggör ännu mer anpassning och förändringar av titeln.</bild>

Black Friday deal: Scoop up an indoor Ring camera for just $29.99

by Tim Hardwick  for macrumors.com

Apple Watch: 15 Tips Every Owner Needs to Know

Apple Watch is now eleven generations in, and packed with useful features that are easy to miss at first glance. To help you get more out of your new device, we've rounded up 15 practical tips you might not have discovered yet, including a few that long-time users often overlook.



Bounce Between Two Apps


watch
On your Apple Watch, double-press the Digital Crown to see a deck of all currently open apps, and turn it to scroll through them. From this view, you can jump back to the last app you were using. Simply tap on an app screen to switch to it, or swipe left on its card and tap the red X button to quit it.

Switch App Views


app view
If the app grid feels messy, switch to List View. Open the Watch app on iPhone, tap App View, and choose List View. From then on, pressing the Digital Crown will show your apps in a simple, scrollable list.

Rearrange Apps


watch app
You can rearrange your apps so that the ones you use most are closer to hand. Simply press and hold on any app in the grid view, then drag it where you want. Alternatively, open the Watch app on your iPhone, go to App View ➝ Arrangement, and move things around there instead.

Ping Your iPhone


ping
If you've misplaced your iPhone but you're sure it's nearby, open Control Center with a press of the Side button, then tap the phone icon to make it ping. Press and hold that icon and the iPhone's camera flash will blink too, which can help if it's hidden under something.

Skip the Countdown


workout
If you're eager to start a workout, the three-second countdown before it starts can be skipped. Just tap the screen when the countdown begins and your workout will start immediately. If you find yourself doing this regularly, consider turning on Precision Start in Settings ➝ Workout.

Customize Vibration Strength


haptics
If you keep missing notifications, go to Settings ➝ Sounds & Haptics ➝ and change from Default to Prominent. This adds an extra tap pattern before alerts so they're harder to ignore.

Perform Precision Timing


chronograph
The Chronograph Pro watch face transforms into an actual chronograph. Tap the outer edge surrounding the main 12-hour dial on this watch face to record time on scales of 60, 30, 6, or 3 seconds. Alternatively, select the tachymeter timescale to measure speed based on time travel over a fixed distance.

Jump to the Top


jump to top
If you've scrolled way down in an app and want to jump back to the top, just tap the time in the top corner of the screen. It works in most apps and saves a lot of scrolling.

Remove Apps


apps view
Clearing out apps you don't use on your Apple Watch is easy. In the List or Grid View, press and hold on the screen until the apps jiggle, then tap the small x in the corner of the app icon to delete it. This works for most system apps and all third-party apps.

Customize Control Center


control center
By default, Control Center (accessed via the Side button) gives you quick access to things like Wi-Fi, battery, and Do Not Disturb. But it's worth seeing what else you can add to it that you'd like quick access to. Tap the Edit button at the bottom, then tap the + icon in the top-left corner of the screen. System options such as New Note and Lights are particularly handy, and you might see some third-party options listed too, depending on your installed apps.

Speak the Time Out Loud


mickey
If you're using the Mickey or Minnie watch face, tap on the character and they'll speak the time out loud. Just make sure your sound is turned on. In fact, you can also have Siri read the time on any watch face by tapping and holding with two fingers on the display. Again though, sound needs to be enabled.

Customize Smart Replies


smart replies
Smart Replies are handy when you want to reply with just a few words. In the Watch app on iPhone, go to Messages and tap Default Replies to customise what shows up. Then when a message comes in, simply swipe down to pick one of your preset replies.

Pause Activity Rings


activity
Feeling unwell but hoping to keep your streak intact? In the Activity app, select your rings to access the option to suspend them for the day, or set a pause that lasts until a chosen date up to 90 days ahead.

Create a Note


notes
In the new Notes app in watchOS 26, you can't modify existing notes on Apple Watch, but you can create a new one by tapping the compose control in the bottom-right corner and speaking your text. Because Notes sync through iCloud, you can refine or reorganize everything later on a device with a physical or on-screen keyboard.

Mute and Dismiss Alerts



With a quick wrist flip, you can clear the current screen and go back to the watch face. The same gesture can be used to mute calls, stop timers, and dismiss notifications. The feature, which is on by default, is supported on Apple Watch SE (3rd generation), Series 9, Ultra 2, and later.
Related Roundup: Apple Watch 11
Buyer's Guide: Apple Watch (Caution)

This article, "Apple Watch: 15 Tips Every Owner Needs to Know" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

The Sleep Earbuds I Use Every Night Are $80 Off Right Now

These earbuds are specifically designed to help you get a good night's sleep, and I absolutely love them.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

I've used earbuds to help me sleep for a while now, but I never expected a company to actually make earbuds specifically for sleeping. Anker's Soundcore Sleep A20 are exactly that: earbuds designed to block out excess noise without pressing uncomfortably against your ear. I've been using them for over a year and can't recommend them enough.

Right now, these sleep earbuds are on sale for $99.99 (originally $179.99) during Best Buy's flash sale—that's the lowest price they've been, according to price-tracking tools.

The Sleep A20 are not active noise-cancelling earbuds, which is how they're able to have such a small, unobtrusive form factor. Instead, they use the in-ear seal to create a natural noise blocker, which, in my opinion, works well enough to block out sounds. They fit very comfortably and don't press against your ear when you sleep on your side. Rarely do I wake up with one of them lost in the covers after falling off during the night, but it does happen occasionally.

The battery life is 14 hours on sleep mode, which includes sounds from the Soundcore app (think like white noise or relaxing sounds). If you have it in Bluetooth mode, where you can listen to Spotify or whatever you want, it's eight hours, but the charging case gives it a total life of up to 80 hours between plug-ins.

The companion app is great, with many useful features for sleeping. You can turn your earbuds off after a set amount of time, have a sleep tracker that records your sleep data, a smart volume feature that increases or decreases in volume depending on the sound in your room, full EQ, and other features.


by Sandeep  for pixel-studios.com

Website Redesign for Bhagiradha Chemicals & Industries Limited

Introduction Bhagiradha Chemicals & Industries Limited (BCIL) is an established agrochemical manufacturer known for its strong R&D focus and diverse portfolio of crop protection products. As the company continued to grow its product capabilities and industry presence, it required a digital platform that could clearly communicate its offerings while supporting multiple stakeholder needs. BCIL partnered…

The post Website Redesign for Bhagiradha Chemicals & Industries Limited appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Introduction

Bhagiradha Chemicals & Industries Limited (BCIL) is an established agrochemical manufacturer known for its strong R&D focus and diverse portfolio of crop protection products. As the company continued to grow its product capabilities and industry presence, it required a digital platform that could clearly communicate its offerings while supporting multiple stakeholder needs.

BCIL partnered with Pixel Studios to redesign and rebuild its website on a modern WordPress framework. The objective was to create a structured and scalable digital platform that would enable users to explore products efficiently, access important corporate documents, and engage with the company through a seamless online experience.

The redesigned website was envisioned as more than just a corporate presence. It needed to function as a reliable information hub for buyers, partners, investors, and other stakeholders who rely on accurate product and corporate information.

The Challenge

Operating in the agrochemical industry means communicating highly technical information in a way that remains accessible and easy to navigate.

BCIL’s website needed to support several important user journeys simultaneously.

One of the primary requirements was presenting a diversified product portfolio in a clear and structured format. Buyers exploring agrochemical products often evaluate them based on specifications, applications, and technical details. The website therefore needed a product structure that would allow users to quickly navigate categories and access detailed product information.

Another key requirement involved managing a large collection of corporate and investor documents. These resources needed to remain easily accessible while ensuring the website interface remained clean and organized.

Additionally, modern users expect websites to offer fast navigation, responsive design, and simple communication pathways. The digital experience needed to align with these expectations while maintaining a professional and credible brand presence.

Objectives

The project was designed around several strategic objectives.

Creating a Scalable Website Platform

Pixel Studios rebuilt the website on WordPress, providing BCIL with a flexible content management system that supports long-term scalability and easy updates.

Modernizing the User Interface

The design was refreshed with a modern visual approach that improves clarity and enhances the browsing experience across the entire website.

Improving Product Discoverability

The product architecture was redesigned to help users quickly locate relevant products and access the information required for evaluation.

Enhancing Document Accessibility

Investor information and corporate documents were organized in a structured manner, making it easier for stakeholders to browse and download reports.

Strengthening Engagement Opportunities

Strategically placed calls to action and direct communication options were introduced to support enquiries and faster interaction with the company.

Our Approach

Pixel Studios approached the project with a structured methodology focused on clarity, usability, and scalability.

Information Architecture Built Around User Intent

The website navigation was redesigned to help visitors move easily between the company’s key sections, including:

This structured layout ensures that users can quickly locate the information they are looking for while maintaining a smooth browsing experience.

Product Structure Designed for Evaluation

For many visitors, product information is the most important part of the website. To support this need, the product section was reorganized into clear categories such as insecticides, fungicides, herbicides, and specialty intermediates.

Each product page was structured to present key information in a consistent format, including:

This approach helps users evaluate products more efficiently while maintaining consistency across the product catalogue.

Intent-Driven Content Presentation

Rather than simply listing products, the website content was designed to address the information users typically search for when researching agrochemical solutions.

Each product page provides clear context about where the product is used, its application areas, and its technical characteristics. This helps visitors gain a deeper understanding of the product while improving overall content clarity.

Document and Investor Section Enhancement

BCIL maintains a large library of corporate and investor documents, including annual reports and other key resources.

To improve accessibility, the investor section was redesigned with a structured layout that allows visitors to easily explore and download reports. Features such as organized listings and archive access help ensure that stakeholders can locate relevant documents without difficulty.

This structured approach ensures that important corporate information remains transparent and easy to access.

Improving Communication Pathways

To make it easier for visitors to connect with BCIL, several engagement elements were integrated throughout the website.

Strategic calls to action guide users toward enquiry points, while direct communication options such as WhatsApp integration allow visitors to reach out quickly for product or company information.

These enhancements help convert user interest into meaningful engagement.

Responsive Design for Modern Browsing

The website was designed with a mobile-first approach, ensuring seamless usability across smartphones, tablets, and desktop devices.

A responsive layout ensures that visitors can explore product information, browse documents, and interact with the website without any disruption regardless of the device they use.

Key Deliverables

The project included several key deliverables that strengthened the overall digital platform.

Website Platform and Design

Product Content System

Investor and Document Management

Communication and Engagement

Outcome

The redesigned website provides BCIL with a structured digital platform that effectively supports both product exploration and corporate communication.

Visitors can now navigate the product catalogue with greater clarity, access important corporate documents with ease, and connect with the company through streamlined enquiry pathways.

The WordPress platform also enables BCIL’s internal teams to manage content efficiently while supporting future updates and expansion.

Conclusion

The website redesign for Bhagiradha Chemicals & Industries Limited reflects how a well-structured digital platform can enhance product communication and stakeholder engagement in a technical industry.

By focusing on intuitive navigation, structured product information, accessible documentation, and responsive design, the new website strengthens BCIL’s online presence while supporting the needs of buyers, partners, and investors alike.

Through this transformation, Pixel Studios helped create a scalable digital platform that aligns with BCIL’s innovation-driven approach and evolving industry presence.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Website Redesign for Bhagiradha Chemicals & Industries Limited appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Everwind (Early access)

{Minecraft} - det svenska undret. Spelet alla utvecklare önskade att de hade skapat och spelet som fortfarande, trots dess ålder och daterade grafik (men särpräglade stil) lever med mängder och åter mängder av spelare. Det är givet - självklart på ett sätt som är helt utan tvivel - att utvecklare och utgivare vill ta del av den svenska prinsesstårtan som Minecraft är. Men det har visat sig vara en svår nöt att knäcka.

{Everwind} är det senaste försöket i raden av spel som vill emulera receptet på ovan nämnda tårta och jag har gett det ett försök jag med. Men slevade jag i mig bit efter bit och gick därifrån belåten eller räckte det med några skedar innan jag började må illa? Nja, det är ett mellanting vi hamnar i.

Everwind är inte släppt i 1.0-versionen än. Early Access är releaseformen som spelet släppts i och därför kan man inte vänta sig ett fullskaligt mästerverk än (även om det händer - titta bara på {Slay the Spire 2}) och det kommer att fyllas på med innehåll och uppdateringar tills det når sin slutgiltiga form. Med det sagt finns det faktiskt gott om innehåll att mumsa i sig och man kan tydligt se att det finns ett spel med en egen idé och identitet - men det har en bit kvar att vandra om det ska kunna överleva och locka en egen publik.

Spelet börjar med att en unik värld genereras och droppar dig längst upp i ett torn. Tornet fungerar som en tutorial där varje våning förklarar hur du använder olika spelmekaniker. Det är ett smart grepp som gör att det känns som att själva inlärningen är en del av äventyret. Det känns naturligt helt enkelt. Du får i varje fall lära dig hur striderna funkar, hur man craftar sina redskap och hur man lagar sin mat. Fullt rimliga saker i ett survival-spel, såklart.
<bild>Utrustad med svärd och sköld är jag redo att slåss mot lite capybaror.</bild>
Väl ute ur tornet väntar det verkliga äventyret. "Bygg ditt luftskepp" lyder uppdraget och för att göra det ska jag först skanna ett trasigt skepp som kraschat och rostat sönder på ön jag befinner mig på. Del för del skannas med en märklig mackapär man är utrustad med och efter det slår jag sönder delarna för att själv kunna tillverka egna - fräscha - motorer, generatorer och luftballonger till mitt alldeles egna skepp. Det innebär en hel del resurssamlande och det är inga större överraskningar på det planet. Hugga ner träd, samla stenar, rafsa åt sig gräs och se till att man hittar lite koppar som man kan smälta ned i en smältugn.

Detta kompliceras lite av det fåtal fiender som finns på ön - ruskiga skelett som inte utgör något större hot. Striderna är dock underhållande och välgjorda med både parry-möjlighet och fler funktioner som finns låsta bakom ett klassiskt RPG-träd fullt med diverse uppgraderingar. Fiende-AI:n är dock inget att hänga upp i granen - det funkar men bjuder inte på några överraskningar. Det är dock inte bara skelett som utgör öns population; Everwind-utvecklarna verkar hålla Capybaror varmt om hjärtat och särskilt sådana med små hattar på sig. Capybaror ja, 2020-talets små gullegrisar. Tydligen. Vildsvin och fasaner springer runt och bjuder på möjligheten att jaga till sig lite kött och fjädrar också.
<bild>Här är ett av mina första skepp som jag byggde en liten ramp på för att jag inte visste att man kunde teleportera tillbaka sig till skeppet.</bild>
Efter att ha dödat ett gäng ruskprickar, samlat på sig resurser och byggt de saker som krävs för att kunna flyga runt bland molnen i ett alldeles eget luftskepp så boendet av - ut till havs. Med hjälp av en liten eka ror jag ut till ett skepp som finns markerat på kartan, placerar det jag byggt på det och matar in ved i generatorn. Men för att det ska fungera måste jag sätta ihop allt med hjälp av rör som förflyttar energi mellan de olika motordelarna. Sagt och gjort - världen väntar och luften är min lekplats. Och det är en rejäl värld som står till förfogande och jag undrar om det finns något slut där ute... jag hittade det inte i alla fall.

Världen i Everwind är inte bara horisontell med flera öar att utforska. Det finns också öar uppe i himlen och dit tänker jag (självklart) att bege mig först. Men tji fick jag. För att kunna flyga högre måste jag uppgradera mitt skepp. Så jag styr skutan mot en ö som jag haft ögonen på sen jag startade spelet. På denna ö finns en märklig byggnad som påminner om en metallgiraff och det är självklart något som man måste titta närmre på. Efter en kort flygtur parkerar jag skeppet på taket av den konstiga byggnaden. Jag ser snart att jag inte är ensam där utan jag har sällskap av spindlar som skjuter gift och zombier som sprängs när de kommer för nära. Jag upptäcker dessutom att jag är alldeles för lågt levlad och har inte mycket att sätta emot. Tydligen så kommer man inte så långt med en rustning och ett svärd tillverkat av trä.

Så jag dör - ett par gånger. Först får jag panik för att jag inte vet hur jag ska ta mig därifrån men jag upptäcker att den där mojängen som man kan skanna med också kan teleportera mig till skeppet och till tryggheten. Med det i åtanke kutar jag först - som en illbatting - och tar mina saker där jag dött. När man dör i Everwind förlorar man inte allt utan bara en del av det man samlat på sig. Detta i form av en "orb" man måste plocka upp inom tio minuter för att inte förlora potentiella godsaker.
<bild>Mackapärer och mojänger finns det gott om när Mulle... Jolle bygger båt.</bild>
Några lärdomar rikare valde jag en lite mindre uppseendeväckande ö nästa vända. Men det är också här jag börjar fundera på vad mitt mål är - vart är jag egentligen på väg? Finns det någon slutdestination? Jag antar att Enjoy Studio vill att du formar ditt eget äventyr - precis på samma sätt som Mojang gjort med Minecraft. Inga tydliga pekpinnar eller uppdrag, utan en hel värld till ditt förfogande där du själv får agera både regissör och skådespelare. Det är både bra och dåligt.

Everwind är ett mer utpräglat RPG och jag förväntar mig att få ta del av en story på något plan. Varför vaknar jag plötsligt upp i ett torn? Vad har hänt med alla luftskepp? Vilka är monstrena? Jag känner att jag saknar en förklaring där och skulle gärna se att den delen fick ett större djup. Tills dess får jag helt enkelt ägna mig åt att uppgradera både mig själv och skeppet. Det går att bygga skeppet större och proppa det fullt med allt man kan tänka sig behöva. Särskilt snyggt blir det inte - men flyger det så flyger det.

Everwind är inte särskilt snyggt, men eftersom det är uppbyggt på samma sätt som Minecraft (med kuber i kvadrat) så har väl heller inte det varit målet. Det bjuder dock på lite mer effekter än dess inspirationskälla i form av reflektioner på vattnet, partikeleffekter och annat som i det stora hela bara bidrar till att det laggar. För laggar gör det, till och med påtagligt, när man färdas och nya öar genereras. Men som sagt - det är Early Access och med det följer en del tekniska hickups. Inget konstigt.
<bild>Det stora blå bjuder på ditt alldeles egna äventyr. Om du är redo att skapa det.</bild>
Designvalen man tagit är däremot inte lika självklara. Det är väldigt brunt och estetiskt sett både tråkigt och till och med fult. Min karaktär ser ut som en blandning av Minecraft-Steve och Shaggy från Scooby Doo och fienderna som struttar omkring runtom i Everwinds världar ser varken skrämmande eller roliga ut. Jag misstänker att det kan vara utmanande att hitta ett eget formspråk och en design som funkar i en värld uppbyggd av block - och det funkar inte riktigt här.

Det är absolut värt att hålla ett öga öppet och ta sig en titt på hur Everwind-utvecklingen fortskrider. Jag skulle till och med säga att det är roligt som det är redan nu - men priset på 250 ungefärliga kronor känns lite väl högt i dagsläget. Men när Enjoy Studio byggt färdigt och spelet släpps "på riktigt" kan det mycket väl bli ett spel som kan samsas med Minecraft då det faktiskt bjuder på något tillräckligt unikt.

by Joe Rossignol  for macrumors.com

Apple Alerted to macOS Security Vulnerability Uncovered With AI Tool

Anthropic recently announced Project Glasswing, an initiative that enables tech companies like Apple to use its new frontier AI model Claude Mythos Preview to find security vulnerabilities across operating systems and web browsers.


The Wall Street Journal today reported that researchers at cybersecurity firm Calif used Claude Mythos Preview to uncover a new macOS security vulnerability last month. Specifically, they used the model to write code that links together two macOS bugs in a way that resulted in what is known as a privilege escalation exploit.

The security researchers said the exploit would not have been possible with Mythos alone, as it still required their human expertise on top, but it nevertheless proves that AI can assist with discovering software vulnerabilities.

Apple said it was reviewing Calif's report to validate the findings.

"Security is our top priority, and we take reports of potential vulnerabilities very seriously," an Apple spokesperson told The Wall Street Journal.

It is unclear if Apple has already patched the exploit. Apple's security notes for the macOS 26.5 update released this week mention a fix for a kernel-level vulnerability, and it credits Calif and Anthropic for discovering it. Yet, the report said that Calif only met with Apple this week and suggested that a fix was still coming.

We have reached out to Apple for comment.

Related Roundup: macOS Tahoe
Related Forum: macOS Tahoe

This article, "Apple Alerted to macOS Security Vulnerability Uncovered With AI Tool" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Michel  for news.blog

The Chief Information Security Officer (CISO): The Digital Sentinel of Modern Enterprises

In today’s hyper-connected, risk-laden digital landscape, the Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) plays an indispensable role in protecting an organization’s most valuable resource: its data. This dynamic leadership role requires a unique blend of technical acumen, strategic insight, and leadership, positioning the CISO as the foundational guard of the enterprise’s digital defense. As threats growContinue reading "The Chief Information Security Officer (CISO): The Digital Sentinel of Modern Enterprises "

In today’s hyper-connected, risk-laden digital landscape, the Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) plays an indispensable role in protecting an organization’s most valuable resource: its data. This dynamic leadership role requires a unique blend of technical acumen, strategic insight, and leadership, positioning the CISO as the foundational guard of the enterprise’s digital defense. As threats grow more sophisticated and data’s value soars, the CISO’s role has expanded, integrating cybersecurity into the very heart of business strategy and resilience.

This article delves into the critical responsibilities of the CISO, the skills that define exceptional candidates, and why modern enterprises cannot afford to overlook this crucial leadership position.

Why CISOs Are Vital in the Digital Age: Managing the Expanding Threat Landscape

The march of digitization has transformed business operations, enabling unprecedented connectivity, data insights, and operational efficiencies. Yet this interconnection introduces complex cybersecurity threats, with increasingly sophisticated cybercriminals seeking vulnerabilities that could compromise data and disrupt business. Amid these challenges, the CISO assumes multiple roles to safeguard the organization’s digital assets:

1. Architecting a Comprehensive Security Framework

A CISO’s primary responsibility is to develop and implement a holistic information security program. This program functions as a strategic roadmap, detailing everything from risk assessments to vulnerability management and enforcing robust security controls. By prioritizing risk management, the CISO ensures that security measures align with the organization’s objectives, safeguarding data while allowing the business to operate without disruption.

2. Leading Incident Response and Cyber Resilience

A well-prepared organization is one that anticipates attacks and has effective response protocols. The CISO is tasked with establishing a detailed incident response plan that outlines how to identify, contain, and mitigate security breaches. Additionally, they foster a security-conscious culture within the workforce, empowering employees with the knowledge to detect and report potential threats.

3. Navigating Complex Regulatory Landscapes

As data privacy regulations proliferate worldwide, organizations face mounting pressures to stay compliant with stringent cybersecurity laws. CISOs take on the responsibility of ensuring the organization adheres to relevant legal standards—such as GDPR, HIPAA, or CCPA—to minimize legal and reputational risks. This compliance is more than legal due diligence; it protects the organization’s brand and builds trust with customers and stakeholders.

4. Promoting Secure Innovation

CISOs balance innovation and security, enabling businesses to adopt new technologies like cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and IoT without compromising data protection. As custodians of digital safety, CISOs act as advisors, guiding secure adoption of transformative technologies while proactively identifying and mitigating risks associated with each.

5. Building and Leading a Cyber-Resilient Team

A skilled team of cybersecurity specialists forms the backbone of the CISO’s efforts. Beyond hiring, the CISO is responsible for fostering a team environment that encourages proactive security practices, continuous learning, and adaptability. This collaborative culture helps the organization identify vulnerabilities and improve its cybersecurity posture over time.

Essential Qualities of a World-Class CISO

Becoming a CISO requires an intricate blend of technical skills and leadership qualities, often honed through years of experience and continuous learning. The following traits define an outstanding CISO:

1. Deep Technical Knowledge

A CISO must possess a strong understanding of core cybersecurity principles, including cryptography, network security, and application security. This expertise enables them to establish comprehensive strategies that protect the organization’s digital infrastructure.

2. Strategic Business Alignment

Exceptional CISOs bridge the gap between technical measures and business objectives, aligning cybersecurity strategies with organizational goals. This ability to translate complex cybersecurity concepts into actionable business strategies is essential for achieving executive buy-in and maintaining security as a strategic business advantage.

3. Leadership and Communication Skills

In their role, CISOs often need to explain cybersecurity risks and initiatives to diverse audiences, from technical teams to executives and board members. Strong communication skills, coupled with an adaptable approach, are key to effectively conveying the importance of cybersecurity across the organization.

4. Financial Acumen

An effective CISO understands the financial implications of security decisions. They balance robust protections with responsible budget management, ensuring that resources are allocated efficiently to the organization’s most pressing security needs while maximizing return on security investments.

5. Adaptability and Problem-Solving Skills

The digital landscape is constantly shifting, and so are cybersecurity threats. A successful CISO can navigate these changes with agility, employing creative problem-solving skills to address emerging threats and leverage new technologies to the organization’s advantage.

In addition to these skills, certifications such as Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) or Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) validate a CISO’s expertise and commitment to the field.

The Value of a CISO: Why Every Organization Needs a Cybersecurity Champion

As the digital ecosystem continues to evolve, the need for a dedicated cybersecurity leader is more apparent than ever. Here are several compelling reasons why investing in a CISO is a strategic imperative:

1. Fortifying the Organization’s Digital Fortress

A proactive CISO ensures the protection of an organization’s data, intellectual property, and customer information. Their security strategies minimize the risk of data breaches, which can cause severe reputational and financial damage.

2. Navigating Regulatory Compliance Confidently

By staying ahead of regulatory requirements, CISOs ensure the organization meets data protection mandates, reducing the risk of fines and reputational fallout from non-compliance. This foresight fosters customer trust and positions the organization as a responsible steward of sensitive information.

3. Building a Security-Conscious Culture

Through training and awareness programs, CISOs instill a culture of vigilance, equipping employees to recognize and respond to cybersecurity threats. This security-conscious culture serves as the organization’s first line of defense, reducing vulnerability to human-centered attacks like phishing.

4. Optimizing Cybersecurity Investments

CISOs are skilled at managing the cybersecurity budget, ensuring that funds are strategically allocated to the areas of highest risk. Their insights help organizations achieve robust security within budget constraints, maximizing the return on investment for cybersecurity efforts.

5. Championing Secure Innovation

By establishing strong security frameworks, CISOs empower the organization to adopt emerging technologies safely. This proactive approach allows the organization to capitalize on opportunities, such as digital transformation and cloud adoption, without sacrificing security.

6. Ensuring Resilience in Times of Crisis

In the event of a cyberattack, the CISO’s leadership is crucial for coordinating the organization’s response, mitigating disruption, and ensuring swift recovery. This role is instrumental in maintaining business continuity and minimizing operational downtime during security incidents.

Beyond Today: Building Tomorrow’s Cybersecurity Leaders

The role of the CISO is ever-evolving, and the demands of cybersecurity leadership require continuous education, collaboration, and adaptability. Aspiring and current CISOs benefit from several resources and practices:

1. Lifelong Learning

Cybersecurity is a fast-evolving field. CISOs can stay current on emerging threats and trends through industry certifications, conferences, and continuous education programs. Regularly updating skills is essential to maintaining a forward-thinking approach to cybersecurity.

2. Engaging in Industry Collaboration

Cybersecurity is most effective when tackled collectively. By joining industry associations such as the Information Systems Security Association (ISSA) or (ISC)², CISOs can connect with peers, share threat intelligence, and participate in collaborative efforts to anticipate and counteract cyber threats.

3. Fostering a Collaborative Security Ecosystem

Building strong alliances within the organization and across the industry enables CISOs to gather diverse perspectives, improving the effectiveness of security initiatives. Collaborating with cross-functional teams encourages a unified, resilient approach to cybersecurity challenges.

The Future of the CISO Role in a Rapidly Digitalizing World

The role of the CISO continues to expand in scope and significance as cyber threats intensify and digital transformation accelerates. For organizations of all sizes, investing in a skilled, forward-looking CISO is essential to building resilience, protecting data, and fostering an innovation-ready environment. The CISO’s work extends far beyond technical cybersecurity skills; it’s a strategic role that supports business continuity, customer trust, and sustainable growth.

In conclusion, the CISO of today is more than a cybersecurity guardian; they are the enterprise’s trusted partner in navigating the complexities of the digital age. Organizations that prioritize and empower their CISOs position themselves to thrive, not just survive, in an increasingly interconnected world. As businesses continue to embrace the possibilities of the digital era, the CISO will remain at the forefront, guiding the enterprise’s journey with resilience, insight, and an unwavering commitment to security.

by Stephen Johnson  for lifehacker.com

What People Are Getting Wrong This Week: The 'Missing Scientists' Conspiracy Theory

As usual, the truth is more mundane than the conspiracy theory.

This story seems straight out of a Hollywood thriller: Up to a dozen scientists working on some of the U.S.’s most advanced and sensitive aerospace and nuclear programs have disappeared or died in mysterious ways over the last five years. The FBI is working with the Department of Energy, the Department of Defense, and local law enforcement to find answers. The House Oversight Committee launched its own investigation. Congressman Eric Burlison said the mystery has “all the hallmarks of a foreign operation.” The president called it “pretty serious stuff."

Congressman James Comer suggested someone is targeting the nation’s nuclear program. Rep. Tim Burchett alleged a cover-up of UAP activity. Some say it’s aimed at people with knowledge of American security secrets.  Or maybe it’s to cover up evidence of time travel.  So what’s really going on here?

Literally nothing. This is a cobbled-together collection of unrelated deaths and disappearances. As a conspiracy theory, it is, as Daniel Engber pointed out in The Atlantic, "unbelievably dumb."

Scientists are dying, but so is everyone else

There are around two million scientists in the U.S., and, as science writer and debunker Mick West pointed out, over 700,000 people hold top-secret clearances in the U.S. aerospace and nuclear sectors. If 10 or so of this group had died or disappeared in inexplicable ways over five years, it wouldn’t be statistically meaningful, but this theory is even more stupid than that. Many people on the list didn’t seem to have top-secret clearances, and many weren’t scientists. The list includes a construction foreman who once worked at Los Alamos National Lab, a former custodian at the Kansas City National Security Campus, and an administrative assistant. And there are concrete explanations for almost all of these deaths and disappearances. The list includes physicist Ning Li who died at 78 of Alzheimers and Carl Grillmair who was killed in a home invasion by a man with a violent history who had a prior disagreement with Grillmair that had nothing to do with science. 

The missing scientist conspiracy theories have all the hallmarks of apophenia (people perceiving meaningful connections in random data) and cherry-picking, and even if we give a lot of credit to the most “mysterious” entries on the list, the theory gets muddy very quickly. 

The strange life and death of Amy Eskridge

The death that arguably supports the “mysterious assassinations” theory most strongly is that of Amy Eskridge. A fringe scientist who founded the Institute for Exotic Science in Huntsville, Alabama to study anti-gravity technology, Eskridge died at 34 of a (supposedly) self-inflicted gunshot wound in 2022, after telling friends she was being stalked and targeted by unknown forces. 

The conspiracy theorists’ line about Eskridge is that she was a brilliant scientist who made a breakthrough discovery in anti-gravity research and was taken out by mysterious pro-gravity forces before she could go public. It’s a compelling narrative on the surface, but when you unwind it, you find the kind of half-truths and exaggerations you always find when you look into conspiracy theories. 

What actually is a scientist? 

Whether Eskridge belongs in a list of scientists in the first place is debatable. Some online have categorized her as an important researcher with a background in physics, but her highest degree was a bachelors in biochemistry, and she doesn't seem to have published any research in peer-reviewed scientific journals. Eskridge didn’t have the kind of professional background that suggests access to top-secret government programs, either. 

Maybe Eskridge’s gravity research was too esoteric to be accepted by the "mainstream science," but even that is questionable. Judging from this public presentation (and accompanying slides) that Eskridge gave not long before she died, she didn’t seem close to any kind of breakthrough. Her speech points out that you can’t build an anti-gravity machine without first developing a theoretical framework for how one could actually work, and that that theory doesn’t exist right now. This is exactly what the scientific establishment would say. 

Eskridge’s presentation wasn’t a revelation of ground-breaking new technology. It was a catalog of past attempts to conquer gravity. ending with a stab at finding a patron to fund basic, step-one theoretical research. Despite the posts from conspiracy theorists, there’s no indication that Eskridge, or anyone else, got beyond the whole “based on everything we know about how the physical world works, anti-gravity isn’t possible” thing. 

Eskridge's death is (somewhat) mysterious

Eskridge’s death does raise questions. According to police and the medical examiner, it was a suicide, but according to conspiracy theorists it was a murder, and they have receipts.

On May 13, 2022, one month before she died, Eskridge reportedly sent a message to business partner Samuel Reed that read: "If you see any report that I killed myself, I most definitely did not. If you see any report that I overdosed, I most definitely did not…If anything happens to me—suicide or an accident—it wasn't, it's suspicious, treat it as such.”

She also reported repeated death threats and other harassment, and posted a video of supposed burns on her hands to prove a directed energy weapon was being used against her. 

On the other hand, members of Eskridge’s family publicly stated that she had suffered from chronic pain, and reported no suspicion about how she died. Eskridge didn’t post recordings of harassing phone calls or dark messages she received, nor did she provide any other evidence that she was being targeted. 

That isn't proof she wasn’t murdered, though. The case of Eskridge and the rest of these scientists runs across a common problem of debunking conspiracy theories: We don’t know enough to say for sure, and we can’t prove a negative. That leaves us with asking which explanation is more probable: a shadowy, unnamed cabal of assassins targeting a woman who was interested in anti-gravity, or a woman who was paranoid about a non-existent cabal and took her own life.

From what we know for sure, Eskridge was interested in developing an anti-gravity hypothesis. Some claim she was about to break the field wide open by publishing her findings, but she didn’t actually publish anything. Even if we accept that her theory existed, the argument is still “assassins targeted someone for thinking about anti-gravity,” which is still an extraordinary claim that requires extraordinary evidence. And there isn’t any. 

Eskridge's death, heartbreaking as it is, would not have attracted attention if she hadn't spent her final months making predictions that later appeared, to some, to come true, but that’s not enough to prove anything. We only have Eskridge’s word that harassment took place, and it all could have been the product of paranoid delusions on her part. 

While plenty of intelligent, mentally healthy people hold unconventional views about physics and government secrecy, Eskridge believed that she, specifically, was being hunted for her research. Psychiatrists call this "persecutory ideation," and it's associated with serious mental illnesses and correlates to suicide.

We don’t have evidence to prove Eskridge was suffering from a mental illness, just as we can’t prove that she was murdered, but mental illness is, in general, a more common cause of death than shadowy cabals of assassins targeting people over scientific theories. Roughly 800 to 900 Americans aged 34 die by suicide every year. As Eskridge’s father, a retired NASA employee, told NewsNation, “Scientists die also, just like other people.”

The families just want theorists to stop

Eskridge’s father isn’t the only family member of someone on the list to have spoken out. Carl Grillmair's widow Louise told BBC that she has been fielding calls from conspiracy theorists, despite the fact that her husband’s alleged killer has been charged with murder. Relatives of others on the list have publicly called the conspiracy theories "terrible" and “disgusting.” And not a single family member has publicly suggested there's anything suspicious about any of these deaths or disappearances.

It’s fun (and sometimes politically useful) for conspiracy theorists to dream up connections between unrelated events, just like it is fun for people like me to shoot holes in their theories, but these were real people with families, friends, and in many cases genuine scientific legacies. They deserve better than a walk-on role in a conspiracy theory.

by Stephen Johnson  for lifehacker.com

The Top 10 TV Series Right Now, According to Streaming Data

Report to your sofa at once and commence bingeing.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

A lot about 2026 has been depressing, infuriating, or worse, but at least the TV has been pretty good—there are future classics streaming across the genre spectrum, from the medical realism of The Pitt, to the endless mystery of FROM, to the over-the-top comedy of Big Mistakes. Below are the ten most-streamed series across all streaming services for April, and there's almost definitely something here you'll dig.


The Pitt

The Pitt continues to dominate the streaming charts. HBO's gritty, hyper-realistic medical drama has earned acclaim from critics and audiences for its relentless pace, as each episode follows one slice of a single 15-hour shift at the Pittsburgh Trauma Medical Center. Starring Noah Wyle as Dr. Michael Robinavitch, The Pitt ditches the "disease of the week" format of many medical shows in favor of a study of the toll the modern medical system places on everyone involved. Season one earned five Emmy awards, and now that it has wrapped up, it looks like season two might win more. Stream The Pitt on Max.


FROM

The residents of the unnamed town at the center of FROM just cannot catch a break. If it's not worms crawling around under their skin, it's the mysterious Man in Yellow stealing people's souls. Season four of this mystery-heavy show from the creator of Lost sees the survivors pushed to their limits as the veil between the strange town and the real world gets thinner. Stream FROM on MGM+.


Paradise

The "Paradise" of the show's title is a high-end, experimental community inside an underground Colorado bunker. The Earth's surface may be an irradiated hellscape, but in Paradise, everything seems perfect, until an outsider enters. Sterling K. Brown plays Xavier Collins, a Secret Service agent investigating the murder of the U.S. President in Paradise, where everything starts weird and only gets weirder. Stream Paradise on Hulu.


The Boys

This satirical take on the superhero genre examines what happens when "supes"—people with godlike powers—are owned by a multi-billion dollar corporation. As Season 5 begins, Vought International is poised for a total political takeover, and Billy Butcher, leader of "The Boys," is ready to go full scorched earth to end the superhero menace once and for all. Stream The Boys on Prime Video.


Margo's Got Money Troubles

If you like quirky, of-the-moment comedy with heart, Margo's Got Money Troubles is the show for you. It tells the story of Margo Millet, played by Elle Fanning, a 20-year-old junior college dropout and daughter of a Hooters waitress. Left a single mother by her English professor, Margot starts an OnlyFans to survive, only to become a massive success. Margo's cast includes Michelle Pfeiffer as Shyanne Millet, Margo's sassy mother, Nick Offerman as Jinx Millet, Margo's father, a retired professional wrestler, and Nicole Kidman as Lace, a former wrestler turned legal mediator. Stream Margot's Got Money Problems on Apple TV+.


Euphoria

When it premiered in 2019, Euphoria turned heads for its stylish, nothing-held-back look into the lives of modern teenagers. Now in its third season, the show has undergone a major time jump to follow the characters into adulthood. Zendaya's Rue is still the heart of the show, and original cast members Sydney Sweeney (Cassie), Jacob Elordi (Nate), Hunter Schafer (Jules), Alexa Demie (Maddy), and Maude Apatow (Lexi) are all back. Sharon Stone has been added to the cast as an imposing TV showrunner, adding a meta layer to this always provocative show. Stream Euphoria on HBO Max.


Big Mistakes

From the creators of Schitt's Creek comes Big Mistakes, another dark, dysfunctional family comedy. The Boudreaux family are not organized crime types, but they nonetheless find themselves blackmailed into the criminal underworld, where they must navigate a series of cascading misfortunes and dangerous alliances to survive. But in a funny way. Stream Big Mistakes on Netflix.


Your Friends and Neighbors

The great Jon Hamm returns for a second season of Your Friends and Neighbors, a dark drama about the secrets lurking beneath the surface of an upscale neighborhood. Hamm plays Coop, a recently divorced and recently fired hedge fund manager. To keep up with his family's expensive lifestyle, he turns to robbing the wealthy residents of his own tony neighborhood. It's a perfect plan, until everything unravels in a spectacularly entertaining way. Stream Your Friends and Neighbors on Apple TV+.


Beef

Season two of Beef features a new cast, a new story, and a new beef. Charles Melton and Cailee Spaeny play Ben and Toby, a struggling young couple who work at a country club. When they catch a disturbing fight between their boss and his wife (Oscar Isaac and Carey Mulligan) on video, their thoughts turn to blackmail, leading to an ever-escalating game of high-stakes, class-conscious psychological warfare between the two couples. Watch Beef on Netflix.


Rooster

Rooster follows Greg Russo (Steve Carell), a successful author of trashy novels who takes a job as the writer-in-residence at Ludlow College, where his daughter is a professor. Series creator Bill Lawrence's previous shows include Shrinking and Scrubs, so if you like a mixture of cringe comedy and real emotional weight, Rooster belongs on your must-watch list. Watch Rooster on HBO Max.

People of Note

Det finns som bekant en lång rad spel där musiken står i centrum - utan att det rör sig om rent rytmbaserade spel som {Guitar Hero} och liknande. Exempel på detta är {Unbeatable}, {The Artful Escape}, {No Straight Roads}, {Stray Gods} och förstås de riktigt briljanta {Hi-Fi Rush} och {Sayonara Wildhearts}.

<bild>Los Angeles-baserade Iridium Studios bjuder på ett annorlunda rollspel.</bild>

Nu är ett nytt spel på väg, nämligen {People of Note}, som blandar olika musikgenrer med ett lättsamt turbaserat rollspel - nästan ett "rollspel light". Om man kan acceptera de enkla rollspelsmekanismerna fungerar det här faktiskt ganska bra.

Man axlar rollen som den unga kvinnan Cadence, som drömmer om att vinna en stor musiktävling i sin hemstad, men efter att ha framfört sin egen poplåt vid en öppen audition blir hon hemskickad - hon är helt enkelt inte tillräckligt bra, anser en av domarna. Det visar sig dock att denna domare också är manager för Smolder, den mest populära pojkgruppen någonsin, som står i begrepp att vinna samma musiktävling för åttonde gången i rad, så det kan vara fråga om fusk här.

<bild></bild>

<bild>Musik möter rollspel och resultatet är inte alls tokigt.</bild>

Cadence bestämmer sig dock för att det inte får vara så. Hon ger sig nu ut för att sätta ihop ett band som kan ge henne en bredare musikalisk räckvidd, och det sker i olika små världar, inspirerade av just olika musikgenrer, bland annat Durandis (rock, punk, grunge och metal) och Lumina (elektronisk musik). Men som alltid händer oväntade saker, bland annat dyker fyra magiska "Keys of Note"-statyetter upp mitt i allt och allt slutar naturligtvis med att bli mer komplicerat än vad Cadence hade hoppats på.

Man ger sig alltså ut på upptäcktsfärd i dessa små semilinjära och halvöppna temavärldar, där man stöter på olika (ganska bra) pussel som ska lösas, kistor som ska plundras och naturligtvis massor av turbaserade strider mot olika musikaliska fiender. I grund och botten fungerar striderna precis som vi känner till från genren, där man kan utföra olika typer av attacker, använda olika förmågor samt hela och boosta sina partymedlemmar när det är ens tur. När man attackerar måste man, precis som i {Clair Obscur: Expedition 33}, trycka på en rad knappar vid rätt tillfälle för att få ut så mycket som möjligt av sin attack.

<bild>Ett musikspel är ju såklart beroende av sitt soundtrack, som dock lyckligtvis levererar.</bild>

Helt i linje med spelets musikaliska tema har striderna också flera musikaliska vändningar längs vägen. Bland annat har varje gruppmedlem sin egen musikgenre, och när musiken som spelas under striderna övergår till en av de genrer som en gruppmedlem har, får den personen sina statistikvärden boostade så länge musiken spelas i den genren. En annan sak är att alla medlemmar i ens party har en "mashup-mätare" och när denna har fyllts upp kan man utföra en "mashup-attack" genom att kombinera de olika musikgenrerna till en mycket kraftfull musikalisk attack.

Det är också värt att nämna att man under spelets gång kan stöta på så kallade "pusselstrider", där man med en rad fördefinierade egenskaper och vapen måste besegra fienderna på specifika sätt och inom ett visst antal omgångar. Det finns inte särskilt många av dem, men de är ganska intressanta och bidrar till att man lär känna sina vapen och egenskaper riktigt väl på detta sätt.

<bild>Striderna kan med tiden bli lite enformiga.</bild>

Som jag sa i början skulle jag kategorisera People of Note som ett "rollspel light". I det här fallet betyder det egentligen bara att det fungerar som ett större rollspel, men det är inte alls lika djupt och det finns inte särskilt många statistikvärden, attacker eller uppdateringar av förmågor och liknande att hålla reda på - men de som finns fungerar riktigt bra. Det är dock konstigt att det nästan inte finns några defensiva möjligheter i stridssystemet, så man får helt enkelt bita ihop när det blir fiendens tur och de bestämmer sig för att slå dig i huvudet med en gitarr.

Handlingen drivs framåt genom en massa dialoger mellan Cadence och dem hon möter längs vägen, och röstskådespeleriet är ganska bra - särskilt den gamle rockmusikern Fret är verkligen välcastad. Utöver dessa dialoger berättas historien emellanåt också genom några ganska välkoreograferade musiknummer/musikuppträdanden, och de ger faktiskt spelet en nästan musikalkänsla ibland och de är riktigt bra. Du kan se ett exempel på ett av dessa precis här nedan.

<video>

Det leder oss vidare till soundtracket, som tillsammans med stridssystemet utgör själva kärnan i spelet. People of Note har ett riktigt lyckat soundtrack, och till skillnad från andra liknande spel där musiken också står i centrum finns det här många olika genrer representerade. Musiken håller en riktigt hög nivå, oavsett om det är pop, rock, elektronisk musik, rap eller country och western. Delar av soundtracket är för övrigt redan tillgängliga på Spotify i skrivande stund.

Slutligen har vi den visuella sidan, som är färgstark och riktigt snygg, och allt är utformat med en "musikalisk vinkel". Ett bra exempel är att det utanför en hiss finns ett stort skjutreglage som på ett mixerbord, som rör sig upp och ner tillsammans med hissen. Detta är bara ett enkelt exempel på att den visuella delen är riktigt genomtänkt, och detsamma kan sägas om de snygga menyerna.

<bild></bild>
<bild>Visuellt är det en fröjd, inklusive melodierna.</bild>

People of Note är ett välfungerande litet rollspel. Ja, det kan verka ytligt och det måste man vara beredd på, men det musikaliska temat, som inte bara är en förpackning, smälter in i stridssystemet och det gör People of Note intressant. Medan de vanliga striderna kan bli lite enformiga med tiden, är bossstriderna både utmanande och spännande, eftersom varje boss har olika musikaliska förmågor.

Även om man inte är en inbiten rollspelsfantast kan People of Note vara ett trevligt, lättillgängligt och mysigt litet rollspel som försöker göra saker lite annorlunda genom att tillföra musikaliska förmågor till ett traditionellt rollspel - och om man köper in sig på den lite enkla premissen så fungerar det faktiskt.

<video>

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

You Could Get up to $100 in This Google Class Action Lawsuit

Google recently agreed to pay $135 million to settle a class action lawsuit.

If you're an Android user or you've had an Android phone over the past nine years or so, listen up: Google just agreed to a $135 million lawsuit that you're likely a class member of. While the final payout is still up in the air, you could be entitled to up to $100.

What is the lawsuit about?

The lawsuit, Taylor V. Google LLC, alleges that Google was complicit in allowing Android devices to send a host of user data to Google without the permission of the users. Not only does the suit highlight the privacy implications, it also hammers Google for using up the users' cellular data. According to the details of the lawsuit, Google denies any wrongdoing in this case, but has agreed to settle for $135 million. As part of that settlement, Google will have to update the Play Store Terms of Service, as well as Android's setup screens, to disclose the data collection and offer users a choice whether or not to opt into it. The company will also disable a related setting on Android devices, though it's not clear what that setting exactly is.

Like many of these class action lawsuits, the breadth of impacted users is quite large here. You are a class member if you reside in the United States and used an Android mobile device with a cellular plan any time from Nov. 12, 2017 to the date the settlement receives final approval. The only other stipulation is you cannot be a class member in Csupo v. Google LLC, which is a similar suit concerning Android users who reside in California.

The lawsuit estimates that there will be approximately 100 million class members here. You might think that'd entitle everyone to $135, but the terms of the settlement cap the payouts to $100 maximum. While that may be the final number, the settlement will first need to pay administrative costs, taxes, lawyer fees, and other expenses, so it could be lower depending on what's left.

How can I get paid in the Google lawsuit?

If you are indeed a class member in this case, you should have received a notice via email or mail. This message will contain both a Notice ID as well as a Confirmation Code. You'll need these to confirm your payment method here. This is an important step: While class members are automatically enrolled in the case, if you don't fill out the payment election form, you might not get paid. If you never received a notice, but believe you are a class member, you can call 1-844-655-4255, send an email to Info@FederalCellularClassAction.com, or send a letter to the following address:

  • Federal Cellular Class Action
    c/o Settlement Administrator
    1650 Arch Street, Suite 2210
    Philadelphia, PA 19103

You do have the right to exclude yourself from this lawsuit instead. While you will forfeit the money, you will retain your right to sue Google over this issue. If you don't formally exclude yourself by May 29, you waive that right—hence the payout.

Mouse: P.I. For Hire

<video>
Ända sedan jag först fick upp ögonen för {Mouse: P.I. For Hire} har jag följt spelet och dess utveckling med stor nyfikenhet. Det beror inte på någon koppling till utvecklaren Fumi Games eller någon särskild fixering vid titeln i sig, utan snarare på att projektet utstrålar en känsla för karaktär och personlighet som man ofta saknar när man konsumerar mycket media och hoppar mellan olika spel så ofta som en recensent gör. Dess trailers, de återkommande glimtarna och möjligheten att själv prova spelet övertygade mig om att det här är en titel med en tydlig kreativ och konstnärlig dragningskraft. Men håller det hela vägen genom berättelsen?

Det räcker med att kort uppleva den svartvita noir-estetiken i 1930-talets rubber hose-animation, tillsammans med det jazziga vinylsoundtracket, för att inse att Fumi Games verkligen träffat rätt rent audiovisuellt. Mouse: P.I. For Hire är en genuin kreativ upplevelse, ett slående och minnesvärt konstverk som i sig är tillräckligt starkt för att vara skäl nog att plocka upp spelet. Det är inte bara snyggt - det är fyllt av personlighet och karisma, och världen känns verkligen som hämtad ur en gammaldags tecknad film. Det är förtjusande och utgör en oväntat stabil grund för en actionfylld {Doom}-inspirerad shooter.

<bild>Designen är rakt igenom förstklassig.</bild>

Mouse: P.I. For Hire är linjärt uppbyggt, vilket innebär att du följer en mystisk berättelse om försvunna möss som snart utvecklas till en storskalig korruptionshärva, lika tokig som en tecknad film även om den hämtar inspiration från verkligheten. Jag hade gärna sett lite mer handlingsfrihet i spelets detektivinslag, där man själv får pussla ihop ledtrådar för att upptäcka viktiga samband och information, men som det är nu fungerar berättelsen och förblir tillräckligt intressant för att vilja följa den. Samtidigt är sanningen att berättelsen inte riktigt är spelets främsta säljargument. I likhet med {Cuphead} finns det en historia som driver dig framåt, men spelets verkliga kärna ligger i dess actionupplägg.

Här handlar det återigen om en Doom-liknande upplevelse där du rör dig mellan olika arenor och bekämpar attackerande gnagare (eller krokodiler...) med ett bisarrt urval av vapen och verktyg. Du kan springa runt i hög hastighet i alla riktningar, använda förmågor för att svinga dig fram och springa längs väggar, samtidigt som du öser kulor över inkommande fiender. När striderna väl lagt sig kan du antingen utforska gömda vrår efter hemligheter eller gå vidare till nästa arena. Upplevelsen är ganska linjär, återigen mycket lik Doom, vilket inte är kritik utan snarare något att vara medveten om för dig som hoppats på mer öppna banor.

<bild>Det jazziga vinyl-soundtracket regerar.</bild>

När det gäller bandesignen visar Fumi Games upp sin kreativitet genom en stor variation av miljöer som tar dig runt i Mouseburg och genom en rad unika områden. Inga två banor känns eller ser likadana ut, och vägen till målet varierar hela tiden. Trots den noir-färgade paletten känns varje plats fräsch och levande, särskilt när striderna drar igång och jazzen skruvas upp till max.

Det som däremot förtjänar kritik är fienderna. Utbudet är begränsat och de flesta beter sig på liknande sätt. Närstridsfiender rusar tanklöst mot dig, medan distansfiender håller avstånd och skjuter. Det finns inga särskilt utmärkande mekaniker att ta hänsyn till, utan det är mest konstant spring-och-skjut. Det hade varit mer givande med mer komplexa fiender, likt de många olika demonerna i Doom med sina unika egenskaper. Som det är nu lämnar fienderna i Mouse inte något större intryck, eftersom de sällan bjuder på motstånd. Detsamma gäller bossarna - de har visserligen vissa unika inslag, men i grunden handlar det mest om att undvika deras attacker och skjuta tillbaka.

<bild>Röstskådespeleriet är på högsta nivå.</bild>

Efter många timmars spelande märkte jag också andra designval som inte riktigt fungerade för mig. Spelet lägger stor vikt vid att samla pengar i banorna och använda dem för att köpa basebollkort till ett minispel. Det fungerar, men att ständigt leta efter småmynt känns inte särskilt givande, särskilt när valutasystemet inte riktigt påverkar progressionen. Även hemligheterna är något ojämnt utformade - ibland hittar du något som känns speciellt, bara för att belönas med lite pengar eller en samlarartikel i form av en tidning. Till slut försvinner känslan av upptäckarglädje när belöningarna sällan känns värda mödan.

Allt detta gör att Mouse: P.I. For Hire framstår som en speciell titel, men också en som inte riktigt når hela sin potential. Rent konstnärligt och kreativt hör det till toppskiktet, med en imponerande visuell och ljudmässig helhet och dessutom utmärkt röstskådespeleri. Allt detta förtjänar beröm. Men sett till spelmekaniken finns det sprickor i fasaden, med designval som ibland gör upplevelsen något tom och endimensionell.

<bild>Med lite mer ambition har det varit en pinne upp i betyg direkt.</bild>

Det finns till exempel inslag av metroidvania-inspirerad förflyttning, men det är inget som utnyttjas särskilt mycket. Plattformandet och utforskandet känns mer som tillägg än som centrala designval. Det här är områden där Mouse: P.I. For Hire hade kunnat utvecklas ytterligare för att skapa en mer balanserad helhet.

Men låt inte kritiken avskräcka dig från att prova Mouse: P.I. For Hire. I slutändan är Fumi Games en indieutvecklare och detta är deras debutprojekt, och med det i åtanke är det svårt att inte imponeras av vad de åstadkommit. Spelet sprudlar av karisma och är svårt att ogilla, och både tempot och skjutmekaniken är tillräckligt starka för att underhålla även när du inte hänförs av den fantastiska grafiken och animationerna. Det är inte perfekt, men det är en imponerande insats från en studio som visar ambitioner på AA-nivå eller högre, trots att de är ett indie-team.

<video>

Vampire Crawlers

Bara en omgång till, sen måste jag verkligen krypa till kojs och sova. Famous last words minst sagt, och plötsligt inser man att klockan är halv tre på natten. Ögonen svider, insidan av ens skalle har förvandlats till någon form av digital pixel-slushy och man vet att man måste jobba om bara en handfull timmar. Panik.

Det där är en känsla som många av oss gamers är farligt välbekanta med, men som också på äldre dar blivit allt mer sällsynt. Nog för att man älskar spelandet av hela sitt ruttna hjärta, men någonstans inom en påminns man ständigt om att "vara vuxen och ansvarsfull". Så lik förbannat släpar man sig till sängs, även om man inte vill annat än superlimma sig fast i soffan, svetsa igen ytterdörren och förlora sig i det digitala vansinnet.

Vampire Survivors har länge varit ett av "de där" spelen för mig. Det var fullständig katastrof när spelet först släpptes, och det är ett rent under att jag faktiskt aldrig sjukade mig trots många på tok för sena kvällar. Ja, jag är vuxen.. jag lovar. Digitalt knark i sin renaste form med en direkt hypnotisk gameplay-loop fylld av växande siffror, allt mer färgglada effekter och sådär löjligt tillfredsställande ljudeffekter. Att värja sig mot vansinnet var nära nog hopplöst.

Så vad är då resultatet när någon bestämmer sig för att ta samma koncept, ställa det på sin kant, peppra med lite deckbuilding och salta med en nypa roguelite? Fullständig härdsmälta på bästa möjliga vis. That's what. Så vad exakt är då Vampire Crawlers? Häng med så dyker vi ner bland pixlarna och Windows 98 screensaver-perspektivet.

<bild>Det börjar lite segt och simpelt..</bild>
<bild>Men unlocks kommer snart att krydda till din tillvaro och göra livet amaze!</bild>

Först och främst. Låt mig tydliggöra en sak. Vampire Crawlers försöker aldrig trumfa sin föregångare på egen planhalva. Detta är något nytt, men också lömskt välbekant. Man är smart här och istället för att dansa runt ruskprickar medan dina automatiska attacker gör grovjobbet så får du själv mer kontroll här. Du navigerar runt för egen maskin. Ruta för ruta, steg för steg, och styr själv vilka strider du vill ge dig i kast med.

Du pushar på. Varje kort du spelar, varje combo du försöker bygga. Allt är ständigt en balansgång som emellanåt snabbt kan leda till nederlag på grund av någon oväntad fiende som dyker upp, eller en oturligt dragen serie av händer som ger dig helt fel kort, i helt fel ordning. Du svär, accepterar liemannen och hoppar tillbaka in. Bara en gång till.. sen är det raka vägen till sängs.

För även om Vampire Crawlers på pappret är ett annorlunda spel än föregångaren, så lyckas det fånga exakt samma puls, nerv och beroendeframkallande gameplay. Du väljer bana utifrån en overworld map, allt med namn och områden du garanterat känner igen från Vampire Survivors, och bygger din kortlek i realtid. Det mest uppenbara och påtagliga skiftet är så klart spelets tempo. Här är det konstant action eller nagelbitande stress som premieras. Nej, här stirrar du istället på din hand, planerar för combos, manakostnad och maximal effekt.

Det förstnämnda är dessutom vad man skulle kunna kalla för ryggraden i Vampire Crawlers, där du spelar kort i stigande manakostnad för att bygga multipliers som ganska snabbt kan urarta till vansinnes-matematik som hade fått självaste Gottfried Wilhelm Leibni att svettas. Och när den där nästan perfekta sekvensen väl landar, konstruerad av lika delar långsiktigt planerande likväl som en gnutta tur. Mamma Mia. Skärmen exploderar i färger, effekter, och behagliga ljud av monster som dukar under för ditt övervåld. Det är så där saligt tillfredsställande så man blir kollrig.

<bild>Liemannan kommer att hemsöka dig..om och om igen.</bild>
<bild>Världen är din att crawla igenom!</bild>

Kortsystemet i sig är också förvånansvärt lätt att läsa, trots att det snabbt blir överlastat. Där röda kort representerar attacker, blåa är försvar, gula är buffar, lila ger dig mana och så vidare. Det gör din hand överskådlig, även när den expanderat och växt till en oheligt sprudlande verktygslåda ämnad för monsterslakt.

Mer ofta än sällan kommer Crawlers dessutom att kasta en curveball eller två mot dig, för spelet genuint älskar att strössla med knasigheter - ofta också långt mer än du rimligen kan hantera. Det finaste av allt? Det går alltid att göra något med dem, även hur befängt och dumt det än kan verka vara. För om det är något du aldrig ska vara rädd för här, så är det att experimentera. Synergierna kan uppstå från de mest oväntade ting, och Crawlers belönar kreativitet och nyfikenhet snarare än passiv försiktighet. En designfilosofi jag innerligt innerligt önskade att fler roguelites vågade anamma.

Vampire Crawlers vågar nämligen släppa tömmarna och låta dig galoppera iväg mot horisonten. Fullt medveten om att du förr eller senare kommer att växa dig övermäktig. Det är ett spel som låter dig bli en gud, om än bara i pixelerad form, vilket också är exakt vad som gör spelet så förbannat charmigt. Varje runda blir ett galet experiment, varje misslyckande en lärdom och i förlängningen en ursäkt att skippa ännu en timme sömn.

Meta-progressionen hjälper också till att hålla elden vid liv. För mellan varje "run" har du möjlighet att finjustera och pilla i staden. Där kan man manipulera allt från vilka gems som dyker upp i spelet, vilka i sin tur ger passiva effekter på dina kort, till hur starka dina bonusförmågor ska vara eller vilken karaktär du vill spela. Precis som i originalet finns det nämligen en uppsjö av ansikten att låsa upp, alla med sina unika quirks och förmågor vilka uppmuntrar till ännu mer experimenterande.

<bild>Massa mumier att mörda!</bild>
<bild>Miljöerna känns igen och likaså karaktärerna.</bild>

Systemet gör att Crawlers hela tiden känns som att det rör sig framåt, där finns alltid någon litet framsteg att göra, även när du fått stryk och den där kära liemannen för femtio-elfte gången kommer för att håna dig och gnugga nederlaget i ditt ansikte. Bara en runda till...

Audiovisuellt håller så är Vampire Crawlers ungefär vad du kan förvänta dig, och rör sig inte direkt långt ifrån sitt ursprung med överdrivet pixliga representationer av allt från monster till karaktärer. Men också med en tydligare struktur som passar det nya gameplayet och krispiga effekter som förhöjer upplevelsen. På sätt och vis känns det som att någon tog 3D Maze Screensaver från Windows 95 och stoppade i mixern tillsammans med Castlevania. Resultatet är också väldigt färgglatt och charmigt, där du garanterat kommer att dra på smilbanden både en och två gånger under dina många äventyr.

Visst, det finns små skavanker. Första timmen är rätt seg och det tar helt klart en stund för maskineriet att verkligen komma igång. Jag ska ärligt säga att jag krafsade mig lite fundersamt i pannan själv inledningsvis. Se på det som ett lokomotiv som långsamt bygger upp ånga i pannan. En snöboll som rullas från toppen på ett berg men sakta växer till en lavin. För när det väl är igång, då jädrar.

Vidare så kan även spelet bli en aning kaotiskt, med ett emellanåt lite lurigt gränssnitt. Små piss-detaljer så klart, och antagligen något du på din höjd kommer att muttra över i några sekunder innan du lika snabbt glömmer det och istället återigen förlorar dig i Vampire Crawlers absurda briljans - och du återigen klickar på "continue". Bara en runda till..

<bild>Statistik är kul!</bild>
<bild>Precis som tidigare är evolves tillbaka, och så mycket, mycket mer!</bild>

För det är också det som är grejen. Vampire Crawlers vägrar att släppa taget om dig. Det biter fast i nacken och smaskar på. För även om mycket är sig likt och igenkänningsfaktorn från Survivors är påtaglig så arbetar Crawlers med helt nya verktyg. Glöm reflexer och pixelperfekt navigering mellan anstormande horder av monster. Här är det hjärna, tajming och lätt sadistisk kärlek till att pressa system tills de går sönder som gäller.

Timmarna försvinner, dygnet blir till dimma och siffrorna växer i takt med dina combo-kedjor. Allt till tonerna av den där lömskt gungiga musiken och ett fyrverkeri av sprakande pixlar och effekter. Herregud Poncle vad har ni gjort..

För ja. Vampire Crawlers är nära nog enastående och dess möjligheter svindlande. Spela på egen risk, för detta är om möjligt ännu bättre och mer slipat än dess föregångare.

MotoGP 26

Är det något motorcykelspelen har är det valmöjligheter. Till skillnad mot andra sportspel, där det är ett spel som dominerar och det inte finns någon konkurrens, finns det i denna genre flera spel att välja mellan. De flesta är det dock Milestone som ligger bakom. Det finns Ride, MXGP (där det senaste dock kom 2024), Monster Energy Supercross om du föredrar den typen av hoj, Speedway Challenge, och andra äldre men fortfarande populära spel som MX Bikes (från 2019, men med 3886 samtidiga spelare på Steam när denna recension skrivs). Och så har vi det officiella spelet för MotoGP.

<bild>På väg mot årets lansering.</bild>

Ska jag vara ärlig flyter de senaste årgångarna ihop en del när det gäller den här serien och det gäller även årets version. Hade du startat MotoGP 26 och sagt att det var MotoGP 25 hade jag inte argumenterat en enda sekund. Den största anledningen till detta är givetvis att detta är ett spel med en officiell licens, vilket gör att det inte går att ta ut svängarna lika mycket som det gör i Ride. Milestone brukar dock skruva och hamra lite på innehållet varje år och bjuda på några mindre uppdateringar.

<bild>Karriärläget är djupt.</bild>

De behöver inte skruva speciellt mycket på själva motorcykelåkandet då det är ett av de bästa i genren och den enda riktiga skillnaden i år jämfört med förra året är att "Pro"-upplevelsen har ändrats för att fokusera mer på åkaren. "Rider-Based Handling", som de beskriver det på engelska. Precis som namnet skvallrar om är fysiken nu gjord för att låta spelaren kontrollera åkaren direkt i stället för motorcykeln. Som i verkliga livet alltså, där det ju är du som lutar dig och motorcykeln följer efter. Motorcykeln börjar ju inte luta sig själv åt sidan för att svänga. Detta ska tydligen ha gjort det nödvändigt att uppdatera vissa animeringar för åkarna. Efter att ha testat båda versionerna; denna åkarbaserade fysik och det som kallas "Arcade" kan jag säga att det är en stor skillnad. Pro ska enligt utvecklarna "göra det enklare att lära sig åka". Jag tycker precis tvärtom, att det är svårare än att styra motorcykeln i Arcade-inställningen. Men det är ju så klart tycke och smak. Den andra nyheten är att Moto3 and Moto2-cyklarna fått uppdaterat ljud.

<bild>Det går att åka olika typer av motorcyklar om du nu känner för det.</bild>

Så, på banan har det inte hänt överdrivet mycket, men det kanske det gjort på andra ställen i stället? Karriärläget, där jag tror att de flesta spelarna kommer att spendera mest tid, är sig rätt likt. Du får återigen välja att starta i Moto3, Moto2, eller rakt in i finrummet i MotoGP och därefter jobba dig upp till titeln. Därefter kommer en inledande presskonferens där du får välja vad årets målsättning är. Kanske skapa en rivalitet, åka tillräckligt bra för att få ett kontrakt från ett bättre stall eller åka för prestige. En sak jag gillar är att det går att utveckla din motorcykel för att kunna tävla med de bästa. Alla motorcyklar kan nå maximal prestanda om du lägger ner tillräckligt mycket tid på att utveckla den under testdagar och debriefings. Så Ducati och Aprilia kan behöva se upp. Karriären är sedan upplagt i ett veckovist upplägg med officiella tävlingsschema (om du så önskar). Vecka kan bestå av träningssession, kval, sprint, och race. Vecka två likadant på en annan bana. Vecka tre kan sedan vara en så kallad Race Off. Där får du chansen att köra lite mer oseriöst med andra typer av motorcyklar, som minibikes, och motards. En ny plats, Canterbury Park, har lagts till vilket tar totalsiffran upp till tre, med tidigare Mont Lagard och Borgo Caselle. Nu är jag ingen expert i hur proffsåkare tillbringar sin fritid, men detta ska tydligen ge oss en "insikt i riktiga åkares träningsrutiner".

<bild>MotoGP 26 har tyvärr dragit i bromsen lite väl mycket när det kommer till nytt innehåll.</bild>

Är du istället någon som föredrar multiplayer går det att spela split screen lokalt med två spelare eller i onlinerace för upp till 22 spelare med full crossplay mellan Steam, Epic Games Store, PlayStation 5, och Xbox Series X/S. Soloupplevelsen har det du kan förvänta dig utöver karriären. Det finns Grand Prix, mästerskap, solorace, och time trials.

MotoGP 26 är fortsatt ett mycket starkt spel i en serie som gör verklighetens MotoGP rättvisa och spelmässigt är det underhållande, men tyvärr känns det som att serien börjar sakta ner lite för mycket. Det finns helt enkelt inte tillräckligt mycket nytt eller känns tillräckligt annorlunda från förra årets titel.

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection

För de flesta är Mega Man synonymt med den ordinarie serien som startade till NES, och får ett nytt spel nästa år i form av {Mega Man: Dual Override}, alternativt möjligen {Mega Man X}. Men i Japan är Mega Man mycket större än så och det dräller av obskyra spel som i många fall inte ens letat sig till väst, eller åtminstone inte gjort mycket väsen av sig.

<video>

Bland de större och mer lyckade hittar vi Nintendo DS-serien Mega Man Star Force, en sort andlig uppföljare till {Mega Man Battle Network} (som även den släpptes i väst, främst till Game Boy Advance). Star Force bjöd på tre äventyr fördelade på totalt sju olika versioner, vilka kan jämföras med upplägget i Pokémon-spelen, det vill säga att du valde version för att få små skillnader till ditt äventyr. Något stort utbyteselement saknas dock, så jag skulle vilja påstå at det främst handlade om ett sätt att få sälja flera versioner till samma spelare. Spelen som ingår är:


  • Mega Man Star Force Leo

  • Mega Man Star Force Dragon

  • Mega Man Star Force Pegasus

  • Mega Man Star Force 2 Zerker x Ninja

  • Mega Man Star Force 2 Zerker x Saurian

  • Mega Man Star Force 3 Black Ace

  • Mega Man Star Force 3 Red Joker



Hur det än är med den saken, så slipper du välja i {Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection}, för här ingår alltså alla. Vill du ha den aggressiva Mega Man Star Force Leo så finns den här, och föredrar du finsmakarutgåvan Mega Man Star Force Dragon så kan du välja den med. Dessutom har Capcom fyllt spelet med allehanda grejer från spelets historia som möjligheten att titta på alla kort, kolla in artwork, lyssna på musik och liknande.

<bild>Designen är genomgående bra, och grafiken håller oävntat väl.</bild>

Det är kort sagt ett ganska komplett paket som möter oss i Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection. Jag spelade bara det första när det begav sig och gav mig raskt igång med det. Capcom har valt att bevara grafikstilen, så det är ett genomengående pixligt spel som möter oss, men spontant tycker jag den isometriska stilen överlevt på ett bra sätt och det är föredömligt tydligt.

Storyn kretsar kring Geo Stelar, en ung grabb som nyligen förlorat sin far i rymden. Det är i grunden en ganska mörk historia, men som tidsenligt behandlas väldigt raskt. Det ges ingen tid att sörja, utan snabbt börjar personer och spelmekanik introduceras. Det första spelet har mest historia eftersom det introducerar världen och utöver Geo Stellar, så får vi även träffa Omega-Xis. Dessa båda är seriens nyckelpersoner och kan tillsammans förvandla sig till Mega Man, vilka sedan med hjälp av kort ska besegra allsköns fiender.

<bild>Grafiken har förbättrats på flera områden, som högre upplösning på artwork.</bild>

Spel två och tre presenteras på samma lättsamma sätt, där Geo Stellar och Omega-Xis fortfarande bor hemma hos mamma, går i skolan och bor i en småstad någonstans i framtiden - varpå en ruskprick dyker upp och ett nytt äventyr kan ta sin början. Det är förvånansvärt mycket dialog som klämts in på närmast rollspelsliknande premisser, men eftersom allt är så kortfattat och kärnfullt hinner det aldrig bli stelt och monotont, men känns heller aldrig engagerande utan mer som en ursäkt för äventyr. Ska jag likna det med något, så tänk de tidiga Pokémon-spelens berättande.

Den stora grejen med Mega Man Star Force-serien var dess kortbaserade strider med en Playstation-mässig presentation (med förbättrad upplösning) på ett mindre rutnät. Till skillnad från Battle Network-serien var Star Force lite mer action-betonat, och det kan faktiskt bli ganska utmanande. Lyckligtvis finns en hel uppsjö av hjälpmedel, från att kunna spara regelbundet till att kunna ge dig själv mer tid eller göra vapen starkare.

<bild>Striderna står sig som höjdpunkterna.</bild>

Striderna sker sedan på ett litet rutnät på både action- och kortbaserade premisser. Genom att optimera dina kort på ett bra sätt kan du kombinera dem på bra sätt och leverera massiva attacker, samtidigt som du kan skjuta med din armkanon och se till att du inte står i vägen för fiendens attacker. Det blir därmed en slags dans mellan timing, positionering och kortval som jag är väldigt förtjust i.

Ska jag säga något negativt så är det att detta som sagt var ett Nintendo DS-spel, vilket betyder att menyerna ursprungligen var utformade för stylus. Jag skulle tro att det inte är något problem till enheter med tryckkänsliga skärmar, men jag har spelat till Xbox Series S/X (gäller sannolikt även Playstation 5), och här blir menyerna lite mer tungrodda än de var när det begav sig.

<bild>Menyerna kan bli lite omständliga med handkontroll.</bild>

Sammantaget är det ändå en väldigt gedigen samling som det är lätt att rekommendera. Det är spel som håller, som inte hade vunnit på fler polygoner, och som fräschats till på ett bra sätt med högre upplösning där det passar (som exempelvis strider och korten). Letar du klassisk Mega Man-action är detta definitivt inget för dig, men vill du ha tidstypiskt mysiga japanska "happy-go-lucky"-äventyr med ett djupt spelsystem, så är det verkligen lätt att rekommendera denna härliga samling.

Drop Duchy Complete Edition

Att pussellösning och taktik går hand i hand är inget nytt under solen, men när man adderar Tetris fallande klossar till strategiska strider så blir resultatet ändock förvånansvärt beroendeframkallande. I det nya indiespelet Drop Duchy handlar det nämligen om att forma sitt eget kungadöme med hjälp pusselbitar, och här fokuserar man dessutom mer på att forma landet man livnär sig på framför att direkt flytta och manövrera sina militära styrkor. Det må låta lite märkligt till en början, men tämligen snabbt lär man sig att det finns en medryckande enkelhet till upplägget samtidigt som det göms ett spelmekaniskt djup bland skogar och fält.
<bild>Tetris - fast med en knorr!</bild>
Det finns ingen story i Drop Duchy att ta del av utan du får, efter en kortare introduktion, kasta dig in i en kampanj i tre akter där målet är att besegra dina fiender och stå som segrare efter ett par intensiva bosstrider. Upplägget är förövrigt av roguelike-typen där man gör så kallade "runs" för att successivt bli bättre från omgång till omgång. Gillar man den här specifika genren så finns det mycket innehåll att ta del av (att spela som olika armeér bland annat), men det går även att uppskatta bataljer med en mer avslappnad framförhållning om man vill undvika en alltför stor tidsmässig investering.

Varje "run" är sedan som sagt uppdelad i olika akter och varje akt erbjuder i sin tur en rad olika utmaningar. I början kan man pussla i lugn och ro (utan några fiender) och det är här som man kan tjäna in olika resurser. För när man får ihop fulla rader med sina klossar så kan man skörda olika tillgångar, och adderar man olika hus och fabriker till de horisontella linjerna så kan resultatet dessutom förbättras avsevärt. Det finns förövrigt ingen tidspress att ta i beaktande, men du måste däremot klura på vart du ska placera dina klossar då skogar genererar ved och virke medans öppna fält och åkrar erbjuder mat etc.
<bild>Du kan ofta välja om du vill möta fiender på en gång eller ta en mer lättsam väg framåt - att avvakta med bataljerna gör dock bossarna starkare.</bild>
Svårighetsgraden ökar sedan när fienderna gör entre, men det är med en intressant knorr som Drop Duchy behandlar sina strider. Du är nämligen ständigt i full kontroll, detta då du är den som både placerar ut dina trupper likväl som din motståndarens styrkor. Varje enhet har dock olika attribut att ta hänsyn till och de kan bli starkare eller svagare beroende på var de lokaliserar sig på slagfältet. Vissa grupper blir exempelvis starkare av att vara nära skogar medan andra föredrar berg eller andra bebyggelser, och det är genom att maximera sina klossars förmågor som man både kan stärka sin egen armé samtidigt som man gör sin fiende sårbar.
<bild>Striderna sker alltid efter att klossarna är på plats, och du kan bestämma i vilken ordning slagen ska äga rum.</bild>
<bild>Du låser upp nya kort på resans gång, och dessa kan du sedan använda som klossar för att bygga ett bättre kungadöme.</bild>
Det finns förövrigt en annan aspekt att ha i bakhuvudet när det kommer till spelets strider, och det är i slutet av varje batalj där man återigen får bestämma i vilken ordning saker ska ske. Drop Duchy använder sig nämligen av en "sten sax påse-regel" där olika grupper har en styrka och tillika en svaghet. Du kan sedan manipulera detta till din fördel där du först kan låta dina pilbågsskyttar anfalla ett gäng yxmän (vilket de har en fördel emot) innan de ansluter till sina egna yxkrigare och tar sig an soldater med svärd (som ovannämnda yxor ofta trumfar över). Det må som sagt låta lite invecklat i skrift, men det är ett intressant system som gör att varje kloss har betydelse för hur resultatet blir i slutändan.

För när krutröken har lagt sig och klossarna fallit på plats så erbjuder Drop Duchy ett gemytligt äventyr där gullig grafik blandas med intressant och medryckande spelbarhet. Det må inte vara en banbrytande tolkning av pusselgenren på det stora hela, men det är likväl ett spännande koncept med väldigt många finurliga inslag. Gillar man taktisk tänkande och rogivande pussellösning så är detta ett självklart inköp, och är man villig att sätta sig in i alla komplexa valmöjligheter så väntar därtill ett spel man kan tillbringa otaligt många timmar tillsammans med under de kommande sommarmånaderna.
<bild>Det är inte lätt när det är svårt.</bild>

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

The Trump Mobile T1 Phone Is (Supposedly) Shipping This Week

Will customers actually get their hands on the first Trump phone?

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

The Trump Mobile T1 phone might actually be shipping this week. That's according to USA Today, which says they received an exclusive email from Trump Mobile confirming the shipment. If true, customers who preordered this golden phone may actually be getting their units imminently.

According to USA Today, Trump Mobile CEO Pat O'Brien confirmed that the company will start shipping pre-ordered T1 phones this week. Take that with a grain of salt, however. This news follows several rounds of delays, as the company originally advertised an August release for the T1. O'Brien says those delays "were worth it in our minds as we are delivering an amazing product." The Trump Mobile CEO also tells USA Today that the phones are indeed assembled in the United States, and use parts that are "primarily manufactured in America." That's part of the "proudly American" promise of the phone, as Trump Mobile's website says the T1 is "designed with American values in mind."

What is the Trump Mobile T1 Phone?

Trump Mobile's first phone seems to be like any other midrange Android device in most regards. It comes with a 6.78-inch AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate; three rear cameras, with a 50MP main lens, a 8MP wide angle lens, and a 50MP 2x tele lens; a 50MP selfie camera; a 5,000 mAh battery with support for up to 30W of quick charging; a fingerprint sensor and "AI Face" unlock; and a Snapdragon SoC, though the company hasn't specified which chip is actually running in this device.

There are two elements here that make the Trump Mobile T1 stand out from other phones on the market: One is the Trump branding. If you don't slap a case on this thing, everyone is going to know your stance on things, since the bottom of the phone features a large American flag with TRUMP MOBILE embossed along the base. If that wasn't enough, there's even a TRUMP MOBILE stamp along the cameras, as well. The back of the phone, as well as the thin bezel around the display, is gold (of course), and, according to renders, there's a TRUMP MOBILE home screen wallpaper, should you feel you aren't displaying the phone's OEM enough already.

The other unique element, of course, is that this phone is supposedly made mostly in the States. It's true that it's pretty difficult to find a smartphone that meets that description, since most devices are manufactured in large part outside the country. That said, it's definitely not 100% American-made: Snapdragon chips are manufactured by TSMC, which is based in Taiwan. Samsung makes AMOLED displays in Korea, as well. Perhaps the phones are assembled in the U.S., and use many other American-sourced parts, but, as it stands, the phone isn't entirely made in this country.

The Trump T1 Phone starts at $499, and the company is offering a $100 rebate if you pre-order it. Perhaps it really will launch, and you'll be able to have your very own Trump-branded phone within the coming weeks. But in case you'd rather consider another midrange Android device for any number of reasons, CNET has a great list of options here.

by The Associated Press  for npr.org

Pope decries rise of AI-directed warfare, saying it leads to a spiral of annihilation

Pope Leo XIV denounced how investments in artificial intelligence and high-tech weaponry were leading the world into a "spiral of annihilation," as he called for peace in the Middle East and Ukraine.Pope Leo XIV, accompanied by, from left, Prefect of the Pontifical Household Archbishop Petar Rajič, Dean Antonella Polimeni, and his vicar for the city of Rome Cardinal Baldo Reina, visits the Città Universitaria (University City) at Sapienza University of Rome to meet with faculty and students at the institution

Pope Leo XIV denounced how investments in artificial intelligence and high-tech weaponry were leading the world into a "spiral of annihilation," as he called for peace in the Middle East and Ukraine.

(Image credit: Gregorio Borgia)

by Tim Hardwick  for macrumors.com

OLED iPad Mini: Release Date, Pricing, and What to Expect

According to the latest rumors, Apple is close to launching its next-generation iPad mini. So what should we expect from the successor to the iPad mini 7 that Apple released over a year ago? Read on to find out.


Processor and Performance


Apple is working on a next-generation version of the iPad mini (codename J510/J511) that features the A19 Pro chip, according to information found in code that Apple mistakenly shared in August.

Apple's A19 Pro chip since debuted in the iPhone Air and iPhone 17 Pro models. The iPhone 17 Pro models include the higher-end version of Apple's A19 Pro chip with a 6-core CPU and a 6-core GPU, while the iPhone Air uses a mid-tier A19 Pro chip with one fewer GPU core than the A19 Pro chip used in the iPhone 17 Pro and Pro Max.

If the code leak is accurate for the iPad mini 8, Apple is likely to use the mid-tier A19 Pro chip found in the iPhone Air. This is based on the fact that the A17 Pro chip used in the iPad mini 7 has a 6-core CPU with two high-performance cores and four efficiency cores, along with a 5-core GPU, compared to the 6-core GPU found on the A17 Pro used in the iPhone 15 Pro.

Apple built the A19 Pro chip on an upgraded third-generation 3-nanometer N3P process for modest speed and efficiency improvements. The chip includes a 16-core Neural Engine, next-generation dynamic caching, and unified image compression.

The GPU in the A19 Pro has an upgraded architecture with a larger cache, more memory, and Neural Accelerators that are built into each core. Apple says that this change provides 3× the peak GPU compute over the prior-generation chip. There's also an upgraded 16-core Neural Engine for AI tasks.

There is an outside chance that Apple opts for the A20 Pro chip for the new iPad mini. The claim has been made by a MacRumors tipster who analyzed a macOS kernel debug kit containing internal Apple codenames. However, the iPad mini has not always received Apple's newest A-series chip at the time it was updated, so the A19 Pro cannot be ruled out at this time. iPhone 18 Pro models are also expected to use the A20 Pro chip, which will reportedly be fabricated with TSMC's advanced 2nm process.

Display



Apple's plan to transition the ‌‌iPad mini‌‌ from an LCD to an OLED display is widely rumored. According to Bloomberg's Mark Gurman, the small form-factor tablet is likely to be the next Apple device to adopt OLED. According to a Chinese leaker with sources in Apple's supply chain, Apple has evaluated a Samsung-made OLED display for its next iPad mini model.

It remains unclear whether the iPad mini 8 will feature a higher refresh rate than the 60Hz LCD display used in the existing iPad mini 7, but since the new base iPhone 17 now uses a 120Hz ProMotion panel, it would be reasonable to expect the same on the first OLED iPad mini. A separate report has suggested the ‌‌‌iPad mini 8‌‌‌'s screen could increase in size from 8.3 inches to 8.7 inches with the adoption of OLED.

OLED panels can individually control each pixel, resulting in more precise color reproduction and deeper blacks compared to other common display technologies. They also provide superior contrast, faster response times, better viewing angles, and greater design flexibility. All of Apple's flagship iPhones use OLED panels, and in May 2024 the company brought the display technology to the iPad Pro for the first time.

Unlike Apple's ‌iPad Pro‌ models, which feature two-stack low-temperature polycrystalline oxide (LTPO) OLED panels‌, the ‌iPad mini‌ may have a single-stack low-temperature polycrystalline silicon (LTPS) panel, which would make it dimmer.

Chassis Design



Apple is reportedly working to give the iPad mini 8 a more water-resistant design, according to Bloomberg's Mark Gurman. The updated casing would bring protection levels closer to those of the iPhone, making the tablet safer for use in damp environments.

To achieve this, Apple is said to have designed a new vibration-based speaker system that eliminates the need for traditional speaker holes. By using sound-emitting surfaces instead of open grilles, the company can reduce potential entry points for water and dust, resulting in a more sealed, durable enclosure.

On the iPhone, Apple relies on adhesives and gaskets to shield speakers and other openings from moisture. The iPad mini's approach appears to go further, doing away with the holes altogether. Current iPad mini models lack any official IP rating, but the upcoming version could mark the first in the lineup to feature a certified level of water protection.

Apple patents could offer further clues to the new design direction. For example, a 2014 patent outlines a "mechanically actuated panel acoustic system" that vibrates flat surfaces to generate sound, effectively turning parts of a device's chassis into a speaker diaphragm. This could potentially allow Apple to produce audio without visible speaker holes. The patent suggest Apple has been building towards a sealed, vibration-based acoustic system for several years.

Release Date



According to research firm Omdia, the ‌‌iPad mini‌‌ is expected to adopt an OLED display in 2027. However, Korea's ET News and ZDNET Korea have both suggested that the iPad mini will be updated with an OLED display in 2026. Bloomberg has also said the update could come as soon as this year.

The most recent word on the subject comes from Weibo-based leaker Instant Digital, who claims the OLED iPad mini will be launched in the second half of 2026 at the earliest.

In May 2024, it was reported that Samsung Display had started developing sample OLED panels for a future ‌iPad mini‌, with plans to initiate mass production at its facility in Cheonan in the second half of 2025. The same report claimed that Apple will bring an OLED panel to the iPad Air alongside the ‌iPad mini‌ in 2026, though Apple only refreshed the iPad Air in March, and more recent reporting suggests an OLED iPad Air will arrive in early 2027.

The latter outlook aligns with a December report by analyst firm Display Supply Chain Consultants (DSCC) that said an 8.5-inch OLED iPad mini is planned for a 2026 launch, while 11-inch and 13-inch OLED iPad Air models are expected to follow in 2027.

Ultimately, there are no rumors suggesting exactly when the next ‌iPad mini‌ will be released, but a launch later in 2026 has a high probability.

Pricing



Apple's ‌iPad mini‌ with OLED display technology and improved water resistance is expected to be more expensive, and Apple could charge up to $100 more for the device, according to Bloomberg's Gurman. The ‌iPad mini‌ is currently priced starting at $499. Gurman has previously argued that Apple should consider a lower-end version of the mini, or at least a change to its current $499 starting price, given that it's up against rival products that cost a lot less.

However, Apple users who are looking for a more affordable option should probably consider the 10th-generation iPad instead. Starting at $329, the iPad offers many iPad mini features, such as Touch ID and Center Stage, but at a lower price that balances functionality and affordability.
Related Roundup: iPad mini
Tag: OLED
Buyer's Guide: iPad Mini (Don't Buy)
Related Forum: iPad

This article, "OLED iPad Mini: Release Date, Pricing, and What to Expect" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Mitchel Broussard  for macrumors.com

Get the M5 MacBook Pro for Record Low Price of $1,499.99 on Amazon

Earlier this week, we began tracking a new all-time low price on the 32GB/1TB M5 MacBook Pro, and now the 16GB/1TB model has joined in on the deals. You can get this 14-inch M5 MacBook Pro for $1,499.99 on Amazon, down from $1,699.00.

Note: MacRumors is an affiliate partner with Amazon. When you click a link and make a purchase, we may receive a small payment, which helps us keep the site running.

At $199 off, this is a match of the lowest price we've ever tracked on this model, and it's available in Space Black and Silver. This is the model that launched in the fall of 2025 as part of a refresh of the MacBook Pro lineup, featuring a 14.2-inch Liquid Retina XDR display and 10-core CPU and 10-core GPU.



You can also still get the 32GB/1TB 14-inch M5 MacBook Pro for $1,799.00, down from $2,099.00. This one is only available in Silver on Amazon. In addition to the M5 deals, Apple's newest M5 Pro and M5 Max MacBook Pro models are also available for new low prices on Amazon.

If you're on the hunt for more discounts, be sure to visit our Apple Deals roundup where we recap the best Apple-related bargains of the past week.




Deals Newsletter


Interested in hearing more about the best deals you can find in 2026? Sign up for our Deals Newsletter and we'll keep you updated so you don't miss the biggest deals of the season!




Related Roundup: Apple Deals

This article, "Get the M5 MacBook Pro for Record Low Price of $1,499.99 on Amazon" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Pixel 10 Pro Is $250 Off Right Now

PCMag called it one of the best Android phones available right now.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Google’s Pixel phones have spent the last few years becoming the default recommendation for people who want a straightforward Android experience without dealing with heavy software skins or overloaded features. The Google Pixel 10 Pro continues that approach, though its original $1,219 price made it harder to justify against competing flagship phones. Now, Amazon has dropped the unlocked 512GB model to $969 (its lowest price yet, according to online price trackers), and that makes it easier to appreciate what Google actually does well here.

The hardware itself is familiar in a good way—the flat display makes it easier to grip and use one-handed, the matte glass back does a better job resisting fingerprints than many glossy competitors, and the overall build feels solid without becoming bulky. Google also continues to offer one of the better long-term Android support policies, so you aren't buying something that will feel outdated in two years. Performance is solid for day-to-day use, though the Tensor G5 chip still trails behind Snapdragon-powered competitors in heavier gaming and more demanding apps, notes this PCMag review. That said, the biggest reason to buy this phone is still the camera system. Google continues to deliver photos that look natural without over-sharpening faces or cranking up colors, and its triple-camera setup handles low-light shots especially well.

The 6.7-inch OLED display of the Pixel 10 Pro also gets brighter than last year’s model, making it easier to use outdoors, and Qi2 charging plus Google’s new PixelSnap magnetic system make wireless charging less annoying in daily use—snapping the phone onto a desk stand or car mount feels simple in the same way Apple’s MagSafe accessories do, says our writer in her review of the product. Battery life is good enough for a full day with regular use, but frequent video recording, navigation, or extended camera sessions can drain it faster. Also, one thing to keep in mind is the switch to eSIM-only support. For people who travel often or frequently change carriers, losing the option for a physical SIM card may feel limiting.


by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

I’ve never thought of myself as a “car person.” The last new car I bought (and in fact, now that I think about it, the first new car I ever bought) was the quirky 1998 Ford Contour SVT. Since then, we bought a

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

I’ve never thought of myself as a “car person.” The last new car I bought (and in fact, now that I think about it, the first new car I ever bought) was the quirky 1998 Ford Contour SVT. Since then, we bought a VW station wagon in 2011 and a Honda minivan in 2012 for family transportation duties. That’s it. Not exactly the stuff The Stig’s dreams are made of.

The station wagon made sense for a family of three, but became something of a disappointment because it was purchased before — surprise! — we had twins. As Mark Twain once said:

Sufficient unto the day is one baby. As long as you are in your right mind don’t you ever pray for twins. Twins amount to a permanent riot. And there ain’t any real difference between triplets and an insurrection.

I’m here to tell you that a station wagon doesn’t quite cut it as a permanent riot abatement tool. For that you need a full sized minivan.

I’m with Philip Greenspun. Like black socks and sandals, minivans are actually… kind of awesome? Don’t believe all the SUV propaganda. Minivans are flat out superior vehicle command centers. Swagger wagons, really.

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

The A-Team drove a van, not a freakin’ SUV. I rest my case.

After 7 years, the station wagon had to go. We initially looked at hybrids because, well, isn’t that required in California at this point? But if you know me at all, you know I’m a boil the sea kinda guy at heart. I figure if you’re going to flirt with partially electric cars, why not put aside these half measures and go all the way?

Do you remember that rapturous 2014 Oatmeal comic about the Tesla model S? Even for a person who has basically zero interest in automobiles, it did sound really cool.

It’s been 5 years, but from time to time I’d see some electric vehicle on the road and I’d think about that Intergalactic SpaceBoat of Light and Wonder. Maybe it’s time for our family to jump on the electric car trend, too, and just late enough that we can avoid the bleeding edge and end up merely on the… leading edge?

That’s why we’re now the proud owners of a fully electric 2019 Kia Niro.

I’ve somehow gone from being a person who basically doesn’t care about cars at all… to being one of those insufferable electric car people who won’t shut up about them. I apologize in advance. If you suddenly feel an overwhelming urge to close this browser tab, I don’t blame you.

I was expecting another car, like the three we bought before. What I got, instead, was a transformation:

  • Yes, yes, electric cars are clean, but it’s a revelation how clean everything is in an electric. You take for granted how dirty and noisy gas based cars are in daily operation – the engine noise, the exhaust fumes, the brake dust on the rims, the oily residues and thin black film that descends on everything, the way you have to wash your hands every time you use the gas station pumps. You don’t fully appreciate how oppressive those little dirty details were until they’re gone.
  • Electric cars are (almost) completely silent. I guess technically in 2019 electric cars require artificial soundmakers at low speed for safety, and this car has one. But The Oatmeal was right. Electric cars feel like spacecraft because they move so effortlessly. There’s virtually no delay from action to reaction, near immediate acceleration and deceleration… with almost no sound or vibration at all, like you’re in freakin’ space! It’s so immensely satisfying!
  • Electric cars aren’t just electric, they’re utterly digital to their very core. Gas cars always felt like the classic 1950s Pixar Cars world of grease monkeys and machine shop guys, maybe with a few digital bobbins added here and there as an afterthought. This electric car, on the other hand, is squarely in the post-iPhone world of everyday digital gadgets. It feels more like a giant smartphone than a car. I am a programmer, I’m a digital guy, I love digital stuff. And electric cars are part of my world, rather than the other way around. It feels good.
  • Electric cars are mechanically much simpler than gasoline cars, which means they are inherently more reliable and cheaper to maintain. An internal combustion engine has hundreds of moving parts, many of which require regular maintenance, fluids, filters, and tune ups. It also has a complex transmission to translate the narrow power band of a gas powered engine. None of this is necessary on an electric vehicle, whose electric motor is basically one moving part with simple 100% direct drive from the motor to the wheels. This newfound simplicity is deeply appealing to a guy who always saw cars as incredibly complicated (but computers, not so much).
  • Being able to charge at home overnight is perhaps the most radical transformation of all. Your house is now a “gas station.” Our Kia Niro has a range of about 250 miles on a full battery. With any modern electric car, provided you drive less than 200 miles a day round trip (who even drives this much?), it’s very unlikely you’ll ever need to “fill the tank” anywhere but at home. Ever. It’s so strange to think that in 50 years, gas stations may eventually be as odd to see in public as public telephone booths now are. Our charger is, conveniently enough, right next to the driveway since that’s where the power breaker box was. With the level 2 charger installed, it literally looks like a gas pump on the side of the house, except this one “pumps”… electrons.
Electric Geek Transportation Systems

This electric car is such a great experience. It’s so much better than our gas powered station wagon that I swear, if there was a fully electric minivan (there isn’t) I would literally sell our Honda minivan tomorrow and switch over. Without question. And believe me, I had no plans to sell that vehicle two months ago. The electric car is that much better.

I was expecting “yet another car,” but what I got instead was a new, radical worldview. Driving a car powered by barely controlled liquid fuel detonations used to be normal. But in an world of more and more viable electric vehicles this status quo increasingly starts to feel… deeply unnatural. Electric is so much better of an overall experience that you begin to wonder: why did we ever do it that way?

Gas cars seem, for lack of a better word, obsolete.

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

How did this transformation happen, from my perspective, so suddenly? When exactly did electric cars go from “expensive, experimental thing for crazy people” to “By God, I’ll never buy another old fashioned gasoline based car if I can help it”?

I was vaguely aware of the early electric cars. I even remember one coworker circa 2001 who owned a bright neon green Honda Insight. I ignored it all because, like I said, I’m not a car guy. I needed to do the research to understand the history, and I started with the often recommended documentary, Who Killed the Electric Car?

This is mostly about the original highly experimental General Motors EV1 from 1996 to 1999. It’s so early the first models had lead-acid batteries! 😱 There’s a number of conspiracy theories floated in the video, but I think the simple answer to the implied question in the title is straight up price. The battery tech was nowhere near ready, and per the Wikipedia article the estimated actual cost of the car was somewhere between $100,000 and $250,000 though I suspect it was much closer to the latter. It is interesting to note how much the owners (well, leasers) loved their EV1s. Having gone through that same conversion myself, I empathize!

I then watched the sequel, Revenge of the Electric Car. This one is essential, because it covers the dawn of the modern electric car we have today.

This chronicles the creation of three very influential early electric cars – the Nissan Leaf, the Chevy Volt, and of course the Tesla Roadster from 2005 - 2008. The precise moment that Lithium-Ion batteries were in play – that’s when electric cars started to become viable. Every one of these three electric cars was well conceived and made it to market in volume, though not without significant challenges, both internal and external. None of them were perfect electric vehicles by any means: the Roadster was $100k, the Leaf had limited range, and the Volt was still technically a hybrid, albeit only using the gasoline engine to charge the battery.

Ten years later, Tesla has the model 3 at $38,000 and we bought our Kia Niro for about the same price. After national and state tax incentives and rebates, that puts the price at around $30,000. It’s not as cheap as it needs to be… yet. But it’s getting there. And it’s already competitive with gasoline vehicles in 2019.

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

It’s still early, but the trend lines are clear. And I’m here to tell you that right now, today, I’d buy any modern electric car over a gasoline powered car.

If you too are intrigued by the idea of owning an electric car, you should be. It’s freaking awesome! Bring your skepticism, as always; I highly recommend the above Matt Ferrell explainer video on electric vehicle myths.

As for me, I have seen the future, and it is absolutely, inexorably, and unavoidably… electric.⚡

by Fatma Tanis  for npr.org

U.S. pledges additional $1.8B in funding for U.N. humanitarian aid efforts

The Trump administration announced $1.8 billion in funding for the U.N.'s global humanitarian relief efforts.

The Trump administration announced $1.8 billion in funding for the U.N.'s global humanitarian relief efforts.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

iOS 26.5 Just Dropped, and It Includes One Very Annoying New iPhone Change

This small update brings ads to Apple Maps, as well as end-to-end encryption for RCS.

After keeping things low-key with iOS 26.3, Apple rolled out a sizable update for iOS 26.4—especially for Apple Music users. That app's UI now matches the art of the album you're checking out; you can use AI to generate new playlists, and find upcoming concerts by the artists you're listening to directly in the app. Combined with other new changes, like eight new emojis and the new "Urgent" section in Reminders, iOS 26.4 was actually quite a feature-filled update. iOS 26.5, on the other hand, is arguably another quiet one.

Don't expect any massive new features or changes here (despite some rumors to the contrary, Apple really does appear to be saving its AI Siri for the launch of iOS 27), but there are some interesting updates to call out. In my view, two features define this update: one good, one frustrating.

Apple Maps gets ads in iOS 26.5

It's official: Apple Maps is getting ads. It's part of Apple's push to introduce ads into more of its apps and services in order to boost its revenue. (What's a $4 trillion company to do?) These ads will appear when you search in Apple Maps, based on relevance, as well as at the top of a "Suggested Places" screen that is also new to iOS 26.5.

You should easily be able to distinguish between ads and suggested locations: Apple says it's placing a blue "Ad" icon on any paid location that appears in search or Suggested Places. It's possible these ads could even be useful, if they really are relevant: If you're looking for a specific type of food in a particular city, perhaps the top ad really is the way to go. On the other hand, the fact that it was paid to be up there could be a red flag.

The addition of ads isn't a shock: We first heard rumblings of this news last year, and Apple confirmed it last week. Because this is Apple, the company is assuring users that its ad placements take privacy into account, as the app "doesn’t know which stores, neighborhoods, or clinics you visit." When you interact with an ad, that data is tied to a "random identifier" that changes multiple times an hour, so theoretically, no one should be able to tie your ad interactions to you personally.

RCS end-to-end encryption is finally here

After months of testing, Apple officially rolled out end-to-end encryption for RCS—one of the last big limitations the protocol has on iOS. iPhone users should now be able to text their Android friends directly without leaving their messages out in the open in plain text. That's assuming, of course, their Android friends are also using a messaging app that supports encrypted RCS. At the moment, that largely means the most recent versions of Google Messages.

When Apple finally rolled out RCS support for iPhone, it was a true game-changer. Green bubble texts no longer need to be something to fear; now, group chats can function correctly, photos and videos can be sent in high resolution, and you can use read receipts outside of iMessage. But end-to-end encryption was missing, which made the experience just as insecure as SMS. Going forward, we can all message with a little more peace of mind.

You can quickly pair Magic Accessories to your iPhone

If you have one of Apple's "Magic" accessories, like a Magic Keyboard, you can quickly pair it to your iPhone in iOS 26.5. You can plug your iPhone into the accessory via USB-C to pair, as you do on macOS, rather than fiddling with Bluetooth settings. Once you do that, the accessory can quickly pair to your iPhone via Bluetooth, which should make switching devices easier.

There's a new "Pride Luminance" wallpaper in iOS 26.5

pride luminance wallpapers on ipad and iphone
Credit: Apple

As part of the company's latest Pride collection, there's now a "Pride Luminance" wallpaper that refracts light and color. Apple says the design is two-fold: The radial design features rays of color that align with the hour, while a vertical design divies up the colors into sections.

You can now pay for annual subscriptions month-by-month (not available in the U.S.)

iOS 26.5's final new feature makes it a bit easier to stomach paying for an annual subscription—assuming you don't live in Singapore or the U.S. With this new update, you can now pay for annual subscriptions month-by-month. Instead of dropping $120 on an annual plan all at once, you could instead pay $10 per month. You're still locked in for the year, so you'll need to commit to 12 months of payments, but at least it feels like a monthly subscription to your wallet. However, despite being home to Apple HQ, the U.S. can't take advantage of this change yet. Hopefully, that'll come with iOS 26.6, or maybe iOS 27.

by Pranay Parab  for lifehacker.com

10 Hacks Every Microsoft Outlook User Should Know

You can (and should) use Gmail keyboard shortcuts in Outlook.

Outlook is among the best Gmail alternatives for most people. Microsoft's email service is free and has a bunch of features that Gmail does not. At the same time, there are some shared features you'll likely want to use if you're coming from Gmail—they're just not enabled by default. I've been using Outlook's email service for over a decade, and these are the best hacks I've discovered while sorting through my inbox.

Disable image downloads to prevent email tracking by shady companies

Companies and organizations often use pixel tracking to see if you've opened their emails. Every one of these emails includes a hidden tracking pixel, which sends read receipts to the sender when opened. Outlook's default settings protect you from the worst of it, but you should take a few additional steps to safeguard your account. Go to Outlook.com and log in to your account. Click the gear icon in the top-right corner to open settings. Now, go to Mail > Junk email. Under "Security options," select Block attachments, pictures, and links from anyone not in my Safe senders and domains list.

Note that this might not be for everyone, as it requires you to manually vet people who send emails to you. From a security standpoint, however, it's your best tool against email tracking, phishing, and scam attempts. You can also go to Outlook settings > Mail > Layout, and choose Don't show sender images to add an extra layer of privacy protection. On a similar note, you can go to the Message handling tab in the same settings page, and uncheck For shopping-related messages show a sender logo and relevant links in the message header.

Use "Safe senders" to stop Outlook from sending good emails to spam

Outlook's "Safe senders" list lets you add people to a trusted contacts list. Emails from these people won't be sent to spam, and won't be subject to restrictions such as blocked links or attachments—perfect for anyone who uses the hack above. You can use this feature to ensure that important emails, such as account statements from your bank, or paystubs from your employer, are never sent to spam. To get started, go to Outlook settings > Mail > Junk email > Add safe sender. You can also select the Safe mailing lists tab to add mailing lists to the Safe senders list. This is great for newsletters from your favorite publications, or safety-related emails from your companies.

Run an automated inbox sweep to delete emails every 24 hours

Running an inbox sweep in Outlook.
Credit: Pranay Parab

One of Outlook's best features is Sweep. It automatically checks your inbox for emails from certain senders, and follows your instructions to manage the clutter. For example, my bank sends me an email for every transaction on my credit card. At one point, I was looking at 150+ unread emails that I had no use for. So, I used Sweep to keep transaction emails from the past 10 days, and archive the rest. To set it up, select any email in your inbox, then choose the Home tab at the top of the page in Outlook's desktop or web apps. Select Sweep, and you'll see a pop-up asking what to do with emails from that sender. There are four options here:

  • Move all messages from the Inbox folder

  • Move all messages from the Inbox folder and any future messages

  • Always keep the latest message and move the rest from the Inbox folder

  • Always move messages older than 10 days from the Inbox folder

You also have a drop-down menu to select where you want to move these messages. I usually select one of the last two options above, and move the rest of the messages to the Archive folder, or Deleted Items. I've used this feature for a couple years now, and it works flawlessly in the background. If you ever want to change or delete Sweep rules, go to Outlook settings > Mail > Sweep.

Configure gestures to delete emails in one swipe

Outlook's mobile apps support gestures to quickly triage emails without opening each manually. You can swipe left or right to archive, delete, or report emails. However, you can customize these gestures to suit your needs. Go to Outlook settings in the mobile apps, and navigate to Email > Swipe Options. On this page, select what happens when you swipe right or left. Some useful options include delete, archive, flag/unflag, mark read/unread, snooze, and read and archive.

In Outlook's desktop and web apps, go to Outlook settings > Mail > Customize actions. This will let you configure swipe gestures (for laptops with a touchscreen), and quick actions, which are the buttons that appear on each email in your inbox. I used this to replace the Pin button with Archive as I never pin emails in my inbox. You can select a maximum of four actions for each email.

Turn off Copilot AI and disable Microsoft's data collection

Turning off Copilot AI in Outlook.
Credit: Pranay Parab

In Outlook's mobile, desktop, and web apps, go to Settings > Copilot, and disable Turn on Copilot. This will turn off almost all AI features in the apps. You should also go to Outlook settings > Mail > Smart suggestions, and turn off Show suggested replies.

Microsoft also collects a bunch of data and enables AI services in your Outlook account. If you want to disable this, head to Outlook settings > Mail > Privacy and data > Privacy settings. Turn off all options on this page to disable optional diagnostic data collection, prevent Microsoft from analyzing your emails for "connected experiences," and disable online content linked to emails in your inbox. You can also select Delete history to clear your search history from Outlook. While you're at it, go to Mail > Compose and reply, and disable Microsoft Edge Autofill. With this feature enabled, Microsoft Edge will pull from your Outlook inbox to autofill information, namely flight info. This feature may be useful for those who use Edge a lot, but it's not of much use to those who don't.

Try this hidden menu to bulk unsubscribe from junk mail lists

While working on this article, I discovered Outlook's hidden bulk unsubscribe feature. This feature lists all the subscriptions in your inbox and lets you unsubscribe from all of them without opening a single email. To try it out, go to Outlook settings > Mail > Subscriptions. Click the Unsubscribe button next to any of the lists, and Outlook will handle the rest for you.

Switch to Gmail's keyboard shortcuts to speed up email actions

I've never liked Outlook's keyboard shortcuts much. As an example, "Ctrl-N" opens a new email in Outlook. In Gmail, it's "C." While Ctrl-N is the more familiar shortcut, it's not as fast as using a single keystroke. The good news is you can use Gmail's keyboard shortcuts in Outlook and save a lot of time. I love this hack because most people have Gmail as their primary email account, and now you don't have to remember two sets of shortcuts for email. To set this up, go to Outlook settings > General > Accessibility > Keyboard shortcuts. Select Gmail, and you're all set. Google has all of Gmail's keyboard shortcuts listed here, if you need a refresher.

Use "Quick steps" to mark emails read and archive in one click

Quick steps in Outlook.
Credit: Pranay Parab

I find myself marking emails read and archiving quite a bit, and I've set up a single-click workflow using Outlook's "Quick steps." You can do that too by going to Outlook settings > Mail > Quick steps. Give your Quick step a name, choose an action such as Mark as read, and click the Add another action button. You can now select Move to, followed by Archive. On the same page, you can add a keyboard shortcut for this action, and click Save. This is a basic example of what you can do with Quick steps. You can set up any multi-step workflow to suit your needs, which could include categorizing emails, turning emails into tasks, or muting an email conversation, among many others.

Set up undo send to prevent accidentally sending incomplete emails

If you're ever regretted sending an email right after hitting the Send button, you're not alone. In Gmail, the undo send feature is enabled, but that's not true for Outlook. You'll need to enable it manually from Outlook settings > Mail > Compose and reply > Undo send. Use the slider to set a timer between 0 and 30 seconds, which is how long you have to stop sending an email where you've misspelled your own name. (Been there, done that.)

Configure Outlook's email filters to highlight messages sent directly to you

You can use Outlook's rules feature to filter out messages where you're marked in the cc or bcc fields of an email. This way, you can focus on emails directly addressed to you, and move the rest to a different folder. To set this up, go to Outlook settings > Mail > Rules, and select Add new rule. Give this rule a name, select I'm not on the To line as the condition. In the actions field, select Move to, and pick a folder. Select Stop processing more rules to avoid further rule conflicts, and click Save. Now, all emails where you're in cc or bcc will go to the new folder, keeping your inbox exclusive to direct messages.

by Beth Skwarecki  for lifehacker.com

The Fitbit App Is Losing All These Features

Sleep animals, badges, direct messages, forums, and more are disappearing.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

With Google’s announcement of the screenless Fitbit Air, the company is also preparing for a big shift in how the app works and what device features it supports. That means we’re losing sleep animals and a bunch of other features that you may miss. Here’s what’s on the chopping block. 

Fitbit accounts are going away (for real this time)

Fitbit used to be its own company, but after Google bought Fitbit, it started gently encouraging users to use Google accounts rather than using their old Fitbit accounts. The encouragement has gotten less gentle over time, with Google saying louder over the past year or so that you need to switch your old Fitbit account to a Google one, for real, we mean it

The deadline to switch kept getting pushed back, but it looks like Google really does mean it this time. Social features in the Fitbit app will be locked on May 12, 2026 for people who use a Fitbit account. After May 19, 2026, your Fitbit account will stop working. Google will begin deleting your Fitbit data on July 15, 2026. We have instructions here for migrating your Fitbit account to a Google account

The old Fitbit forums are going away (along with your post history and profile data)

If you use the Fitbit forums (which have been around since 2013), you’ll lose data there, too. Buried in a chipper announcement about a forum overhaul (“We can’t wait for you to see the updated community!”), Google says you’ll lose your post history and all profile data from the forum. Fitbit users often looked to these posts for information on older devices that aren’t currently supported. It’s not clear from the announcement whether past posts will still exist in an archive.

No more badges or sleep animals

You can no longer earn badges. No new badges will be created, and all old badges will be deleted. Google says “If you have Google Health Coach, your coach will help to celebrate your progress and accomplishments.” Sleep animals are going away, as well—more about that below. (For what it’s worth, Samsung still does sleep animals, as I noticed when I reviewed the Galaxy Ring.) 

Lots of social features are going away

Besides forums, there are also social features in the Fitbit app. These are changing, too: 

  • Social profiles will include your name, email, and profile picture from your Google account. The first time you log in with the Google account, you’ll get a prompt asking you to approve sharing this information. You can’t have a custom name or picture except by changing it on your Google account.

  • Privacy settings for social profiles aren't available anymore, since social profiles will no longer include your sex, height, weight, location, or friends list.

  • Groups and Community feed are going away.

  • Direct messages will no longer be available in the Fitbit app.

  • Kid accounts cannot have friends.

These health features are disappearing or changing

When the old Fitbit app is replaced with Google Health, several of the old features won’t make the jump. If you’ve been using the Public Preview, you may have noticed these features aren’t there. While Google Health will add some missing features, here’s a list of the changes Google plans to make. I’ll include what, if anything, is meant to substitute for each missing or changed feature.

  • Cardio fitness will no longer be estimated based on your height and weight. This feature is now called VO2max and requires GPS data from outdoor runs. (One nice perk: it can use data from other devices, not just Fitbits.)

  • Sleep profiles are going away, including sleep animals. In its place, you can ask Google Health Coach what kind of sleeper you are.

  • Estimated Oxygen Variation (EOV) is going away, but you can still check your blood oxygen (SpO2) in the Health tab.

  • Snore detection is going away. This was a feature on the original Sense and on the Versa 3. 

  • Graphs of stress checks will no longer be available. You can still do a scan on the Charge 5, Charge 6, and Sense to see the individual result.

  • Minute-by-minute skin temperature is no longer available. You can still get daily and weekly skin temperature.

  • Blood glucose tracking won’t allow you to add symptoms or get reminders to check your levels, but you can connect Apple Health (iOS) or Health Connect (Android) to get blood glucose data that way.

  • Food plans are no longer supported with calorie targets, but you can still set calorie targets and macronutrient targets in the Nutrition section of the Health tab.

  • Recipes are no longer available. This was a premium feature.

  • Lifescan devices no longer have a supported connection to the Fitbit app. You can still log your blood glucose manually. 

In many cases, the missing features are being replaced by a suggestion that you can ask Google Health Coach about that area of your health. Since Google Health Coach is a premium feature, that means you’ll need to pay for that answer and you’ll get it in a less structured format that may be tainted with hallucinations. This doesn’t feel like an upgrade to me! But Google seems to hope that the added features of the new app will more than make up for what’s missing.

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

Apple's iPhone 18 Modem Switch Comes With a Quiet Privacy Benefit

Rumors suggest Apple plans to expand Apple-designed modems to the entire iPhone 18 lineup, ending support for Qualcomm modems. The transition will bring speed and efficiency improvements, along with a little-known privacy benefit.


In iOS 26.3, Apple added a Limit Precise Location setting that cuts down on the amount of location data that's available to mobile networks, improving user privacy.

Mobile networks determine your location using information from cellular towers that a device connects to, but with Limit Precise Location enabled, some of the data typically provided to mobile networks is restricted. Instead of seeing location down to a street address, carriers may be limited to the neighborhood where a device is located.

The problem is that this feature is currently only available on devices with an Apple-designed C1 or C1X modem, which includes the iPhone Air, iPhone 16e, iPhone 17e, and M5 iPad Pro. Devices with Qualcomm modems like the iPhone 17 Pro models do not have the Limit Precise Location setting.

With the iPhone 18 Pro models and the iPhone Fold expected to use Apple modem technology, this is likely a privacy option that is set to expand to the full iPhone lineup.

Reducing location precision does not impact signal quality or user experience, nor does it affect the precision of location data provided to emergency responders during an emergency call. It is only meant to limit the location data given to cellular carriers, and it is distinct from location data shared with apps through Location Services.

While Apple's next set of iPhones will all likely have the new privacy feature, carriers do have to implement support. So far there are a limited number of carriers that have added the feature, but if it expands to the entire iPhone lineup and there is customer demand, it could see more widespread adoption.

In the United States, only Boost Mobile supports limiting precise location data, but EE, BT, and Sky all support it in the UK. Carriers in Austria, Germany, Denmark, Ireland, and Thailand have also adopted support, with a list available on Apple's website.

The C2 modem that Apple is rumored to be working on is more capable than the C1 or C1X, and it will offer similar performance to Qualcomm's newest modems. It is expected to support mmWave 5G, which is not a feature of the C1 or C1X.

Related Roundups: iPhone 18, iPhone 18 Pro, iPhone Fold
Related Forum: iPhone

This article, "Apple's iPhone 18 Modem Switch Comes With a Quiet Privacy Benefit" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Stephen Johnson  for lifehacker.com

‘Lowkenuinely,’ ‘Bruzz,’ and Other Gen Z and Gen Alpha Slang You Might Need Help Decoding

Find out if you're a based chad who has aura or a delulu chud in danger of being mogged.

If constantly being mogged by sigmas has you feeling like a fuhuhluhtoogan, and you have no idea what any of that means, you've come to the right place. This glossary aims to define and explain popular slang words and phrases of Generation Z (usually defined as people born between 1997 and 2012) and Generation A (anyone born between 2012 and now) so you'll know what the hell people are talking about.

A word of warning: If you aren't of those generations, and/or you need an online list to know what slang words mean, you should not say them aloud, unless you're trying to be embarrassing.

New entries

7x7=49: Often refers to a man who is attractive in a self-evident way. Based on the belief that the equation 7X7=49 makes intuitive sense in a way other equations do not.

ASAP (or A$AP): When a rapper has ASAP or A$AP in front of their name, it indicates affiliation with the ASAP Mob, a New York hip-hop collective.

Catch a fade: To have a fight. (See "fade.")

Fade: A fight. (See "catch a fade.")

🪫 (low battery emoji): The low battery emoji means "I am experiencing emotional depletion, heartbreak, or a general feeling of 'I can't anymore.'"

Lowkenuinely: This mash-up of "low key" and "genuinely" expresses sincerity but in a way that says "let's not make a big deal about it."

Scientology speedrun: Young people running into a Scientology building and acting foolish until they are ejected.

That's AI: "I don't believe you" or "I doubt it," even when not connected to artificial intelligence.

You the birthday: A phrase that means "you're awesome" or "you're great" in the way a birthday is great: fun, exciting, extra, etc.


304: Hoe. (Type "304" on a calculator and turn it upside down.)

4+4: Ate. Four plus four is eight, or "ate." (See "ate.")

6-7 (or 67): This piece of Generation Alpha brainrot slang doesn't mean anything. It's just funny to some people to say "6-7," especially in answer to any question involving numbers. Ex: "Q: What time is it? A: six-seveeen."

6-7 Weekend: A weekend in which Saturday falls on the 6th day of the month and Sunday on the 7th.

80/20 Rule: An axiom in online incel spaces, the 80/20 is the idea that 80% of women only date the "top" 20% of men.

Algo speak: Coded language used to bypass online content moderation. Examples: "regarded" used instead of "retarded" and "unalive" instead of "kill."

Alpha male: Taken from animal ethology, an alpha male is the dominant member of a group of males, or just a male who is in charge. (See "beta male" and "sigma male.")

Alpine divorce: An alpine divorce is when a man takes his wife or girlfriend on a hike, usually in the mountains, and then just leaves her there to fend for herself.

Ate/eat: Done very well, often regarding clothing. e.g.: "You ate that outfit." See also: "serving."

Aura: Someone who is mysterious and cool is said to "have aura."

Aura farming: Depending on the context, “aura farming” can refer to a person who does something cool without trying or someone who is trying too hard to appear cool.

Baby Boo Syndrome: A joking reference to people who are very into the Baby Boo memes popular on TikTok.

Baddie: A bad/wild girl. Meant as a compliment.

Baka: Japanese word meaning “crazy" or “foolish.” Used mainly in the anime community.

Based: Independent in a cool way.

Bed-rotting: Staying in bed all day. You may know it as “lazing around.” (See "Hurkle-durkle.")

Beez: Popularized in Nicki Minaj's 2012 track "Beez in the Trap," beez means something like "I am always." So "beez in the trap" means "I am always in the trap." (See "Trap.")

Beta male: A beta male, or just "beta," is a weaker, subservient male. (See "alpha male" and "sigma male.")

Boombayah: A euphemism for having sex. It’s used mostly online, often to defeat censorship algorithms.

Bop: A girl who sleeps around. Also: a great song.

Boy aquarium: TikTok slang that describes hockey games.

Boy kibble: The male response to "girl dinner," boy kibble is food boys eat. It usually consists of rice and ground beef, often served without spices or vegetables.

Boysober: Someone who has sworn off sex, relationships, and/or dating.

Brain-rot: A description of the overuse of stupid slang. See also: “Skibidi.” Also used to describe the effects of being overly online.

Brat: The contemporary meaning of "brat" is an adjective describing a person who is edgy, imperfect, and confident. It was coined by pop star Charli XCX who defined it as "that girl who is a little messy and likes to party and maybe says some dumb things sometimes. Who feels herself but maybe also has a breakdown."

Bruzz: Bros. Part of the -uzz family of slang words. See "Huzz" and "-uzz."

Bubba truck: A lifted or otherwise modified pick-up truck.

Bussin': Very good or excellent.

Cap: A lie. Often used to say "no cap."

Cake: Butt, especially a nice butt.

Chad: An attractive man; an “alpha male.” See "Giga-Chad."

Chat: A reference to streamers addressing their chat windows aloud. Saying “chat” in real life is an ironic joke. 

Chopped: Ugly. Chopped is often applied to someone's face or outfit, but anything that isn't aesthetically pleasing could be called "chopped," as could anything that is generally not good, like an awkward situation.

Choppelganger: A portmanteau of "chopped" and "doppelgänger," a choppelganger is someone who looks like another person, but worse. (See "chopped.")

Chud: A physically unappealing person. Sometimes used for a man who holds right-wing views.

Clanker: A slur aimed at robots and AI agents pretending to be human.

Clock that: "I understand and agree." Not to be confused with older slang, where "clock" meant to see, or even older slang where "clock" meant "to hit or punch."

Coomer: A man who masturbates too often.

Corn: “Corn” is algo-speak that means “porn.” Used in online spaces where the word might cause your account to be flagged or banned. 

Coworker-core: A catch-all description for things that are unfunny or uninteresting in a way that appeals to older people.

Cracked: This slang term has two meanings: to have sex, as in "I got cracked last night," and to be really good at something, like "he’s cracked at Fortnite."

Crash out: To have an intense emotional outburst, usually accompanied by impulsive behavior. Crashing out is often due to being overwhelmed or overly frustrated.

Dead: Past tense of having died laughing. If someone responds to a joke with "dead" or a skull emoji, they find it funny.

Deadass: Seriously. Used like, "I am deadass not lying."

Delulu: Delusional.

Deriod: A combination of "dick" and "period," deriod refers to men seeming to experience the mood swings commonly associated with women's menstrual cycles.

Dih: Algo speak for “dick.” (See "Algo speak.")

Doi doi doi: This piece of brain-rot slang doesn't mean anything. It's correctly pronounced by putting your hand up to your mouth and saying "doi doi doi" in a way that sounds funny.

Doomer: A person who is overly negative and/or cynical.

Drip: A fashionable or stylish look.

Dwerking: A male-centric variation of twerking. A sexually suggestive dancing characterized by rapid, repeated hip thrusts and shaking of the dick. Other variants include "pwerking" and "bwerking" where the "p" and "b" stand for pussy and boobs.

Edgar: A variation of the Caesar haircut worn especially among Hispanic males. Also refers to the kind of person who wears the haircut. 

Fambushing: A combination of "family" and "ambushing," fambushing refers to young people checking where their parents are on location-sharing apps so they can get free food—if you see mom at Chipotle, you ask for a burrito.

Fanum tax: The theft of food between friends. Named for streamer Fanum, known for “taxing” his friends by taking bites of their meals or stealing fries. 

Fax, no printer: Telling the truth. Since "fax" and "facts" are pronounced the same, this is a colorful way of saying "facts, no cap."

Fent-fold: A description of the bent-over posture of people nodding on heavy drugs.

Fit: Short for "outfit."

Fuhuhluhtoogan: Supposedly from Baltimore slang, this is a nonsense word used so people will ask what it means but never receive an answer. Often paired with "Jittleyang."

Fujoshing: The verb form of the Japanese slang term "fujoshi," fujoshing describes women/girls enjoying media that depicts romantic relationships between men. This word is used almost exclusively in online fandom communities.

Gamer dent: The temporary indentation left on someone’s hair or skin after wearing headphones for too long.

Geeker: Someone who uses a lot of drugs.

Giga-Chad: A Chad among Chads.

Glaze: To overly praise someone, often insincerely, or with the hope of getting something in return.

Gleek: An older slang term that is gaining prominence lately, gleeking describes squirting saliva from under the tongue.

Glizzy: Hot dog. "Glizzy" was originally slang for Glock or gun, but came to mean hot dog based on the hot dog shape of a Glock's magazine.

Green fn: An interjection one might used when someone does something cool or impressive. Often used ironically. 

Goonbait: (See "gooning") Goonbait is, essentially, media that exists to inspiring gooning.

Gooner: A man who goons. (See "gooning.")

Goonette: A woman who goons. (See "gooning.")

Gooning: Extended masturbation without orgasm done for the purpose of entering an altered state of consciousness. (See "gooner," "goonette.")

Gyatt or Gyat: Once an interjection used when seeing someone sexy, like “god-DAMN,” “gyatt” has come to mean “attractive booty.”

Heavy soda: Pop with extra syrup. Some gas station soda machines have settings that control the ratio of syrup to carbonated water. A heavy soda is a soda with the syrup level set very high.

Hewwo: An overly cute way of saying "hello." Usually used online, and often ironically.

HGS: Abbreviation for "home girls" used in comment sections.

Hozier yell: Named for singer/songwriter Andrew Hozier, a "Hozier yell" refers to the sound one makes when experiencing a peak, climactic, and/or awe-inspiring moment.

HTN: This acronym comes from the online incel community, where fairly good-looking men are described as "high-tier normies" or "HTN." (See "normie.")

Hurkle-durkle: Based on an archaic Scottish word, “hurkle-durkle” means to lounge in bed after it is time to get up. See also: “bed-rotting."

Huzz: -uzz slang for "hoes." See "bruzz" and "-uzz."

"It's giving": Used to convey that something has a specific vibe. Example: "That dude texts you every 10 minutes; it's giving desperate."

"It's so over": The situation is hopeless. The opposite of "we're so back." See also: "Doomer."

IWEL: This comment-section acronym is short for "I wouldn't even lie." Sometimes written as "IWL."

Jelqing: The use of stretching or weights in an attempt to increase penis size.

Jit: A kid. Used ironically online.

Jittleyang: Supposedly from Baltimore slang, this is a nonsense word used so people will ask what it means but never receive an answer. See also: "Fuhuhluhtoogan."

JOMO: A play on FOMO (fear of missing out) JOMO is an acronym that stands for “joy of missing out.”

Jugg: To grab quickly or to steal.

"Learn Chinese": Sports slang directed at failing players. They are in danger of being sent to play in China, so they should "learn Chinese."

Loaded water: Water enhanced with something—a flavor boost, fruit juice, electrolytes, carbonation, and even vitamins or prebiotics. The idea is to increase hydration by making water more palatable.

Looksmaxxing: Maximizing one’s physical attractiveness through personal grooming, working out, and dressing stylishly. See also: “-maxxing.”

Mason (or Mason 6-7 kid): A "Mason 6-7 Kid" or "Mason" is a stereotypical male member of Generation Alpha. Mason kids are known for their love of baseball-inspired fashion (caps and shorts), their "ice cream" haircut, and for repeating brainrot slang like "6-7."

-maxxing: A suffix used with any word to indicate trying to improve. Seeing your friends could be called "friendmaxxing," working out could be called "gymmaxxing," making jokes could be called "jestermaxxing," etc.

Mid: Average, bland, expected.

Mewing: A facial exercise meant to strengthen the jawline.

Mirror sex: Using a mirror to watch yourself have sex.

Mog: To be more attractive than someone, usually in an intentional or aggressive way. Example: "I was rizzing up this girl, but he walked in and totally mogged me."

"My 90 in a 30": A song played while driving that inspires speeding.

"My steak is too juicy": The phrase "my steak is too juicy" and other variants like "my lobster is too buttery," are online insults that suggest someone is complaining about something they should be grateful for.

Neurospicy: A different way of saying “neuro-divergent.”

Normie: A person who is considered normal or average. It's sometimes an insult suggesting someone is boring and witless. (see also, "mid.")

NPC: Non-player character. Originally describing video game characters, NPC is now used on the internet to mean people who don't think for themselves.

Opp: Short for "opposition." Someone who is out to get you. An enemy.

Performative male: An insult for young men whose tastes, hobbies, and lifestyle are seen as a performance aimed at obtaining societal approval, especially the approval of young women.

Phonk: The word phonk can refer to one of two musical sub-genres. It originally referred to throwback '90s hip-hop categorized by slow-tempo "chopped and screwed" production and vintage Memphis rap vocals. It now more commonly describes the heavily distorted, up-tempo EDM used in brainrot videos.

Pink cocaine: Also known as "pink snow," pink cocaine is slang for a powdered drug mixture that usually contains some combination of ketamine, MDMA, meth, opioids, and other substances.

Pole: A gun. See "up pole."

"Press F for respect:" In 2014 video game Call of Duty: Advanced Warfighter, the player attends a funeral and a prompt is given that reads "Press F to pay respects." Now, a singular "F" in a chat window indicates respect. It's usually ironic.

Rawdogging boredom: Rawdogging is "doing something with no safeguards or support," so "rawdogging boredom" is consciously doing nothing.

Regarded: “Regarded” is algo-speak for “retarded."

RegencyCore: A fashion and design aesthetic that springs from the popularity of the fantasy-regency era look of the Netflix show Bridgerton, RegencyCore combines the opulent style of the British Regency era of the early 1800s with fantasy elements like pastel colors and gold accents.

"Reheating your own nachos:" This slang phrase comes from cultural critics in online fandom communities. It refers to performers and/or artists whose new works are seen as trying to recapture what was good about their previous artistic output. It's not always negative; it's possible to successfully reheat your own nachos.

Rizz: As a noun, "rizz" means charisma. As a verb, "rizz" or "rizz up" means attracting someone with your charisma.

Scorigami: A slang term among football fans for when the final score of an NFL game has never happened before in the league's history. The most recent scorigami was on September 28, 2025, when the Green Bay Packers and Dallas Cowboys tied 40 to 40.

SDIYBT: An acronym for "start digging in your butt, twin," this brainrot phrase doesn't mean anything. Some people just think it's funny to say.

Sendy and “Let’s get sendy": Sendy is an adjective based on the older rock-climbing and extreme sports slang phrase "send it." A shortened version of "ascend it," "send it" is said right before one is about to do something challenging. "Sendy" describes a person who is prone to doing bold things. "Let's get sendy" means something like "Let's get wild." It's been adopted by brainrot fans, so it's often repeated with no meaning meant to be attached.

Serve: Wearing a particularly stylish outfit. See also: "ate."

Serve cunt: To act in a powerfully and unapologetically feminine way; to slay.

Sharking: Looking for people to hook up with.

Sigma male: An internet-created male classification, a "sigma male" is as dominant as an alpha male, but is outside the male hierarchy, i.e.: a lone wolf. Originally used seriously, the concept was so widely derided it's now almost always used ironically. (See "Alpha male" and "Beta male.")

Skibidi: Named after “Skibidi Toilet,” a popular series of YouTube videos, “skibidi” itself has no specific meaning, beyond ridiculing the overuse of slang itself. See “brain-rot.”

Skrt: Onomatopoetic word for the sound of tires squealing upon acceleration.

Slopcore: This term describes the countless 100s of millions of cheesy-looking, unsettling, AI-generated images, videos, and songs that have hit the internet since AI was given to the masses a couple of years ago.

Slopper: Insult directed at people who use AI programs too much, people who takes conversations with LLMs too seriously, and people who have basically offloaded their thinking to an algorithm.

Snatched: Very attractive and/or flawlessly styled. 

Spawn point: Mother. Based on the spot you start in a video game.

Spoopy: Spooky.

Striker: Stolen/no-title car.

Surf Dracula: A hyper-specific phrase that describes "prestige" television series. The joke is that if there were an older TV show called "Surf Dracula," Dracula would be surfing in every episode, but modern shows would make the whole first season about how Dracula got his surfboard.

Sweat: A person who tries too hard, usually used in reference to video games. The adjective form is "sweaty."

SYBAU: An online acronym that stands for “shut your bitch ass up.”

Tradwife: Believer in traditional married gender roles.

Trap: Once used to refer to a house where drugs are sold, trap has come to describe both a form of music and any place where one works or hustles.

Treatler (and Treatlerite): "Treatler" and "Treatlerite" are online insults that combine "treat" and "Hitler" to refer to entitled users of services like Doordash or Uber Eats who regard luxury delivery services as a human right, and don't consider the hardships of the people who do the work that makes "private taxis for burritos" possible.

TS: TS originally was AAVE shorthand for "this shit," but it is often used to just mean "this."

Turnt: Excited or intoxicated, or excitedly intoxicated.

Twelve: Police.

Twin: Best friend.

Unc: Short for "uncle," used to describe slightly older people. Example: "The class of 2024 are unc-status to the class of 2028." See "yunc."

-uzz: -uzz slang words use "uzz" at the end of any word, so "bros" becomes "bruzz," "hoes" becomes "huzz," "granny" becomes "gruzz," etc.

Up pole: To raise a gun.

"We're so back": Opposite of "it's so over."

Venus tummy: When a woman's belly is a little fat, but not too fat, she is said to have a Venus tummy. Named for ancient Greek statues of Venus and Aphrodite who were a little fleshy.

Wojack: The name of a style of internet drawings used to quickly stereotype someone. See this post for a full explanation of the Wojak universe.

Yapping: Describes a presentational style often seen on online streams of talking a lot and/or quickly while not saying anything worthwhile.

Yeet: To quickly and/or forcibly eject.

Young ho: "Young ho" is both a reclamation of the word "ho" and an expression of youth-based solidarity. Young women are posting videos of themselves defining what makes them "young hos," noting things like "Getting up at 7:50 to be at work at 8," and air-frying chicken nuggets.

Yunc: Yunc is a variation of "unc." In AAVE, a "yn" is a "young n-word." So "yunc" means something like "young uncle," or a person who may be young but has uncle vibes or unc status.

Zoomer Perm: A curly on top, short on the sides haircut popular among young people. 

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Spotify Is Down

It's not just you: Spotify is down.

If you tried to launch Spotify today to listen to a song or a podcast, only to find the player endlessly loading, you're not alone: Spotify is down. The company confirmed the issue on X via its "Spotify Support" page, posting "We’re aware of some issues right now with the app and are checking them out!"

You didn't need to see this X announcement to learn about the outage, however. Anyone trying to access the service right now will run into a roadblock. I can make it to my library, but when I try to stream a song, I just see the playbar loading over and over again. Downdetector, owned by Lifehacker parent company Ziff Davis, currently displays tens of thousands of user reports confirming the same.

Service outages are a dime a dozen these days. Most platforms and services experience downtime at one point or another, and, in most cases, the connection is restored relatively quickly. It doesn't seem to be an issue with a cloud service provider like AWS or Cloudflare, either, since Downdetector isn't showing many other apps and platforms with service issues at this time. We don't know exactly what's causing this Spotify outage, but, barring some unique event, the company's software development team will soon isolate the issue, and release a patch to fix it. Before long, I imagine Spotify users will be streaming again.

by The Associated Press  for npr.org

CIA Director John Ratcliffe met with Raul Castro's grandson in Havana, US and Cuban officials say

CIA Director John Ratcliffe met with Cuban officials including Raúl Castro's grandson during a high-level visit to the island Thursday, Cuban and U.S. officials said.FILE - CIA Director John Ratcliffe, accompanied by President Donald Trump, speaks with reporters in the James Brady Press Briefing Room at the White House in Washington, April 6, 2026.

CIA Director John Ratcliffe met with Cuban officials including Raúl Castro's grandson during a high-level visit to the island Thursday, Cuban and U.S. officials said.

(Image credit: Julia Demaree Nikhinson)

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

This Massive 85-Inch Alternative to 'The Frame' TV Is 40% Off Right Now

It's a cheaper alternative to Samsung's "The Frame," and the art is free.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

If you're like most people, your TV is the centerpiece of your living room decor. That means when it's off, all your furniture is pointed at a black rectangle. If this bothers you, the "art TV" trend that started with Samsung's The Frame could be the answer. These sets are made to look like a piece of art and display an image of your choosing when not in use. The Frame is a pricey option, but other brands have their own offerings—including Hisense and its CanvasTV, which I've been using and loving for the past six months.

Already a more affordable alternative to The Frame, you can currently get the massive 85-inch Hisense CanvasTV for $1,697.99 (down from $1,889.99). This is the lowest price ever, according to price-tracking tools.

The primary attraction of the CanvasTV over Samsung's The Frame is the price: You'll pay $200 to $1,700 less for the same-sized TV (depending on which size you choose). Not to mention, if you choose The Frame, you have to buy the actual frames that go around the set, and pay for most artwork separately, while Hisense includes all of that in the selling price. Like The Frame, the CanvasTV also comes with a flush TV mount that will allow you to hang it so it looks like an actual art piece.

I also like that CanvasTVs come with the Google OS, which is my favorite smart TV operating system, as it lets you cast seamlessly from your phone (Android or iPhone). The CanvasTV is a QLED TV with Quantum Dot technology and 4K resolution with a 144Hz refresh rate in Game Mode Pro, according to CNET's review. What gives it the art look is the low reflection Hi-Matte display, which combats glare. You can swap out the teak frames with different colors, including white and walnut frames.

Considering Hisense's take on The Frame is cheaper and includes less upfront costs, it's a great option for anyone looking to save money on a TV that won't dominate their decor—especially at the current discount.

by Sandeep  for pixel-studios.com

Why Your School Website Is Not Generating Admission Enquiries

Introduction In today’s admission journey, parents do not begin with a campus visit. They begin with a search. When a parent types “best CBSE school near me” or “top schools with good infrastructure,” they are not just browsing. They are evaluating trust, safety, academic quality, and future outcomes for their child. In that moment, your…

The post Why Your School Website Is Not Generating Admission Enquiries appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Introduction

In today’s admission journey, parents do not begin with a campus visit. They begin with a search.

When a parent types “best CBSE school near me” or “top schools with good infrastructure,” they are not just browsing. They are evaluating trust, safety, academic quality, and future outcomes for their child.

In that moment, your website becomes your first interaction.

Yet, many school websites fail to convert this intent into actual admission enquiries. Not because the school lacks quality, but because the digital experience does not guide parents toward action.

Let’s break down why this happens and what schools need to fix.

The Real Problem: Visibility Without Conversion

Some schools do manage to get traffic. They rank for keywords, appear in search results, and attract visitors.

But traffic alone does not guarantee enquiries.

If your website is not generating admission leads, the issue usually lies in one of these three areas:

A high-performing school website solves all three.

1. Your Website Is Not Ranking for High-Intent Searches

Parents search with intent. Not generic terms, but specific queries like:

If your website is not optimized for these queries, you are missing out on high-intent traffic.

What is going wrong:

What needs to change:

Your website should be structured around how parents search, not how schools present themselves.

That means:

This is where SEO and Generative Engine Optimization (GEO) come together. It is not just about ranking on search engines, but also appearing in AI-driven recommendations where parents increasingly look for answers.

2. Your Website Does Not Build Immediate Trust

Parents make decisions emotionally first, then logically.

Within seconds of landing on your website, they subconsciously ask:

If your website fails to answer these quickly, they leave.

Common trust gaps:

What works better:

Trust is not built through text alone. It is built through experience.

3. Poor User Experience Is Killing Conversions

Even if parents like what they see, they will not enquire if the process feels difficult.

Common UX issues:

Why this matters:

Most parents browse on mobile. If your website is not optimized for speed and clarity, they drop off instantly.

What needs improvement:

A school website should feel effortless to explore.

4. Weak or Missing Call-to-Actions

One of the biggest reasons for low enquiries is simple. You are not asking parents to take action.

Common mistakes:

What works:

Parents should never have to search for how to contact you.

5. Your Content Does Not Answer Parent Questions

Parents do research before making decisions.

If your website does not answer their questions, they will go elsewhere.

What parents want to know:

Where most schools fail:

What you should do:

This improves SEO and builds authority and trust.

6. No Integration of AI Search Visibility

The way parents search is evolving.

They are not just using search engines. They are asking AI platforms:

If your school is not appearing in these AI-generated answers, you are invisible to a growing audience.

Why this matters:

AI platforms prioritize:

What schools need:

This is where Generative Engine Optimization becomes critical alongside SEO.

7. No Tracking or Data-Driven Optimization

Many schools do not track what happens after a visitor lands on the website.

Without data, you cannot answer:

What schools need:

Data turns assumptions into decisions.

The Shift Schools Need to Make

A school website is no longer just an information portal.

It is a digital admission engine.

To generate consistent enquiries, it must:

How Pixel Studios Helps Schools Grow Admissions

At Pixel Studios, the focus is not just on building websites, but on creating platforms that drive measurable admission growth.

This includes:

Because in today’s landscape, visibility without conversion is wasted opportunity.

Conclusion

If your school website is not generating admission enquiries, the issue is rarely your institution’s quality.

It is how that quality is communicated, discovered, and experienced online.

Schools that rethink their digital presence as a strategic growth channel will see the difference.

Because when parents find the right information, trust the experience, and see a clear next step, enquiries follow naturally.

Those who adapt early will not just attract more traffic, they will attract the right parents.

FAQs

1. Why is my school website getting traffic but no admission enquiries?

This usually happens when the website is not optimized for conversion. While SEO may bring visitors, lack of trust signals, poor user experience, and missing call-to-actions prevent parents from taking action.

2. What are the most important features of a high-converting school website?

A high-performing website should include mobile-friendly design, fast loading speed, clear navigation, strong CTAs, real images, testimonials, and detailed admission information.

3. How can SEO help increase school admission enquiries?

SEO helps your school appear in high-intent searches. By targeting the right keywords and creating relevant landing pages, you attract parents actively looking to enroll their children.

4. What is Generative Engine Optimization and why is it important for schools?

Generative Engine Optimization focuses on optimizing content for AI-driven platforms. It ensures your school appears in AI-based recommendations where many parents now search for answers.

5. How many call-to-actions should a school website have?

There should be multiple CTAs across the website. Key pages should have clear options like “Apply Now,” “Book a Visit,” or “Enquire Now.”

6. How can schools improve trust through their website?

Schools can build trust by showcasing real campus images, student activities, testimonials, academic results, accreditations, and clear curriculum information.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Why Your School Website Is Not Generating Admission Enquiries appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Europa Universalis V: Fate of the Phoenix

Bysantiska riket eller mer korrekt det östromerska riket är något som fascinerat mig i alla år. En av kvarlevorna av den gamla antika världen. Vi vet att detta rike gick under och dess sista städer blev erövrade på 1400-talet. Det är denna statsbildning som jag fått nöjet att testa i Europa Universalis V nedladdningsbara paketet Fate of the Phoenix. Låt mig informera dig om att detta förändrar framförallt en nation som redan går att spela som. Du kommer inte se svepande förbättringar för många av de andra imperierna i basspelet. Utgångspunkten för denna recension är i vilka förbättringar som har tillkommit och de berör det bysantiska riket på gott och ont.



Jag har inte vågat spela en hel kampanj som denna nation i basspelet på grund av hur skoningslöst svårt det brukar vara. I fyran tog det mig ganska länge innan jag knäckte nöten och klarade mig till slutet. I det spelet förhöjdes upplevelsen markant med sitt motsvarande nedladdningsbara paket. I femman är det en helt annan upplevelse. Basspelet är ganska annorlunda än fyrans spelmässiga inslag och någorlunda mer komplext. Det är utifrån den grunden detta nedladdningsbara paket bygger vidare på olika funktioner. Som bekant gillade jag basspelet så pass att jag gav det en nia i min recension. Det är ett betyg jag fortfarande står fast vid. Därför har jag längtat efter lite mer innehåll och detta är ett för serien typiskt sådant tidigt extra innehåll.

<bild>Jag älskar kartlager och det finns så många i detta spel att kan bläddra mellan dessa som i en bok.</bild>

Fate of the Phoenix är det första nya innehållet som utvecklar det östromerska riket med nya händelser, förbättrat religiöst system, nya sätt att förändra riket på och tematiska förändringar. Den tydligaste dikotomin som uppstår när du spelar handlar om konflikten mellan nya idéer och gamla. Vill du att ditt rike ska förbli mer romerskt med grekiska influenser eller bli mer förenligt med de västra värderingarna och den katolska grenen av kristendomen. Du får hela tiden val om reformer, förändringar eller att bevara och det där är intressant ur ett historiskt perspektiv. Flera av dina val har också en markör som visar vad den historiska motsvarigheten valde att göra. Du kan dock om du vill ignorera det och göra dina egna val. Vi vet ju så här i efterhand att de inte alltid gjorde rätt val.



Det svåraste och kanske mest belönande är att försöka överleva i mer än hundra år. Du placeras i en rejäl rävsax inledningsvis med dålig legitimitet, stora skulder, naturkatastrofer som drabbat delar av riket och olika gods som inte vill betala skatt på grund av byråkratiska regler tidigare ledare instiftat. Vill du ta bort dessa måste du betala enorma summor pengar och det är något du inte har mycket av i början av spelet. Mycket av de inledande timmarna handlar om att göra dåliga val istället för ännu värre alternativ och försöka vända den nedåtgående spiralen. Det är nämligen nästan ingenting som fungerar bra förutom att du har en relativt starka arméer och flottiljer inledningsvis. Du har också stor potential att bygga ännu kraftfullare styrkor så att du kan återta ditt fallna rike.

<bild>Spelet är riktigt snyggt och förmodligen det snyggaste i sin genre.</bild>

Jag valde tidigt att försöka bygga upp legitimitet, stabilitet och kontroll. Jag försökte också annektera Epirus och hantera de växande hoten runtom i världen. Ganska snabbt kidnappar en rival en tronarvinge och försöker göra Epirus självständigt igen. Detta resulterar i en konflikt jag till slut vinner, kort därpå får jag en ganska mäktig koalition med osmanska riket i spetsen mot mig och jag förlorar ganska snabbt. Freden som blir kastar mig ned i en ohållbar spiral av skulder och mer krig. Det tog mig ett par försök innan jag hittade en strategi där jag lyckades växa en aning. Det i sin tur gjorde att jag kunde börja göra saker som att skapa konflikter jag ville ha och kräva pengar, betala skulder och börja ta bort bedrövliga privilegier godsen har. Jag försöker också ändra statsreligionen i riket och byta ut den ortodoxa tron mot de äldre gudarna. De är dock inte lika utvecklat i denna expansion som konflikten mellan katolicismen och den ortodoxa kyrkan, du kan bokstavligt talat lösa schismen och förena de olika grenarna av kristendomen om du är skicklig. Jag tycker dock polyteism är mer intressant än monoteism. Jag har dock testat flera religioner.


Paradox har ganska väl vävt in både val, truppslag, kosmetiska, kulturella och religiösa inslag på ett sätt som låter dig bestämma vad du vill göra. Jag vill dock betona att detta är svårt, har du inte grunderna i spelet tycker jag inte ens att du ska försöka med bysantiska riket och detta paket om du inte ofta spelar som kristna ortodoxa stater. Däremot om har spelat ett tag och du klarar dig rätt bra med andra länder är detta värt din tid. Jag tycker att bysantinerna har en spännande startposition och ett fantastiskt geografiskt läge. Du kan kontrollera handel, bekämpa pirater och expandera sakta i olika riktningar. Efter ett tag kommer svarta döden, kolonialismen och mycket annat att påverka dig. Du kommer säkert också vilja hantera frågan om du ska handla med Kina då handel är livsviktigt.

<bild>Det nya systemet för den ortodoxa kyrkan är riktigt välgjort. Det finns även ett system för den äldre romerska religionen.</bild>

En av mina favoritberättelser från det bysantiska riket handlar om hur två ortodoxa munkar ska ha smugglat ut silkesmaskägg och hjälpt till att starta produktionen av silke hemma i sitt hemland. Denna berättelse är förmodligen inte sann och det finns spekulationer om att munkarna snarare befann sig i Indien. Det är sådant här som är spännande då du kan avgöra vad du handlar med och vad du satsar på för resurser. Någonstans kommer du att behöva prioritera och välja. Riket är på väg att gå under, var spenderar du dyrbara pengar och resurser. Handel och eller diplomati kan vara en väg, krig en annan. Du kan dock inte göra allt samtidigt och det blev extremt tydligt för mig då jag testade just detta. Du behöver en genomtänkt strategi. På många sätt påminner det mig lite om Total War: Attila-kampanjen som det västromerska riket. Precis som i den kampanjen behövde du förstöra, riva, omgruppera och strukturera om ditt rike om du skulle ha en chans att överleva. Du slipper dock Attila och hans hunner i Europa Universalis V och du får istället hantera resterna av de mongoliska väldet om de attackerar dig.



Jag ska inte avslöja för mycket i denna recension men jag tycker att händelserna är intressanta, ger dig val och kan hjälpa dig att formge nationen du spelar som. De vävs också in snyggt med beslut du kan bestämma över om du vill bygga en modern stadsbildning eller om du vill bevara det gamla. Den balansgången är en lika stor utmaning som allt annat i spelet. Klarar du av att överleva de inledande hundra åren väntar ganska kraftfulla bonusar via vissa händelser. Jag har dock använt mer av verktygslådan när jag spelade bysantinerna än många andra länder. Du behöver se över vilka ekonomiska möjligheter du har, vilka diplomatiska som kan vara fördelaktiga och hur du ska återskaffa ditt förlorade rike. Det blir en betydligt enklare kampanj när du betalat skulderna, vänt på de ekonomiska förlusterna och har styrkor som kan mota bort fiender i alla riktningar. Rent militärt blir denna nation extremt mäktig med teknologier och unika truppslag.

<bild>Händelser och händelser om karaktärer är vanligt förekommande och ger lite mer berättande till upplevelsen.</bild>

Sett till det tekniska är detta inte värre än basspelet och jag har haft en förhållandevis bra tid med spelet. Det finns mikrolagg när man klickar på provinser och när mycket sker samtidigt. Jag har även sett enstaka visuella buggar och någon enstaka spelmässig bugg med textförklaringar. Det har inte stört mig märkbart men kanske kan påverka svagare datorsystem mer än mitt. Den nya musiken är ganska bra och jag har alltid älskat musiken i just den här spelserien. De är svepande och välgjorda låtar som blandas med allt annat. I femman finns det en händig spelare direkt i användargränssnittet så du kan välja vad som ska spelas och inte. Kan du förlåta lite tekniska problem finns det en bra expansion av ett av spelets fraktioner i detta nedladdningsbara paket.

Det mest belönande med detta nedladdningsbara paket var att överleva längre än sin historiska förlaga och lösa historiska skeenden vi lever med än idag, exempelvis schismen mellan den ortodoxa och katolska kyrkan. Jag har haft ganska roligt med detta paket då jag gillar utmaningen det innebär att spela som detta rike. Jag tycker inte Paradox ska göra upplevelsen enklare. Länder i spelet behöver få vara unika med egna utmaningar och svårighetsgrad beroende på sin startposition under 1300-talet. Även om det tekniska inte förändrats så är det fortfarande ett starkt spel i grunden som med detta nedladdningsbara paket gör ett rike ännu roligare att spela som. Det är en av de svårare om inte den svåraste av de större nationerna i spelet och det kräver tålamod, en plan och att våga förlora om du ska ha roligt med detta nya innehåll. Om du inte känner dig säker med det spelmässiga grunderna bör du skippa detta tills dess att du känner dig säkrare. Om du letar efter en utmaning eller enbart vill spela som det östromerska riket är detta ett toppenbra paket för just det ändamålet jag varmt kan rekommendera.


<bild>Att hantera allt som går fel är ett heltidsjobb.</bild>
<bild>Det tar ett tag innan du vänder ekonomin men när du gör det känns allt bättre.</bild>
<bild>Naturkatastrofer kan drabba dig och en jag råkade ut för tidigt innebar ett skadat landmärke. Jag kunde betala flera hundra mynt eller välja att vänta. Vid denna tidpunkt var jag så skuldsatt att jag var tvungen att vänta. Ofta finns det en liten bok i svarsalternativet som visar vad detta fallna imperiums historiska val var.</bild>

by Cheryl Eddy  for gizmodo.com

‘Lanterns’ Will Follow Two Mysteries Across Two Timelines

The showrunner for the DC Studios series reveals more story details about the superhero tale starring Aaron Pierre and Kyle Chandler.The showrunner for the DC Studios series reveals more story details about the superhero tale starring Aaron Pierre and Kyle Chandler.

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

It's a Bad Time to Buy the Low-Cost iPad

Apple's iPad that's just an ‌iPad‌ with no Air or Pro attached is its most appealing tablet because of the affordable starting $349 price tag, but if you've been thinking about buying one, you should wait.


Apple refreshed the ‌iPad‌ in March 2025, so it's over a year old. That's reason enough not to buy when there's a new model on the horizon, but this year, there's even more to lose by purchasing now.

The 2025 ‌iPad‌ has an A16 chip inside that does not support Apple Intelligence. It does not have features like Writing Tools, Image Playground, Clean Up, Live Translation, notification summaries, Smart Reply, Priority Messages in Mail, Visual Intelligence, and multiple other AI-related tools.

‌Apple Intelligence‌ is still new so it might not sound like a big deal to miss out on those capabilities, but not having access to it is going to become more of a problem as Apple continues implementing new AI features.

Rumors suggest there are big changes coming in iOS 27. Siri is going to get smarter and turn into a full chatbot, the Camera app is going to get ‌Visual Intelligence‌ integration, the Photos app will have AI image editing tools, Shortcuts may be more automated, and there are probably features coming that haven't even been rumored yet.

The A16 ‌iPad‌ will likely feel outdated in the next year or two because of the feature set it won't have access to.

The next ‌iPad‌ is likely to get the A18 chip, and the A18 does support ‌Apple Intelligence‌. It will have faster performance, more RAM, and most importantly, future-proofing and access to the AI features that Apple is investing in.

Holding out for the next ‌iPad‌ will take some patience, because right now, we don't know when it's coming. Updating the ‌iPad‌ alongside the low-cost iPhone 17e would have made sense, but that didn't happen. A new entry-level ‌iPad‌ isn't coming in the first half of 2026, so we're likely going to be waiting until September or October.

Bloomberg's Mark Gurman said in March that an updated low-cost iPad is "ready to go" and "still coming this year." Even though the wait may be several months, we think it's worth holding out for the next ‌iPad‌ instead of buying now because of the upgrade that comes with ‌Apple Intelligence‌ support.

Related Roundup: iPad
Buyer's Guide: iPad (Don't Buy)
Related Forum: iPad

This article, "It's a Bad Time to Buy the Low-Cost iPad" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

The Bose Quiet Comfort Ultra Earbuds Are 40% Off Right Now

You needn't spend $300 to get great noise-cancelling earbuds.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Tech brands love to tout their active noise-cancelling (ANC) earbuds, but none have reached the standard set by the Bose QuietComfort series. For my money, Bose makes the best ANC gear, and the Bose QuietComfort Ultra (2nd Gen) are the best ANC earbuds you can buy right now. The downside of Bose buds is that they're pretty pricey, but you no longer need to spend $300 to get great ANC. The fantastic first-generation Bose QuietComfort Ultra earbuds are going for $179 (originally $299) on Amazon, the lowest price they've ever reached, according to price-tracking tools.

Though they're an older model, the first-gen Bose QuietComfort Ultra Bluetooth earbuds are still excellent earbuds in 2026. They received an "outstanding" review from PCMag, not just for their best-in-class ANC, but for their great audio quality in general, Spatial audio support, and diverse codec Bluetooth support with AAC and AptX, which makes them great for Android and Apple users alike. However, they're not perfect: They lack multipoint connectivity, which other high-end earbuds at this price point offer, and there is no wireless charging for the case (if you care about that).

The features are what really set these earbuds apart. They have a CustomTune feature that measures your ear canal's shape to tune the sound and establish your best ANC profile. (You can make your own tweaks in the companion app as well.) Bose's "Aware Mode" feature allows you to hear your surroundings similarly to how you would when wearing open-ear headphones. You can also mess around with the settings to mix and match outside noise and ANC within the Aware Mode setting on the app.

You'll get about four to six hours of battery life from the buds and another 12 to 18 with the charging case. The earbuds aren't waterproof, but they are water resistant with an IPX4 rating, so you can wear them to the gym without worrying about how much you'll sweat.

Hulu’s Black Friday deal is back: $0.99 a month for a whole year

Diablo IV: Lord of Hatred

Lord of Hatred borde börja med detta citat av Optimus Prime i Michael Bays Transformers: "Before time began, there was the Cube." I denna expansion kommer du att bli bekant med både kuben från Diablo II och berättelsen om Diablo-världens ursprung. Jag gillade Diablo IV när det dök upp 2023 och jag uppskattade även dess första expansion Vessel of Hatred. Det fanns tillräckligt för att uppmuntra fler genomspelningar och både basspelet och dess expansion bjöd på relativt höga produktionsvärden. Denna gång är det Mephisto och slutstriden mot honom som vankas. För att göra det behöver vi besöka platsen där allt började i detta universum.

<bild>Skovos är förmodligen en av de vackraste platserna i något Diablo-spel.</bild>

Syftet med expansionen är att knyta ihop berättelsen om Lilith, Rathma, Inarion och Mephisto och din karaktär. Jag kan redan nu säga att jag tycker att denna expansion gör just det. Vi bjuds på svepande musik, vackra miljöer inspirerade av grekisk och italienska övärlden. Du kommer även att kunna spela som två nya klasser varav den ena är helt ny för serien och den andre en klassiker jag tror att du kommer att gilla om du spelade Diablo II. Båda dessa klasser fungerar olika där Warlock är en aggressiv magiker med möjlighet att använda demoner i sin tjänst. Motsatsen till detta är Paladin som är din klassiska goda riddare som använder sin tro och sina vapen för att besegra fienden. Jag ska vara helt ärlig och säga att jag tyckte att båda är suveräna i Diablo IV. Det finns ett riv i båda klasserna som saknar motstycke. I slutet av min kampanj red min Warlock i formen av en brinnande demon på en demonisk hund svept i lågor med kedjor inte helt olik självaste Hell Rider.

Jag började med att spela som Warlock i Vessel of Hatred. Det är en ny klass som fokuserar på demoniska krafter. Även om jag hade testat den i tvåan ville jag se vad den kunde göra i fyran. Med rätt spelstil är det en attackerande orkan av eld, magi och demoner. Med rätt val av förmågor kan du konstant svepa skärmen på fiender i enklare svårighetsgrader. Bossarna smälter som smör, dock vill jag trots detta hävda att den kräver en spelare med lite erfarenhet. Så fort du höjer svårighetsgraden blir klassen sårbar tack vare låg hälsa och fienders ökande resistans mot din skada. Om du önskar spela klassen på högre nivåer, tänk igenom hur du bygger klassen då det kan bespara dig en hel del huvudvärk. Den bjuder också på seriens bäst implementerade karaktärsuppdrag för att låsa upp dess specialitet att framkalla en av flera kraftfulla demoner. Det påminner lite om hur Necromancer låser upp sin Golem, fast i detta fall måste du binda demoner till din karaktär.

<bild>Du bjuds på alla möjliga biomer med miljöfaror och fiender.</bild>

Jag vill dock påpeka att jag inte är mycket av en "end game"-spelare. Jag kör gärna kampanjen, uppdragen på lite olika svårighetsgrader, men jag är tyvärr inte särskilt intresserad av resten i Diablo-titlarna. I Diablo IV har jag dock tagit mig an en del annat vid sidan av varje månad och jag underhålls av det simpla upplägget. Trots det finns det mycket att göra för båda typerna av spelare. Kampanjen kan du spela igenom på under 12 timmar. Om du ska klara av alla befästningar, grottor och sidouppdrag kommer det att ta dig närmare 20-25 timmar. Utöver detta har du ett slutspel i formen av en krigskarta där du väljer uppdrag och uppgifter. Du kan förändra modifierare på fiender och hur de beter sig och det känns som att du nu har mer kontroll över vad du gör efter kampanjen. Det påverkar såklart också din loot och dina belöningar. För många är detta vad de eftersöker. Jag gillar systemet och tror att många kommer att uppskatta både valfriheten och möjligheten att skräddarsy striderna.

När du börjar kampanjen färdas du till Skovos som är en ögrupp där Lilith och Inarius en gång i tiden skapade Sancturary. Det är lika mycket av en berättelse om begynnelsen för Nephalem (Mänskligheten) som det är en berättelse som också avslutar berättelsen vi startade i fyran. Jag gillar verkligen hur vi lär känna karaktärerna ännu mer än tidigare. Både Rathma, Inarius, Lilith och Mephisto är med på ett eller annat sätt i berättelsen i olika former. Även Lorath och Neyrelle får sina berättelser avslutade på ett vettigt sätt. Just detta gillar jag med Lord of Hatred, det känns som att Diablo IV är komplett och avslutad när jag ser eftertexterna. Samtidigt vet jag att det går att skapa mer innehåll bortom detta då kriget mellan himlen och helvetet är oändligt. Även om stjärnan är Mephisto har vi sett andra viktiga demoner som Duriel, Andariel, Azmodan och Belial. Vi har dock ingen koll på vad Mephistos bröder gör vid denna tidpunkt även om vi sett tecken på Baal.

<bild>Det går utmärkt att rida runt i världen. På grund av att världen är mindre än i basspelet är skiftet mellan miljöerna tydligare.</bild>

Att färdas genom Skovos påminner mig lite om Titan Quest II, det är olivträdgårdar, tempel, byggnader dränkta av vatten och fiender med ett likartat tema. Oavsett om du slåss mot gamla klassiska fiender som Gargantuan Beast vi såg i tvåan till helt nya pirater finns det relativt god variation här. Succesivt blandas basspelets fiender också in med nya varianter. Världen ser till en början härlig och trivsam ut men förvandlas över kampanjens gång till ett slagfält. Detta är Amazonernas domän och trots att denna karaktär inte är spelbar i Diablo IV ännu får vi lära oss mer om deras traditioner, kultur och städer. Jag kan tänka mig att många som älskade klassen i Diablo II kommer att uppskatta expansionen.

Upplevelsen påminner mig lite om Diablo II: Lord of Destruction, det finns liknande teman och världen är i krig. Istället för barbarerna som slåss för världens överlevnad ser vi amazonerna i samma roll. Just att omgivningen är befolkad av krigande fraktioner, miljöer som hela tiden kastar saker på dig gör att upplevelsen känns mer reaktiv. Vissa områden på i världen är så pass händelsefyllda att min dator började hacka. Förutom att det kan komma enorma mängder fiender och allierade på skärmen samtidigt är det inte alltid bara du och fiender, utan också miljöfaror. Har du en klen dator kan detta påverka din upplevelse en aning. Biomerna är också betydligt mer varierade än i föregående expansion. Det är något jag uppskattar, du har allt från olivträdgårdar, aktiva vulkaner och tempelruiner.

<bild>Kuben är simpel och oproblematisk att använda. Den kan hjälpa dig att finjustera din utrustning efter att kampanjen är över.</bild>

Förutom detta är Horadric Cube en återkommande bekantskap. Den låser du upp i slutet av berättelsen och jag kan inte påstå att den är särskilt intressant. Det är inte ett föremål du bär med dig som i tvåan med otaliga mängder recept utan du får en lista över vad du vill göra och lägger sedan in föremålen. Jag köper att de vill förenkla och förbättra upplevelsen för dig som nöter i efterspelet, men för mig som älskar kampanjen hade jag velat låsa upp den i basspelet och få klura ut hemliga recept och kombinationer precis som i tvåan. För mig var konceptet lite av en besvikelse, men funktionaliteten och behovet av dess förmågor är relevanta för dig som vill fortsätta efter kampanjen.

Andra nya spelmässigt system är talismanerna och fiskande. Du har en ny meny med sex positioner att sätta olika talismaner inuti. Dessa ger dig förbättringar, motståndskraftighet och mycket annat. De sällsynta har speciella namn och om du kombinerar tre med samma gruppnamn låser du upp ännu kraftfullare bonusar. Det är ett bra system för att kunna skräddarsy din karaktär ännu mer. Det är dock mer relevant efter kampanjen än under dess gång. Fiskandet däremot är jag lite oklar över vilket syfte den spelar. Det är ett minispel och du kan fiska över hela världen om du har tillgång till vatten. Det är enkelt till skillnad från Crimson Desert och känns lite malplacerat. Du kan dock fånga ganska coola fiskar och få häftiga föremål om du gillar detta.

<bild>Fiendefloran är varierad och utmanande.</bild>

Utöver detta finns det även en ny händelse som är extremt sällsynt. De kallas för Echoing Hatred, efter kampanjen kan du om du ha tur hitta ett föremål. Detta föremål är extremt sällsynt och det var inget jag hittade när jag spelade. Av beskrivningen jag fått av utvecklarna handlar det om en utmaning där oändliga vågor av fiender spawnas. Ju längre du överlever desto svårare blir det. Desto längre du är vid liv desto bättre blir belöningarna. Det låter lite som ett horde-läge vi ser i andra spel. Tyvärr har jag inte testat detta men det ingår i upplevelsen om du kan hitta Trace of Echoes-föremålet.

Oavsett om du besegrar hundratals fiender på löpande band i någon av Skovos grottsystem eller utforskar världen kommer du att lägga märke till musiken. Det är ganska vacker vacker musik som bjuds och den sätter tonen på äventyret sömlöst. Även om det finns lite risk för repetition är den både svepande och stämningsfull. Det grafiska ser fortsatt bra ut och Diablo IV kan fortfarande bjuda på vackra miljöer. Det tekniska är dock lite av blandad kvalitet i vissa områden. Det finns risk för mikrolagg när mycket sker och du är fortfarande i behov av att vara uppkopplad konstant. Jag hade svårigheter i en timme att spela men efter det var det inga problem under resten av tiden jag spenderat med äventyret. Det fanns enstaka små problem med visuella artefakter, men ingenting jag reagerade märkbart på.

<bild>Det finns lite Lovecraftian och Cthulhu över vissa förmågor, fiender och platser denna gång.</bild>

Detta är en riktigt bra avslutning på berättelsen vi startade i Diablo IV. Jag som verkligen gillar Mephisto av de tre har trots allt fått ett spel och två expansioner med denna skurk i fokus. Det gör att jag är mer än nöjd även om jag kan förstå de som vill se Baal och Diablo igen. Skovos är toppen med varierade miljöer och är något större än Nahantu. Fienderna är även lite mer utmanande denna gång. Det är inte en expansion som kommer att förvandla din upplevelse på samma sätt som Blizzards tidigare expansioner. Det är inte riktigt i samma klass som Diablo II: Lord of Destruction eller Starcraft: Brood War. Det du däremot får är ett avslut, mer bakgrundsinformation och en spännande berättelse.

Vad nästa steg för Diablo är känns lite oklart, dock är kontinenten för de två första spelen i serien synlig. Den östra kontinenten går bara att se via kartan och om det är det vi har att vänta är jag fortsatt med på resan. Detta är dock positivt, jag tycker att denna expansion avslutar berättelsen utan att lämna oss med en cliffhanger. Om det betyder att vi i framtiden kanske får återbesöka Tristram är lite oklart. Jag kan dock säga utan tvekan att om du fortfarande spelar Diablo IV bör du skaffa dig Lord of Hatred. Det är visuellt och audiovisuellt fantastiskt och Diablo fortsätter att bjuda på genrens mest polerade strider.

Det låter och känns nästintill perfekt att slakta demoner och varken Path of Exile 2 eller Titan Quest II är riktigt där ännu, även om de spelen har sina egna förträffligheter. Spelet är också konstant uppdaterat med nytt innehåll vilket gör att live service-konceptet för en gångs skull fungerar. Äger du inte Diablo IV har jag dock svårt att se att denna kampanj kommer att övertyga dig, däremot tycker jag inte att du ska missa detta om du gillar titeln och aktivt spelar fortfarande. Diablo IV med alla sina expansioner är idag ett riktigt bra actionrollspel för den ensamma spelaren och för dig som har vänner att spela med.

<bild>Warlock är en ruskigt spännande klass. Den bjuder på ett koncept som ingen annan klass erbjuder i dagsläget. Du är en extremt aggresiv magiker och summoner i ett enda kraftpaket.</bild>
<bild>Det nya systemet för talismaner är enkelt och erbjuder fler möjligheter att skruva din karaktärs bonusar färdigheter. Fler saker att samla gillas alltid i Diablo.</bild>
<bild>Om du trodde att Sorcerer kunde få hela skärmen att fyllas av effekter är det rena barnleken mot Warlock. När du trycker av alla förmågor samtidigt går det knappt att se vad som händer. Jag gillar framförallt alla eldattacker. Du kan även kombinera din demonform och din demoniska hund genom att rida på den inte helt olik Hellrider med kedjor.</bild>
<bild>Vyerna är fantastiska, Blizzard leker med det stora och det lilla. Den första staden du besöker på Skovos liknar Minas Tirith från Sagan om Ringen.</bild>

Subnautica 2 (Early Access)

Ända sedan jag spelade det allra första Subnautica visste jag att Unknown Worlds Entertainment hade kokat ihop något speciellt. Känslan av att se hav i alla riktningar, veta att du behöver överleva helt strandsatt på en främmande planet och vara helt ensam är gripande. Med hjälp av ett genomtänkt resurshanteringssystem behövde du hitta mineraler, metaller och annat och bygga nya verktyg. Allt detta skedde i vackra undervattensmiljöer. Samtidigt hade spelet en mörkare sida, alla varelser du stötte på var inte alltid små och ofarliga. I haven fanns det också gigantiska rovdjur i stil med sådant vi hade på jorden för miljontals år sedan. Du var inte längre i toppen av näringskedjan utan betydligt lägre ned.

Förväntningarna på Subnautica 2 var gigantiska som en följd av briljansen med ettan och det underhållande äventyret Below Zero. Jag gillade båda föregående titlar men jag förstår också att den fristående spinoff-titeln inte var en regelrätt uppföljare och lite mindre i storlek. Denna gång är storleken tillbaka i stil med ettan och tvåan väntas växa till sig under sin Early Access-period. Jag upplevde ganska omgående att Uknown Worlds leker med biomer där havet helt omslukar dig och du varken kan se botten eller ytan. Det är precis i dessa situationer det blir extra otäckt att utforska. Du vet inte var alla konstiga ljud kommer ifrån och skuggorna som omslukar dig kan vara en illusion och inte ett gigantiskt monster.

<bild>Karaktärsskaparen är simpel men låter dig välja vem du är, färger och utseende.</bild>

Du börjar precis som i ettan med en typ av krasch. Din livboj skickar dig till ytan efter en träningssektion och du kan snabbt börja med resurssamlandet och utforskandet. Precis som i ettan är din första bas en halvt fungerande flyktkapsel från moderskeppet. Det mesta är sig likt du uppgraderar din utrustning, skaffar grundläggande verktyg och tar dig djupare ut i havet. Denna gång behöver du inte oroa dig över en reaktor-explosion vid horisonten. Du kommer dock att hitta resterna av ditt rymdskepp utspridda på havsbotten. Du kan dock inte bygga allt i din livboj utan behöver bygga en bas där du kan tillverka fler resurser, verktyg, byggnader och annat. Det ska sägas direkt att basbyggandet är mer sammanfogat med upplevelsen denna gång. Det är inte lika fristående som i ettan.

Jag har dock inga problem med ett större fokus på basbyggandet då jag gillar att bygga byggnader och skapa mina egna boplatser. Material och annat är också ganska enkelt att skaffa på grund av att byggnaderna är billiga vilket gör att du snabbt kan få upp en fungerande bas. Förbättringarna till byggverktyget gör det mindre bökigt att expandera, rotera och fixa till basen precis som du vill ha den. Det är också byggandet som krävs för att du ska kunna skapa en typ av hangar och tillverka ditt första fordon. Den jag testade heter tadpole och påminner en del om Seamoth. Den är dock betydligt mer anpassningsbar och du kan även skräddarsy chassit. Att installera komponenter fungerar snarlikt ettan. Det resulterar i en ganska bekväm spelloop där mycket är bekant.

<bild>Du låser upp superstarka förmågor tack vare att du blandar DNA från organiskt liv på planeten med ditt eget.</bild>
<bild>Det här spelet blir mörkt på riktigt, du ser ingenting på nätterna och jag gillar detta skarpt. Växer och djur självlyser och miljöerna är fantastiska att beskåda. Du behöver dock tänka lite på ficklampan då djurlivet reagerar på det.</bild>

Jag vill dock slå ett slag för både grafiken och atmosfären. Det är ett vackert spel med en ruskigt fin himmel. Soluppgången måste ha varit direkt inspirerad av Star Wars: A New Hope med sina dubbla solar och det är svårt att inte häpnas över det visuella. Det här är ett tekniskt kompetent spel med fina produktionsvärden. Musiken är precis som i ettan elektronisk med en härlig retrokänsla. Jag minns när jag hoppade ned i vattnet för första gången i Subnautica och blev hänförd, jag kommer att minnas det även med tvåan. Det är en så pass unik upplevelse i spelmediet att det är svårt att inte känna lite lycklig när man försöker fånga, göra vattenflaskor och grillspett av undervattenslivet på planeten.

När du inledningsvis kämpar mot mörkret, skannar varelser försöker förstå varför saker sker på denna nya planet är spelet som bäst. Du har all tid i världen att utforska och göra vad du vill däremot finns det en berättelse. Du har en AI som heter NOA och hjälper dig att peka ut uppdrag och annat att hitta. Den buggade ur lite för mig och jag får inga fler sådana uppdrag. Det kan också bero på att jag kommit för långt. Denna AI är inte riktigt vad den utger sig att vara och samtidigt sprids en mystisk sjukdom på planeten. Du kommer att se havsdjur och hela biomer täckta av detta virus och parasiter kopplade till detta. Den största markören för detta är ett gigantiskt träd mot horisonten helt täckt av dessa gråa sporer och ett grått slem. Det har ersatt ettans kraschade rymdskepp som ett gigantiskt landmärke.

<bild>Om du gillade ettan kommer du att trivas som fisken i havet.</bild>
<bild>Det är bra att skanna och lära dig mer om faunan och resurser i spelet. Allt samlas i en databank du enkelt kan hitta i menyerna.</bild>

Du kan dock inte resa vart du vill i denna Early Access finns det tydligt markerade punkter du inte kan utforska. Du får en varning och eventuellt så dör du. Tack och lov så är döden inte slutet. Din kropp kopieras igen och du kan fritt hitta din kapsel och dina föremål inte helt olikt systemet i ettan. Det är upp till dig att undersöka varför ni kraschade vilken roll din AI spelade och eventuellt att bota sjukdomen som härjar i havet. Du kommer säkerligen på sikt också att få fly. Så långt har jag inte kommit och så pass mycket innehåll finns inte i denna Early Access-version. Det som finns däremot är väldigt bra och beroendeframkallande. Vill du inte ha hunger och törst finns det alternativa lägen utan detta och enklare basbygge.

Jag gillar också hur kvarlämnade inspelningar hänvisar till platser du besökt. Ett favoritställe var en gigantisk snäcka som om du störde den slår igen och du kan bli fångad i den. Att sedan hitta en logg och höra andra överlevare och deras försök att ta sig ut var minst sagt roande. Ett annat ställe jag gillade var en helt förstörd omgivning som omringades av ganska stora och farliga fiskar. Kungen just nu av biomer är ändå startområdet. Det är sådär trivsamt, ljust, vackert och ofarligt precis som i ettan. Samtidigt vet du att bortom dessa områden finns faror olik allt du sett hitills. En av de farligaste platserna jag besökte var ett område fyllt av lava och vulkanisk aktivitet. Du kommer inte alltid att kunna komma åt överallt. Däremot finns det inledningsvis mycket hjälp tack vare syreskapande växter. Du behöver inte nödvändigtvis ha ditt fordon i början av spelet. Jag klarade mig ganska fint i över 5-timmar utan att använda mig av sådana hjälpmedel.

<bild>Dubbla solar som reser sig vid horisonten är inget nytt i media men det är lika snyggt varje gång.</bild>
<bild>Om du vill skapa tackor av ett ämne och annat behöver du numera en bas med specifika byggnader.</bild>

Hittills har jag resonerat om saker du är bekant med men det finns också nyheter. En nyhet till konceptet är genetik, du kan bygga upp din karaktär med förmågor som du får via speciella växter och databanker. Det görs i spelet genom att blanda DNA, mer konkret fungerar det på det sättet att du har två typer av dessa bonusar. Den första är förmågor din karaktär får och den andra är passiva bonusar. Du kommer att ha ett stort utbud att välja på. Exempelvis kan du i början välja mellan att lämna spår efter dig så att du kan hitta ut ur grottor enklare eller om du simmar på botten rör du dig snabbare. Utöver det finns det även ett mer berättelsedrivet sätt att få nya förmågor. De är dessa du får av växter du botar från viruset. Dessa ger dig ganska starka förmågor som att du klarar hetta bättre. Det öppnar upp för att utforska tidigare nämnda område med lava och vulkaner. Jag hoppas att mängden av dessa är fler än antalet platser, det kan innebära att du som spelare får göra lite val.

Rent tekniskt är upplevelsen mer polerad än ettan men det finns buggar. Uppdrag som slutar dyka upp, fiskar som åker genom marken och lite annat. Det är dock sällan så pass störande att jag tänker på det. Den enda som påverkat mig är den berättelsedrivna buggen där jag inte får mer vägledning vart jag ska. Min misstanke är att antingen finns det inga fler ställen eller så har denna version av titeln buggat. Audiovisuellt är det hela toppen både musik och alla häftiga läten är suveräna. Jag gillar det jag ser och hör för det mesta trots några skavanker. Flerspelarläget har jag dock inte fått att fungera i den version av spelet jag har. Det är co-op med upp till fyra spelare du kan samarbeta med, det är något jag kommer att testa efter den officiella lanseringen av denna förhandsversion.

<bild>Det är en fantastisk känsla att simma runt på nätterna och se alla självlysande växter och djurliv i havet.</bild>
<bild>Platåerna är alltid luriga. Vad möter jag om jag simmar över kanten och dyker ned till 250 meter eller djupare?</bild>

Summan av min tid med Early Access-versionen av Subnautica 2 är att det är värt att spelas och förmodligen kommer att bli ett fantastiskt spel. Precis som i ettans förhandsversion vet vi inte hur lång tid det kommer att ta och vilka uppgraderingar vi kommer att se framöver. Av det jag testat i nuläget känner jag mig både nöjd och förväntansfull över vad som komma skall. Det är både vackert, låter bra och uppmanar till utforskande. Resurssamlandet och basbyggandet är både enkelt och intuitivt. I nuläget påverkas din bas mest av om den har ström eller blir anfallen. Jag kan tänka mig att framtida uppdateringar kan expandera på detta. Det är en aspekt förutom begränsad utforskning som visar upp att detta är ett projekt som ska byggas upp samtidigt som du spelar. Jag hoppas att utvecklarna bygger in mycket vädertyper i spelet, jag vill ha en god variation av regn, åska, sol, dimma och mycket annat. Jag ser gärna också att temperatur kan skifta i vissa av biomerna vilket kräver förändringar ibland i ditt val av DNA.

I nuläget är Subnautica 2 en begränsad version som innehåller minst 6-12-timmar speltid. Med flerspelarläget inräknat kan du säkerligen få ut betydligt fler timmar. Över tid ska utvecklaren bygga in resterande fordon, verktyg, resurser, biomer och berättande. Det är mycket som saknas och du behöver fundera på om du vill dyka i nu eller vänta till mer innehåll är på plats. Jag var ganska nöjd med min tid men det märks att detta inte är färdigt på långa vägar och det kan dröja innan vi ser 1.0. Jag är dock glad över att det som finns är i ett betydligt bättre skick än i ettan och erbjuder mer innehåll. Av den anledningen kan jag lite försiktigt rekommendera dig detta då du får det till ett lägre pris än när det anländer i sin 1.0-version. Haven är läskiga och jag tycker inte att Subnautica 2 har förlorat det som gjorde sina föregångare unika och bra. Du bör dock veta med dig att du får ganska lite av berättelsen och mer av en förrätt än huvudrätten och efterrätten. Det är detta begränsade innehåll och tekniska problem som gör att jag inte kan motivera ett högre betyg. Jag är dock extremt optimistisk över detta projekt och hoppas kunna återbesöka spelet när det väl lanseras i sin fullständiga version.

<bild>Dessa handskar skjuter ut strålar av vatten och fungerar lite som Seaglide i ettan. Det är ett verktyg tidigt som tar dig runt snabbare i miljöerna men dränerar batterier snabbt.</bild>
<bild>Jag gillar att basbyggandet står mer i centrum denna gång. Det kändes konstigt att tillverka så pass mycket i räddningskapseln i ettan.</bild>
<bild>Att bygga baser med vyer är lika roande i tvåan. Det är dock lite enklare då verktyget är mer intitutivt.</bild>
<bild>Djurlivet är mångfaceterat och det finns både fridfulla varelser och livsfarliga motsvarigheter i vattnet.</bild>
<bild>Ditt första fordon är en liten udda sak. Jag gillar den dock och den är både justerbar och uppgraderingsbar. Det ska bli spännande att utforska hur mycket den kommer att gå att anpassa i framtiden.</bild>
<bild>En av mina favoritsaker i tvåan är inte enbart haven utan också rymden. Det är rätt häftiga vyer vi kan beskåda.</bild>

Call of the Elder Gods

Det finns något väldigt uppfriskande med att en uppföljare som man inte riktigt hade på sin radar plötsligt dyker upp. För även om jag uppskattade föregångaren från 2020 vid namn Call of the Sea så har jag liksom inte gått och tänkt på spelet efter att jag klarade det. Eller funderat kring att vi skulle få en fortsättning. Där man har stenkoll på vissa favorit-spelserier och går och längtar efter nästa del - så dök Call of the Gods plötsligt bara upp.

Denna uppföljare tar plats under 1950-talet. Det har gått dryga 20 år sedan det första spelet i serien. Ena huvudpersonen som vi spelar med är Evangeline Drayton som är dotter till Frank som var en av karaktärerna som åkte på expeditionen i det första spelet. Det finns alltså en ganska stor poäng här att ha spelat föregångaren eftersom det är mycket referenser till vad som skedde i det. Spelets berättarröst är också Norah som man då spelade med i Call of the Sea - och den andra spelbara karaktären är hennes man Harry Everhart som Norah sökte efter i föregångaren.

Är man nykomling kan det låta väldigt rörigt. Men berättelsen i Call of the Elder Gods står också hyfsat bra på egna ben. Förmodligen för att de som plockar upp serien här - ska kunna ha roligt med det. Vår huvudkaraktär Evangeline har märkliga drömmar och söker upp Harry för att få svar på de otal frågor hon har. Detta leder dem bägge ut på ett äventyr som allra främst är betydligt mer varierande än sin föregångare. Där den tog plats på ö så är detta ett äventyr som tar en till olika platser. Varje kapitel för berättelsen framåt men bjuder också givetvis på en mängd olika pussel att lösa för att komma vidare.

<bild>Spelets första kapitel tillhör det mest atmosfäriska.</bild>

Det startar väldigt, väldigt bra med en herrgård och dessa magnifika trädgård. Början känns väldigt klassisk men jag jag gillade också att stämningen i de ståtliga rummen, men främst i den fina trädgården, var mystisk, tät och spännande. Upplägget är ganska enkelt; du traskar omkring och finner ledtrådar. Dessa skrivs ner i en händig journal som du enkelt kan ta fram och kika på. Med hjälp av dessa och ditt egna intellekt så löser du pussel efter pussel för att komma till nästa del.

Jag gillar hur utforskandet ger dig tillräckligt med ledtrådar för hur du sedan ska klura ut pusslet. Det gäller att kika på allting om det så är utspridda dokument, tavlor eller annat för att journalen ska skissa ner det som hjälper en med lösningen. Det finns väldigt mycket annat som ligger utspritt - men man vet vad som är ledtrådar av att det då dyker upp i ens bok.

<bild>Det visuella är ofta riktigt tjusigt.</bild>

Tankenötterna har en ganska varierande svårighetsgrad. Ibland känns de rätt simpla, och ledtrådarna som samlats in hjälper en bra, medan andra är betydligt mer komplexa. Skulle man köra helt fast kan man få hjälp i menyn genom att helt enkelt läsa lösningen. Detta system tycker jag dock inte är särskilt roligt. I många andra pusselspel får man liksom lite hjälp snarare än ett "såhär gör du". Kör jag fast vill jag liksom få en extra ledtråd snarare än en bruksanvisning kring exakt vilka knappar och i vilken ordning som jag ska trycka på.

Nu är inte spelets pussel omöjliga. Visst - vissa är rejält kluriga. Speciellt de som handlar om symboler och siffror. Det finns en liten avvikelse mellan en del klurigheter där det också handlar om att en del helt enkelt inte är lika bra utformade. Detta är en av några anledningar till att Call of the Elder Gods inte riktigt rör sig i samma liga som storheterna inom genren, i mitt tycke. Men jag uppskattade verkligen många partier och en hel del pussel som det bjuder på. I vissa stunder växlar vi också mellan de två karaktärerna och detta är ett system jag tycker man kunde utnyttjat lite mer.

<bild>Till skillnad från föregångaren så tar äventyret oss till flertalet olika varierande platser.</bild>

Visuellt gillar jag framförallt spelets färgglada design. Jag har kört äventyret på Switch 2 och den tecknade visuella stilen bjuder på väldigt tjusiga miljöer. Jag kan tänka mig att helhetsintrycket är ännu skarpare på mer kraftfulla konsoler men det fungerar väldigt fint på Nintendos hybrid. Framförallt så är det just stilen i sig som fungerar bra - rent tekniskt så är det kanske inte särskilt "snyggt" så, men miljöerna och detaljerna är väldigt fina i all sin tecknade enkelhet. De bidrar bra till den mystik som vilar över spelet i sin helhet.

För det är just en viss mystik som är kärnan här. Som nämnt tar äventyret våra huvudkaraktärer till flertalet olika platser. Det finns en spänning i alltifrån att utforska ett antal grottor till att resa till ett snöigt Norge. Även om inget riktigt når den höjdpunkt jag tycker spelets första kapitel har.

Men atmosfären och variationen gör det heller aldrig tråkigt. Berättelsen i sig är kanske inte jättespännande - dock. Lite onödigt komplicerad mest för sakens skull och den spretar lite åt alla håll. Den presenteras också delvis med kanske spelets allra svagaste punkt - trista mellansekvenser som är som tecknade stillbilder. De känns livlösa och gör ingenting för att addera till spänningen. Dessutom är det väldigt mycket that om allt och ingenting - speciellt då när det finns en berättarröst som i tid och otid ska komma med lite överflödig exponering.

<bild>Spelets mellansekvenser är tyvärr, tillsammans med berättelsen, ingen direkt höjdare.</bild>

Trots dessa minus så hade jag väldigt skoj med Call of the Elder Gods. Pusselspel är ju en genre jag gillar väldigt, väldigt mycket. Jag skulle nog påstå att det är näst efter rollspel är min favorit. Ser man bort från dess minus och lägger fokus på dess pussel så finns det en hel del klurigheter här som är riktigt bra. Den där känslan av att lösa ett fantastiskt pussel och få känna sig riktigt smart är precis lika tillfredsställande här som i vilket bra pusselspel som helst.

I slutändan är det främst ett gäng småsaker som hindrar Call of the Elder Gods att nå de högsta höjderna. Jag önskar exempelvis att spelet hade stanna kvar lite längre på vissa platser. Början med herrgården och trädgården är exempelvis fenomenal medan utforskandet i en del grottor är av det betydligt svagare slaget. En hel del fantastiska pussel till trots så är även ledtrådar och mekaniker lite ljumma - speciellt då gällande avsaknaden av att få en liten bättre knuff i rätt riktning på vägen till lösningen.

Allt i allt så rekommenderar jag ändå Call of the Elder Gods om du är sugen på att lösa pussel. För när fokus ligger på att klura ut just ett sådant så visar detta äventyr, tillsammans med de tjusiga miljöerna som äventyret tar en genom, sin främsta styrka.

Samson

Det är något nästan tragikomiskt över hur vi gamers vägrar ge upp hoppet. Du vet exakt hur det går: alla varningslampor blinkar rött, preview-klippen luktar budget och halvdana idéer - och ändå sitter man där, knäpper händerna och tänker "kanske... kanske är det här ändå nästa dolda pärla". Precis så var det med Samson. Ett gäng lovande trailers, några intervjuer som hintade om fokus och återhållsamhet, och ett utvecklarteam från Liquid Swords med Avalanche-DNA i ryggen. Det kändes... rimligt. Kontrollerat. Som att de visste sina begränsningar.

Första intrycket av Samson: A Tyndalston Story är faktiskt ganska träffsäkert sammanfattat som "GTA - fast utan skjutvapen". Här kör du runt i en öppen stad, plockar upp uppdrag, bockar av aktiviteter och försöker hålla huvudet ovanför vattenytan. Skillnaden? Du slåss med nävarna istället för att plocka fram en raketkastare ur bakfickan. Och visst, det finns något nästan befriande i det - tills man inser att det är ungefär där nytänket tar slut. Resten är ett lapptäcke av välbekanta system som känns lånade, ibland nästan kopierade, från både Grand Theft Auto och Sleeping Dogs.

<bild></bild>

Du kliver in i rollen som Samson McCray - en man med mer skulder än charm, som återvänder till sin hemstad med en prislapp på 100 000 dollar hängande över huvudet. För att göra saken lite extra spicy har hans syster kidnappats som säkerhet. Motivation? Absolut. Engagemang? Nja. Storyn gör sitt jobb i den mest grundläggande bemärkelsen: den ger dig en anledning att springa från punkt A till punkt B och slå folk på käften. Men det finns inget här som får dig att bry dig på riktigt. Samson är platt, hans bekanta är vandrande stereotyper och hela berättelsen känns som en déjà vu-loop från bättre spel. Det försöker vara lite självironiskt, lite edgy - men utan karaktärsdjup blir det mest tomt poserande.

Pengarna tjänar du genom ett urval av klassiska open-world-sysslor: tävlingar med bil, leveranser från punkt A till B och så klart genom att prygla upp allsköns folk. Det låter bekant eftersom det är bekant. Den enda tydliga avvikelsen är avsaknaden av skjutvapen - men det räcker inte för att bära ett helt spel. Istället lutar Samson tungt på ett Action Points-system som begränsar hur mycket du kan göra per dag, samtidigt som du konstant måste betala av på din skuld. Misslyckas du? Boom - nästan alla dina pengar ryker. Och ja, du kan senare låsa upp färdigheter som mildrar smällen... från totalt haveri till "bara" 90% förlust. Generöst, eller hur?

<bild></bild>

Problemet är inte idén i sig - tyngden från skulden som hänger över en är faktiskt en rätt intressant mekanik - utan hur brutalt och obalanserat den implementeras. Det känns inte som ett smart designval, utan som ett ständigt straff. Spelet vill att du ska spela perfekt, varje gång. Och när det inte händer (för det gör det aldrig) sitter du där och tittar på hur dina surt förvärvade pengar försvinner.

Uppdragen då? De kan grovt delas in i två kategorier - och ingen av dem räddar helhetsintrycket.

Först och främst har vi de som avhandlas bakom ratten på en bil. Och där bjussas det på lite street racing, lite biljakter och lite demolition derby-light. Men glansen falnar snabbt. Din bil är ungefär lika hållbar som ett gammal östtysk trabbi, och när den går sönder måste du laga den - eller hitta en ny. Och här kommer ett av spelets mest förbryllande designval: du kan inte sno bilar. Så när din egen kärra tackar för sig? Då är det bara att snöra på sig joggingskorna och börja springa. I ett spel som bygger på tempo och press. Lysande.

Och som grädde på moset tickar pengarna på ditt konto ner samtidigt, vilket gör att varje misstag känns som ett personligt hån från utvecklarna. Det slutar med att du inte längre spelar för att ha kul - du spelar för att undvika att bli bestraffad. Det är en ganska stor skillnad.

<bild></bild>

Till fots blir det tyvärr ännu värre. Här rasar illusionen helt. Kontrollerna känns svampiga, nästan som att din karaktär rör sig genom sirap, och tekniska problem dyker upp i en så stadig ström att man börjar undra om det är en feature. Fastnar i miljöer? Check. Karaktären som plötsligt börjar sväva runt som en trasig ragdoll? Check. Och så klart - en autosave som verkar leva sitt eget liv och inte går att förlita sig på för fem öre. Vilket är en direkt deal breaker.

Stridssystemet är inte heller någon räddning. Det handlar mindre om skicklighet och mer om att hoppas att spelet inte bestämmer sig för att jobba emot dig. Fiender kan stun-locka dig tills du ligger utslagen, och ibland spawnar de bokstavligen bakom ryggen på dig som någon form av billig jumpscare - fast utan skräcken, bara irritationen. Det är den typen av design som inte utmanar spelaren, utan snarare testar tålamodet.

<bild></bild>

Det finns dock glimtar av något bättre. En antydan om hopp. Tyndalston som stad har en skitig, rå charm som faktiskt fungerar. De ständigt blanka vägarna ger ifrån sig lite noir-känsla med lite lätt dystopisk kryddning, fast utan neon och regn. Det är lite konstigt, lite inkonsekvent - men också en av få saker som ger spelet en egen identitet. Tyvärr räcker det inte. För varje snygg vy finns det tre repetitiva ljudklipp som loopar sönder dina öron. För varje bra idé finns det två som aldrig riktigt lyckas landa. Samson känns som ett projekt som haft ambitioner större än sin verklighet - och som snubblat flera gånger på vägen fram till målsnöret.

Så, ska du spela det? Nej. Inte nu. Kanske inte sen heller, om jag ska vara ärlig. För det här är inte bara ett spel som behöver putsas - det är ett spel som behöver tänka om. Rejält.

by Emily Long  for lifehacker.com

You Should Still Fact-Check the 'Expert Advice' in Google's AI Summaries

User-generated doesn't necessarily mean "expert."

Google's AI search is getting a handful of updates designed to highlight first-hand information sourced from discussion boards and social media posts along with your trusted news sources and subscriptions. Notably, AI responses will now show "expert advice" pulled from online forums like Reddit, highlighting specific quotes and linking to discussions related to your search queries. With this "preview of perspectives," you'll also see additional context for the discussion, including the creator's name, handle, or community name.

It should go without saying, but even when the results are billed as "expert advice" sourced from forums you'd typically go to for answers, you shouldn't blindly take them as fact. As TechCrunch notes, AI isn't great at detecting sarcasm and humor, and Google's AI Overviews have often recycled jokes made on Reddit as serious advice. In general, generative AI is also known to hallucinate, simply making things up and presenting everything from fake news summaries to non-existent legal advice with confidence. While AI Overview may be accurate around 90% of the time, according to a New York Times analysis, that means at least one in 10 responses will still contain errors.

In some ways, Google is facilitating fact-checking with other AI search updates: Source links will appear within AI responses next to the relevant text or bullet points, and you can hover over inline links to see a preview of the website before clicking through. AI Mode and AI Overviews will also highlight content from your news subscriptions first, so you know information is coming from sources you trust.

However, you should still do the extra legwork to ensure the information AI provides is legitimate. At the very least, click through to the source material cited to ensure it actually says what the AI claims it does, and assess whether the source itself is trustworthy. (Remember that "user-generated" doesn't necessarily mean "expert.") And use lateral reading strategies to find reputable sources supporting or refuting AI's claims.

by Mizy Clifton  for politico.eu

X commits to do more on hate and terror content under pressure from UK watchdog

X has promised to review suspected illegal hate and terror content within 24 hours.

LONDON — Elon Musk’s X will introduce new measures to protect U.K. users from illegal hate and terror content, the online safety regulator Ofcom announced Friday.

“Following intensive engagement carried out by Ofcom’s online safety team, X have committed to implementing stronger protections for U.K. users, which we will now monitor closely,” Ofcom’s Online Safety Group Director Oliver Griffiths said.

The commitments include reviewing U.K. suspected illegal hate and terror content flagged via a dedicated reporting tool within 24 hours and blocking accounts operated by or on behalf of proscribed organizations.

“We have evidence that terrorist content and illegal hate speech is persisting on some of the largest social media sites. We are challenging them to tackle the problem and expect them to take firm action. This is of particular importance in the U.K. following a number of recent hate motivated crimes suffered by the country’s Jewish community,” Griffiths added.

After the attack on Heaton Park synagogue in Manchester last October, researchers at nonprofit the Center for Countering Digital Hate identified a range of antisemitic abuse on X, including posts openly calling for further violence against British Jews.

The CCDH’s CEO Imran Ahmed told POLITICO: “We welcome Ofcom’s announcement that X has committed to introducing new protections against illegal hate and terror content, following sustained campaigning by CCDH in the wake of last year’s attack on Heaton Park Synagogue.”

“Online abuse does not exist in isolation. It has real-world consequences for people who are being intimidated and endangered simply because of their faith. Ofcom now has an opportunity to prove that the Online Safety Act can deliver meaningful accountability. We will be watching closely to ensure this results in meaningful action, not just words,” Ahmed added.

X did not immediately respond when contacted for comment.

by Tamara Keith  for npr.org

Trump returns to the U.S. after 2-day trip to China

President Trump returns to the U.S. after wrapping up his whirlwind trip to China.

President Trump returns to the U.S. after wrapping up his whirlwind trip to China.

by John Merlin  for pixel-studios.com

Shaping a Digital Experience That Reflects Manufacturing Excellence

In manufacturing, credibility is not built in a single interaction. It develops through consistency, precision, and the ability to communicate capability with clarity. Today, that journey often begins online, when procurement teams, brand owners, or sourcing managers explore potential partners long before initiating a conversation. For Varna Packaging, a company with more than six decades of manufacturing expertise,…

The post Shaping a Digital Experience That Reflects Manufacturing Excellence  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

In manufacturing, credibility is not built in a single interaction. It develops through consistency, precision, and the ability to communicate capability with clarity. Today, that journey often begins online, when procurement teams, brand owners, or sourcing managers explore potential partners long before initiating a conversation.

For Varna Packaging, a company with more than six decades of manufacturing expertise, this shift presented an opportunity. Their reputation in the industry was strong, supported by years of quality-driven delivery. The next step was to ensure their digital presence reflected the same depth, structure, and professionalism that defined their operations. 

Pixel Studios partnered with Varna Packaging to evolve their website into a platform that could better support modern B2B discovery, evaluation, and engagement. 

Understanding the Opportunity

As buyer behaviour changes, manufacturing websites are no longer just informational brochures. They serve as decision-support tools. 

During our discovery phase, we observed that:

The goal was not to reinvent the brand, but to translate its legacy into a more accessible and future-ready digital experience. 

Our Approach: Aligning Digital Structure with Buyer Intent

At Pixel Studios, we approached the project with a simple belief: 

A manufacturing website should function like a well-organised facility. 
Everything should be easy to locate, purposeful, and built for performance. 

This philosophy guided every stage of the transformation. 

Phase 1: Building a Clear Information Architecture

Manufacturing buyers typically search with intent. They look for:

To support this behaviour, we restructured the website’s architecture into clearly defined sections that allow users to move seamlessly between products, applications, and company strengths. 

This created a logical exploration journey rather than a fragmented browsing experience. 

Phase 2: Developing Dedicated Product Experiences

Varna Packaging offers an extensive portfolio, and each solution needed its own space to communicate value effectively. 

We created 14+ dedicated product category pages, covering formats such as: 

Each page was designed to: 

This structure allows decision-makers to find relevant solutions without unnecessary complexity. 

Phase 3: Showcasing Industry-Specific Expertise

Manufacturing partnerships are often built on domain familiarity. To reflect Varna Packaging’s versatility, we developed 8+ market segment pages tailored to industries such as: 

These sections connect solutions directly to real-world use cases, helping visitors visualize alignment with their business needs. 

Phase 4: Elevating User Experience Through Thoughtful Design

The visual and interactive experience was refined to communicate professionalism without distraction. 

Key UX enhancements included: 

The result is an interface that feels structured, calm, and dependable. Exactly what manufacturing buyers expect. 

Phase 5: Strengthening the Technical Foundation

Behind the design, we implemented a robust technical framework to support long-term digital performance. 

This included:

These elements ensure the website is not only visually refined but also built to grow alongside the business. 

The Outcome: A Website That Works Like a Business Tool

The transformed website now functions as more than a digital presence. It acts as a structured communication platform between Varna Packaging and potential partners. 

It enables: 

Most importantly, it supports informed decision-making for B2B audiences. 

What Made This Transformation Successful

Several principles guided the project: 

The Client Impact

Today, Varna Packaging’s digital presence reflects the same qualities that define its manufacturing operations: 

The website now serves as a confident first touchpoint for new business relationships. 

Conclusion

Digital transformation in manufacturing is not about change for the sake of change. It is about ensuring that decades of expertise are communicated in ways that modern buyers can easily access, understand, and trust. 

Varna Packaging’s website evolution demonstrates how thoughtful UX, structured content, and strong technical foundations can translate industrial excellence into a meaningful digital experience. 

At Pixel Studios, we don’t just design websites. We build digital platforms that help businesses communicate their strengths with clarity, confidence, and purpose. 

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Shaping a Digital Experience That Reflects Manufacturing Excellence  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

This Is Every Android Getting AirDrop Support This Year

AirDrop support is coming to even more Android phones.

When Google announced AirDrop support for Pixel devices last year, it was a bit of a bombshell. For years, file sharing was just one of those things that didn't mix well between iPhone and Android. Email, texting, agreeing on a third-party app; none of the options were convenient, especially when each platform had its own easy-to-use solution: AirDrop or Quick Share. But opening up AirDrop support for Android phones bridges the gap in a meaningful way: Now, you can send a friend with an iPhone a picture, video, or file from your Pixel, and vice versa—as quickly and efficiently as if you both had the same type of smartphone.

Unfortunately, in the six months since Google's original announcement, the rollout has been quite slow. At launch, only the Pixel 10 line supported AirDrop. Since then, Google opened up AirDrop support for the Pixel 9 series as well as the Pixel 8a. Then, in March, Samsung announced support for the Galaxy S26 series. Oppo also launched compatibility for the Find X9 series and Find N6, while Vivo rolled out support for the Vivo X300 Ultra. If you have a different Android phone than what's listed here, however, it sadly doesn't support AirDrop—at least, not yet.

AirDrop support is on the way for these devices

During The Android Show: I/O Edition on Tuesday, Google announced that more Android devices would soon have AirDrop support, democratizing file sharing for more users. At this time, the following devices are on track to receive support later this year:

Google is also expanding support for certain Xiaomi phones this year, but it's not yet clear which devices will receive support. In addition, it's not clear whether the Galaxy S25 FE and Galaxy S24 FE also fall into the above list.

Your Android phone can still support easy file sharing without AirDrop

If you have an Android phone that isn't listed here, you aren't entirely cut out of the AirDrop equation. In fact, Google is rolling out a feature for Android devices that let them tap into easy file sharing, but via a QR code. It's a new option you'll find in the Quick Share menu: By using a QR code, your file moves to the cloud—from here, have your iPhone friends scan the QR code to retrieve the file. There's not a ton of info about this functionality just yet, but I'd imagine there are some privacy implications here. AirDrop and Quick Share send files directly from one device to another: Getting the cloud involved opens up the risk for other parties (Google included) to access your data. But, at the same time, at least there's another option on the way for users to share files without having to resort to email.

How to get rid of hum and other noises from your audio, video systems

by Emily Long  for lifehacker.com

Google Announced a Bunch of Security Upgrades for Android This Week

New features protect your data from scams and theft.

Google announced many new Android features and upgrades during The Android Show: I/O Edition. Among these are a handful of security and privacy tools Google hopes will protect users (and their data) from scams and theft. Android already has a suite of safeguards—in-call scam alerts, anti-theft settings, and a lockdown mode called Advanced Protection, to name a few—which the new features largely build on and strengthen. Here's what's new.

Android will automatically end calls that spoof financial institutions

Google rolled out a feature last year to protect against bank impersonators who might attempt to steal your login credentials or convince you to transfer money. In-call pop-ups warn you if you try to open a financial app while on the phone with unknown numbers to prevent you from sharing your screen with fraudsters. Now, Android will also attempt to verify calls purportedly from financial institutions and hang up if it detects that the call is a scam. If you have a participating bank's app installed on your device and are logged in, Android will use the app to confirm legitimacy. Initially, this feature will be available to users on Android 11 and higher who bank with Revolut, Itaú, and Nubank—meaning this won't apply to U.S. customers yet—but Google is expecting to expand to more institutions later this year.

Live Threat Detection is expanding how it spots malicious apps

Live Threat Detection is an AI-powered, on-device security feature that continuously scans apps' activity patterns to identify anything suspicious and potentially malicious. At launch, it focused on stalkerware, but it has since become more robust in detecting malware. Live Threat Detection will now check for SMS forwarding (if an app forwards a message to another number) and accessibility overlays, which use an accessibility permission to display content over your screen.

Later this year, Android 17 devices will also get dynamic signal monitoring, which identifies suspicious patterns in real time. You'll be warned if apps take actions like abusing accessibility permissions, or changing or hiding their icons and launching in the background.

Anti-theft upgrades will make it harder for bad actors to steal your data

Google announced a handful of upgrades to combat the consequences of device theft. First, "Mark as lost" on Android 17 will work with biometric authentication, so thieves won't be able to get into your phone if they learn your device passcode or PIN. When Mark as lost is enabled, it'll hide Quick Settings and block new wifi and Bluetooth connections. On supported devices, bad actors will have fewer attempts to guess your passcode or PIN and longer wait times between failed tries.

Existing Android theft protections—like Remote Lock and Theft Detection Lock—will now be enabled by default on new devices shipping with Android 17, as well as those that are reset or upgraded to the latest OS. These features will also be available down to Android 10 in select markets, including Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, and the UK.

Finally, on Android 12 and higher, your phone's IMEI can be accessed on the lock screen to quickly verify device ownership. (You can also disable this in your settings.)

Location sharing is getting a privacy upgrade

Android already has the option to disable precise location sharing in favor of approximate location. Going forward, devices running Android 17 will be able to temporarily tap into precise location while a specific app is open without needing to update the settings or engage with repeated permission prompts. Temporary location access turns off when you close the app, so once you're done finding a nearby coffee shop, your precise location will no longer be visible. Users will also see a location indicator at the top of the screen and can tap to see which apps have recently used their location.

Another privacy upgrade: Instead of having full, broad access to all of the data in your address book, apps can now request specific contacts and even specific fields, so you don't have to share everything.

Advanced Protection will get stronger

Android Advanced Protection is more than most people need on a day-to-day basis, but it provides strong security for users at high risk of being targeted for fraud, scams, and theft. Pixel devices running Android 16 and higher will now have USB protection, and all devices with Android 16's December update and newer are getting intrusion logging. (This is currently rolling out.) Upgrades for Android 17 include removing accessibility services from apps that are not accessibility tools, disabling device-to-device unlocking, and integrating scam detection for chat notifications.

Google is also rolling out Android OS verification to ensure your device is running a legitimate build, and will hide OTP codes from most apps for three hours to prevent theft.

by Naima Karp  for lifehacker.com

The Beats Fit Pro ANC Earbuds Are 40% Off Right Now

This strong ANC alternative to AirPods just dropped to a record-low price.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

While other workout earbuds have launched since the Beats Fit Pro first came out in 2021, they’re still among the strongest ANC earbuds for fitness fanatics and anyone who wants to block out noise in their everyday listening. They’re especially adept at keeping up with workouts for folks who struggle to find earbuds that stay put, and are also a smart choice for Apple users seeking features similar to AirPods. Right now, the Beats Fit Pro in coral are available for just $119.99 (originally $199.95), marking their lowest price ever and a 40% discount off the list price.

If you want AirPods features like easy pairing, Spatial Audio, Find My support, Hands-free Siri, and seamless device switching but are looking for a sportier and more secure design, the Beats Fit Pro is a smart alternative. They use Apple’s H1 chip, enabling all of the above, and have what PCMag calls “powerful audio with robust bass and bright highs” and “solid noise cancellation,” which becomes even more impressive at an under-$125 price point.  The built-in earfins make for a more secure fit, and the earbuds have on-ear control buttons that are easy to navigate with single and double taps.

Keep in mind that they only come with an IPX4 rating, compared to some fitness earbuds with an IPX7 rating that make them fully waterproof, but they’re still water-resistant enough to handle some moisture. They also lack adjustable EQ, and unlike the AirPods Pro, they don't support wireless charging. Battery life is around 6 to 7 hours, and the charging case provides an additional 21 to 23 hours, but results vary depending on the mode and volume levels. 

Compared to more premium earbuds, the ANC is above average, performing well against low-frequency noise. That makes the true wireless Beats Fit Pro earbuds a popular option for bass lovers looking to block out background noise, enjoy a secure fit, and get many of the same features as the AirPods Pro, with a couple of added perks, all made even more attractive at an $80 discount.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

The Feature-Packed Pixel Buds 2a Are $20 Off Right Now

These include active noise cancellation, improved battery life, and the same Tensor A1 chip found in the Pixel Buds Pro 2.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Google’s Pixel Buds line has long appealed to Android users who want the convenience of AirPods without paying flagship-earbud prices, and the new Google Pixel Buds 2a continue that approach with several meaningful upgrades over the older Pixel Buds A-Series. Right now, they are down to $109 from $129 on Amazon, their lowest price so far according to price trackers. That discount makes them much easier to recommend for anyone looking for everyday earbuds with “almost pro-level specs but for much less,” as our writer put it in her review.

Part of the reason the Pixel Buds 2a stand out is that Google did not treat them like stripped-down budget earbuds. PCMag even called them the best earphones for Android users, and the hardware helps explain why. Google added active noise cancellation to the A lineup for the first time, improved the battery life, and redesigned the fit so the earbuds sit deeper in the ear canal and twist into place more securely, much like the more expensive Pixel Buds Pro 2. They also use the same Tensor A1 chip found in the Pro model, which means features like Gemini voice access, adaptive audio processing, and the customizable five-band EQ are just as good.

Sound-wise, the 11mm drivers deliver balanced sound that works especially well for podcasts, pop, hip-hop, and casual streaming, even if these are not earbuds aimed at audiophiles chasing the most detailed sound possible. Comfort is another strong point, especially since Google includes four silicone tip sizes, and getting the seal right noticeably improves both fit and noise cancellation. Speaking of, the ANC handles airplane engines, subway rumble, and traffic noise fairly well, although voices still come through more clearly than they do on premium earbuds from Sony or Bose. As for battery life, it’s respectable at up to seven hours with ANC enabled and around 20 total hours with the charging case.

There are still a few compromises, including the lack of wireless charging and the absence of a charging cable in the box. You also lose some extra sensors and a microphone compared to the Pro model, so call quality and fitness tracking are slightly less advanced.


by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

Google's Second-Gen Wired Doorbell Is Under $100 Right Now

A much easier upgrade to justify for Google Home users.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Google’s second-generation wired Nest Doorbell is down to $97.99 on Woot, a steep drop from its usual $179.99 price. That undercuts Amazon’s current price for a new unit by more than $80, and even beats Amazon’s refurbished listing by a couple of dollars, making this its lowest price ever, according to price trackers. Woot says the deal will last for two days or until stock runs out, and Prime members get free shipping while everyone else pays an extra $6. For anyone already using Google Home devices, this is one of the more approachable smart home upgrades in this price range, because the installation process and app setup are both fairly straightforward.

This model needs to connect to your existing doorbell wiring, so you can’t mount it wherever you want, like the battery-powered version—but that also means you won’t have to worry about recharging it every few months like you would with the battery-powered version. Video quality is sharp at 1280x960 with HDR, and the night vision performs better than many cheaper doorbells, which turn dark footage into a blurry mess. During the day, it captures clear detail across a porch, sidewalk, and driveway area, while nighttime footage still makes people and packages easy to identify. Audio quality is also surprisingly solid. Conversations through the two-way speaker sound clear on both ends, and background noise from traffic or wind doesn’t completely overpower voices.

Google also includes some genuinely useful smart detection features without immediately forcing a subscription. The doorbell can recognize people, packages, vehicles, animals, or general motion, and the alerts are more selective than you might expect. It can usually tell the difference between someone approaching your door and someone simply walking down the sidewalk across the street. That said, the biggest downside is Google’s free cloud storage window—event recordings stay available for three hours unless you pay for a Google Home subscription, which starts at $10 per month. Also, its field of view is narrower than some competing doorbells, especially if your existing wiring places the camera too close to the wall or door frame, notes this CNET review.


by Germain Lussier  for gizmodo.com

‘The Super Mario Galaxy Movie’ Is Flying Home Very Soon

You won't have to wait long for Mario, Luigi, Peach, and the crew to take over your family room again.You won't have to wait long for Mario, Luigi, Peach, and the crew to take over your family room again.

by Sandeep  for pixel-studios.com

7 Ways to Improve Brand Mentions and Citations in AI Search for Your Business

Digital discovery is no longer limited to a list of blue links. Today, decision-makers are asking questions directly to AI-powered platforms and expecting clear, trusted answers. Whether someone is evaluating a supplier, shortlisting a healthcare partner, or comparing technology providers, AI tools are synthesizing information and recommending brands based on authority, credibility, and relevance. This…

The post 7 Ways to Improve Brand Mentions and Citations in AI Search for Your Business  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Digital discovery is no longer limited to a list of blue links. Today, decision-makers are asking questions directly to AI-powered platforms and expecting clear, trusted answers. Whether someone is evaluating a supplier, shortlisting a healthcare partner, or comparing technology providers, AI tools are synthesizing information and recommending brands based on authority, credibility, and relevance.

This shift does not replace search optimization. It expands it. Traditional SEO builds discoverability, while Generative Engine Optimization (GEO) ensures your brand is referenced, trusted, and cited when AI generates answers.

For businesses that want to influence high-intent buyers, the goal is no longer just ranking. The goal is becoming the source AI relies on.

Here are seven strategic ways to strengthen your brand mentions and citations across AI-driven search environments.

1. Build Authority-Led Content, Not Just Keyword-Led Content

AI models prioritize expertise-driven material over pages written purely for ranking signals. If content exists only to target keywords, it is less likely to be referenced in AI-generated responses.

What works better is:

When content answers real business questions, AI platforms treat it as a credible reference point.

2. Structure Content for Machine Readability

AI systems interpret information differently from traditional crawlers. They rely heavily on clarity, structure, and contextual relationships between topics.

To improve citation potential:

Well-structured information is easier for AI to extract, understand, and reference when generating responses.

3. Strengthen Topical Depth Instead of Publishing High Volumes

Publishing large volumes of surface-level content does not improve AI visibility. Authority comes from depth, not frequency.

Businesses should develop topic ecosystems rather than isolated posts. For example:
This interconnected knowledge signals credibility and increases the likelihood of being cited across multiple query types.

4. Align SEO and GEO Instead of Treating Them Separately

SEO continues to play a foundational role. Technical optimization, crawlability, and relevance still determine whether your content is discoverable in the first place.

GEO builds on this by ensuring that what is discovered is authoritative enough to be referenced. 

An integrated approach includes:

When SEO creates access and GEO builds trust, brands gain both rankings and AI citations. 

5. Develop Citation-Worthy Assets

AI platforms tend to reference materials that resemble research or knowledge resources rather than promotional pages.

High-performing formats include:

These assets function as reference material, which naturally increases brand mentions when AI synthesizes answers.

6. Maintain Consistent Brand Signals Across Digital Touchpoints

AI models interpret brand authority through consistency. Disconnected messaging across platforms weakens recognition. 

To strengthen entity-level trust:

Consistency allows AI systems to confidently associate your brand with specific domains of expertise.

7. Design User Experience That Supports Information Confidence

Experience-led design is becoming a credibility factor. AI increasingly evaluates how well users can navigate, understand, and validate information.

Websites that encourage citations typically:

When users trust the experience, AI models interpret those signals as indicators of reliability.

Why This Matters for High-Intent Buyers

In B2B environments, buyers conduct deeper independent research before engaging with vendors. AI-assisted discovery accelerates this process by filtering information and presenting trusted sources upfront.

If your brand is not part of those synthesized answers:

Improving mentions and citations ensures your expertise is visible during the earliest stages of evaluation, where influence is highest.

The Shift from Visibility to Validation

Traditional digital strategies focused on being found. AI-driven discovery focuses on being validated.

That validation comes from three factors:

Businesses that adapt to this model position themselves not just as searchable, but as trustworthy sources of insight.

Integrating This Approach Into a Modern Digital Strategy

Organizations seeing the strongest results are not replacing their existing marketing frameworks. They are evolving them. 

A unified model brings together:

This convergence allows brands to move from competing for clicks to shaping conversations.

The Competitive Advantage of Acting Early

AI-led discovery is still developing. That creates a window of opportunity.

Brands investing now can:

Those who delay may find themselves trying to displace competitors who have already become the referenced sources.

Conclusion

Digital discovery is entering a phase where search engines and AI-driven answer platforms work together, shaping how buyers research, evaluate, and choose partners. Businesses that recognize this shift are not abandoning SEO. They are evolving it, combining strong search foundations with Generative Engine Optimization to ensure their expertise is surfaced, trusted, and cited in AI-led conversations.
This is where a strategic, integrated approach becomes critical. By aligning technical SEO, authoritative content, structured knowledge, and experience-led design, brands can move from simply being visible to becoming the source decision-makers rely on.
At Pixel Studios, this convergence of SEO and GEO is approached as a continuous growth framework, helping organizations strengthen digital authority, improve AI visibility, and build lasting credibility across both traditional search and emerging answer ecosystems.
The brands that adapt today will not just compete for rankings tomorrow. They will shape how their industries are understood, recommended, and chosen in an AI-first world.

FAQs

1. What is the difference between SEO and Generative Engine Optimization?

SEO focuses on improving visibility in search engine results pages, while Generative Engine Optimization ensures your brand is referenced in AI-generated answers. Together, they help businesses get discovered and trusted across both search and AI platforms.

2. Why are AI platforms important for B2B decision-making?

Many decision-makers now begin research using AI tools to get summarized insights, comparisons, and recommendations. If your brand appears in those answers, you influence buyers earlier in their evaluation journey.

3. How can my business increase the chances of being cited by AI tools?

Creating authoritative, well-structured, and insight-driven content improves citation likelihood. AI platforms prioritize expertise, clarity, and credibility over promotional messaging.

4. Do I still need SEO if AI search is growing?

Yes. SEO remains the foundation for discoverability. GEO builds on SEO by ensuring that the content being discovered is authoritative enough to be referenced by AI systems.

5. What type of content performs best in AI-driven search environments?

Educational guides, industry insights, technical explainers, and problem-solving resources perform better than purely sales-driven pages because they provide contextual value AI systems can reference.

6. How long does it take to see results from a GEO strategy?

GEO is a cumulative process. As authority signals strengthen and content ecosystems expand, brands typically see gradual improvements in mentions, citations, and qualified traffic over time.

7. Can GEO help generate higher-quality leads compared to traditional traffic?

Yes. Traffic influenced by AI recommendations often comes from users already researching solutions, making them more informed and closer to decision-making stages.

8. Is GEO only relevant for technology companies?

No. Industries such as healthcare, manufacturing, education, retail, and SaaS can all benefit, as AI-driven discovery is reshaping how buyers across sectors gather information.
Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post 7 Ways to Improve Brand Mentions and Citations in AI Search for Your Business  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

by Germain Lussier  for gizmodo.com

The Stars of ‘Obsession’ on Crafting Their Perfect, Creepy Characters

io9 spoke with both Michael Johnston and Inde Navarrette about the new film, now in theaters.io9 spoke with both Michael Johnston and Inde Navarrette about the new film, now in theaters.

by Ross Johnson  for lifehacker.com

10 Shows Like 'Margo's Got Money Troubles' You Should Watch Next

They work hard for the money.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Just renewed for a second season, Margo's Got Money Troubles stars Elle Fanning as the title's Margo, an 20-year-old aspiring writer who becomes pregnant following a brief an affair with her married English professor. Her mom, Shyanne (Michelle Pfeiffer), is supportive but pretty negative about Margo's future prospects, while her estranged father, Jinx (Nick Offerman), is willing to pitch in and help out now that he's out of rehab. Still, she needs money if she's going to manage it all, and so takes to OnlyFans (and, at this point, who amongst us hasn't?). Stream Margo's Got Money Troubles on Apple TV, and then check out these other shows following women who make bold choices in the face of upheaval.

Sex Education (2019 – 2023)

There’s a fair bit of sex on TV (having migrated from the now largely sexless big screen), but that’s not the same thing as sex positivity. In this British comedy-drama, Asa Butterfield and Gillian Anderson star as an insecure, shy teenager named Otis and his mother, Jean, a frank and sometimes painfully honest sex therapist. When a school bully needs some sex advice, Otis dispenses some of the wisdom he’s picked up from mom, eventually making a name for himself around school by selling his knowledge as expertise. It’s a funny and charmingly raunchy show, treating sex with humor and positivity, and it features a great will-they-or-won't they couple in awkward Otis and the more fearless Maeve (Emma Mackey). The tone is similar to that of Margo, as is the sense that sex is simultaneously funny and fine. Stream Sex Education on Netflix.


Single Drunk Female (2022 – 2023)

Samantha Fink (Sofia Black-D’Elia) is a 28-year-old alcoholic who hits absolute rock bottom in the form of an embarrassing public meltdown. Committing to sobriety, she moves back to Boston with her strict and controlling mother (Ally Sheedy) and reconnects with her best friend, Brit (Sasha Compère). Of course, for all of that sounding like a good idea, it also puts her right back in the environment that contributed to her drinking in the first place. Funny and humane, this is another show about a messy, complicated young woman trying to get a fresh start following a life-changing event. Stream Single Drunk Female on Tubi.


Weeds (2005 – 2012)

A classic of the crime-in-the-suburbs genre, Weeds finds a single mom making herself a success in a business that the broader society might frown upon. Mary-Louise Parker stars as Nancy Botwin, a recently widowed mom who's desperate to maintain the upper-middle-class lifestyle once provided by her husband. She can't really handle the idea of giving up the conspicuous consumption to which she's become accustomed, so she decides to make some bank for herself. And what better way to do that, particularly in the LA 'burbs, than by selling weed? (Obviously, the show was made and is set before the drug was legalized for recreational use in 2016.) Like Jon Hamm's Coop, Nancy is just not ready for her family to give up on nice things. Stream Weeds on Prime Video.


Fleabag (2016 – 2019)


This critical favorite stars Phoebe Waller-Bridge as the title character (she's only ever referred to as "Fleabag") in a comedy-drama about a free-spirited, deeply angry single young woman living in London and sharing her romantic ups and downs via confessional asides to us, the audience. She falls, rather reluctantly, for "The Priest" (Andrew Scott)—she's a confirmed atheist and he's, obviously, not, so the relationship is appropriately messy. Like Margo, Fleabag definitely has money troubles, going from art theft to running a struggling (you won't be surprised to learn) Guinea pig-themed café. Waller-Bridge won separate Emmys as the star, creator, and writer of the series. Stream Fleabag on Prime Video.


The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel (2017 – 2023)

Mrs. Maisel was one of Prime’s first and buzziest original series, a comedy-drama from Amy Sherman-Palladino (Gilmore Girls) about the title’s Midge Maisel (Rachel Brosnahan), a New York housewife of the late 1950s who discovers a talent for stand-up comedy. Inspired by the real-life careers of comedians like Totie Fields and Joan Rivers, the show is both warm and funny, with great performances and dialogue; it also achieves something rare in being a show about comedy that’s actually funny. Mrs. Maisel and her milieu are obviously far different from that of Margo, but there are similar themes involving funny, complicated women saying "fuck it" to life and career expectations. Stream The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel on Prime Video.


A Virtuous Business (2024)

This charming South Korean comedy-drama show takes us to a rural village in the impossibly long-ago 1990s, where four women from different backgrounds decide to make a go of selling sex toys and other adult-type products door-to-door. None of the women is in a particularly desperate situation, which, here, makes things even more interesting: They're all engaged in an entirely taboo (certainly at the time) industry to make a few extra dollars, or for a bit of fun on the side—a solid reminder that sex-adjacent work isn't only for those in dire straits. Stream A Virtuous Business on Netflix.


P-Valley (2020 – )

A soap opera in southern-gothic style set at a strip club in a Mississippi backwater? In terms of tone, this drama is leagues away from Margo. And yet, there's connective tissue in the stories of women who have strayed well outside the confines of polite society, and don't much care if you like it or not. P-Valley follows the lives (and dramas) of the people working at the titular strip club in the Mississippi Delta, the secret ingredient being creator and Pulitzer Prize-winning playwright Katori Hall, who very deftly blends juicy soap opera elements with an appreciation for the talents of these dancers, as well as deft commentary on the struggles of poor and Black Americans in the South. A long-awaited third season is coming later this year. Stream P-Valley on Prime Video and Starz.


Vida (2018 – 2020)

Two very different Mexican-American sisters move back to their childhood home in the Boyle Heights neighborhood of Los Angeles following the death of their mother (the "Vida" of the title)—who they soon discover had been married to a woman. Mom left the daughters controlling shares of the bar she owned, but also a big chunk to her wife, forcing Lyn and Emma (Melissa Melissa Barrera and Mishel Prada) to make nice with a woman they didn't know existed. The comedy-drama explores the intersections of queer and Latinx identities from the perspective of women, with a not-disproportionate emphasis on the importance of sexuality (the show is as horny as it is smart). Stream Vida on Hulu and Prime Video.


I May Destroy You (2020)

Series creator/writer/co-director and star Michaela Cole plays a social media influencer turned novelist struggling to reclaim and rebuild her life after she is raped. It’s a meaningful, but frequently very funny comedy-drama about the darkness that threatens to overwhelm a woman’s life, and the long road back. Stream I May Destroy You on HBO Max.


Casual (2015 – 2018)

Valerie Meyers (Michaela Watkins) is recently divorced, so she takes her daughter and moves in with her single brother, Alex (Tommy Dewey). Reconnecting with family is always fun so, ya know...definitely uncomplicated. He's the founder of a dating site, and helps her get back into the dating scene while she helps him find some meaning in his relatively untethered life. Like Margo, Valerie is picking up her life after a significant upheaval and figuring out what she wants from life. Stream Casual on Disney+, Hulu, Prime Video, and Tubi.

by Naima Karp  for lifehacker.com

The Portable JBL Flip 7 Speaker Is 43% Off Right Now

The rugged JBL Flip 7 upgrades the beloved Flip 6 with bigger sound, longer battery life, and better durability.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

JBL's portable speakers are known for their long-term durability, superb sound quality, and solid bang for the buck in terms of features. One crowd favorite is the JBL Flip 7, released in 2025. Right now, a new JBL Flip 7 is 43% off and down to $84.95 on Woot (originally $149.95).

The Flip 7 has more power than the Flip 6, with 35W output compared to 30W, and an AI Sound Boost feature that reduces distortion at higher volumes. It lasts up to 14 hours (or 16 with Playtime Boost), which is about 4 hours longer than its predecessor. It’s also more durable, with an upgraded IP68 rating that makes it waterproof, dustproof, and drop-resistant up to a meter, thanks to a rubber bumper system. Unlike the Flip 6, the newer model supports lossless audio over USB-C. It has punchy sound and customizable EQ so you can further tweak the audio, as well as a carabiner clip system that boosts its portability. 

While there are a few upgrades in durability, battery life, and AI-enhanced features, it still doesn’t have a built-in mic or speakerphone and may not pair with older JBL speakers despite supporting Auracast. It’s also slightly larger (approximately the size of a 16-ounce soda can, according to this PCMag review). That said, with what the outlet calls “thumping mid-bass,” a compact build, and a rugged design, the JBL Flip 7 is still a strong contender among portable Bluetooth speakers. And at $84.95 on Woot, it’s more affordable than ever.

Best Cyber Monday deals on Philips Hue smart lights and bundles

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

I Fight For The Users

If you haven’t been able to keep up with my blistering pace of one blog post per year, I don’t blame you. There’s a lot going on right now. It’s a busy time. But let’s pause and take a moment

I Fight For The Users

If you haven’t been able to keep up with my blistering pace of one blog post per year, I don’t blame you. There’s a lot going on right now. It’s a busy time. But let’s pause and take a moment to celebrate that Elon Musk destroyed Twitter. I can’t possibly say it better than Paul Ford, so I’ll just refer you there:

Every five or six minutes, someone in the social sciences publishes a PDF with a title like “Humans 95 Percent Happier in Small Towns, Waving at Neighbors and Eating Sandwiches.” When we gather in groups of more than, say, eight, it’s a disaster. Yet there is something fundamental in our nature that desperately wants to get everyone together in one big room, to “solve it.” Our smarter, richer betters (in Babel times, the king’s name was Nimrod) often preach the idea of a town square, a marketplace of ideas, a centralized hub of discourse and entertainment – and we listen. But when I go back and read Genesis, I hear God saying: “My children, I designed your brains to scale to 150 stable relationships. Anything beyond that is overclocking. You should all try Mastodon.”

It’s been clear for quite some time that the early social media strategery of “jam a million people in a colosseum and let them fight it out with free speech” isn’t panning out, but never has it been more clear than now, under the Elon Musk regime, that being beholden to the whims of a billionaire going through a midlife crisis isn’t exactly healthy for society. Or you. Or me. Or anyone, really.

I tried to be fair; I gave the post-Elon Twitter era a week, thinking “how bad could it possibly be?” and good lord, it was so much worse than I could have possibly ever imagined. It’s like Elon read the Dilbert pointy-haired-manager book on management and bonked his head on every rung of the ladder going down, generating an ever-growing laundry list of terrible things no manager should ever do. And he kept going!

It’s undeniably sad. I really liked Twitter, warts and all, from 2007 onward. In fact, it was the only “social network” I liked at all. Even when it became clear in the Trump era that Twitter was unhealthy for human minds, I soldiered on, gleaning what I could. I’m not alone in that; Clay Shirky’s moribund signoff at the end of 2022 reflected how I felt:

I Fight For The Users

Indeed, Twitter was murdered at the whims of a billionaire high on Ketamine while it was (mostly) healthy, because of the “trans woke virus”.

I urge you, all of you, to disavow Twitter and never look at it again. No one who cares about their mental health should be on Twitter at this point, or linking to Twitter and feeding it the attention it thrives on. We should entomb Twitter deep in concrete with this public warning on its capstone:

I Fight For The Users

In the end, I begrudgingly realized, as did Paul Ford, that Elon unwittingly did us a favor by killing Twitter. He demonstrated the very real dangers of any platform run by a king, a dictator, a tyrant, a despot, an autocrat. You can have all your content rug-pulled out from under you at any time, or watch in horror as your favorite bar... slowly transforms into a Nazi bar.

I Fight For The Users

I’ve been saying for a long time that decentralization is the way to go. We can and should have sane centralized services, of course, but it’s imperative that we also build decentralized services which empower users and give them control, rather than treating them like digital sharecroppers. That’s what our Discourse project is all about. I propose collective ownership of the content and the communities we build online. Yeah, it’s more work, it’s not “free” (sorry not sorry), but I have some uncomfortable news for you: those so-called “free” services aren’t really free.

I Fight For The Users

Which, again, is not to say that “free” services don’t have a place in the world, they do, but please don’t harbor any illusions about what you are sacrificing in the name of “free.” Grow up.

I take a rather Tron-like view of the world when it comes to this stuff; in the software industry, our goal should be to empower users (with strong moderation tools), not exploit them.

I Fight For The Users

So I encourage you to explore alternatives to Twitter, ideally open source, federated alternatives. Is it messy? Hell yes it’s messy. But so is democracy; it’s worth the work, because it’s the only survivable long term path forward. Anything worth doing is never easy.

I’m currently on Mastodon, an open source, federated Twitter alternative at https://infosec.exchange/@codinghorror – I urge you to join me on the Mastodon server of your choice, or quite literally any other platform besides Twitter. Really, whatever works for you. Pick what you like. Help make it better for everyone.

To inspire that leap of faith, I am currently auctioning off, with all funds to benefit The Trevor Project which offers assistance to LGBTQ youth, these 10 museum quality brass plaques of what I consider to be the best tweet of all time, hands down:

I Fight For The Users

(Blissfully, @horse_ebooks is also on Mastodon. As they should be. As should you. Because everything happens so much.)

If you’d like to bid on the 10 brass plaques, follow these links to eBay, and please remember, it’s for a great cause, and will piss Elon off, which makes it even sweeter:

(Apologies, I had to cancel the old auctions because I forgot to allow international shipping – I’ve also made shipping free, worldwide.)

  1. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903779136
  2. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903780761
  3. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903784597
  4. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903785269
  5. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903785648
  6. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903786591
  7. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903787053
  8. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903788754
  9. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903789412
  10. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903789881

I will sign the back of every plaque, because each one comes with my personal guarantee that it will easily outlive what’s left of Twitter.

by Jan Cienski  for politico.eu

Poland scrambles to respond after Pentagon ditches troop deployment plan

Warsaw insists that all is fine despite the unexpected American decision — but fears are growing.

WARSAW — Poland, one of the closest U.S. allies in Europe, was blindsided by this week’s surprise decision from Pentagon chief Pete Hegseth to cancel the planned deployment of 4,000 American troops to the country.  

The government is now scrambling to respond while insisting that the move doesn’t undermine the country’s security.

“The assurance we have received is that the Americans do not plan to systematically reduce the U.S. presence in Poland,” Deputy Defense Minister Paweł Zalewski told the TVN24 news channel Thursday evening.

But there was no disguising that the U.S. move left Poland flat-footed.

It wasn’t clear why Hegseth canceled the deployment of the 2nd Armored Brigade Combat Team, 1st Cavalry Division — a decision made after the unit had begun preparations to depart for Europe. Acting Pentagon press secretary Joel Valdez said the move was “not an unexpected, last-minute decision.”

Donald Trump has repeatedly expressed anger and frustration with European allies for their failure to help with the Iran war, however, Hegseth has previously labeled Poland a “model ally” for its defense spending, which is the highest in NATO.

Although Poland is deeply divided politically between the pro-EU government of Prime Minister Donald Tusk, and nationalist and MAGA-aligned President Karol Nawrocki, there is a broad consensus that the presence of American troops is crucial to Poland’s defense against Russia.

Defense Minister Władysław Kosiniak-Kamysz said he called both Tusk and Nawrocki after the news about the deployment broke. He also held a Thursday evening call with U.S. Gen. Alexus Grynkewich, commander of U.S. forces in Europe as well as NATO’s supreme allied commander Europe.

“We are in constant contact with the U.S. side,” Kosiniak-Kamysz said in the Polish parliament Thursday. “Poland is a steadfast ally that fulfills all its obligations under the North Atlantic Treaty. We spend nearly 5 percent of our GDP on defense.”

Polish officials insisted that the canceled deployment doesn’t undermine the broader U.S. commitment to European defense.

“I have no doubts about the U.S. guarantees to Poland,” Tomasz Siemoniak, a former defense minister now in charge of Poland’s intelligence agencies, told Polish television Friday.

But U.S. actions are confusing Europe.

Poland’s Defense Minister Władysław Kosiniak-Kamysz looks on before the signing of the SAFE loan agreement between the European Union and Poland at the Chancellery of the Polish Prime Minister in Warsaw on May 8, 2026. | Wojtek Radwanski/AFP via Getty Images

The Pentagon earlier this month confirmed the U.S. will withdraw 5,000 troops from military bases in Germany, following through on a threat Trump made after sparring with German Chancellor Friedrich Merz over the Iran war. Trump has since gone on to warn that the Pentagon would be “cutting a lot further than 5,000.”

Poland, along with Romania and the Baltic countries, is hoping to get some of the troops being withdrawn from Germany, although it is still unclear if they’ll stay in Europe or go home.

Trump last week said  he “might” move U.S. troops to Poland. “I have a great relationship with the president,” he said, “so that’s possible.”

However, Trump has also questioned the U.S. commitment to NATO’s Article 5 common defense pact and threatened to annex Greenland, a territory of alliance member Denmark.

Oana Lungescu, a former NATO spokesperson and senior fellow at the Royal United Services Institute, said that while it’s still uncertain whether the Polish deployment decision is linked to the German troop pullout, what she called “haphazard and uncoordinated decisions by the Trump administration” risk alienating European allies and encouraging Russian President Vladimir Putin.

“It makes no sense for the U.S. to punish Poland, which is a poster-child for defense investment and largely supportive of American policies,” she said.

Poland has about 500 U.S. troops stationed permanently in the country at the naval support facility in Redzikowo, which supports an American naval anti-ballistic missile system; at the headquarters of the 5th U.S. Army Corps in Poznań, which coordinates U.S. ground forces deployed around Europe; and at an armed forces garrison, which provides infrastructure support.

In addition, as many as 10,000 U.S. soldiers rotate regularly through the country.

The majority of Poles favor having a U.S. military base on their territory, according to recent polling, making it an outlier among other European nations.

Polish governments have pushed for years to increase the number of U.S. troops in the country — making Hegseth’s decision such a surprise to Warsaw.

Krzysztof Bosak, leader of the far-right opposition Confederation party, condemned what he called “internal chaos and a loss of credibility on the part of our most important ally,” telling Polish radio that the unexpected decision “doesn’t build credibility.”

Despite those doubts, the government maintains that there is no crisis.

“I would like to reassure everyone who is concerned. The number of U.S. troops in Poland is not decreasing. We are working to increase both the size and the operational capabilities of the U.S. forces stationed in Poland,” Kosiniak-Kamysz said.

This article has been updated.

by Rebecca Schneid  for time.com

Trump Issues Blistering Response After Iran’s Supreme Leader Threatens U.S., as All Sides Claim Victory in Conflict

"A burned out, blown up country with no future, a decimated military, a horrible economy, and death all around them."

TOPSHOT-NETHERLANDS-NATO-SUMMIT-DEFENCE-DIPLOMACY

President Donald Trump issued blistering remarks in response to Iran’s Supreme Leader claiming victory over Israel and, by extension, the U.S. In a loaded public message, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei had also threatened to attack more U.S. Military bases, further splintering the Middle Eastern country’s relationship with the U.S.

“Look, you’re a man of great faith. A man who’s highly respected in his country. You have to tell the truth. You got beat to hell,” Trump said as he addressed the Iranian Supreme Leader during a White House press conference on Friday. Trump was asked by a reporter if the U.S. would consider bombing Iran again, if intelligence reports were to conclude that Iran could enrich uranium to a level that concerns him. “Sure, without question, absolutely,” he replied.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Trump issued an even stronger response on his social media platform, Truth Social, later in the day, and doubled down on his stance once more when he reposted his message early Saturday morning.

In the lengthy post, Trump accused Khamenei of publicly sharing a “lie” by claiming Iran achieved a victory over Israel. He reaffirmed his much debated viewpoint that the U.S. strikes “obliterated” the three key nuclear facilities it targeted on Saturday, June 21. Trump also seemingly made reference to previous reports that stated the White House turned down a plan by Israel to try and kill Khamenei.

“His country was decimated, his three evil nuclear sites were obliterated, and I knew exactly where he was sheltered, and would not let Israel, or the U.S. Armed Forces… terminate his life. I saved him from a very ugly and ignominious death,” Trump said, lamenting that Khamenei would not “thank” him for this. “During the last few days, I was working on the possible removal of sanctions, and other things, which would have given a much better chance to Iran at a full, fast, and complete recovery. The sanctions are biting! But no, instead I get hit with a statement of anger, hatred, and disgust, and immediately dropped all work on sanction relief.”

According to Congress, the U.S. sanctions on Iran “are arguably the most extensive and comprehensive set of sanctions that the United States maintains on any country.” They block Iranian government assets in the U.S., ban nearly all U.S. trade with Iran, and prohibit foreign assistance and arms sales.

Read More: How U.S. Strikes May Have Inadvertently Helped the Iranian Regime

Trump concluded his charged social media message by saying “Iran has to get back into the world order flow” or else things “will only get worse for them.”

“They are always so angry, hostile, and unhappy, and look at what it has gotten them. A burned out, blown up country with no future, a decimated military, a horrible economy, and death all around them. They have no hope, and it will only get worse! I wish the leadership of Iran would realize that you often get more with honey than you do with vinegar. Peace!”

Khamenei broke his silence on Thursday, publicly speaking out—via a pre-recorded televised address and various social media comments— for the first time since Trump announced the (admittedly fragile) cease-fire between Israel and Iran.

Read More: Shaky Israel-Iran Cease-Fire Appears to Hold After Trump Publicly Rebukes Both Countries

In his televised message, Khamenei threatened to attack more U.S. military bases should any further aggression from the U.S. side occur.

“The Islamic Republic slapped America in the face. It attacked one of the important American bases in the region,” Khamenei said, referring to his country’s air assault on Al Udeid Air Base, a U.S. airbase in Qatar. The strikes were intercepted by the U.S. (except for one that was allowed to proceed as there was no risk of contact), and no casualties were reported. The military action was retaliatory, a direct response to the U.S. strikes on nuclear facilities. 

Khamenei claimed “total victory” over Israel. But Israel, the U.S., and Iran have all claimed to have won the war that started on June 13, when Israel launched strikes on Iranian nuclear and military targets, amid growing concern over Iran’s nuclear capabilities. When the U.S. actively joined the conflict on June 21, striking three key Iranian nuclear facilities, world leaders urged de-escalation and a return to negotiations, amid fears of a far-reaching war erupting.

Read More: ‘Gravely Alarmed’ World Leaders React After U.S. Strikes Iran

Though Trump continues to say that Iran’s nuclear sites were “totally obliterated,” others have cast doubts on how effective the U.S. strikes were in setting back Iran’s nuclear program. Leaked U.S. intelligence suggested that the damage to Iran’s nuclear program may not be as severe as Trump has stated. CIA director John Ratcliffe said on Wednesday that the sites had been “severely damaged” by the U.S. strikes, and that it would take years to be rebuilt. Amid the debate, the White House has put out statements arguing Trump’s stance that the facilities were “obliterated,” labelling reports to the contrary as “fake news.”

But some Democrats left a classified meeting with lingering questions over the effectiveness of the strikes.

“There’s no doubt there was damage done to the program, but the allegations that we have obliterated their program just don’t seem to stand up to reason,” said Sen. Chris Murphy of Connecticut on Thursday. “To me, it still appears that we have only set back the Iranian nuclear program by a handful of months.”

When asked about concerns of Iran having “secret nuclear sites” at Friday’s press conference, Trump said he was “not worried about it at all.”

“They’re exhausted. The last thing they’re thinking about right now is nuclear,” he told reporters. “You know what they’re thinking of? They’re thinking about tomorrow, trying to live in such a mess. The place was bombed to hell.”

Read More: Key Takeaways From the 2025 NATO Summit

Meanwhile, Iran’s Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi said on Friday that Trump needs to retire his “disrespectful” tone towards Khamenei if he wants a deal to be struck between the U.S. and Iran.

“If President Trump is genuine about wanting a deal, he should put aside the disrespectful and unacceptable tone towards Iran’s Supreme Leader, Grand Ayatollah Khamenei, and stop hurting his millions of heartfelt followers,” he said. “The great and powerful Iranian people, who showed the world that the Israeli regime had no choice but to run to ‘Daddy’ to avoid being flattened by our missiles, do not take kindly to threats and insults.”

Araghchi was referencing remarks made by NATO chief Mark Rutte who, during the NATO Summit on Wednesday, referred to Trump as the “daddy” who had to intervene in the conflict between Israel and Iran.

Amid the back-and-forth between Trump and Iran, on Saturday, thousands of mourners gathered in Tehran for the funerals of top Iranian military commanders and scientists that were killed in the Israeli strikes. According to reports, crowds chanted “death to” Israel and America.

Araghchi paid tribute to those who had been killed, and went on to tell Iranians on Saturday that the “pride of a nation is paramount,” pledging that Iran would return to “new glory and greater strength.”

As the funerals took place, Khamenei spoke out via a post on his Farsi-language social media account, sharing a message that translated to: “The Iranian nation should know that the reason for the opposition to America is that they want Iran to surrender, and this is a great insult to the Iranian nation by the Americans, and such a thing will never happen.”

Marathon

<video>
Det har snart gått tre veckor sedan {Marathon} lanserades, och i skrivande stund har Bungie ännu inte släppt den planerade "endgame-kartan" Cryo Archive, trots att denna framstår som en ganska avgörande del av spelets övergripande innehåll. Det verkar vara på gång, men det har ännu inte skett. Detta trots att Bungie i samband med lanseringen bad media att vänta med slutgiltiga recensioner av spelet, just för att det, även om det officiellt har lanserats till fullt pris, anses vara ofullständigt i sin nuvarande form.

Det är två något paradoxala uttalanden, för att uttrycka det milt; varför sälja det om ni är några veckor från att lägga till det innehåll som fullbordar spelet? Det är inte säkert att Bungie har några cyniska motiv bakom sin begäran till media, men det har i stort sett fungerat, för än så länge finns det fortfarande få recensioner ute, trots att spelet funnits till försäljning i tre veckor.

<bild>Det är läckert designat rakt igenom.</bild>

Så låt oss istället hitta den gyllene medelvägen här, för jag känner mig tvungen att sätta ramarna för min kritiska inställning till Marathon, även om Cryo Archive just nu ännu inte har öppnats. Det innebär att jag kommer att gå tillbaka och uppdatera denna recension av spelet, om det innehållet visar sig vara lika omvälvande som jag hoppas, men jag är också öppen för möjligheten att Marathon, som det är just nu, är som det är.

Och jag tycker faktiskt att Marathon, i stora drag, är en gedigen extraction shooter, byggd på den solida grund som Bungie har lagt och förstärkt genom {Destiny} i över tolv år, även om det finns flera problem att ta itu med, varav vissa kan åtgärdas relativt enkelt, medan andra kommer att plåga spelet antingen under lång tid, eller kanske för alltid.

Okej, så vad är egentligen Marathon? Jo, det är en extraction shooter - helt enkelt. Det innebär att du har en uppsättning menyer som låter dig anpassa din specifika karaktärsklass, eller "Shell", ta på dig nya kontrakt och organisera ditt förråd av grejer, och när du är klar laddas du in på en av tre kartor (snart fyra med Cryo Archive), där du springer runt mellan specifika landmärken och topografiska höjdpunkter för att hitta loot, antingen slumpmässigt eller från andra lag du möter, för att sedan ta dig ut igen - eller inte. Det är i princip essensen, och Marathon gör inte mycket mer än vad den något förenklade beskrivningen föreskriver och erbjuder. Marathon är, på det sättet, också en ganska enkel extraction-shooter, utan mångsidiga "world events", utan stora, tunga bossar som vandrar rastlöst runt på kartan, och utan händelser som drastiskt förändrar den strategiska approachen för varje lag. När du laddar in letar du efter loot, skjuter på andra lag och smiter iväg.

<bild>Optimeringen visar att Bungie fortfarande har stenkoll.</bild>

Naturligtvis är detta en något förenklad sammanfattning av spelets gameplay-loop, men Marathon trivs också i denna mer färdighetsbaserade, enkla uppsättning, eftersom den tillåter spelaren att fokusera så direkt på det bästa spelet har att erbjuda. Du förstår, Marathon är oklanderligt konstruerat i sina allra mest grundläggande beståndsdelar. Vapenfysik, omladdningsanimationer, rörelser, klassdesign, ja, till och med den riktigt korta TTK (time-to-kill) - Marathon är toppfinjusterat, och efter 35 timmars speltid är jag redo att säga att Bungies expertis som ledare inom detta område bara cementeras på nytt. Oavsett om det handlar om att sätta en headshot med ett BR33 Volley Rifle eller att delta i en intensiv eldstrid med ett V66 Lookout - Marathon har några av de bästa ögonblicken genren kan erbjuda, det råder det ingen tvekan om.

Därtill kommer spelets absolut slående grafiska design, som Bungie själva tydligen kallar "grafisk realism". Det låter inte särskilt träffande, men vad vi än ska kalla denna webbaserade färgexplosion så älskar jag allt. Det ser bra ut hela vägen igenom, i alla tre kartorna, i menyerna - överallt. Och tack vare Son Lux minst sagt fantastiska soundtrack låter Marathon också bra - alltid. Vi har redan berättat om och bedömt Marathons grafiska och auditiva uttryck i våra Server Slam-intryck, men det intrycket har inte bleknat med tiden - tvärtom.

Det är med detta i åtanke som jag återigen slår fast att Marathons "skelett", dess tekniska och mekaniska fundament, är så solidt att du här, med tiden, kan bygga en inget mindre än fabulös extraction shooter, om spelarna är villiga att hålla fast, för det jag berömmer här är det viktiga. I stora drag. Men det betyder inte att Marathon inte har djupt rotade utmaningar framför sig, som kommer att dyka upp oavsett hur transformativt Cryo Archive är, eller inte.

<bild>Det känns hela tiden som att det saknas något som får mig att vilja fortsätta.</bild>

Marathons vapen är utmärkta, men sättet på vilket dessa, och loot i allmänhet, placeras, positioneras och signaleras är rent ut sagt uselt. I Marathon är all spännande loot i första hand i stort sett frikopplad från sin omgivning - en fantastisk sköld, avgörande ammunition, ett nytt vapen, de finns alla i dessa anonyma behållare, och dessa behållare är både svåra att se och ännu svårare att avgöra värdet av på avstånd. Dessutom verkar dessa behållare bara delvis ha något att göra med den plats på spelets karta där de befinner sig. Det finns många vapenlådor på en plats som kanske alltid erbjuder ett vapen, men spelets arkitektoniska presentation ger dig inte riktigt några uppenbara eller subtila ledtrådar om var det finns vad, och därför var du ska leta.

Därför blir jakten på loot i Marathon oftast en lätt förvirrande röra, och även om man skulle kunna hävda att spelets mer puritanska inställning till genren innebär att man ju "bara" kan jaga andra spelare och ta deras grejer, så borde Bungie verkligen jobba på att göra loot-jakten mer intressant. Det finns en lång rad sätt att göra det på, men just nu är det, för det mesta, inte särskilt underhållande att hoppa in för att leta efter något specifikt.

Men detta kan alltså fixas relativt enkelt genom små justeringar av behållarnas synlighet, en omplacering av deras placering och eventuellt korrigeringar av vilka slags saker man kan hitta var, men det leder oss lättare naturligt till spelets allra största problem, och det är dessa kartor. Det finns, som sagt, tre av dem, och även om alla tre bjuder på denna oerhört vackra "grafiska realism", som jag ännu inte tröttnat på, så har de helt strukturella och topografiska problem - alla tre. För även om dessa kartor är vackra och erbjuder slående art direction och visuell sammanhållning, har Bungie uppenbarligen inte lyckats göra dem till intressanta "spelutrymmen". Med det menar jag att det i Marathons tre kartor inte finns ett enda spännande landmärke som du kan se på avstånd och som naturligt drar dig till sig, det finns inga höjder eller förändringar i topografin som gör att ett lag har "high ground". Det finns inga positioner som är lätta att försvara eller motsvarande svåra att attackera. Det är alltid forskningslaboratorier, lagerlokaler och kontor. Siktbarheten är ibland löjligt låg, vilket gör det svårare att observera andra lag som skjuter på varandra, eller de annars ganska underhållande AI-fienderna, och allt är, i stort sett alltid, platt. Riktigt platt.

<bild>Det viktiga loot-systemet håller tyvärr inte måttet.</bild>

Det är inte för att dessa kartor inte tillåter roliga, underhållande och intensiva utbyten mellan lag, och dessa AI-fiender fungerar ganska bra som utmanande fiender, och ibland också bara som "ljudfällor", men att underlätta och förstärka är två mycket olika saker, och jag kände aldrig att dessa kartor gjorde dessa dueller bättre genom intressanta layouter.

Ett högt torn vid horisonten, en djup vallgrav med spännande loot, en farlig forskningsanläggning i utkanten av kartan som syns på långt håll, ett svävande rymdskepp som man kan teleportera sig upp till efter en viss tid har gått - Bungie behöver jobba mer med höjderna här, och resultatet blir att man ganska snabbt slutar engagera sig strukturellt i kartan, utan bara letar efter den kortaste vägen till ett slumpmässigt valt mål, ofta utvalt av det uppdrag man har aktivt. Det här går inte att fixa direkt, det kräver att Bungie omprövar sin strategi, och det tror jag inte att de kan göra så här på en gång - men jag märker det redan nu. Dessa kartor är helt enkelt inte tillräckligt roliga. Dessutom är dessa uppdrag också lite "hit or miss" i många avseenden, för de interaktioner du har med dessa Faction AI-karaktärer är faktiskt spännande och ett bra sätt att ge spelet lite narrativ krydda, men dessa mål är nästan löjliga i sin tvetydighet, och eftersom spelet bara ger dig namnet på den del av kartan där ditt mål finns, slutar du snabbt med att springa huvudlöst runt efter en mycket specifik dataterminal i en stor lagerhall - det är för övrigt inte roligt.

Som sagt; Marathons grundstruktur är solid, stark och välfungerande, och även om spelet kanske saknar en hook, eller bara kartor som bygger vidare på denna solida grund, så känner jag mig tillräckligt övertygad, även utan Cryo Archive, för att rekommendera Marathon enbart på grund av denna ganska fantastiska loop. Det betyder inte att Marathon i sig är något fantastiskt spel, men det skulle mycket väl kunna bli det, och det är alltså mer positivt än för riktigt, riktigt många andra live-service-spel. Jag kommer, som sagt, att uppdatera denna recension med intryck av denna sista karta oavsett om detta har en drastisk inverkan på mitt samlade helhetsintryck.

<video>

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

The Great Filter Comes For Us All

With a 13 billion year head start on evolution, why haven’t any other forms of life in the universe contacted us by now?

(Arrival is a fantastic movie. Watch it, but don’t stop there – read the Story of Your Life novella it was based on

The Great Filter Comes For Us All

With a 13 billion year head start on evolution, why haven’t any other forms of life in the universe contacted us by now?

The Great Filter Comes For Us All

(Arrival is a fantastic movie. Watch it, but don’t stop there – read the Story of Your Life novella it was based on for so much additional nuance.)

This is called the Fermi paradox:

The Fermi Paradox is a contradiction between high estimates of the probability of the existence of extraterrestrial civilizations, such as in the Drake equation, and lack of any evidence for such civilizations.

  • There are billions of stars in the galaxy that are similar to the Sun, including many billions of years older than Earth.
  • With high probability, some of these stars will have Earth-like planets, and if the Earth is typical, some might develop intelligent life.
  • Some of these civilizations might develop interstellar travel, a step the Earth is investigating now.
  • Even at the slow pace of currently envisioned interstellar travel, the Milky Way galaxy could be completely traversed in about a million years.

According to this line of thinking, the Earth should have already been visited by extraterrestrial aliens. In an informal conversation, Fermi noted no convincing evidence of this, nor any signs of alien intelligence anywhere in the observable universe, leading him to ask, “Where is everybody?”

To me, this is a compelling argument, in the same way that the lack of evidence of any time travellers is:

Many have argued that the absence of time travelers from the future demonstrates that such technology will never be developed, suggesting that it is impossible. This is analogous to the Fermi paradox related to the absence of evidence of extraterrestrial life. As the absence of extraterrestrial visitors does not categorically prove they do not exist, so the absence of time travelers fails to prove time travel is physically impossible; it might be that time travel is physically possible but is never developed or is cautiously used. Carl Sagan once suggested the possibility that time travelers could be here but are disguising their existence or are not recognized as time travelers.

It seems, to me at least, clear evidence that time travel is not possible, given the enormous amount of time behind us. Something, somewhere, would certainly have invented it by now... right?

So if not, what happened? The Great Filter maybe?

The Great Filter theory says that at some point from pre-life to Type III intelligence, there’s a wall that all or nearly all attempts at life hit. There’s some stage in that long evolutionary process that is extremely unlikely or impossible for life to get beyond. That stage is The Great Filter.

I liked Wait But Why’s take on this a lot, which covers three main filter possibilities:

  1. Life is extraordinarily rare, almost impossible
The Great Filter Comes For Us All
  1. We are not a rare form of life, but near the first to evolve
The Great Filter Comes For Us All
  1. Almost no life makes it to this point
The Great Filter Comes For Us All

Those are three Great Filter possibilities, but the question remains: why are we so alone in the observable universe? I grant you that what we can observe is appallingly tiny given the unimaginable scale of the universe, so “what we can observe” may not be enough by many orders of magnitude.

I encourage you to read the entire article, it’s full of great ideas explained well, including many other Great Filter possibilities. Mostly I wanted to share my personal theory of why we haven’t encountered alien life by now. Like computers themselves, things don’t get larger. They get smaller. And faster. And so does intelligent life.

Why build planet-size anything when the real action is in the small things? Small spaces, small units of time, everything gets smaller.

Large is inefficient and unnecessary. Look at the history of computers: from giant to tiny and tinier. From slow to fast and faster. Personally, I have a feeling really advanced life eventually does away with all physical stuff that slows you down as soon as they can, and enters the infinite spaces between:

This is, of course, a variant on the Fermi paradox: We don’t see clues to widespread, large-scale engineering, and consequently we must conclude that we’re alone. But the possibly flawed assumption here is when we say that highly visible construction projects are an inevitable outcome of intelligence. It could be that it’s the engineering of the small, rather than the large, that is inevitable. This follows from the laws of inertia (smaller machines are faster, and require less energy to function) as well as the speed of light (small computers have faster internal communication). It may be – and this is, of course, speculation – that advanced societies are building small technology and have little incentive or need to rearrange the stars in their neighborhoods, for instance. They may prefer to build nanobots instead.

Seth Shostak

Seth delivers an excellent TED talk on this topic as well:

If we can barely see far in the universe as is, there’s no way we could possibly see into the infinite space and time between.

That is of course just my opinion, but we’ll see... eventually.

by Jen Lennon  for gizmodo.com

Tom Holland Hypes Franchise-Best Stunts in ‘Spider-Man: Brand New Day’

A new behind-the-scenes clip highlights the stunts and fan response to 'Spider-Man: Brand New Day.'A new behind-the-scenes clip highlights the stunts and fan response to 'Spider-Man: Brand New Day.'

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

Apple Grew U.S. iPhone Sales While Broader Smartphone Market Declined in Q1

Apple's smartphone sales increased 1.3 percent year-over-year in the United States during the first quarter of 2026, according to data shared by Counterpoint Research. Apple saw a sales increase while the broader U.S. smartphone market experienced a 5.7 percent decline during the same time period.


Android device sales declined 14.4 percent, while Apple's market share grew 4 percent year-over-year. iPhone 17 performance is part of the reason Apple outperformed the market, but Counterpoint says the company was also helped by a later launch of Samsung's Galaxy S26 series in March.

Apple's market share increased at all three major U.S. carriers, while Android saw a decline. The iPhone made up 75 percent of sales at Verizon, AT&T, and T-Mobile, while Android devices made up 25 percent.

Counterpoint expects Apple to continue to draw users to iOS because it maintained pricing with the iPhone 17e and even increased storage, while smartphone makers with slimmer hardware margins have had to raise prices.

If Apple can avoid significant price increases and continue to outpace its peers in promotional dollars, it will be tough for Android OEMs to keep up in the year ahead.

During Apple's April 30 earnings call, CEO Tim Cook said the ‌iPhone 17‌ family was the most popular lineup in Apple's history. Cook said information from IDC indicated Apple gained market share during the quarter.

Cook also said iPhone demand was off the charts, leading to supply constraints during the quarter. Apple was having trouble getting the A19 and A19 Pro chips manufactured by TSMC due to demand for TSMC's AI server chips.

According to Cook, memory shortages and rising costs will have more of an impact on Apple later in 2026. Apple is expecting "significantly higher" memory costs and plans to look at a "range of options" for mitigation. Cook declined to provide insight into how Apple plans to deal with the problem, and he did not comment on whether Apple will raise prices.
This article, "Apple Grew U.S. iPhone Sales While Broader Smartphone Market Declined in Q1" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

The Beats Pill Is My Go-to Portable Speaker, and It's on Sale for $100 Right Now

The Beats Pill offers incredible value with long battery life, a speakerphone, and a waterproof and dustproof build.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Modern Bluetooth speakers have features that make them much better than they were just a few years ago, from USB-C for universal fast charging, to hi-res audio playback, to serving as a battery backup for other devices. The Beats Pill speaker has all these features and more, making it a great upgrade choice, and it has dropped in price to $99.95 (down from $149.95), matching the lowest price it has reached since its release, according to price-tracking tools. For less than a hundred dollars, this speaker is a steal.

I've been trying out the Beats Pill speaker since it came out in summer 2024, and it has everything I could want in a portable speaker: stereo sound when connected to another compatible speaker, multi-room mode to play the same music on multiple speakers, the Find My Device feature in case you misplace it during a rager, and Class 1 Bluetooth for extended range.

Apple users will get the most out of the Pill, with seamless iOS compatibility for a smoother experience. You can read about it in more detail on PCMag's "excellent" review, but this Beats speaker is not just for Apple users. Android users can also connect to it with a Bluetooth 5.3 connection, but it only supports AAC and SBC codecs, so there are no Android-friendly codec options that will make the audio really pop.

When it comes to battery life, you can expect around 24 hours per charge, depending on your use, which is comparable to other speakers of its size. It has that classic, bright Beats sound signature, balanced yet bass-heavy. It is rated IP67 dust-proof and waterproof, so it can be submerged in water for up to 30 minutes. The biggest downside is that there is no adjustable EQ within the app, but that's less important when it sounds so great out of the box.

by Isaiah Colbert  for gizmodo.com

‘Cyberpunk: Edgerunners’ Prequel Manga Proves Night City Still Has Stories Worth Telling

Dark Horse’s prequel to the smash‑hit Netflix anime turns Rebecca and Pilar’s early days into a sharp, funny, and promisingly rich expansion of Night City that deepens everything that made 'Edgerunners' Anime of the Year at the 2023 Crunchyroll Anime Awards.Dark Horse’s prequel to the smash‑hit Netflix anime turns Rebecca and Pilar’s early days into a sharp, funny, and promisingly rich expansion of Night City that deepens everything that made 'Edgerunners' Anime of the Year at the 2023 Crunchyroll Anime Awards.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

These Soundcore ANC Earbuds Are 50% Off Right Now

The charging case doubles as a phone stand for watching videos hands-free.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Active noise cancellation, Bluetooth multipoint, app-based sound customization, and decent battery life often cost well over $50. That is why the Anker Soundcore P30i stand out at its current $24.99 sale price on Amazon, down from $49.99 and currently at its lowest price ever according to price trackers. These are built for people who want more than just basic wireless audio without spending much money, and they manage to cover most of the essentials surprisingly well.

They are compact and lightweight, and they come with three ear tip sizes to help create a proper seal—getting the fit right can take a little adjusting because the earbuds need to sit fairly snug in the ear canal for the noise cancellation to work properly, but once secured, they stay in place comfortably during commutes, workouts, or long listening sessions. The active noise cancellation also performs better than expected at this price range, especially with low-frequency sounds like subway rumble, airplane engines, and traffic noise. Higher-pitched sounds and nearby conversations still come through more than they would on premium earbuds, but the reduction is still noticeable enough that you do not need to raise the volume aggressively in louder environments. Battery life is another strong point. You get up to 10 hours on a single charge in standard mode, or about seven hours with ANC enabled, while the charging case extends the total runtime to roughly 45 hours.

You can customize tap controls, adjust EQ settings, and switch between sound profiles like Podcast, Acoustic, or Classical, depending on what you are listening to, via the companion app. Even with those presets, the sound signature stays fairly bass-heavy—making pop, hip-hop, EDM, and casual streaming sound energetic—but listeners looking for more balanced or detailed audio may find the low-end overpowering. Also, while these earbuds support Bluetooth multipoint pairing, the overall build does not feel especially premium, and there is no wireless charging. But for less than $25, the P30i offer a level of convenience and feature depth that is still rare in budget earbuds.


by Naima Karp  for lifehacker.com

This Tiny Waterproof Bluetooth Speaker Is on Sale for $32

It packs bass-heavy sound, RGB lighting, and waterproof durability into a travel-friendly speaker.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

If you’re in the market for a portable Bluetooth speaker that still doesn’t skimp on the bass, the Tribit StormBox Mini+ speaker is a rugged option built for outdoor use. It’s earned a PCMag Editor’s Choice Award for being a lightweight yet powerful and long-lasting speaker (with a fun lighting feature…more on that below), and right now it’s 24% off and $31.99 (originally $41.99 on Amazon).

Despite hovering at a $32 price point, the Tribit StormBox Mini+ packs in a lot of features. Available at this price in blue and green, it provides immersive stereo sound with a pair of 48mm drivers facing outward on the left and right sides, delivering a total of 12W of stereo sound. Combined with a passive radiator, it provides a frequency response of 80Hz to 20kHz. It can be made even more immersive by pairing with another StormBox Mini+ in True Wireless Stereo Mode. 

At just 4.68 by 3.58 inches and just 1.22 pounds, its size is comparable to a softball or water bottle, and is made even more portable with the addition of a small lanyard. PCMag calls the stereo sound “punchy and rich,” despite its compact size, and customizable EQ on the Tribit app lets you tweak it further. It has an IPX7 rating, making it fully waterproof. While it does have a mic for calls and your phone’s smart assistant, it can sound faint and distant at times, even with the volume on high. Battery life lasts up to 12 hours at 50% volume and recharges in 2.5 hours.

Another unusual feature is its RGB lighting effects with modes that let the lights spin or flicker (also controlled on the app), allowing you to set the vibe on your adventures. Ultimately, if you’re looking for a tiny but bass-heavy budget speaker that you can easily throw in your bag—and one rugged enough to withstand splashes and rain, with the unexpected party perk of lighting—the Tribit StormBox Mini+ will give you solid sound and portability for a low price point. 

by Meredith Dietz  for lifehacker.com

I Ran a 10K With a Top-of-the-Line Garmin on One Wrist and a Budget Model on the Other, and Here's What Happened

Do you want a watch that gets the job done, or one that makes you feel elite?

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Last weekend I strapped two different Garmin running watches to my wrists and raced a 10K. On one arm, I wore the Forerunner 970, Garmin's top-of-the-line, $750 running watch. On the other, I wore the Forerunner 165 Music, which is far more budget-friendly at $300. I wanted to see if having a fancy running watch really makes a difference during a race. The answer is complicated.

Consider this: The weekend before my race, the winners of the London Marathon competed wearing the Forerunner 55 and the Forerunner 255—two watches that are, by tech standards, practically ancient. This fact was certainly in the back of mind as I raced (at a fraction of those runners’ pace, and for a much shorter distance): Two of the most elite runners in the world right now wear solid, no-frills Garmins. Why would I need something better? What difference can a wearable really make during a competitive run?

Both Garmins have accurate heart rate and GPS

Before race day, I did a controlled interval run wearing both watches and a chest strap to test for heart rate accuracy. Compared side by side, both watches performed well: They captured the highs and the lows without clipping at either end of the range (which is more than you can say for a lot of wrist-based optical sensors). The 970, with its more advanced sensor, tracked cleanly throughout, though the 165 was solid too, even if it occasionally lagged a beat behind, reading slightly low in the moments following a hard interval effort. The difference wasn't dramatic, but it was noticeable when I looked for it. For a serious racer obsessing over every BPM, that matters. For the rest of us, either watch would be more than adequate.

Heart rate comparison chart.
The black line is the chest strap; purple is the 165; orange is the 970. Credit: Meredith Dietz

As far as GPS goes, both watches locked onto a signal quickly and held it throughout the run. For a standard 10K in an open environment, you'd be hard-pressed to feel the difference. Again, the 970 edges ahead in precision, which is particularly useful if you're running tight track intervals or navigating complex urban routes. But for most runners logging miles in the real world, the 165 will still give you a GPS record you can trust.

Only the Forerunner 970 has my favorite Garmin watch features

The 970 has an undeniable edge when it comes to advanced features. The major selling point of this watch is that it offers a deeper dive into performance data: more advanced running dynamics, detailed training load analysis, and race-specific features. One standout example is Auto Lap by Timing Gates: During an official race, the 970 can automatically detect chip timing mats and split your laps accordingly, which is a true game-changer for runners like me who endlessly sweat over every little detail on race day.

The 165 keeps it simpler. You get your reliable core metrics—pace, distance, heart rate, cadence—but that's about it. For a runner who wants the essentials without drowning in data, I’d argue this sort of simplicity is a perk, not a limitation. 

Garmin Forerunner 970.
The 970 really does have a more premium vibe to it. Credit: Meredith Dietz

Is it worth it to upgrade your running watch?

Running with both of these watches simultaneously gave me a greater appreciation for the ease of using a touchscreen like the one on the Forerunner 970. Swiping through data screens mid-run, navigating menus with a tap instead of fumbling for buttons—it does deliver a certain “elite” feeling. It's responsive, intuitive, and polished in a way that a button interface simply isn't.

But here’s the thing: Feeling elite doesn’t actually make you a better runner. A fancier watch is no doubt a quality-of-life upgrade, but I can’t honestly say that it made me run a different race. Whether a quality-of-life upgrade is worth $400 is ultimately up to you.

As my colleague Beth Skwarecki put it, everything outside of your time and your pace is icing on the cake. If you're a competitive athlete who races frequently, obsesses over training data, and values having the most accurate sensor on your wrist, the 970 delivers. If you're training for your first race, chasing a personal best, or just want a reliable watch to track your morning runs, the 165 Music will serve you well at a fraction of the cost. And if you're comparing it to true budget options, the 165 is still far from "basic."

Remember, those London Marathon winners crossed the finish line ahead of everyone else while wearing the most barebones of running watches. Elite performance doesn't live in the hardware, but in your body. But hey, if the 970's touchscreen gets you excited to lace up every morning, then it's worth the premium price.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Shark Matrix Plus Makes Floor Cleaning Almost Effortless, and It's on Sale for Just $135 Right Now

With app and voice control, it’s a low-maintenance option for everyday floor cleaning.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Shark Matrix Plus 2-in-1 Self-Empty Robot Vacuum & Mop is built for hands-off use, and this refurbished unit is on sale for $134.99 at StackSocial right now. As for its refurbished status, while it might have little to no cosmetic wear, it will look close to new and be fully functional.

Since this is a hybrid cleaner, you can send it out while you’re working or stepping out, and it’ll handle both vacuuming and light mopping in one run. For navigation, it uses 360-degree LiDAR to map your home and move in a grid, rather than bouncing around randomly. In practice, that leads to more consistent coverage, especially in larger rooms. And for when things get dirtier, like near your front door, there’s Matrix Clean mode that goes over the same area a few extra times to pick up what a single pass might miss. Edge cleaning is handled with short bursts of air that push debris into its path, so it doesn’t leave that familiar line of dust along walls.

Maintenance is where it earns its keep—with the base holding up to two months’ worth of dust (so you’re not emptying it after every run), and the sealed HEPA system helps keep fine particles from escaping back into the air. It runs for about 110 minutes before heading back to recharge, then resumes where it left off. You can manage everything through the SharkClean app, including setting no-go zones, or use Alexa or Google Assistant if that’s already part of your setup. The only real compromise is the 90-day third-party warranty instead of full manufacturer coverage. Still, at this price, it offers a lot of automation for someone who wants to spend less time thinking about floors.

by Stephen Johnson  for lifehacker.com

I'm Obsessed With the 'Conversate' App on These Smart Glasses

Impress your boss. Annoy your friends. Deceive your bartender.

I am obsessed with the "Conversate" app in my Even Realities G2 smart glasses. Overall, the glasses are sci-fi cool—they project a small, monochrome HUD in front of your eyes but look like normal glasses—but Conversate is essential. The AI-driven productivity tool is designed for work meetings but it's fun in social settings too, and you can use it to scam free drinks from bartenders.

Use Conversate and never take notes in a meeting again

If you've ever left a work meeting thinking, "wait, am I supposed to file the TPS reports, or is it Gary's week?" consider Conversate. I don't multi-task well, so listening while taking notes can be difficult. Conversate solves that problem.

Here's how it works: You hit the start button on the app, and the AI listens and transcribes everything anyone says in real time. The text is just out of your eyesight unless you glance up at it, so it isn't distracting but if someone asks a factual question, you'll get a silent answer in a pop-up window in your glasses. If you share this fact, it can make you look very smart. Or like a know-it-all, so use wisely. If someone says a person's or a company's name, you get a pop-up that tells you who/what they are too. Usually this is useless (I already know what Google is and who Jesus Christ is), but occasionally, it gives needed context.

Conversate screenshots
Credit: Stephen Johnson

When the meeting is over, you can check out a summary of what was discussed, and Conversate will highlight anything that looks like a task for you. You can then take those tasks and migrate them to your glasses' to-do list with a click, so you have a checkable list of action items floating before your eyes whenever you want it.

I realize that all of these functions could be done with a number of smart phone apps, but with Conversate, you keep your phone in your pocket—much more unobtrusive.

How to use Conversate to win bar bets and fake being smart

I used the last generation of Even Realities smart glasses to win a drink from a bartender, and Conversate makes this kind of skullduggery even easier. It's constantly listening for questions and feeding you answers, so if you're a dishonest person, you can totally rule at trivia night, impress your friends with your human calculator skills, or tell everyone the day of the week they were born. An added trickery bonus: G2s don't look like smart glasses, and if you pair them with the ring controller, no one will ever know that you are cheating your way through life.

How to have fun at parties with Conversate

This last use really depends on who you hang out with, but in the right crowd, Conversate becomes a hilarious party game. It's funny to read the AI's stilted definitions for common terms back to people, a beat behind the conversation. It's fun when your friends start saying obscure names to see whether your spectacles will tell you who they are. It's fun for people to invent "action items" that you will supposedly have to do later too. Everyone at the party will call you a nerd, but they will still want to try out your glasses. Are they secretly jealous of your cutting-edge techness? Probably not, to be honest. Anyway, when you are finished hanging out with your friends, Conversate will translate the party's banter and small talk into "corporate-speak" summaries, which I find delightful.

Later in your life, you can remember the barbecue you went to like this:

Meeting Summary: : Retrospective on Social Logistics and Lifecycle Events

1. Resource Management & Historical Social Models

  • Context: Discussion regarding the evolution of "barbecue social gatherings."

  • Key Point: Participants compared current hospitality standards to a legacy "Bring Your Own Meat" (BYOM) model.

  • Outcome: The BYOM framework was noted for its ability to facilitate social gatherings with zero capital expenditure from the host.

2. Asset Utility: Off-Road Platforms

  • Context: Review of 4-Wheel Drive (4WD) Jeep performance.

  • Key Point: The group discussed the long-term viability and "fun" ROI of Jeep vehicles.

  • Outcome: High consensus that the mobility benefits of 4WD systems outweigh the mechanical maintenance requirements.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Wearable Insta360 Action Camera Bundle Is Nearly $90 Off Right Now

PCMag gave the Insta360 Go Ultra an “excellent” rating.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

At $484.99, the Insta360 Go Ultra Vlogger Bundle has dropped from its usual $574 price, and according to price trackers, this is the lowest it has been so far. The whole idea behind the Go Ultra is convenience. The camera itself is tiny enough to wear on a shirt, as a magnetic pendant, or as a hat clip without constantly reminding you it’s there. Then, when you want something that feels more like a traditional action camera, it docks into the included Action Pod, which has a larger screen and an extra battery, notes this PCMag review.

The camera shoots stabilized 4K video at 60fps, and the larger 1/1.28-inch sensor helps noticeably indoors or during evening shoots, where smaller action cameras often turn footage muddy fast. Stabilization is also one of the better parts of the experience. Walking footage stays smooth without requiring much effort, so it works well for bike rides, city walks, festivals, or travel clips where carrying a gimbal would feel excessive. And if framing starts becoming a problem, you can just dock it into the Action Pod and use its 2.5-inch flip-up touchscreen, which makes it much easier to see yourself while recording.

Video tops out at eight-bit color, so creators who spend a lot of time color-grading footage may find it more limiting than larger action cameras from DJI or GoPro. There’s also no built-in storage, meaning you’ll need to pick up a microSD card separately before you can start shooting. Battery life changes quite a bit depending on how you use the system, too—the standalone camera lasts roughly 30 to 36 minutes at 4K60 before heat starts becoming a factor, while the Action Pod pushes total usage much closer to two hours. And as for its audio quality, it's decent for casual clips and quick vlogs, but wind noise and distance can still affect recordings, unless you rely on the included mic transmitter or external audio gear.

Still, the bundle is generous—along with the camera and Action Pod, you get a magnetic pendant, quick-release mounts, a mini tripod remote kit, a magnetic clip, and a Mic Air transmitter for better audio options. For creators who constantly move between casual recording and more deliberate filming, the setup feels more versatile than most compact action cameras.


by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Amazon Fire TV Soundbar Is $150 Off Right Now

It offers 3.1-channel audio, Bluetooth streaming, and easy HDMI eARC setup.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

A like-new unit of the Amazon Fire TV Soundbar Plus is down to $99.99 (originally $249.99) on Woot. For comparison, a brand-new unit is currently listed at $174.99 on Amazon, and most past discounts haven’t gone much lower than $149.99, according to price trackers. Shipping is free if you have Prime; otherwise, expect to pay about $6. It is also worth noting that shipping is limited to the contiguous U.S.

This is a 3.1-channel soundbar with an integrated center channel, designed to make dialogue clearer and give movies a fuller sound than standard TV speakers. It is a straightforward setup that connects over HDMI eARC or optical, so it works with most TVs without extra configuration. There’s also Bluetooth if you want to stream music from your phone. Despite the name, it does not run Fire TV software. You control everything with a basic remote that lets you switch inputs, tweak bass and treble, and cycle through modes like Movie or Night. There is no on-screen interface, so you rely on voice prompts and small LED indicators to confirm changes.

Sound-wise, it’s a noticeable improvement over built-in TV speakers, notes this PCMag review. Dialogue is easier to follow, and overall audio has more presence. The limitation shows up in the low end. The built-in bass is present but not strong, so action scenes and music can feel a bit flat. Amazon sells bundles with a separate subwoofer or rear speakers, and those add noticeable depth, but they also cost significantly more. This bar also supports Dolby Atmos in a basic way, though it lacks height channels, so you will not get the full overhead effect. But for $100, this works as a straightforward upgrade for smaller rooms or casual viewing.


by Justin Worland / London  for time.com

The World Is Doubling Down on Climate Business—With Or Without the U.S.

The work goes on, but the U.S. is no longer at the center of the climate universe.

View looking along Threadneedle Street past old low rise financial buildings in the City of London on June 3 2025 in London, United Kingdom.

Greetings from London. A week of interviews, events, and meetings—both on the record and behind closed-doors—at the city’s Climate Action Week has left me with many reflections, but one stands out: the climate work goes on, but the U.S. is no longer at the center of the universe.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

That reality is evident almost just from the scale. The organizers tout 700 events and 45,000 participants spread across the sprawling London metropolis. This was the biggest London climate week yet, and the first time for many (myself included). 

But it was also evident in the meat of the conversations. Investors talked about opportunities outside the U.S., particularly in Asia and Europe. Climate focused executives waffled about how much of a presence they wanted to have at this year’s iteration of New York Climate Week, usually an important moment on the climate calendar each September. And British officials emphasized their ability to serve as a global hub for sustainable finance. “As investors look around the world and they look for places to put capital, I think we sit in a very good position because of what’s happening geopolitically,” says Chris Hayward, policy chairman of City of London, the historic center of London, now best known as a financial hub.

Read more: How Soon Should Companies Prepare for a 2°C World?

To get from event to event in London required dashing around the city in the quickest fashion: typically the tube subway system, consistently overheated given the unseasonably hot London temperatures. But the geographic center of the week was undeniably the City of London, the one square mile that hosts the country’s premier banking and financial institutions. There’s a reason for that: organizers in London see an economic opportunity in supporting the energy transition. 

And that’s at the core of the global shift visible here in London. The companies that gathered this week have, for the most part, doubled down on efforts to make or save money with climate and sustainability initiatives—whether that’s an industrial company cutting bills with energy efficiency or a financial firm creating new products to allow companies to invest in renewable power. 

The reality of this profit-oriented approach means the U.S. will fall behind given the policy uncertainty. The observation was underscored by data released throughout the week. A survey of business executives globally, released by the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) and Bain & Company to coincide with the event, found that large global companies are continuing to invest in green solutions—but are shifting those investments away from the U.S. toward Europe and Asia. Three quarters of surveyed companies said they were increasingly interested in focusing on those regions.

Even still, that’s not to say that climate work in the U.S. is dead. The report from WBCSD found that 50% of companies now have less interest in investing in climate work in the U.S. That’s a striking figure when contrasted with the global picture. At the same time, it means a significant fraction of global companies continue to see potential.

Read more: Brazil’s Finance Chief Sees Climate Change as an Economic Opportunity

In background chats I had, many American business and financial sector leaders were quick to share that they continue to find opportunities to cut emissions in a way that saves them money—though several expressed fear that talking about it publicly could prompt scrutiny from the administration. “Businesses are not giving up on the decarbonization journey,” says Peter Bakker, president and CEO of WBCSD, “depending on where businesses are stationed, they are more or less willing to talk about it.”

And I was surprised by the response to my informal, totally anecdotal poll about this year’s New York Climate Week. In conversations, I asked sustainability executives how they planned to approach the gathering this year. While many said they had considered pulling out, the vast majority said that they have ultimately decided they still plan to show up—perhaps with a smaller footprint than in years past.

The calibration of the message in New York this fall will be interesting, to say the least. In more than a decade on this beat, I have never felt more of a reluctance from business leaders to speak on the record. Many long standing sources preferred to talk without attribution, wary of the political consequences of speaking truthfully even while they eagerly highlighted their work to me.  

While that makes it more challenging to clearly tell the full story of what’s happening, I suppose it’s somewhat good news if your biggest concern is whether companies are still focused on capping emissions.

To get this story in your inbox, subscribe to the TIME CO2 Leadership Report newsletter here.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

Thank You For Being a Friend

It's been one of those months, and by that, I mean one of the 663 months since I was born. This won't be a long post, because I only have two things to say. First, I'm really glad we re-ordered the GMI (Guaranteed Minimum

Thank You For Being a Friend

It's been one of those months, and by that, I mean one of the 663 months since I was born. This won't be a long post, because I only have two things to say. First, I'm really glad we re-ordered the GMI (Guaranteed Minimum Income) rural study counties so Mercer County, WV, my Dad's county, went first in October 2025. I knew dad was close to the end, and sure enough, that was the last time I ever saw him.

You can kinda sorta meet my dad on this page, if you want to.

Why Pledge to Share the American Dream? • RGMII
Why we pledged to Share the American Dream: RGMII’s $50M plan funds rural guaranteed minimum income studies to expand opportunity and strengthen democracy.
Thank You For Being a Friend

I knew this was coming, and so did he. There is no loss, because nothing ever ends.

Thank You For Being a Friend

All those experiences I had with my father, particularly that last October trip, will stay with me forever. Nothing was lost. Everything was gained. We won capitalism, then went back to help improve it for everyone. And believe me, I'm far from being done with my third startup.

Second, I want to take a moment to thank everyone – and I do mean everyone – who ever contributed to Stack Overflow in any way. And lucky you, it's not Starship this time!

Did you know that LLMs basically could not code at all without access to the extremely high quality creative commons programming Q&A dataset that all of us built together at Stack Overflow? Don't take it from me, ask the LLMs. They'll tell you themselves. Go ahead. G'wan. Ask. Really grill 'em on this one. I strongly recommend you use pro mode when asking, though, because those are the only decent LLM modes in my experience. It is incredible what you can do with global brain statistics and a strongly curated dataset created by we, the people!

One last thing. If the LLMs end up hollowing out the very communities that produce all their training data, they're going to really, really regret that. I'll give these LLM / GAI companies the same advice I gave Joel Spolsky when I left Stack Overflow to start Discoursedo not, for any reason, under any circumstances, kill the goose that lays the golden eggs, aka the human community around your product that does all the real work. It's pretty simple. Just treat the community with the respect they deserve... that we all deserve.

Thank you for being a friend, because there's no way I could have done any of this without you. 💛

by Stephen Johnson  for lifehacker.com

The Out-of-Touch Adults' Guide to Kid Culture: What Is 'Omoggle'?

It's a mog-or-be-mogged world out there, people.

This week's Out-of-Touch guide explains the online mogging competition that is Omoggle and examines who was behind a hack that brought learning to a screeching halt nationwide. We also look at a viral AI music trend, and discuss how technology we use every day might kill us all.

Mogging get organized on Omoggle

The Omoggle website is blowing up. As you can read in my glossary of Gen A and Gen Z slang, "mogging" is the act of being more attractive than someone else, usually in an intentional or aggressive way: If you're a young gentleman having a conversation with a woman, and a more handsome young man stands next to you and takes over, you have officially been mogged. Omoggle gamifies that conflict of attractiveness. It's a player-vs.-player contest where a user uploads a picture of their face and pits it against another user. An AI then analyzes the competitors' features to determine who has been mogged and who has done the mogging. It may be named after defunct chat site Omegle, but Omoggle is more like Hot or Not. Except it's more disturbing because the winner of the attractive-off isn't determined by other users' votes, but by an AI that was programmed to reinforce incel ideas.

Over the last 10 years or so, incels and manosphere types have developed and spread a massive, ad-hoc, shared delusion about what women find attractive. Despite being a self-selected group of men who don't relate well to women, incels believe they understand what women find attractive better than women themselves. All women, the theory goes, are looking for a specific set of facial features—a thick jaw, high cheekbones, etc.—and if you don't have them, you have no chance, so why try? Omoggle is really part of incels' ongoing effort to convince themselves that the reason women won't talk to them is because the geometry of their Canthal Tilt is off, not because they're creepy weirdos.

School computers went down across the country last week

A website going down temporarily is probably a minor inconvenience to us older people, but when Canvas went down this week, right in the middle of finals, it was a full-life disruption for many in Generations Z and A. Canvas is the learning management system that controls just about every college and high school in the country's schedules, homework, grades, and more, so hackers taking it out pretty much shut down academia. The hacker group responsible, called ShinyHunters, threatened to release user information if an unspecified ransom wasn't paid, but fortunately, the site seems to have beaten the hackers back, and Canvas is functioning again—but for how long?

Shinyhunters: the new generation of hackers

Shinyhunters, the group that pulled off the Canvas hack, took its name from the Pokémon franchise. Shiny Pokémon are rare, and according to security experts, Shinyhunters seem to focus on rare data. The group is thought to be part of a large affiliation of younger hackers called "The Com" who are mostly from the U.S. and the UK. While other groups within The Com collaborate with Russian ransomware groups, Shinyhunters don't. They're about data leak extortion, i.e.: "We'll release all this data if you don't pay us" instead of the usual ransomware's message of "we locked your systems and will free them when you pay us." Shinyhunters have been especially active lately, having targeted Ticketmaster, Wattpad, Pixlr, Bonobos, BigBasket, Mathway, Unacademy, MeetMindful, and more.

Viral videos of the week: text songs

Artificial intelligence's takeover of all human endeavors continues. The latest evidence: the popularity of "text songs" videos on TikTok. The concept is simple: You enter text conversations as lyrics into song generation engines like Suno or Udio, make it into a song and video, and make people laugh. While there are lots of different musical styles represented in these videos, gospel tends to work best; maybe it's the contrast of the mundanity of the text messages with the dramatic nature of the music. Here are a few examples:

Bonus: Because I sometimes have funny conversations with my teenage child, I made my own.

If you'd like to listen to a computer sing to you all day, check out the SongText hashtag where you can find almost 30,000 more examples.

Reddit discusses technological nightmares

AI sure is fun, isn't it? Unrelated: Young people spend a lot of time thinking about how the technology we've already developed will likely kill us in the near future. It's not necessarily that there's more anxiety now than when you were young, but there are more options. Realistically, you only had to worry about nukes falling, but, judging by this Reddit thread, young people are worried about hundreds of different kinds of technological nightmares that might happen in the next few years or tomorrow afternoon, including:

I could literally go on all day, but I won't. You can read the thread yourself if you lack things to worry about.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Apple Just Made Texting Between iPhone and Android Secure

With iOS 26.5, RCS is no longer insecure on the iPhone.

Perhaps the best thing to happen to smartphones in the past five years was Apple's decision to start supporting RCS. Ever since, texting between iPhone and Android hasn't been a nightmare caused by SMS: Group chats function as they should, photos and videos can be sent in high quality, and you can even see when the other person is typing—though the messages are still green.

While the experience is miles better than it used to be, it isn't perfect. There are still some key functions missing from RCS on iPhone. For instance, you can't unsend messages, reply to a thread, or edit iPhone messages. The latter can only happen on the Android side, while only iPhones can react with emojis right now. The biggest omission, however, is support for end-to-end encryption (E2EE). This is arguably the most important advantage RCS has over SMS. E2EE "scrambles" your messages, and only you and the recipient(s) have the "keys" to unscramble them. If a hacker were to remotely access your messages from an untrusted device, they wouldn't be able to read them: The only way to see these messages in plain text is to have access to the trusted device associated with them.

If you have an Android device, and you text with other Android devices using Google Messages, you likely have this advantage. You may see a small lock icon next to your messages as you send them, indicating that texts are sent with E2EE. iPhones have this advantage when texting other iPhones, as iMessage is E2EE as well. But when you text from an iPhone to an Android, whether or not you're using RCS or SMS, those messages are not protected by encryption, which leaves you vulnerable to hacking.

End-to-end encryption support for RCS is now live with iOS 26.5

That's now changing. Apple just launched iOS 26.5, and with it, support for E2EE with RCS. As long as your Android friends are running the latest version of Google Messages, and you're running iOS 26.5, you can rest easy knowing your messages are protected by end-to-end encryption. Apple does specify this feature is still in beta (the company has been trialing it since the first iOS 26.4 beta), and isn't supported by all carriers in the U.S., but a glance at the company's carrier information shows most do support it, including the big three (AT&T, T-Mobile, and Verizon).

Once you update your iPhone, the only setting you need to check is RCS itself. If RCS is turned off on your iPhone, you won't be able to take advantage of end-to-end encryption (or the other RCS features, for that matter). To start, open Settings, then head to Apps > Messages. Scroll down, then, under Text Messaging, choose "RCS Messaging" to ensure the "RCS Messaging" setting is on.

by Beth Skwarecki  for lifehacker.com

I’m a Weightlifter, and This Is How I’m Training for a Hyrox Race

So much running.

Remember that Hyrox fitness race trend I’ve written about? Welp, looks like I’m going to be doing a race. I’m teaming up with Meredith Dietz, our resident marathon runner, to tackle Hyrox NYC in the women’s doubles division. You can read here about how she’s training and what she sees as her strengths and weaknesses. As a weightlifter, I'll explain my approach.

I could honestly distill the question of “how should I train” down to one word: running. Everybody tells me that running is the most important skill of a Hyrox race, it’s the thing you’ll spend the most time doing on race day, and it should make up most of your training, especially if you’re someone like me who has a good strength base but lacks in endurance. 

What I need to be prepared for

As I’ve written, Hyrox is a structured fitness race. We’ll run eight kilometers (about five miles), one kilometer at a time. Meredith and I will have to do the runs together, but we can share the work when we get to the stations that fall in between the running segments: there’s a ski erg machine, a sled push, a sled pull, burpee broad jumps, a rowing machine, a farmer’s carry, lunges, and wall balls. 

My biggest disappointment, on researching the race format, is that none of this really plays to a weightlifter’s strengths. Being strong will certainly help, but it’s not like there’s a max deadlift in the mix. I need to get good at strength endurance—the 100 wall balls are essentially 100 very light squats.

My strengths

I’m examining the race rules for things I might be good at and I'm coming up short. I know from strongman competitions that I’m really good at seated sled pulls, but the sled pull in the Hyrox race is done while standing, and I don’t feel particularly confident about it. Still, it’s possible that I’ll find some of the heavier stations a bit easier than Meredith does. 

There are a few small things that work in my favor. I can easily squat “ass to grass,” meaning I won’t be one of the people who gets no-reps on the wall balls (your hips have to sink below your knees every time). I’ve got reasonably good grip strength, so the farmer’s carry doesn’t scare me. I have better upper body strength than the average woman, so anywhere I can use it, that’s a little bonus.

Aside from physical strengths, I do have a mental strength. I love taking on competitions where I get to perfect my technique and my strategy. I’ve beaten people who are stronger than me in strongman and odd-lift competitions by simply knowing the exercises better and making better decisions on race day. I also get a nerdy thrill by carefully studying things that other people will meathead their way through. How much will this actually help me on race day? Maybe not at all, but it’s the only source of hope I’ve got.

My weaknesses

As we’ve already discussed, my weakness is: running. I’m not starting from scratch, fortunately. I already own running shoes and I know the principles of training for running. But I didn’t run at all this past winter, so I need to build up my mileage from nearly zero at the same time I need to be building cardio fitness. If I'm not careful, that's a recipe for disaster, so I need to make sure I don't increase my mileage too much too soon. We don’t have a lot of time to train, so this is a bit of a balancing act. 

How I’m training for the Hyrox

I identified three priorities at the start of training, and now that I’ve been trying different workouts and learning more about the sport, I’m all the more committed to these. In order:

  1. Get used to running. 

  2. Build my endurance so I can keep working for the 90+ minutes the race will take.

  3. Learn the movements and techniques I’ll need for the stations. 

Note that there’s nothing about strength in my priorities. I figure that’s the least of my worries. That said, my training always includes strength work, so it’s staying in the rotation. As I explained in this Instagram video, I’m paying attention to my heart rate to pace myself in workouts. One or two workouts each week might be a hard one, like a Hyrox class or a tempo run. The rest of my work consists of easier cardio, like zone 2 and 3 runs. 

To avoid overuse injuries, I’m making sure not to run too much. Hiking and indoor cycling are both in the mix so that I can keep working on my endurance even when I feel I’ve done as much running mileage as I safely can in a given week. 

The bottom line

Meredith put it best: on paper, a runner and a weightlifter seem like they should combine to make one complete Hyrox athlete. In reality, the race format favors endurance athletes. I expect Meredith will be jogging the runs at an easy pace while I struggle to keep up. When we get to the strength stations, I might be able to pick up some slack, but honestly that will depend on how tired I am from the run. 

One wild card is learning to work together as a team. Meredith and I live in different cities and we won’t get to meet in person until I arrive in New York for the race. If we want to practice skills like handing off sandbags, we’ll have to do those independently with whatever gym buddies we happen to meet at our home gyms. On race day, everything will need to come together—or maybe fall apart. I have a feeling that it’s going to be a learning experience for both of us, no matter the result.

by Michel  for news.blog

Should You Upgrade to iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence? A Deep Dive into Apple’s Latest Innovation

The release of iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence marks another milestone in Apple’s mission to provide more intuitive, secure, and personalized user experiences. Touted as one of the most advanced updates to date, this version introduces several AI-powered features and enhanced security measures. But is iOS 18.1 ready for mainstream adoption, or should you holdContinue reading "Should You Upgrade to iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence? A Deep Dive into Apple’s Latest Innovation"

The release of iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence marks another milestone in Apple’s mission to provide more intuitive, secure, and personalized user experiences. Touted as one of the most advanced updates to date, this version introduces several AI-powered features and enhanced security measures. But is iOS 18.1 ready for mainstream adoption, or should you hold off? Below, we’ll explore what this upgrade offers and whether it’s worth the switch.

iOS 18.1 and Apple Intelligence: Who Can Access It?

Apple’s iOS 18.1 update is compatible with any iPhone that supports iOS 18, starting with the iPhone XS and later models. However, Apple Intelligence—the most talked-about feature—is exclusive to a limited selection of newer devices: the iPhone 15 Pro, iPhone 15 Pro Max, iPhone 16, iPhone 16 Plus, iPhone 16 Pro, and iPhone 16 Pro Max.

To install iOS 18.1, simply navigate to Settings > General > Software Update on your device. Make sure you have adequate battery life or are plugged into a power source, as the download and installation process may take some time.

Unpacking Apple Intelligence: A Step Toward Smarter Devices

Apple Intelligence brings powerful, AI-driven improvements to several core functions. Here’s a look at the standout features:

  1. Enhanced Text Suggestions and Personalization Apple Intelligence elevates your texting experience by analyzing the context and tone of your conversations, learning your personal vocabulary and phrasing over time. With natural language processing at its core, it suggests words and phrases that feel more intuitive and tailored to your style. This goes beyond basic predictive text, aiming to make every interaction smoother and more personalized.
  2. AI-Powered Photography Tools iOS 18.1 includes groundbreaking photography tools that make editing photos effortless. A notable example is the ability to remove unwanted objects from photos—perfect for eliminating photobombers with a simple tap. Powered by Apple’s AI-driven image analysis, this tool seamlessly erases objects without sacrificing quality, enabling professional-grade edits without third-party applications.
  3. Call Recording and Transcription One of the most anticipated features in iOS 18.1 is native call recording with real-time transcription. With privacy in mind, the system announces to all parties that the call is being recorded, ensuring transparency. This feature is especially useful for professionals needing to reference past conversations or anyone wanting an accurate record without the hassle of third-party recording apps.

Security Enhancements: Protecting Users in a Complex Digital Landscape

Apple has also doubled down on security in iOS 18.1, addressing vulnerabilities and enhancing protections against potential exploits.

  1. WebKit Security Fixes Apple’s WebKit, the browser engine that powers Safari and other mobile applications, has been a target for potential exploits. iOS 18.1 mitigates these risks by patching known vulnerabilities, reducing the chances of unauthorized access through WebKit-dependent applications and reinforcing security for all internet activity on your device.
  2. Kernel Exploits Apple has reinforced iOS’s kernel—the system’s core—to protect against known vulnerabilities. Kernel patches in iOS 18.1 prevent unauthorized access to core system functions, offering peace of mind for users concerned about privacy and data integrity.

User Reactions to iOS 18.1: Mixed Reviews on Apple Intelligence

As with any major update, user experiences with iOS 18.1 vary widely. Here’s a closer look at the most common points of feedback.

  1. The Apple Intelligence Waitlist Accessing Apple Intelligence isn’t instant; users must join a waitlist, with wait times ranging from a few minutes to several hours. Apple’s servers face high demand due to the Private Cloud Compute required to run Apple Intelligence. While the waitlist is manageable, some users are frustrated by the delay, especially early adopters eager to test the new features.
  2. Battery Drain Issues A recurring complaint with iOS updates is battery drain, and iOS 18.1 is no exception. Users report accelerated battery depletion, particularly when actively using Apple Intelligence. This is likely due to the initial indexing of files and other setup processes associated with new updates. However, reports suggest that the drain is more pronounced with Apple Intelligence-enabled features, which may require further optimization in future updates.
  3. Bugs and Glitches iOS 18.1 has its share of bugs, including occasional app freezes, minor connectivity issues, and rare instances of unexpected resets. While these issues are not widespread, they could affect daily usability. Apple is likely to release incremental updates to resolve these issues in the coming weeks, which may improve stability for hesitant users.

Performance on Older Devices: A Smooth Experience with Some Limitations

While Apple Intelligence is limited to newer iPhone models, iOS 18.1 still performs well on older devices. Users with iPhones as early as the XS report smooth performance without the sluggishness sometimes associated with major updates. However, the absence of Apple Intelligence features might make the update feel less substantial on these models.

Apple Intelligence vs. Google Assistant and Siri: A New Era of AI

The integration of Apple Intelligence in iOS raises comparisons to Google Assistant and Siri. Unlike Google Assistant, which acts as a centralized AI hub, Apple Intelligence integrates into specific iOS functions, enhancing text messaging, image editing, and other core functionalities without needing an overarching AI interface. This approach offers a more seamless, privacy-centric experience compared to Google’s AI, which may collect more user data to drive its functionality.

By focusing on intuitive, context-aware assistance rather than an omnipresent voice assistant, Apple Intelligence feels like a background enhancement rather than a standalone feature. Meanwhile, Siri continues to handle voice-based commands, while Apple Intelligence focuses on refining text suggestions and visual elements—creating a blend of discreet, context-sensitive AI.

Should You Upgrade? The Verdict on iOS 18.1

If you have a device that supports Apple Intelligence, upgrading to iOS 18.1 is an opportunity to access new, AI-enhanced features that could transform your daily interactions. Here are the main considerations:

  • Security Improvements: With iOS 18.1’s added security measures, users benefit from the latest patches addressing potential vulnerabilities, including those in WebKit and the iOS kernel. This is particularly valuable for anyone concerned with mobile security and online privacy.
  • Call Recording and Transcription: iOS 18.1 offers built-in call recording with transcription—a game-changer for professionals and casual users alike who need a reliable and transparent recording solution.
  • Apple Intelligence: For those with iPhone 15 or 16 series devices, the AI-driven improvements to texting, photography, and other core functionalities add a new layer of personalization and convenience.

However, if your device doesn’t support Apple Intelligence, the update may feel less impactful. In addition, those wary of potential battery issues or minor glitches might consider waiting until Apple releases further refinements in subsequent patches.

Software Outsourcing and Mobile Application Trends in Apple’s AI Push

This leap in iOS’s capabilities reflects broader trends in software outsourcing and the development of mobile applications. Apple’s new AI features highlight the growing demand for smarter, more integrated mobile applications that adapt to user behavior and enhance security. Outsourcing software development has played a significant role in meeting this demand, allowing companies to leverage specialized talent for advanced applications that might not be feasible in-house.

In an increasingly digital world, companies are recognizing that software outsourcing enables the creation of mobile applications with AI capabilities, such as natural language processing, image analysis, and voice recognition, at a faster rate and often at a lower cost than in-house development. The Apple Intelligence update is a powerful example of this trend, showcasing how tailored AI functionalities are reshaping mobile applications to become more personalized and responsive.

Final Thoughts: A Strategic Move Toward the Future

iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence marks a meaningful step forward in Apple’s ongoing commitment to user-centric design, privacy, and AI integration. By embedding intelligent capabilities directly into iOS’s core functions, Apple not only enriches the user experience but also sets a standard for other tech companies to follow.

For users with compatible devices, this update offers a compelling blend of personalization, productivity, and security. Yet, as with any major update, the decision to upgrade should consider your device’s compatibility and any personal reservations about potential bugs or battery drain.

In summary, iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence is a sophisticated update that balances innovation with practicality, security, and privacy. Whether you’re an early adopter or a cautious upgrader, Apple’s latest release reflects an era where mobile applications and software outsourcing converge to deliver smarter, safer, and more personalized experiences to users worldwide.

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

The Hisense CanvasTV Is a Great Alternative to Samsung's 'The Frame,' and Now It's $500 Off

The new CanvasTV is brighter, has better angle viewing, and comes in this smaller 50-inch version.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

After my wife and I bought our home and it came time to get a TV, we knew we wanted one like Samsung's The Frame—we didn't want the focus of our living room to be an ugly black box when not in use. We ended up going with Hisense's first CanvasTV, and we love it. This year, Hisense released the 2026 S7 CanvasTV, and right now, 50-inch model is $798.99 (originally $1,299.99) after a $500 discount. That's the lowest price it has ever been, according to price tracking tools.

The primary attraction of the CanvasTV over Samsung's The Frame is the price: If you choose The Frame, you have to buy the frames that go around the set and pay for most artwork separately, while Hisense includes all of that in the list price. Like The Frame, the CanvasTV also comes with a flush TV mount that will allow you to hang it so it looks like an actual art piece. I also like that CanvasTVs come with the Google OS, which is my favorite smart TV operating system, as it lets you cast seamlessly from your phone (Android or iPhone).

This newer version improves on the peak brightness, bringing it up to 500 nits (as opposed to 450 nits) and an ambient light sensor that adjusts the brightness and color based on your room's brightness (you can turn this off). The side viewing angle is supposed to be better, but to what extent we'll have to wait for reviews to confirm.

If these changes don't seem too exciting for you, the 2024 is still a great option in 2026, and it offers a big discount as well. The 55-inch version is just $599.99 (originally $999.99) on Best Buy, a substantial price drop for a slightly bigger (but older) TV.

Star Trek: Voyager - Across the Unknown

Star Trek är ett udda spel som inte jag inte hade några stora förväntningar på. Det är ett spel som inte kommer att överraska dig med högbudget grafik. Snarare är det ett välkomponerat indiespel med hjärta och själ. Ditt uppdrag är att hitta tillbaka till jorden efter att något har gått fel och U.S.S. Voyager transporteras långt bort i galaxen. Du och din besättning hamnar i vad som kallas för Deltakvadranten. Om du gillar universumet i Star Trek och velat göra andra val än Kommendörkapten Kathryn Janeway gjorde i TV-serien Star Trek: Voyager är detta något för dig. Berättelsen är densamma och efter att du blivit transporterat får du reda på att det kommer att ta dig och besättningen 70-75 år att komma hem igen. Den tiden måste du och din besättning spendera väl så att du klarar av att hantera alla utmaningar och faror i denna del av galaxen.

<bild>Träningsläget gör ett ganska hyfsat jobb med att förklara hur du spelar.</bild>

Inledningsvis börjar äventyret ganska lättsamt med få beslut och val. Över tid ökar mängden val du gör i dialog och möjligheterna att klara av uppdragen. Du har ett resurssystem som avgör vad du kan göra och ett byggsystem i ditt rymdskepp. För att överleva behöver du bygga upp rymdskeppet tack vare ett system som påminner om det vi ser i Xcom 2. Utöver detta behöver du forska fram nya teknologier, se till att besättningen har det bra och utveckla ny utrustning. Det hela påminner mig ganska mycket om kampanjaspekten av Firaxis Xcom-serie och även FTL. Skillnaden här är att du också färdas till olika slumpade solsystem, letar resurser och transporterar ditt manskap till planeter för olika uppdrag. Du kan dock inte påverka vad din besättning tar med sig på uppdraget utan du väljer utifrån deras rank och förmågor. Din besättning kan även länkas till vissa byggnader för att förbättra deras funktionalitet.

Jag tyckte att uppdragen var intressanta då de kräver att du väljer personal som kompletterar varandra. Om individerna du skickar ned till planeten eller andra platser har samma förmågor kan du ibland få det svårt att hitta lösningar i alla situationer. Det innebär dock att båda karaktärerna kan lösa en situation samtidigt. Uppdragen går ut på att du utsätts för fyra eller fler situationer i via text och bilder. För att hantera varje situation behöver du välja rätt person med förmågor som erbjuder en lösning. Sedan slumpas ett resultat fram. Är dennes skicklighet för låg finns det en risk att du inte klarar av situationen. Även en karaktär med stora bonusar kan misslyckas, det innebär att varje val är viktigt. Du presenteras ofta med flera lösningar på varje situation och de erbjuder olika belöningar om din karaktär lyckas. Den sista situationen kan också beroende på val påverka berättelsen en aning. Det är ett fungerande system även om blir något repetitivt efter ett tag. Hjältar kan också dö i detta spel vilket kan vara bra att ta hänsyn till.

<bild>Dina förmågor, färdigheter och annat läggs ut på mätare. Pilen rör sig sedan över hela mätaren oavsett färg och beroende på var den landar lyckas du eller inte. Det finns också andra färger som signalerar att du lyckats över förväntan eller inte riktigt lyckats.</bild>

Jag anser att helheten erbjuder en ganska bra loop av berättande, nostalgi och spelmässiga inslag. Med tanke på att detta är baserat på TV-Serien har du möjlighet att göra val den ursprungliga besättningen aldrig gjorde. Du kan använda dig av Borg-teknologi eller hitta andra lösningar på problemet. Det där är riktigt roande speciellt om man älskar TV-serien. Den är väldigt trogen sin originalförlaga och det finns ofta en anledning till att vissa beslut du kan fatta inte gjorde det i TV-serien. Detta är ett spel som frågar dig vad händer om jag gör så här istället. Du kan såklart också återuppleva TV-serien och göra samma val. Även de häftiga rymdstriderna går att interagera med i denna titel. Du väljer ett gäng hjältar som ger dig förmågor. Sedan kan du beordra vad ditt rymdskepp ska göra även om du inte har direktkontroll över det när striderna pågår. Du väljer mål, beordrar om du ska skydda dig, göra manövrar vilka av fiendens system du ska skjuta på. Det är liknande systemen i FTL fast i full 3D ungefär som striderna i Galactic Civilization IV.

Det finns såklart mycket att uppskatta men det finns också aspekter av lite bristande kvalitet. Spelet har ytterst lite röstskådespel och det märks ganska tydligt. Om du inte sett TV-serien kanske du inte har deras röster i huvudet när du spelar detta. Det som finns är röstskådespelare som berättar om upplevelserna under resan när du besöker en ny grupp av stjärnsystem. Jag gillar detta skarpt och hade önskat att det fanns mer av den varan under äventyret. Även om musiken är toppen saknar jag lite dramatiskt röstskådespel. Det är sådant som detta som visar upp att detta är ett indiespel. Jag vill dock poängtera att jag gillar det som erbjuds ändå.

<bild>Stjärnsystemen är fina och allt går att besöka. Du kan skanna alla himlakroppar för att veta vad du kommer att hitta på respektive planet.</bild>

Om du av någon anledning gillar Star Trek har du förmodligen redan köpt detta vid tidpunkten av denna recension, men om du inte har gjort det vill jag slå ett slag för titeln. Trots begränsningar i budget som syns tydligt är det uppslukande, spännande och låter en återuppleva den problemkantade resan med bekanta och nya karaktärer. Tyvärr var det länge sedan jag kikade på Voyager men jag minns ändå flertalet situationer där jag undrade vad hade hänt om jag gjorde på ett annat sätt. Även om det inte alltid är radikalt annorlunda saker du kan göra är de tillräckligt annorlunda för att skapa spännande situationer. Ett typiskt exempel är om du väljer att inkorporera teknologi från Borg på ditt rymdskepp. Om du väl väljer att gå den vetenskapliga och teknologiska vägen kommer det med både fördelar och risker.

Grafiskt och tekniskt är detta spel fullt godtagbart. Du kommer inte bjudas på ögongodis du är van vid i högbudgetitlar. Jag anser dock att designen av världen, karaktärer och annat ändå säljer illusionen av en interaktiv TV-serie. Musiken är också den toppen med svepande stycken, lugn musik och sekvenser där det inte finns någon musik alls. Det är inget revolutionerande men den gör sitt jobb. Jag har inte stött på några nämnvärda tekniska problem eller buggar. Det enda jag upplevt är att vissa mellansekvenser laddas in lite långsamt i enstaka situationer.

<bild>Kommandobryggan är oftast visualiserad under delar av berättelsen. Du kan då ställa frågor, prata med dina kamrater och försöka fatta korrekta beslut.</bild>

Det nedladdningsbara innehållet är lite problematiskt. Det innehåller fem riktigt vassa uppdrag, två karaktärer du kan rekrytera och tre ganska kraftfulla teknologier. Jag hade förmånen att testa hela paketet med det inkluderat. I mitt tycke är det nästan ett måste att ha det med. Även om det kanske inte är lockande att köpa anser jag att det är bra innehåll. Det tillför egentligen mer för dig att interagera med och göra i spelet. Vid sidan av detta är det ett ganska omfattande spel som tog mig i runda slängar 15-20 timmar att klara av. Jag var ganska nöjd men såg ganska omgående omspelningsvärdet. Du kanske har missat att rekrytera hjältar och göra saker annorlunda. Alla hjältar är inte helt tydliga i hur de ska rekryteras. Så du kan lätt missa att få med dig dessa på resan.

Gillar du Star Trek är det svårt att inte rekommendera dig detta. Det är ett vasst spel med problem som ofta går att knyta till titelns budget. Det kan bli något repetitivt på grund av att strategi-aspekten inte riktigt erbjuder variation i upplägget. Det du gör i det första solsystemet gör du med få undantag även i de senare stjärnsystemen. Trots det tycker jag ändå att det är en kompetent produkt och kanske ett av de bästa spelen inom Star Trek-universumet jag haft nöjet att testa. Däremot tror jag att det är svårt att rekommendera det till folk som inte gillar universumet. En stor del av behållningen bygger på att du sett TV-serien och är bekant med dess karaktärer, teknologi och mycket annat. Har du inget intresse för Star Trek tror jag inte att du kommer att uppskatta detta fullt ut, om du som mig gillar universumet finns det ganska mycket att uppskatta med denna titel. Älskar du Star Trek kan du förmodligen lägga på en betygspinne till.

<bild>Rymdskeppsstriderna är automatiska även om du kan ge order till ditt rymdskepp.</bild>
<bild>Byggsystemet är ganska simpelt men kräver tid, resurser och planering om du ska få det att fungera på ett bra sätt. Du kan även uppgradera byggnader och placera hjältar i dessa för bonusar.</bild>

by Jon Stone  for politico.eu

Europe ‘clarifies’ how human rights apply to migration

The update comes amid public debate in European countries about the convention’s effect on deciding migration cases — and threats by some parties to withdraw.

CHIȘINĂU, Moldova — European governments have agreed to “clarify” how the European Convention on Human Rights applies in migration cases — in a bid to fend of populist attacks on the 75-year-old agreement.

At a meeting in the Moldovan capital Chișinău on Friday, the 46 member countries of the Council of Europe published a declaration giving the green light to national courts to set a “high” bar for the application of some rights.

It comes amid public debate in some European countries about the convention’s effect on deciding migration cases — and threats by some parties to withdraw.

The new declaration, agreed by consensus at a session on Friday, warns that failure to address the concerns would “weaken public confidence in the Convention system.”

One of the countries pushing for the change was the U.K. — where two major opposition parties, Reform UK and the Conservatives, have both said they will leave the ECHR if elected in 2029.

Ahead of the meeting, U.K. Foreign Secretary Yvette Cooper said the declaration would “ensure that immigration systems can’t be unfairly gamed to prevent foreign criminals or those accused of crimes abroad being lawfully returned” and “reflect the realities of today.”

Speaking on the doorstep of the Chișinău summit, Cooper said the agreement was “an example of how the partnerships that we build abroad make us stronger at home.”

The country’s chief legal adviser, Attorney General Richard Hermer, meanwhile said the clarification would ensure the convention “endures for another 75 years and beyond.”

Hermer told POLITICO on the sidelines of the Chișinău meeting that the U.K.’s Labour government was “using our partnerships” with allies cross Europe to pursue Britain’s interests.

“Contrast that with both Conservatives and Reform — who simply want to walk away from our allies,” he said.

“They said, indeed hoped, that this Political Declaration wouldn’t happen because it undermines their argument – change is possible, as we have shown.”

He added: “Leaving the ECHR — as both the Conservatives and Reform advocate — would not solve any of our challenges.

“It would simply mean the U.K. joined Russia and Belarus as the two European countries outside of the Council of Europe, isolating us on the world stage and offering false promises to the British people.”

Balancing act

Key points in Friday’s declaration include a statement that the bar for something to be considered “inhuman or degrading treatment” under Article 3 should be “high and consistent.”

It also notes that the Article 8 right to family life must be applied with the right “balance” struck between individual rights and “public interests.”

The document states that it has been drafted with a view to “avoiding unnecessary constraints on decisions to extradite, or to expel foreign nationals.”

The declaration does not change the wording of the actual Convention rights but seeks to influence their application through domestic courts and their interpretation by national governments.

“Parties have the undeniable sovereign right to decide on and control foreign nationals’ entry into and residence in their territory,” the declaration says.

“They have the right to establish their own immigration policies, potentially in the context of bilateral or regional co-operation, and pursue immigration control as a public interest. However, these rights must be exercised in accordance with the provisions of the Convention.”

Alain Berset, secretary general of the Council of Europe, which oversees the treaty, said: “We have been able to bring together countries across Europe, with different views and experiences, to agree a common position on how the system should work best, notably in the challenging context of migration.

“Looking ahead, this will help to guide our own work as well as that of national authorities and domestic courts.”

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Nintendo Is Raising the Price of the Nintendo Switch 2

You might need to act fast if you want the console at its original price.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Nintendo may be worth over $50 billion, but that doesn't mean it's immune to global market instability. Between escalating conflicts in the Middle East driving up oil costs, and an ongoing memory crisis raising the price of technology across the board, companies like Nintendo have to make some difficult decisions to keep profits rising, too.

That brings us to today's news: On Friday, the company posted a press release titled "Notice Regarding Price Revisions for Nintendo Products and Services." While "revision" could mean a price increase or decrease, in this case, it unfortunately means the former. Nintendo outlined a number of price increases on systems and services across its global markets—including the Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, and Nintendo Switch Online. For those of us in the U.S., Nintendo is only raising the MSRP of the Switch 2 (lucky us): Soon, the Switch 2 will officially retail for $499.99, a $50 increase over the console's $449.99 launch price.

This increase isn't effective immediately, however. Nintendo is giving American buyers—as well as those in Canada and Europe—until Sept. 1 before these prices shoot up. As such, if you are interested in picking up a Switch 2, you might want to buy one at your earliest convenience. Come September, you'll need to pay $50 more for the same product. Nintendo didn't specify, but I imagine that bundles will also increase. If so, the Mario Kart World bundle, which typically retails for $499.99, could instead cost $549.99.

This isn't the first time Nintendo has raised prices during this console generation. Nintendo had considered raising Switch 2 prices in the face of President Trump's tariffs, but decided against it, instead increasing the MSRP of Switch 2 accessories, as well as the original Switch. Nintendo isn't alone, either. Back in March, Sony announced price increases for the PS5 and PS5 Pro; meanwhile, Microsoft raised Xbox prices twice in 2025. While the courts have largely shut down Trump's tariffs, these companies cannot escape the rising costs of computing components: AI organizations are buying up as much RAM as they can, and memory manufacturers cannot make enough new RAM to meet demand. Add in the increased cost of shipping, and it's no wonder prices are rising for game consoles (and all other technology) across the globe.

That said, it is an odd twist on how video game pricing typically works. For most cycles, consoles are most expensive at launch. It usually makes more financial sense to wait to enter the new era until the manufacturer ends up cutting prices or releases a less expensive model—especially since consoles often launch without a huge library of new games. Today, however, it ends up being more expensive to wait to jump into a new console. If you already have a Switch or are comfortable with your gaming setup, you might want to hold on to it tight.

by Josh Black  for time.com

Trump Should Have Never Ditched the Iran Nuclear Deal

The JCPOA was working before the U.S. pulled out in 2018, and another accord is still the best way forward.

President Trump Departs White House For New Jersey

Questions remain over the true damage to Iran’s nuclear program. But as conflicting comments and reports come in from the Trump Administration and Pentagon intelligence estimates, one thing is certain: Trump’s failed diplomacy got us in this mess. 

I should know. Ten years ago, I was in Vienna as part of the U.S. team negotiating a deal to stop Iran from getting a nuclear weapon. 

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Those negotiations culminated in the 2015 Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA). It was Trump’s decision in 2018 to withdraw from the Iran nuclear deal that ultimately led to the perilous situation in the Middle East today. 

The JCPOA was the result of a sustained campaign of principled, effective U.S. diplomacy. President Obama began laying groundwork for this nuclear deal as soon as he came to office in 2009. His view—shared then and now across the U.S. political spectrum—was that the U.S. cannot accept a nuclear-armed Iran. At the time, Iran claimed that its nuclear energy program was for exclusively peaceful uses. Yet given evidence of Iran’s past interest in possessing a nuclear bomb prior to 2003, the U.S. could not take this claim at face value.

To get the nuclear deal, Obama and his national security team rallied the world to increase pressure on Tehran. The U.S., E.U., and other allies put in place punishing sanctions. The U.N. Security Council followed suit with a fresh round of sanctions in June 2010 that were wide-ranging and targeted the nuclear program

These sanctions worked: they convinced Iran to come to the negotiating table. To iron out the technical provisions of a deal, the U.S. then put together a team of top career diplomats, nuclear scientists, lawyers, and sanctions experts. It was a remarkable lineup of American patriots and professionals. It was my great honor to serve on that team.

Our goal was to offer Iran phased and reversible sanctions relief in exchange for far-reaching limits on Iran’s nuclear activities. To maximize leverage, we coordinated with other countries, including not just European allies but also Russia and China. It was difficult, exacting, high-stakes work—for months on end.

The effort paid off. Iran agreed to substantial limits on its nuclear activities, including to export out of the country around 98% of its enriched uranium stockpile. Iran’s commitments were then subject to intrusive and permanent international monitoring. By the end of the Obama Administration, the deal was working, with all sides implementing their commitments

Trump’s abrupt withdrawal from the JCPOA in 2018 led to the predictable result: Iran’s nuclear program surged ahead, breaking free of the deal’s constraints.

When Trump returned to office in January, he launched a hasty effort to negotiate a new deal. But it bore a striking resemblance to the deal negotiated by Obama, with one nuclear expert calling the Trump framework a “dollar store JCPOA.”

Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu tanked these talks with airstrikes on June 12. The U.S. launched its own strikes on Iranian nuclear facilities on June 22. 

Trump seems convinced the matter is now resolved. But what will be the fate of the tons of enriched uranium that Iran stockpiled after Trump withdrew from the JCPOA? How much Iranian nuclear infrastructure remains intact? Will Iran ever welcome back intrusive international monitoring of its nuclear activities, such as specified in the JCPOA?

To resolve these questions, the Trump Administration will need to do the tedious, difficult work of pursuing complex negotiations. Talks look set to resume next week.

But it will require a high level of technical expertise and diplomatic capacity. And the timing couldn’t be worse, as Trump and Elon Musk’s culture war on the so-called “Deep State” has hollowed out and demoralized the ranks of government experts whose support was critical to achieving the JCPOA in the first place. 

This sad saga has reminded me of what we’ve lost in the Trump era. The JCPOA was a product of effective and principled American diplomacy, undertaken in close coordination with our closest allies. It was a team effort by countless government professionals and specialists, all motivated by patriotism and a sense of mission, and operating in an era where they were celebrated not denigrated. It was a victory of dialogue and diplomacy over bluster and bombs.

Ten years ago that approach delivered results for the American people and the world. I worry about what comes next.

by Sandeep  for pixel-studios.com

Ready to Be Found Everywhere Your Customers Are Searching?

Introduction A few years ago, digital discovery was relatively simple. A customer typed a query into a search engine, browsed a few results, visited a website, and made a decision. Today, that journey looks very different  Customers search across multiple platforms before they trust a brand. They may begin with a search engine, continue their research on social media, watch videos,…

The post Ready to Be Found Everywhere Your Customers Are Searching?  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Introduction

A few years ago, digital discovery was relatively simple. A customer typed a query into a search engine, browsed a few results, visited a website, and made a decision.

Today, that journey looks very different 

Customers search across multiple platforms before they trust a brand. They may begin with a search engine, continue their research on social media, watch videos, read case studies, and even ask questions to AI chatbots before reaching out to a company. 

A manufacturing buyer might ask an AI assistant for the best industrial suppliers. 

A patient might search online for healthcare providers and watch doctor videos explaining treatments. 

A student might explore universities through YouTube campus tours and Instagram posts.

A SaaS buyer might read expert blogs, compare tools on review sites, and watch product demos.

In every case, the same question determines success: 

Is your brand visible wherever your customers are searching? 

Modern digital visibility is no longer about ranking in one place. It is about building presence across search engines, AI platforms, social media, videos, and authoritative content channels. 

Businesses that understand this shift are building stronger authority, deeper trust, and better customer engagement. 

The New Discovery Journey

Today’s digital discovery process is multi-layered. 

Before choosing a brand, customers interact with several information sources. A typical journey may look like this: 

This means brands must build visibility across multiple digital ecosystems rather than focusing on a single channel. 

Companies that appear consistently across these platforms gain a clear advantage. They become familiar, credible, and trustworthy. 

SEO Is Evolving, Not Disappearing

Search engine optimization remains a core part of digital marketing. However, the way search engines deliver information is evolving. 

Search engines increasingly use AI to generate answers directly within results pages. These answers summarize information from multiple sources and highlight brands that demonstrate authority and credibility. 

At the same time, AI platforms such as ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Gemini are becoming discovery tools. Users now ask these platforms for recommendations, research insights, and solution comparisons. 

This evolution does not replace SEO. Instead, it expands the scope of digital visibility. 

Modern strategies combine: 

Together, these elements help brands appear across the full spectrum of digital discovery. 

Why Multi-Platform Visibility Matters

When customers encounter a brand repeatedly across different platforms, it builds trust. 

For example: 

This consistency signals authority. 

It also improves the quality of traffic. Users who discover brands through multiple trusted sources are often closer to making a decision. 

Multi-platform visibility also creates long-term advantages: 

Industry Perspectives: Where Customers Are Searching

Healthcare

Healthcare discovery is increasingly digital. 

Patients search for symptoms, treatments, hospitals, and specialists online. They also rely on educational videos and expert content to understand medical conditions. 

Healthcare organizations must focus on: 

Trust and clarity are critical in healthcare. Brands that provide helpful, accurate information gain stronger credibility. 

Education

Students and parents now evaluate institutions online before making decisions. 

Discovery often includes: 

Educational institutions that combine search visibility, video storytelling, and social engagement create stronger connections with prospective students. 

Manufacturing

Manufacturing buyers often conduct extensive research before contacting suppliers. 

They evaluate: 

Manufacturing companies can improve visibility by publishing: 

This type of information helps buyers understand capabilities and builds trust before initial conversations. 

SaaS

SaaS buyers rely heavily on digital research. 

They compare software tools, evaluate features, and review expert opinions before committing to a solution. 

Discovery channels often include: 

SaaS companies that combine educational content, product demonstrations, and expert insights often gain stronger credibility. 

Retail and eCommerce

Retail discovery increasingly happens across visual platforms. 

Customers explore products through: 

For retail brands, strong digital presence includes: 

Visual storytelling plays a major role in building interest and trust. 

The Role of Video in Modern Discovery

Video has become one of the most powerful discovery channels. 

Customers use video to: 

Videos also help brands communicate more effectively than text alone. 

Examples include: 

For industries such as healthcare, manufacturing, and education, video content helps simplify complex topics and build credibility. 

Social Media as a Discovery Engine

Social media platforms are no longer just engagement channels. They are discovery platforms. 

Many users now search directly within platforms such as: 

Social media content helps brands remain visible in everyday digital conversations. 

Consistent posting, industry insights, and engaging content strengthen brand authority and drive traffic to core digital assets such as websites and blogs. 

Building a Future-Ready Visibility Strategy

Businesses that want to remain competitive must focus on long-term digital authority. 

Key strategies include: 

Developing expert-driven content

Content should address real questions and provide meaningful insights.

Strengthening brand authority signals

Mentions, citations, and trusted references help search engines and AI platforms recognize credibility.

Creating video-driven storytelling

Videos improve engagement and simplify complex topics.

Leveraging social media conversations

Social platforms help brands remain visible in industry discussions.

Improving website experience

Clear navigation, fast performance, and user-focused design improve engagement and conversions.

Combining SEO and GEO strategies

Search engines and AI platforms are both shaping modern discovery.

Conclusion

Digital discovery is expanding far beyond traditional search engines. 

Customers now explore brands through search results, AI-generated answers, videos, social media platforms, and industry conversations. Every interaction contributes to how they evaluate credibility and trust. 

Organizations that build visibility across these touchpoints create stronger brand recognition and deeper customer relationships. 

Success today depends on more than rankings. It depends on being present wherever your customers search, learn, compare, and decide. 

Brands that embrace this broader digital ecosystem will not only stay visible. They will become trusted authorities in their industries. 

Those who adapt now will lead to the next era of digital discovery. 

Pixel Studios helps organizations build integrated digital visibility strategies that combine SEO, Generative Engine Optimization (GEO), experience-driven design, and content authority to ensure brands are discovered across the modern search ecosystem. 

FAQ

1. Why is it important for businesses to be visible across multiple digital platforms today?

Customers no longer rely on a single search engine to discover brands. They use search engines, AI chatbots, social media platforms, and video channels during their research process. Being visible across these channels ensures your brand appears at every stage of the buyer journey, increasing credibility and improving the chances of engagement and conversions. 

2. How do search engines and AI platforms influence modern customer discovery?

Search engines help users find information through ranked results, while AI platforms provide direct answers based on trusted sources across the web. Together, they shape how customers research products and services. Businesses that optimize content for both environments improve their chances of appearing in search results as well as AI-generated answers. 

3. What role does content play in improving digital visibility across platforms?

High-quality, informative content helps search engines and AI platforms understand your brand’s expertise. Blogs, guides, case studies, and educational resources answer common customer questions and establish authority. When content addresses real user intent, it becomes more likely to be referenced, shared, and recommended across digital channels. 

4. How does video content contribute to brand discovery online?

Video content allows businesses to demonstrate products, explain complex solutions, and build stronger engagement with audiences. Platforms like YouTube and social media channels are increasingly used for research and product discovery. Videos that provide educational or demonstration-based insights often appear in search results and help build brand trust. 

5. Why is website experience important for improving digital engagement?

A well-designed website ensures visitors can easily find the information they need. Clear navigation, fast loading pages, mobile responsiveness, and structured content improve both user experience and search visibility. When users spend more time exploring a website, it signals relevance and authority to search engines. 

6. How can businesses strengthen their authority in AI-driven search environments?

Businesses can improve their presence in AI-driven search environments by publishing credible content, maintaining consistent brand information across platforms, and building authoritative backlinks. Structured data, well-organized content, and industry expertise also help AI systems identify reliable sources to reference in their responses. 

7. What should companies consider when building a multi-channel digital visibility strategy?

Organizations should evaluate where their target audience searches for information and ensure consistent visibility across those channels. This includes optimizing websites for search engines, creating authoritative content, leveraging video platforms, maintaining active social media presence, and ensuring content is structured for emerging AI-powered discovery systems. 

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Ready to Be Found Everywhere Your Customers Are Searching?  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

by Catherine Kim  for politico.com

Politics is so broken it’s driving people to therapy

Therapists are seeing a rise in political anxiety — and they have some prescriptions.

It’s hour three of doomscrolling on X, each post more unnerving than the last: charts predicting economic collapse, headlines of a failed assassination attempt, YouTube video thumbnails with the title “NUCLEAR APOCALYPSE.”

Your chest tightens and your head is pounding — from too much screen time, too much dread, or maybe both. Is this a panic attack? You look up “political anxiety” in a frenzy and come across an advertisement for a therapist that seems too good to be true. 

“Our cognitive therapists can work with you on how to manage stress and mental health concerns linked to current events,” the ad says. “Learn how we can help you regain control and improve your quality of life.”

There are countless ads like this on the internet, and they seem to be reaching their intended audience. American politics has been deemed broken for years, but something new is happening: Not only are more people depressed or anxious about the state of the world, but now they are seeking professional help. And therapists are more than ready to give it.

With anxiety over politics reaching new heights and crises flashing relentlessly across our screens, mental health professionals say they’re seeing an influx of patients distraught about the news coming out of Washington and beyond.

“This is the first time that we’re really seeing people initiating therapy because of political [anxiety],” says Veronica Calkins, a clinical director at the California-based Pacific Mind Health.

Calkins says she saw the surge begin after President Donald Trump’s second inauguration, with liberal patients afraid of what was to come. But other therapists say conservatives are also walking in more frequently amid political despair. Political anxiety appears to be a bipartisan affliction.

“The vast majority of people are affected in some way [by politics],” New York therapist Melissa Tihinen says of her clients at Downtown Psychological Services. “And that’s more true today than it ever has been in the past.”

Public polling backs this up: 65 percent of Americans said politics was a significant source of stress in their lives last year, according to a survey from the American Psychological Association. In fact, the leading cause of stress was concern about the future of the nation, at 76 percent, above the economy or work or money. Therapists say these figures have often been high, but it’s a recent phenomenon for such distress to actually drive clients into their offices — a shift fueled both by the destigmatization of mental health care and by the sense that some people are reaching a breaking point.

As a result, therapists are also adapting and some have begun to specialize in the area. Within her own practice, Calkins has been tasked with seeing the clients who come in for political anxiety, including focusing on how it affects other stressors in a person’s life. Others in the field see political anxiety as such a pervasive issue that they believe every therapist needs to learn how to tackle it in a session. Tihinen says her practice has held staff meetings dedicated to addressing best practices in handling political anxiety.

A number of state psychological associations across the country have also held workshops to address how politics is reshaping Americans’ mental health amid growing demand from therapists. The workshops, hosted by University of Nebraska-Lincoln political scientist Kevin Smith and University of Toronto psychologist Brett Ford, present research on political anxiety to help therapists navigate the issue within their own practices.

“For people for whom politics is most stressful, I talk about the strategies people are using to cope with that stress,” Ford says. “Identifying ways that people can cope with political stress that doesn’t just involve sort of tuning out and turning away.”

The rise in political anxiety represents a remarkable development in American life. The climate is so polarized, and news and politics are such a constant and deeply personal presence in our lives, that huge swathes of the country are emotionally exhausted and fearful. So much so that they need a mental health professional’s help to cope. It’s a worrisome shift, not just for millions of individuals but for the country at large. If civic life is defined by such chronic stress, can American democracy really function healthily over the long term?

***

It was the war in Iran that sent Joe spiraling this time.

Headlines of the U.S. bombing missions, images of a smoke-filled Tehran, social media posts predicting another prolonged war in the Middle East — all of it exacerbated his anxiety. He had to bring it up with his therapist.

“My face was completely red. I was kind of trembling,” recalls Joe, whose last name is being withheld because he feared harassment for his political views. It wasn’t always like this. There was a time, two years ago, he says, when current events and politics hadn’t taken over his time with his therapist. That’s completely changed.

Therapists say they are seeing more and more clients like Joe, who are addressing political issues during the bulk of their sessions, or even having first-time clients reach out solely because of political anxiety.

The frequent trigger? Major political events.

“It’s rooted in a lack of control or some kind of helplessness — that this is happening, and I am unable to influence the outcome,” Calkins says. “No matter what I do, nothing is going to help.”

Recent events that have driven a bump in the number of clients include the war in Iran, the ICE crackdown in Minnesota and Trump’s State of the Union address — all of which supercharged feelings of despair for those on the left who don’t agree with the current administration.

Yet therapists who have a large share of conservative clients have also seen an increase in people feeling overwhelmed by the news and struggling to make sense of the world around them.

“I think that there’s this interesting dynamic where more of my liberal clients will think that the Republican clients are just sitting in happiness right now. But that’s not necessarily the truth,” says Adam Luke, a Tennessee-based therapist who is part of a conservative therapist network.

Luke says his conservative clients feel a similar sense of helplessness as their liberal peers — whether it is because of Washington’s lackluster response to the “Epstein files” or because of Republicans’ failure to pass the SAVE Act election overhaul.

“I’m getting more individuals — they were Republicans, they voted for Trump three times — and now they’re extremely frustrated with their party because even though their party is in power, they don’t feel like they’re being heard by their party,” Luke says. “My clients that are in their 60s are like, ‘For 40 or 50 years, I’ve believed in the system. I truly don’t believe in it anymore. This is the last time I’m ever going to vote.”

A key reason people are feeling more anxiety about politics, to the point of seeking professional help, is because it’s become so personal. Political debates become more urgent when they revolve around one’s identity.

Alan Jacobson, a Boston-based family therapist who says he now almost exclusively sees clients facing emotional difficulties because of politics, notes that many people define politics as an issue of morality. With the stakes so high and hyperpolarization rampant, there are inevitably more personal clashes over politics, which leads to more isolation and ultimately more anxiety.

“Fear is the is the real word here,” Jacobson says, “And when we’re afraid it leads to all of our emotions being significantly intensified.”

The other major factor in rising political anxiety is people’s unending access to content: TV shows, newspapers, podcasts, and social media bombard people with news and commentary at unprecedented levels, overwhelming their viewers-readers-listeners to the point of emotional exhaustion. In fact, the therapists said, one trait was ubiquitous among their political anxiety clients: They were voracious news consumers. 

“They have CNN or Fox News on in the background 12 hours a day,” says Jason Odegaard, a therapist with clients across seven states, stretching from Florida to California. “And so usually, one of my first interventions is: Turn off the TV and watch it for one hour a week and watch headline news at the most. You don’t need to hear all the details over and over. … That’s what increases anxiety.”

Beyond recommending a media detox, therapists have a few other prescriptions (aside from the pharmaceutical kind). Some point to radical acceptance: the art of coming to peace with situations one can’t control, so an inability to change things doesn’t turn into suffering. Others suggest shifting approaches to activism, perhaps writing letters to lawmakers instead of attending protests in person.

But if engaging with civic life increasingly requires emotional coping strategies, what does sustained participation in democracy look like for a stressed and divided public?

The worst-case scenario, for the country, if not for one’s psyche, is total withdrawal.

“One of the most common ways, like low-hanging fruit ways, of managing anxiety is avoidance,” says Ford, the University of Toronto psychologist who runs workshops for therapists. “When you pair anxiety with hopelessness and feeling like there’s nothing you can do, that creates the perfect storm for widespread political disengagement.”

That’s not the inevitable outcome for America. Political anxiety is ultimately a form of chronic stress, the kind that seeps into daily life — and humans are surprisingly resilient to chronic stress. That’s particularly true, Ford says, if they follow the right coping strategies, be it finding small ways to continue civic engagement or embracing radical acceptance when needed.

Still, these therapists are unlikely to run out of patients anytime soon. Certainly not as long as each election is seen as such a high-stakes affair by those on both sides of the aisle.

“I think the impact of politics on well-being is going to be hard this year,” says Smith, who runs the political anxiety workshops alongside Ford. “I think it is probably going to be worse in 2028.”

by Michel  for news.blog

Mobile App Development Trends to Look for in 2020

Technology keeps growing and advancing at a rapid rate. Things that we never thought would exist are now elements of our daily lives. From the invention of the home computer, the cell phone, and now the rise of AI machines, technology is evolving exponentially. One of the aspects of tech that keeps growing the fastestContinue reading "Mobile App Development Trends to Look for in 2020"

Technology keeps growing and advancing at a rapid rate. Things that we never thought would exist are now elements of our daily lives. From the invention of the home computer, the cell phone, and now the rise of AI machines, technology is evolving exponentially. One of the aspects of tech that keeps growing the fastest in mobile technology. Over 80% of Americans own a smartphone by February 2019 and the entire world of technology has improved with the growth in how many users. Companies large and small are catering to the mobile platform with new developments. The consumer experience is being vastly improved to be quick, easy, and painless. That is increasing the already existing convenience mobile technology offers. As the platform of preference shifts towards mobile in a huge way, new trends will emerge. Over the next two years, the mobile industry will roll out many new improvements. Here certainly are a few that we expect to see by 2020.

Mobile apps trends

More Proactive Apps

Artificial intelligence may appear such as a far-fetched idea, however, the technology has already been in use throughout mobile apps. AI is helping customers get what they want within a matter of seconds, all because of intelligent machines. From when most apps are opened, an AI is working to help make the customer experience as smooth as possible. A good example of AI doing his thing is when you are sent a note on software like LinkedIn. Once the message comes through, the user exists a number of ways to click and see the message. When the user goes to type an answer, an AI suggests things to write on the basis of the context of the initial message. These suggested sentences are designed so the user could conceivably click an auto-generated response without needing to type anything. These generated responses are normally well written and linked to the initial message; that is entirely possible due to AI.

This proactive feature only adds to the quantity of assistance we receive from apps every day. More productive AI-assisted apps will run faster, smoother, and offer more features than ever before. Your phone is learning you better and uses that to produce your experience better.

Mobile-First Indexing

For a while, now Google has been taking care of mobile-first indexing to produce websites more mobile-friendly. Since a lot of the marketplace has shifted away from home desktops and towards mobile phones, Google is taking steps to ensure mobile-friendly websites rank higher in its eyes. Google will monitor websites and determine how they rank based on Google’s criteria, which will be now prioritizing mobile-friendly websites. This implies features like easy to use buttons, quick loading, proper formatting for simplicity of use on mobile, and other aspects can lead to websites ranking higher. In order to boost your website’s ranking on mobile, you will have to have an excellent mobile site that is diverse from your desktop site.

Personalized Mobile Experiences

In the same vein as the last point, companies are pouring resources into making the entire mobile experience better for the customer. These improvements include personalizing experiences for customers. Customers can determine which communication method they prefer so the business will simply contact them through that channel. Companies will also show customers items available depending on the data. A customer in California likely won’t be shown heavy winter gear while someone surviving in Alaska won’t be shown beach attire. This means that the things customers are shown are more personally strongly related to them. This practice increases sales as customers are more vulnerable to buy something if it is strongly related to them.

Voice Search and Commands

One of the largest and latest technologies going through a boom is voice search. It is expected that voice search as a retail segment will rise to $40 Billion by 2022. It won’t be a long time before Siri, Alexa, and other virtual assistants are designed for our most complex orders with ease. As the sophistication of voice recognition increases, we shall emerge from the other side of the uncanny valley. It happens to be difficult to truly have a full conversation with virtual assistants, but that’ll change in the future. You can already order items from Amazon through the Amazon Alexa so it’s not unfathomable that voice commands will end up standard.

Chatbots

Customer care is incredibly important. Customers want their issues resolved quickly, but that is not at all times possible. Emails, phones, and human staffed chats all take employees to man and operate. This means that lines can build up and leaves customers waiting for their turn to be served. However, AI can solve this. AI-run chatbots will help customers with their questions any time of day any day of the week since they require no human employees to function. Clients are very happy to be receiving service without delay and employees are happy not to have long queues.

Technology is making massive improvements in peoples’ lives. AI is bolstering how people shop online. Mobile websites are becoming properly optimized and outfitted with features that leave customers satisfied. The utilization of data allows for personalized shopping, allowing customers to see relevant content that improves sales. Voice commands and chatbots are perfect examples of how emerging technology is bringing the mobile industry into the future. We will have to wait and see how the industry develops as 2020 approaches.

Source: business2community

by Tim Hardwick  for macrumors.com

OpenAI brings Codex Remote Access to ChatGPT Mobile App

OpenAI has brought its Codex coding agent to the ChatGPT mobile app, providing iPhone and Android users with remote access to Codex sessions running on a Mac.


"Codex is now in the ChatGPT mobile app so you can stay in the loop from anywhere while Codex gets work done across your laptops, devboxes, or remote environments," said OpenAI, announcing the feature.

Codex remains a standalone app on Mac, but the mobile integration lives inside the existing ChatGPT app on iPhone and Android. Setup is pretty simple. First, update the Codex Mac app and ChatGPT mobile app, then select the new "Codex mobile" section in the Mac app interface. Scan the QR code it shows with your phone, and you're done.

Once connected, the mobile app loads the live state from the Mac where Codex is running, and you can pick up active chats or projects from the desktop, get notifications when Codex finishes a task or needs input, and begin new tasks by sending a message from your phone.

From the ChatGPT app, users can also review outputs, approve commands, switch between models, and add new prompts across active threads. Files, credentials, and permissions stay on the machine where Codex is operating, while screenshots, terminal output, diffs, test results, and approval requests flow back to the phone in real time.

OpenAI notes that Codex will access the desktop's files, apps, and browser to complete tasks sent from a phone, and warns users to only pair devices they own and trust.


The feature follows OpenAI's recent launch of a Codex Chrome extension, which lets the agent work directly in the browser to test web apps and pull context across tabs.

OpenAI says support for remotely accessing Codex for Windows will follow soon.
This article, "OpenAI brings Codex Remote Access to ChatGPT Mobile App" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Ross Johnson  for lifehacker.com

10 Shows Like 'Beef' You Should Watch Next

These shows are full of conflicts and laughs, mostly because it's all happening to other people.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Netflix's conflict-heavy anthology series Beef, from creator Lee Sung Jin, just concluded its second season, which saw wealthy country club managers Oscar Isaac and Carey Mulligan go head-to-head with the help, played by Cailee Spaeny and Charles Melton. That followed up a first season involving Steven Yeun and Ali Wong in a road-rage scenario that developed to operatic levels of chaos before the run of episodes was over. All dramatic, but also funny! Nothing wrong with a little conflict, as long as it's happening to other people.

Dead to Me (2019 – 2022)

Christina Applegate and Linda Cardellini make for an all-time-great TV pairing in this dark, twisty comedy about a couple of women who become united in tragedy—and lies. Applegate is Jen Harding, a realtor whose husband was killed in a hit-and-run incident; she's not dealing well, and takes a bit of inspiration from Cardellini's Judy, who has maintained a cheery disposition following her fiancé Steve's death from a heart attack—easier to do, given that Steve's still secretly alive. And then we discover that Judy has a storage unit with a car that looks suspiciously like the one that killed Jen's husband—and that's all just part of the first episode. The show only gets wilder from there—like Beef, but sneakier and more passive-aggressive. Stream Dead to Me on Netflix.


The Other Black Girl (2023)

Nella Rogers is an editorial assistant at the (fictional) Wagner Books, a major publisher in NYC. She's also the only Black woman working for the company, and is initially thrilled when Hazel-May McCall (Ashleigh Murray) is hired as on as a fellow editorial assistant and, well, the other Black girl. At first the quiet Nella and outspoken Hazel bond, but Nella begins receiving threatening notes, and advice from Hazel gets her in trouble. Is this a comedic show about two Black women who can't work together without conflict and competition? Or is there a deeper mystery? (It's very much the second one, FYI). Stream The Other Black Girl on Disney+ and Hulu.


Bad Sisters (2022 – 2024)

A pitch-perfect (and pitch-dark) comedy, the Irish import Bad Sisters picked up several well-deserved Emmy nominations in its first year. Writer and co-creator Sharon Horgan leads the cast as Eva Garvey, oldest of five sisters, including Grace (Anne-Marie Duff), who's married to John Paul, an abusive and isolating husband. When the dude winds up dead under rather suspicious circumstances, down-on-his-luck insurance investigator Tom (Brian Gleeson) starts poking his nose into things. We know the sisters definitely wanted John Paul dead, but did they actually do the deed? Tom's family business will go under if he has to pay out on the life insurance policy, so he's motivated to pin the (potential) crime on at least one of the women. Stream Bad Sisters on Apple TV.


The White Lotus (2021 — )

Another darkly comic, season-long anthology series, the similarities between our subject and White Lotus grew even stronger in the second season of Beef, which finds a couple of managers of a luxury country club in an ever-escalating tiff with the help. The opening episodes of Mike White's show, meanwhile, begins with a flash forward to the rather horrible outcomes that will be faced by at least some of the holiday makers traveling to one of the title's White Lotus resorts (each season being a distinct storyline and location, with the occasional recurring character). The first season's manager, Murray Bartlett’s Armond, makes clear to the staff that the ultra-wealthy guests are little more than overgrown children, and need to be coddled as such. At these very fancy resorts, at which people have paid absurd amounts of money to be pampered, competitiveness and general toxicity ensure that everyone’s going to have a miserable time, whatever the price. Like Beef, The White Lotus attracts A-list talent each outing. Stream The White Lotus on HBO Max.


Your Friends and Neighbors (2025 – )

In Your Friends & Neighbors, Jon Hamm plays Andrew "Coop" Cooper, a recently divorced, recently unemployed New York hedge fund manager. In an effort to keep up an illusion that nothing in his life has changed, he begins breaking into the homes of his wealthy neighbors to steal and sell their stuff, inadvertently catching on to their secrets as well. This dark comedy isn't exactly about how hard it is to be a once-rich white guy, but neither is it a pointed lesson in the downfalls toxic masculinity. Coop is an insider forced into the role of an outsider (playing an insider), offering him a unique perspective on the artifice at the center of a life based on flaunting wealth. Stream Your Friends and Neighbors on Apple TV.


Barry (2018 – 2023)

Bill Hader won a couple of Emmys for his performance as Barry Berkman, a depressed and anxious hitman who discovers a love of acting that leads him to look for a life beyond killing people, even though he's rather good at it, and keeps getting drawn back in. Barry's mentor and father figure in his quest to rebuild his life on the stage is the wildly eccentric Gene Cousineau (Henry Winkler, who also won an Emmy here), who's entirely supportive of Barry—until he learns of his protégé's double life. Stream Barry on HBO Max.


Fargo (2014 – 2024)

This season-by-season anthology crime drama finds us in the Midwest, mostly, blending crime drama, small town secrets, and healthy heaps of dark humor (if you're familiar with the Cohen Bros. movie that inspired the show, you'll know exactly what's meant by that). The quirky characters in the shifting cast are sometimes lovable, sometimes reprehensible, but they're consistently compelling—as with Beef, there's the sense that characters will get what's coming to them, while also making room for moments of surprising grace. Stream Fargo on Hulu.


How to Get to Heaven From Belfast (2026 – )

How to Get to Heaven comes from Irish playwright and Derry Girls creator Lisa McGee, though that earlier and justifiably beloved show will only moderately prepare you for the latest. Three high school friends from Belfast reunite after learning that their fourth bestie has died unexpectedly—except that maybe she didn't, a mixed blessing given that they all have secrets that they were hoping to bury. Now they're off to investigate the mystery of the maybe-murder, and find themselves immediately in way over their heads and in a complex web of lies, secrets, and old vendettas. The tone is all over the place in a way that somehow works, and has a beating heart beneath all the chaos. Stream How to Get to Heaven From Belfast on Netflix.


I Hate Suzie (2020 – 2022)

Popstar turned actress Suzie Pickles (Billie Piper) has just been hired for a new Disney series when she has, in the opening episode of I Hate Suzie, the worst day of her career: a compromising phone hack has left her exposed, literally and figuratively to the world. Support at home is in short supply given that the prominent penis in some of the pictures doesn't belong to her husband. Lucy Prebble and Piper resume a collaboration that began with The Secret Diary of a Call Girl and the highly acclaimed play The Effect for this dark, funny show about a woman on the verge of a breakdown. Piper is phenomenal, as always, playing a character whose bio is similar to her own—the whole world's out to get her, but early fame has left her both deeply vulnerable and wildly self-involved. Stream I Hate Suzie on HBO Max.


No Good Deed (2024)

I'm adding this one largely for the Lisa Kudrow of it all, but there's a similar vein of dark comedy here—plus, No Good Deed is a pretty great show that a lot of people missed. The setup sounds like a juicy crime thrillers: Kudrow is retired pianist Lydia; Ray Romano is her husband, Paul. The two are in rather tricky financial straits and need to sell their home without wanting to seem too desperate to prospective buyers—and also hide a secret involving a death a few years prior. For all that, it's a comedy, with a great supporting cast that includes Linda Cardellini, Luke Wilson, O-T Fagbenle, and Teyonah Parris. Stream No Good Deed on Netflix.

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

One of the Best Budget Ultrawide Gaming Monitors Is on Sale for $700

This 49-inch behemoth of a gaming monitor is at its lowest price ever.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Having a powerful monitor with high-end specs can make gaming more immersive and make input lag as small as possible, which is helpful for any serious gamer looking for an edge over their opponents. The Samsung Odyssey G9 is a 49-inch gaming monitor with some impressive specs, including a 240Hz refresh rate and a 1 ms response time. It's available for $699.99 (originally $1,299.99 at launch), $20 off the lowest price it has ever been, according to price-checking tools.

The Odyssey G9 came out in January 2024 as a refresh of the QLED Odyssey G9, sporting a new stand, HDMI 2.1, a black design, and a cheaper listing price (the 2020 version launched at $1,479). In addition to the low response time and high refresh rate, this monitor has Nvidia’s and AMD’s adaptive sync technologies. Its huge 49-inch diagonal screen has a sharp curvature of 1000R and a 178-degree viewing angle. Because of its curve, the monitor measures 11.5 inches front to back, so make sure you have enough space on your desk before buying.

The VA screen panel has a 5,120 by 1,440 resolution with a 32:9 aspect ratio, which is equivalent to two side-by-side 2,560 x 1,440 monitors. Since this isn't the OLED version, it can get brighter, reaching 1,000 nits of brightness while still giving you a good contrast ratio of 1,000,000:1. You can swivel, tilt, and adjust the height of the monitor.

If you're an Xbox Series X or PS5 gamer, be mindful of the output at 16:9, meaning you'll have empty space on the sides of the screen. Try the even bigger Odyssey Neo G9 if this one isn't enough.


by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Google Whole-Home Mesh System Is $170 Off Right Now

For people dealing with weak wifi in larger homes.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Google Nest Wifi Pro three-pack is down to $229.99 on Woot, a steep drop from its usual $399.99 price and the lowest price tracked so far, according to price trackers. The same bundle currently sells for around $344.95 on Amazon, so this deal undercuts most major retailers by a wide margin. You also get free shipping if you’re a Prime member, while everyone else pays an extra $6. Woot says the deal will stay live for three days or until stock runs out.

This Wi-Fi 6 system is designed to cover up to 6,000 square feet using three mesh nodes that work together automatically. Setup happens entirely through the Google Home app—you plug in the units, follow the app prompts, and the network largely manages itself afterward—including switching devices between the 2.4GHz, 5GHz, and 6GHz bands. In practice, that mostly helps when a lot of connected devices are running at once, making activities like 4K streaming, online gaming, large downloads, and video calls feel smoother and more stable than they do on older Wi-Fi 5 routers.

The hardware itself is minimal—each unit has two Ethernet ports on the back for wired connections, and you can also connect the nodes with Ethernet cables for a more stable connection throughout the house. Google also includes newer networking and smart home standards designed to improve security, help devices handle crowded networks more efficiently, and make smart home products from different brands work together more smoothly, notes this PCMag review.

The downside to that easy setup is that you don’t get many advanced controls. You can’t manually create a separate 6GHz Wi-Fi network, there are no USB ports for plugging in storage devices, no built-in anti-malware tools, and only limited traffic prioritization controls compared to systems like the TP-Link Deco XE75 Pro. And while family wifi parental controls are included, allowing parents to group devices and block adult content, it’s via Google SafeSearch filters. Still, for households that mostly want stable coverage, fast setup, and fewer dead zones without constantly managing router settings, the Nest Wifi Pro makes a stronger case at this price than it did at launch.


by AJ Dellinger  for gizmodo.com

Who Won the Elon Musk vs OpenAI Trial?

The trial is wrapping up with closing arguments on Thursday, so it's time to speculate!The trial is wrapping up with closing arguments on Thursday, so it's time to speculate!

by Beth Skwarecki  for lifehacker.com

How to Remove a Tick Without Touching It

Skip the burned matches—you're going to need one of these tools.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

If you find a tick on yourself, it’s totally normal to want to climb out of your skin and burn it and live your life with your bones and muscles on display. Since I wasn't able to do that the last time I tried, I’m glad to report there is a safe, effective, hands-off way to remove the tick from your skin. More than one, in fact.

Put down the matches, though. And the soap, and the alcohol. Those can make a tick release itself, but they also make the tick vomit its stomach contents into your bloodstream. That’s gross and it increases your risk of catching tick-borne diseases like Lyme. Instead, you need specialized equipment. Get your hands on it now, before you need it. You have several options, and they’re all under $10 each.

I prefer the Tick Key. I have actually used this one in real life, while freaking out just a little (I respect arachnids and insects as important parts of the ecosystem but I really do not enjoy touching them) and it’s pretty easy. You put the large end of the keyhole over the tick, then just slide it over so the tick gets wedged into the small end. That’s it. Doing this removes the tick.

If you do it right, pressing down into the skin, you can remove the whole creature. If you’re a bit skittish, like me, you might end up leaving the mouthparts buried in the skin. But at that point they’re not attached to a living breathing monster, so it’s really no biggie. The mouthparts are very very tiny, and they’ll work their way out as the bite heals. Once the tick is off your skin, your job is done.

My vet prefers the Tick Twister, which is easier to use without fur getting in the way. You slide the forked part around the tick, then twist until it pops off.

There are other brands, like the Ticked Off, that work in similar ways. You can also, if you’re not too squeamish, grab the lil guy close to the skin with fine-tipped tweezers. (Either special tick tweezers or just a regular pair that’s pointy enough).

When you’ve got the tick, you can drop it into a jar of alcohol to make sure it’s good and dead. I usually put it in a baggie, so it can’t crawl away, and drop it in the trash; sandwiching it in masking tape is another reasonable approach.

Finally, try to stop this from happening ever again by checking yourself for ticks every day. A shower is pretty good at washing the little guys off before they get a chance to attach. If you’ve just finished a hike and worry that you’re crawling with the things, give yourself a few swipes with a lint roller to tide you over until shower time.

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

Lifehacker Deals Live Blog: The Best Tech Sales, All in One Place

Keep up with all of the best deals that Lifehacker publishes, including laptops, speakers, TVs, security cameras, and more.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

With this live blog, you can keep up with the best deals the Lifehacker team finds every day—all in one place. Bookmark this page to keep an eye on what we're finding. As always, we use price-tracking tools to suss out the deals that are actually worth paying attention to, not just hype designed to instill a false sense of urgency.

by Ross Johnson  for lifehacker.com

15 Shows Like 'Widow's Bay' You Should Watch Next

Visit these wicked little towns, if you dare.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

I love a creepy little town full of secrets and dark deeds, whether it's Twin Peaks, Hawkins (of Stranger Things fame), or Jessica Fletcher's Cabot Cove, the Maine fishing village from Murder, She Wrote with the alarmingly high death rate. The latest addition to this atlas of regrettable vacation destinations is Widow's Bay, the insular New England island that is the setting for the new Apple TV series of the same name.

The town seems idyllic on the surface, but according to some of the locals, it appears to be "waking up," in a supernatural way. This is bad timing for the mayor, Tom Loftis, a relative newcomer who's hoping to build the place into a quaint tourist destination. A few episodes in, the show is frequently legitimately funny, but also plausibly scary (think clowns in crawlspaces)—and if you're looking to visit other terrifying locales between episodes, here are 15 spooky suggestions. Stream Widow's Bay on Apple TV.

Shining Vale (2022 – 2023)

Shining Vale opens by advising us that women are twice as likely as men to suffer from depression—but also twice as likely to be possessed by a demon. And the symptoms are the same. Courteney Cox's Pat Phelps isn't really sure which problem she's experiencing when her wildly dysfunctional family moves to a big ol' Victorian mansion in a tiny Connecticut town, hoping that getting out of the big city will solve all their problems. As you might suspect, it doesn't, and adds a whole lot more in the form of supernatural forces related to dark things that have happened in the house. Shining Vale deals frankly with issues of women and mental illness but, like Widow's Bay, also comes at its ghostly threats with a sense of humor. Stream Shining Vale on HBO Max.


The 'Burbs (2026 – )

Nothing much overtly supernatural here, but the show's premise is that the suburbs are so insular and creepy, particularly if you're not a local, which feels close enough. This fun and very loose adaptation of the 1989 Tom Hanks film finds Keke Palmer's Samira and Jack Whitehall's Rob moving back to his impossibly safe and tidy hometown. Their house happens to be across the street from a dilapidated Victorian eyesore that may or may not have been the location of a murder a couple of decades before. As Samira adjusts to new motherhood as well as life on the cul-de-sac, she learns that even the nicest of her neighbors (played by Julia Duffy, Paula Pell, Mark Proksch, and Kapil Talwalkar) have secrets, and comes to suspect that her husband knows more about the dead girl than he's letting on. Stream The 'Burbs on Peacock.


The Third Day (2020)

This weird and ambitious slice of folk horror finds Jude Law's Sam arriving on Osea Island while grieving his murdered son and trying to save his failing business. After he intervenes when he sees a young woman attempting to hang herself, Sam get caught up in some wildly atmospheric creepiness around the town. Later, Naomie Harris' Helen arrives on the island with her daughters only to discover that everything's gone to hell, and that the causeway that connects the island to the mainland is gone. In between the two halves of the miniseries, the creators produced an immersive, 12-hour-long, single-camera livestream capturing a day in the life of the island, and it's a wild bit of innovation. Admittedly, it's all a bit more vibes than plot, but the vibes are genuinely disturbing. Stream The Third Day on HBO Max.


Obituary (2023 – )

Heading to rural Ireland, we meet Elvira Clancy (Siobhán Cullen), a freelance obituarist and erstwhile goth girl with money problems. There's decent money in the job, but there are only so many deaths in the tiny (fictional) town of Killraven—but she happens on a way to up the death count after she kinda accidentally pushes a jerk off a cliff. This is as dark as dark comedies get, as Elvira comes off less like a serial killer and more like a grown-up Wednesday Addams. Stream Obituary on Hulu.


Haven (2010 – 2015)

Occasionally light but not obviously comedic, Haven (based on the Stephen King short story "The Colorado Kid") nevertheless has the "weird stuff goes down in a remote town" part down pat. Emily Rose stars as Audrey Parker, an FBI Special Agent sent to the titular Maine town on a routine case. Soon she is drawn into “the Troubles," a series of harmful supernatural events that have recurred throughout the town’s history—and, by no coincidence, are happening again. The supernatural-case-of-the-week format gives way to a bigger mystery when Audrey comes to learn that this isn’t her first time in Haven, nor the first time she’s encountered the Troubles. Stream Haven on Peacock and Prime Video.


Twin Peaks (1990 – 1991, 2017)

Widow's Bay has its work cut out for it if it's going to compete with the town (and the oddball locals) at the center of this groundbreaking bit of weirdness from David Lynch and Mark Frost, in which teens and adults in the deceptively quiet Twin Peaks face tragedy accompanied by supernatural threats from outside of our normal space and time. I think? The mysteries here aren't really meant to be solved as much as pondered with an eye toward nebulous existential dread (and if that's not your idea of fun, I'm not sure what you're doing here). Kyle MacLachlan plays FBI Special Agent Dale Cooper, who arrives in town to investigate the murder of teenage homecoming queen Laura Palmer (Sheryl Lee), and uncovers secrets and mysteries among the town's delightfully (often disturbingly) weird residents. Stream Twin Peaks on Paramount+.


It: Welcome to Derry (2025 – )

Stephen King's best trick is situating his horror in seemingly idyllic small towns. Set in the 1960s, this It prequel dives into the backstory of Derry and Pennywise the clown through the eyes of children who met him during his previous visit to the town. By the end of the first episode, it's clear that even the most adorable children aren't safe, and this is a show that will, if nothing else, go hard. Tonally, it's far from a match for Widow's Bay—but given that Bay has already introduced a scary ghost clown from the '60s as one of its supernatural scares, there's some overlap, if you're a particular kind of freak. Stream It: Welcome to Derry on HBO Max.


True Detective: Night Country (2024)

A complete tonal mismatch here, in that Night Country takes itself way more seriously than Widow's Bay. Nonetheless, this most recent True Detective season is one of the better creepy-stuff-in-an-isolated location narratives of recent years, moving away from the sweaty bro energy of earlier seasons in favor of a frostier mystery involving missing scientists at a research station near a tiny and necessarily remote Alaskan town, where the dark and the cold are practically characters themselves. The resulting case ties together veteran Chief Liz Danvers (Jodie Foster) and Trooper Evangeline Navarro (Kali Reis), two women with complicated pasts and screwed-up present family lives. Stream True Detective: Night Country on HBO Max.


Gravity Falls (2012 – 2016)

This much-loved animated series follows twin siblings Mabel and Dipper Pines (Kristen Schaal and Jason Ritter) sent to spend the summer with their great-uncle (aka "Grunkle") Stan (voiced by show creator Alex Hirsch). While helping Stan run his mystery-themed tourist shack, the kids happen across a series of supernatural mysteries, many related to the show's ultimate antagonist, a dream demon known as Bill Cipher. The series recently came to a planned conclusion (albeit after four years rather than ten), and its finale was a ratings blockbuster—the highest-rated telecast in the history of Disney XD, as a matter of fact. Stream Gravity Falls on Disney+.


Bodkin (2024)

Bodkin takes us to the title's quirky Irish coastal town for a dark comedy thriller that parodies true crime dramas in much the same way Widow's Bay takes the piss out of supernatural narratives. Will Forte plays Gilbert Power, an American podcaster investigating the cold case of three people who went missing during a Samhain celebration three decades prior. It's definitely a satire of the genre, but the show has a pretty engaging mystery at its heart nonetheless. Stream Bodkin on Netflix.


Deadloch (2023 – )

Both a twisty crime procedural and a brilliant satire of the genre, this Australian import follows Dulcie Collins (Kate Box), the fastidious senior sergeant of the police force in the fictional town of Deadloch. When a body turns up on the beach, Dulcie is joined by Madeleine Sami's Eddie Redcliffe, a crud, generally obnoxious detective brought in to help solve the case. Their unraveling of the web of secrets in the tiny Tasmanian town is addictive, and as a bonus, its cop thriller tropes are mercilessly mocked throughout. Stream Deadloch on Prime Video.


Stan Against Evil (2016 – 2018)

Drawing inspiration from Evil Dead, Stan Against Evil stars John C. McGinley as the crotchety, obnoxious former sheriff of the tiny New Hampshire town of Willard's Mill, which is lurking with vengeful spirits. Janet Varney comes to town as his replacement, and the two soon realize that the demons aren’t going to keep quiet for much longer. The awkward chemistry between the leads is a big selling point, as are the old-school practical monster effects. Stream Stan Against Evil on AMC+ and Shudder.


From (2022 – )

Like the residents of Widow's Bay, the characters in From are literally trapped. But at least the locality in that Apple show gets a name; From's setting is just known as the Town, and, once you set foot there, you can never leave. Oh, and did I mention that creatures come from the woods and kill anyone found outside after dark? Doesn't sound quite as bad as the town where I grew up, but nevertheless: concerning. Stream From on MGM+.


Midnight Mass (2021)

If it's not the best of Mike Flanagan's Netflix work, it's certainly the most emotionally devastating. Riley Flynn (Zach Gilford) returns to the tiny, isolated community of Crockett Island, his arrival coinciding with that of Catholic priest Father Paul Hill (Hamish Linklater). Riley is wrestling with his justifiable guilt over a drunk-driving death for which he was responsible, while the charismatic priest is reviving the town's once-flagging religious fervor while exacerbating local tensions. The brewing conflict, exploring the limits of both faith and guilt, is fascinating, and the inseparably horrific elements are terrifying. Stream Midnight Mass on Netflix.


And Then There Were None (2015)

The set-up will seem familiar, but only because this stark, brutal miniseries goes back to the Agatha Christie source material that gives it its name: Eight strangers arrive on the fictional, thoroughly isolated Soldier Island, off the Devon coast. They've been brought together under various pretexts, and, at a tense dinner, are presented with a gramophone recording explaining that each of them has been responsible for a death, and that each will face justice in turn. Stream And Then There Were None on Acorn TV.

by Tim Hardwick  for macrumors.com

Apple's F1 Streaming Ambitions Hit Wall as Sky Renews European Rights

Apple's interest in expanding its Formula 1 streaming deal for Apple TV beyond the United States may have stalled, after Sky Sports signed early renewals to retain the sport's broadcast rights across its largest European markets.


Sky and F1 jointly announced on May 6 that Sky will remain F1's exclusive live broadcast partner in the UK and Ireland through the 2034 season, and in Italy through 2032. The five-year extension adds to a UK and Ireland deal that was already running through 2029, so it won't impact any immediate plans Apple may have had, but it certainly pushes those markets further out of reach. Sky's early move secured the rights before they could go to open tender.

Sky and F1 did not disclose the value of the deal, but trade publication IBC reported that the UK and Ireland portion is worth around £200 million (around $265–270 million) per season, while other reports put the total figure at around £1 billion (around $1.34 billion).

The deal follows recent comments from Apple's senior vice president of services Eddy Cue at the Autosport Business Exchange in Miami. According to a report from MotorBiscuit, Cue said that clinching its F1 streaming rights in the U.S. first was "undoubtedly the best strategy," adding: "I hope we can expand into other markets."

Sky may have walled off the British, Irish, and Italian markets for now, but other major European deals remain open – Canal Plus holds French rights only through 2029, for example.

Apple's five-year U.S. deal began with the 2026 season, and Apple has already folded its coverage into its wider offerings, with a dedicated F1 section in the Apple TV app, race tracking in Apple Sports, F1 circuit guides in Apple Maps, and playlists in Apple Music.

Tag: Europe

This article, "Apple's F1 Streaming Ambitions Hit Wall as Sky Renews European Rights" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Pranay Parab  for lifehacker.com

10 Hacks Every DuckDuckGo User Should Know

If you use DuckDuckGo, you'll want to try these hacks.

DuckDuckGo has been my default search engine for years. Its big selling point is that it doesn't track you nearly as much as Google does, but there's more to DuckDuckGo than that privacy claim. You can use DuckDuckGo to anonymously try AI chatbots (including ChatGPT and Claude), filter out AI-generated images from results, and shorten URLs without leaving the site. If you're using DuckDuckGo, try these 10 hacks to make the most of the search engine.

Turn off AI features to simplify your search experience

DuckDuckGo recently added a bunch of AI features, but, luckily, you can turn off most. To disable AI-related features in DuckDuckGo, go to the search engine's settings page. Next, select AI Features, then turn off Search Assist and Duck.ai. This will eliminate AI results and prompts to try using chatbots from the search engine's home page.

Use AI chatbots anonymously to preserve your privacy

On the flip side, let's say you're interested in AI chatbots, but are worried about your privacy. You can use DuckDuckGo to use ChatGPT, Claude, and other AI services anonymously. To get started, head to Duck.ai. A drop-down menu below the search box allows you to choose which LLM you wish to use, and once you've selected that, you can use your preferred AI service without creating an account. This service is free, but there's a daily limit to how many AI searches you can perform. The same service also lets you generate images and perform basic photo edits, such as removing a background from your image.

Use "bangs" to search other websites and search engines

DuckDuckGo is a pretty competent search engine, but it doesn't always show you the same results as Google. If you're using DuckDuckGo as your default search engine, you can still ask it to send the search query to Google. To do this, add !g to your search query, and you'll see that the search results appear on Google. This is called a bang, and you can use bangs in DuckDuckGo to search via other search engines and websites, too. For example, !gi searches Google Images, !w looks for something on Wikipedia, and !r does a Reddit search. You can see the full list of DuckDuckGo bangs on this page.

Hide AI-generated images from results to focus on real pictures

Hide AI-generated images from results in DuckDuckGo
Credit: Pranay Parab

DuckDuckGo ships with a filter that removes AI slop from image search results. The filter is decent at the job, but be aware that it can't remove every single AI image from the results. You can enable it by going to DuckDuckGo settings > AI Features > Hide AI-Generated Images.

Use this option to block certain sites from your search results

If you've come across sites with low-quality content on the web, and you wish to block them from your search results, you can do that with DuckDuckGo. The next time you search for something on the site, click the three dots to the right of any result, then click Block this site from all results. That domain will no longer appear in search results. You can go to DuckDuckGo settings > General to see a list of blocked domains. You can unblock domains too at any time.

Get rid of DuckDuckGo's ads to clean up the experience

You can also disable DuckDuckGo's search ads, and all the mentions of the company's other products on the home page. Head over to DuckDuckGo settings > General, and turn off Advertisements. This will turn off search ads, but note that the company says it doesn't track you to serve these ads. To remove prompts to use other DuckDuckGo products, scroll to the bottom of the same settings page, and turn off the following:

  • Install DuckDuckGo

  • Privacy Newsletters

  • Homepage Privacy Tips

  • Help Improve DuckDuckGo

You can also go to the Appearance section in DuckDuckGo settings, and turn off the last option: 'Protected' Reminder. This will hide the notice that says your searches are protected.

Change this setting to see more information under search results

If you prefer to see more information about a particular search result, this search engine allows you to expand the length of the descriptions that appear below each link. I've expanded mine from three lines to five, which gives me enough information to decide if a link is worth clicking. You can set this up by going to DuckDuckGo settings > Appearance > Max Snippet Length. Use the drop-down menu to change this to 5 lines.

Use this shortcut to shorten URLs

Shortening URLs using DuckDuckGo.
Credit: Pranay Parab

DuckDuckGo has a built-in URL shortener, too. Copy a URL and use the shorten command in the search engine to use it. For instance, type "shorten https://lifehacker.com/tech/15-of-the-best-iphone-privacy-hacks-everyone-should-know" in the search engine, and click the search button. The first result will be a shortened URL, which uses the is.gd URL shortener. Similarly, you can also expand shortened URLs via DuckDuckGo. Just type "expand" followed by the shortened link, and the search engine will show you the full URL in the search results.

Hide your email address when signing up for new accounts

It's common security advice to use a password manager and a unique password for each of your accounts. The idea is simple: If one account is breached, the hacker doesn't gain access to all your other accounts. You can apply the same logic to your username, which is your email address on most websites. If you're using the same email ID to sign up for each site, it could also be a potential attack vector for hackers.

This is where services like DuckDuckGo's Email Protection step in. You can use it to sign up for a Duck email address, which generates a unique email address for each account you create. If an account gets breached, you don't have to worry about your email address being sold on the dark web. Similarly, if a shady website sells its data to advertisers, they'll only get an anonymized email address, and not your real one. You can use that to identify who sold your data, and block that alias quickly.

DuckDuckGo also has "cheatsheets" for multiple apps and services, which show you commonly used keyboard shortcuts for a given app. For example, go to DuckDuckGo, then type "cheatsheet Excel," and the search engine displays a list of Microsoft Excel keyboard shortcuts at the top of the results. The initial result shows five to 10 keyboard shortcuts, but you can click the "Show More" button to reveal hundreds of shortcuts. This feature doesn't work for every app, but you can try it for popular apps such as Photoshop, Lightroom, and Chrome. Be sure to verify the information on this page, since keyboard shortcuts sometimes change when an app is updated.

by Steve Inskeep  for npr.org

How the relationship between the U.S. and China has changed under Trump

NPR's Steve Inskeep talks with Chinese scholar Da Wei about the history of the U.S.-China relationship and how it has changed under President Trump.

NPR's Steve Inskeep talks with Chinese scholar Da Wei about the history of the U.S.-China relationship and how it has changed under President Trump.

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

Nimble Wally Stretch Review: A Colorful Charger With a Retractable USB-C Cable

Last year, accessory maker Nimble came out with the Wally Stretch power adapters, and they've become some of my favorite charging options.


The Wally Stretch is available in 35W and 65W options, and it has an excellent design. It's a simple cube with prongs that fold down, a retractable USB-C cable, and an extra USB-C port. The 65W model that I tested is thicker than the comparable 70W Apple charger, but it's smaller in length and width.


Nimble's charger is just about two inches all around, and it looks like a block. While Nimble sells the 35W charger in black and the 65W charger in white, Apple offers 65W Wally Stretch in better colors. It comes in teal with a yellow accent and a gold-topped cable, along with deep purple with a pink accent and a silver-topped cable. I'm a big fan of any charger that's not your standard black or white, and I use the Wally Stretch chargers with my desktop power strip.


The retractable USB-C cable measures in at two feet, which is a great length for desktop use. It's also worked well for traveling between locations, and two feet seems to be an all-around useful length. Some people prefer much longer cables, and there aren't options with the Wally, which is a downside. There is, however, an extra USB-C port at the bottom where a longer cable can be plugged in if desired.


65W is enough for me to power even a 16-inch MacBook Pro when it's not under heavy load, and it's more than sufficient for my MacBook Air, iPad Pro, and iPhone. Even when charging two of the latter three devices at the same time, I get fast charging.


A retractable cable paired with an extra USB-C port all in a small package makes the Wally Stretch one of my most flexible power adapters. I would pick it over a standard Apple charger in all situations, and over many third-party chargers. The only situation where I reach for something else is when I need more than two ports or higher watts, but that doesn't happen too often. I think the only thing that would make the Wally Stretch better is an XL version with two retractable cables and 140W.


Nimble also makes power banks that I like a lot, again because they come in colors other than your standard black or white. The Nimble 10k Champ Portable Charger I tested is teal with yellow accents, and it has some design elements I've found useful.


It's small, and it tucks nicely into a pocket or a bag. It has a lanyard, which is a feature that I find surprisingly useful for a power bank. I can always track it down in my backpack, and I can put it around my wrist when I'm charging my iPhone with a short cable. I wouldn't have thought a lanyard would make a difference, but I have a decent selection of power banks, and I always pick the ones with the lanyard first when I need one.

The Nimble Champ is 3.4 inches long, 2.3 inches wide, and under an inch thick, plus it's lightweight at six ounces. There's a yellow button on the front that can be pressed to see remaining power level, which is reflected via four LED dots. That's standard for power banks, and it's fine. Some power banks have a little LED display that shows exact level, and I do prefer the more exact readout, but it's not a make-or-break feature.

There are two USB-C ports for charging an iOS device or for charging the power bank, and while it does come with an included USB-C cable, I wish it was a color-matched cable instead of a plain cable. A power bank designed to stand out with a bright color should have a cable that goes along with it, but I do understand the plain cable choice because it keeps costs lower. Nimble's power bank is $60, which makes it reasonably priced.


I have an Anker Nano power bank with a lanyard and a retractable cable and it is the one that I love the most. Nimble Champ is my second pick, just because I like integrated cables that don't require me to hunt down a cable and that don't result in excess cable I don't need. Nimble does actually have an updated version with a retractable cable and an exact readout of charging capacity, but it's more expensive at $80.

This is a 10K power bank, so it has enough power to charge an iPhone 17 Pro Max from 0 to 100 and then some, but it is limited to 20W fast charging. Apple's iPhone 17 models charge to 50 percent in 20 minutes with a 40W adapter, so you're not going to get maximum charging speeds with the Nimble Champ. I probably wouldn't choose the Nimble Champ in a situation where you need to optimize for the fastest possible charging for an ‌iPhone 17‌, but it's great if charging that's a bit slower isn't an issue.

Bottom Line


Nimble's Wally is a useful power adapter for everything from the Mac to the iPhone, and the retractable cable is super convenient. I'd definitely recommend it to anyone looking for a power adapter for desktop or travel use.

The Nimble Champ is a budget-friendly power bank that's brightly colored and slim enough to carry in a pocket. It's a good pick as long as you don't need the fastest USB-C charging.

How to Buy


Nimble's 65W Wally Chargers can be purchased from the Nimble website for $42, but you can get the colorful versions from Apple for $60. The 10K Nimble Champ Charger is $60 from Nimble or from Apple.
This article, "Nimble Wally Stretch Review: A Colorful Charger With a Retractable USB-C Cable" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

You Might Be Eligible for a Cut of Apple's $250 Million AI Settlement

Apple still hasn't released its AI Siri, and it might owe you money for it.

It's no secret that Apple is way behind in the generative AI race. While other companies, like OpenAI, Google, and Anthropic have had major wins over the past three and a half years, Apple has stumbled to find its footing, rushing to release features with varying levels of success. Now, that's not necessarily a bad thing, depending on who you ask. While Microsoft has shoved its AI products into as many apps and services as possible (to the degree that the company has since had to back off), Apple users have largely been able to ignore Apple Intelligence if they wish.

As it happens, Apple was a bit too eager to oversell its AI endeavors. Back in 2024, Apple hadn't really done anything with AI, at least not in the same way as the other big tech companies. After a year and a half of ChatGPT, Apple was undoubtedly feeling the pressure to deliver on AI. So, when it came time to formally announce Apple Intelligence, it swung big, highlighting a ton of powerful new features, including, notoriously, an AI-powered Siri. Apple said the new Siri would have new contextual abilities, like the capacity to dig through your inbox to find information without you needing to specify, as well as the ability to perform actions on your behalf. The company even produced an ad starring Bella Ramsey, who used the new Siri to remember the name of someone they had coffee with in the past.

Apple Intelligence didn't roll out as advertised. The company slowly introduced some of those features over the course of iOS 18's tenure with mixed results. Apple had to pull back Notification Summaries, for example, after the AI summaries misinterpreted reporting from outlets like the BBC. AI Siri has never actually materialized, despite Apple's advertisements. (Apple has since pulled the ad with Bella Ramsey.) Per the latest rumors, Apple is preparing to launch it with iOS 27.

Apple is now settling the AI lawsuit

As you might expect, a two-year delay on a feature doesn't fly with consumers. That's how this class action lawsuit started: Clarkson Lawfirm filed the suit, alleging that Apple misled customers about its AI features, particularly the new "enhanced" Siri. It's not unusual for features get delayed from time to time, but the crux of the case, according to Clarkson, is that Apple advertised these features as a core component of new iPhones. As such, the lawsuit alleges that people who bought Apple Intelligence-compatible iPhones, including the iPhone 15 Pro, 15 Pro Max, and the entire iPhone 16 line, may have done so under the guise that their devices would run these features.

Apple has not admitted any wrongdoing in this case. However, as reported by The Verge, the company did just agree to a $250 million payment to settle it. As part of that settlement, anyone who purchased one of these iPhones between June 10, 2024 and March 29, 2025, is covered under the suit. An Apple spokesperson told The Verge that the company agreed to settle to "stay focused on doing what we do best, delivering the most innovative products and services to our users.”

$250 million is a lot of money (perhaps not for a $4 trillion company) but considering the number of iPhones Apple sold in that time frame, the payouts will likely be relatively small. At this time, claimants can receive $25 for each iPhone they purchased during this period, but depending on the final claim total, that amount may change. It could decrease with too many valid claims, or it may increase to as much as $95 per device.

It's too early at this time to make a claim if you fall under the suit. The settlement still needs to be approved by the court. But assuming it is, I will update this piece with instructions on how to file your claim.

by Joe Rossignol  for macrumors.com

New Study Highlights Advantages of $549 Windows Laptop Over MacBook Neo

Microsoft has responded to the MacBook Neo by commissioning a study that highlights advantages of some Windows laptops.


Market research firm Signal65 evaluated four Windows laptops:

  • Lenovo's IdeaPad Slim 3x

  • Lenovo's Yoga 7i

  • HP's OmniBook 5

  • HP's OmniBook X Flip
With a starting price of $549.99 on Best Buy's online store in the U.S. at the time of this writing, the IdeaPad Slim 3x is the only laptop in the study that currently rivals the MacBook Neo's starting price of $499 (college students) to $599 (general public). The other three laptops currently start at $749 to $1,029 at Best Buy.

Signal65 outlined some of the IdeaPad Slim 3x's advantages over the MacBook Neo:













































Feature IdeaPad Slim 3x MacBook Neo
Display Size 15.3-inch 13-inch
CPU Snapdragon X1 with "90% faster" multi-core Cinebench 2026 score A18 Pro
Base RAM 16GB 8GB
Fingerprint Scanner Included Touch ID limited to $699 model
Ports 1× USB-C, 2× USB-A, SD, and HDMI 2× USB-C only
Wi-Fi Wi-Fi 7 Wi-Fi 6E
Backlit Keyboard Yes No
Touch Screen Yes No

In addition, the IdeaPad Slim 3x achieved longer battery life (16 hours and 29 minutes) compared to the MacBook Neo (13 hours and 28 minutes) in a Tom's Guide test, with Lenovo able to fit a larger battery inside a 15-inch laptop.

The study indicated that the IdeaPad Slim 3x has 512GB of storage, but the $549.99 base model has a 256GB SSD, which matches the MacBook Neo.

Through June 30, Microsoft is offering U.S. college students a free one-year Microsoft 365 Premium subscription, a free one-year Xbox Game Pass Ultimate subscription, and a free Xbox controller with the purchase of a qualifying Windows laptop, including the IdeaPad Slim 3x. The bundle has a value of more than $500.

On the other hand, the MacBook Neo has some advantages over the IdeaPad Slim 3x:

























Feature MacBook Neo IdeaPad Slim 3x
Display Resolution 2,408×1,506 pixels (Retina quality) 1,920×1,200 pixels
Display Brightness 500 nits 300 nits
Build Material Fully aluminum enclosure Mix of aluminum and plastic
Webcam 1080p camera 720p camera

Moreover, many reviewers indicated that the MacBook Neo has a superior trackpad and speakers compared to Windows laptops within the same price range. Plus, the MacBook Neo runs macOS instead of Windows, so it benefits from Apple's tight hardware and software integration and features that work across multiple Apple devices.

While it is unsurprising that this Microsoft-backed study is focused on promoting Windows laptops, the reality is that the MacBook Neo and the IdeaPad Slim 3x both have pros and cons. More competition in the affordable laptop market is a win overall.
Related Roundup: MacBook Neo
Buyer's Guide: MacBook Neo (Buy Now)
Related Forum: MacBook Neo

This article, "New Study Highlights Advantages of $549 Windows Laptop Over MacBook Neo" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Chad de Guzman  for time.com

State Department Bans Rap Duo Bob Vylan From U.S. After ‘Death to IDF’ Chant at Glastonbury

The State Department revoked the visas of the British punk-rap duo that led a chant of “death to the IDF” at a popular music festival in England.

Bob Vylan performing on the West Holts stage during the Glastonbury Festival at Worthy Farm in Somerset on June 28, 2025.

British punk-rock and hip-hop duo Bob Vylan will not be able to perform in the U.S., where they were scheduled to open for American singer grandson’s tour in October and November, after a controversial performance at the Glastonbury Festival in England over the weekend.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Deputy Secretary of State Christopher Landau posted on X on Monday that the Department has revoked the duo’s visas “in light of their hateful tirade at Glastonbury, including leading the crowd in death chants.” Landau added: “Foreigners who glorify violence and hatred are not welcome visitors to our country.” 

At the Glastonbury Festival, which is aired annually on BBC, one of the group’s members, Bobby Vylan, led the crowd on Saturday to chant, “Death to the IDF,” referring to the Israel Defense Forces, to the shock of organizers and onlookers.

The duo has faced a firestorm of criticism in the U.K., and British police said they are examining videos of the incident for possible criminal violations.

The Israeli embassy in the U.K. said it was “deeply disturbed by the inflammatory and hateful rhetoric expressed on stage” and that “when such messages are delivered before tens of thousands of festivalgoers and met with applause, it raises serious concerns about the normalisation of extremist language and the glorification of violence.”

“We are appalled by the statements made from the West Holts stage by Bob Vylan yesterday,” Emily Eavis, the co-organizer of Glastonbury and daughter of the festival’s founder, said in a statement. “Their chants very much crossed a line and we are urgently reminding everyone involved in the production of the Festival that there is no place at Glastonbury for antisemitism, hate speech or incitement to violence.”

U.K. Prime Minister Keir Starmer condemned Vylan’s actions on the Glastonbury stage, saying, “There is no excuse for this kind of appalling hate speech.” He also demanded that the BBC answer questions about streaming the controversial remarks.

In a statement, the BBC said Vylan’s expressions “were utterly unacceptable and have no place on our airwaves.” It explained that the performance was aired on its channels because the BBC team was dealing with “a live situation” but added that “with hindsight we should have pulled the stream during the performance.”

Starmer had previously said that it was “not appropriate” for Irish rap trio Kneecap, who have accused Israel of committing genocide in Gaza and accused the U.S. and U.K. of enabling it, to be performing at the festival, and the BBC had decided in advance not to broadcast Kneecap’s performance live to “ensure that our programming meets our editorial guidelines.”

Bob Vylan performed before Kneecap’s set, where festival attendees had gathered in anticipation with Palestinian flags. Singer Bobby Vylan first led the crowd to chant, “Free, free, Palestine!” Then he interjected: “Alright, but have you heard this one though?” before leading a chant of “Death, death to the IDF!”

The chant recalled the phrasing of “Death to Israel” and “Death to America” chants by Iranians as well as “Death to Arabs” chants by Israelis.

Following the controversy that ensued, Bobby Vylan wrote “I said what I said” on Instagram, where he shared a statement that explained: “Teaching our children to speak up for the change they want and need is the only way that we make this world a better place.”

Here’s what to know.

Who is Bob Vylan?

Bob Vylan is composed of singer-guitarist Bobby Vylan and drummer Bobbie Vylan, and they collectively refer to themselves as “the Bobs.” The two have used stage names reportedly to maintain privacy, but some U.K. media have since identified Bobby Vylan as 34-year-old Pascal Robinson-Foster.

The duo, which formed in Ipswich in 2017 and has more than 200,000 monthly listeners on Spotify, is known for its politically charged music and performances.

According to the Independent, their songs “often speak out against racism, homophobia, toxic masculinity and far right politics,” and in past performances Bobby would preface their song “Pretty Songs” by saying “violence is the only language that some people understand.” The paper also said that Bobby has been deliberately provocative in past performances, such as by swinging a baseball bat at the crowd or wearing the soccer jersey of the rival team of where they were performing.

Last year, Bobby told the Irish Times that he was infuriated by bands that didn’t speak up more about Gaza. The U.K. and U.S. governments’ response, he said, “but also the people’s response – the people of these countries … will be remembered forever. It will be documented throughout history. If you’re asking yourself, ‘Oh, what would you have done during slavery? What would you have done throughout the Holocaust?’ You’re doing it now – right now. With what it is happening over there in Palestine, you’re doing it.”

Since the Glastonbury performance, the duo was reportedly dropped by United Talent Agency.

What are the reactions in the U.S.?

Sen. Ted Cruz (R, Texas) reposted video of the incident on X, and commented: “Truly sick. Thousands of people screaming ‘Death to the IDF.’ This is the base of the Democrat Party.”

StopAntisemitism, an advocacy group in the U.S., flagged on X that the duo has scheduled performances in the U.S. later this year and said of Bobby Vylan: “This antisemite must have his visa denied/rescinded – his hate is not welcome here.” 

Republican Rep. Randy Fine of Florida responded to the post, saying “On it.”

Leo Terrell, who chairs the Justice Department’s task force to combat antisemitism, also responded to StopAntisemitism’s post, which he was tagged in.

“These abhorrent chants, which included calls for the death of members of the Israeli Defense Forces, are abhorrent and have no place in any civil society,” Terrell posted on X. “We understand that Mr. Vylan is planning to travel to the United States as part of the Inertia Tour. In response, Mr. Terrell’s Task Force will be reaching out to the U.S. Department of State on Monday to determine what measures are available to address the situation and to prevent the promotion of violent antisemitic rhetoric in the United States.”

After Landau’s announcement, Terrell thanked the State Department for “moving so fast on this.” Bobby Vylan “is a person who wants to incite violence and we’re not going to allow that under the Trump Administration,” Terrell said on Fox News. “The Trump Administration is not going to allow antisemitism to exist in this country.”

A State Department spokesperson told TIME before Landau’s announcement that it does not publicly discuss the details of individual cases but that the Department “is committed to protecting our nation and its citizens by upholding the highest standards of national security and public safety.” The spokesperson added that Secretary of State Marco Rubio has been clear that “a U.S. visa is a privilege, not a right.”

Trump Administration immigration officials announced in April that they would screen visa applicants’ social media accounts for “antisemitic” content. “There is no room in the United States for the rest of the world’s terrorist sympathizers, and we are under no obligation to admit them or let them stay here,” said Department of Homeland Security spokesperson Tricia McLaughlin at the time.

The Administration has also claimed to reject censorship at home and abroad, with the State Department announcing visa restrictions in May for foreign officials who restrict “protected expression” in the U.S. “Free speech,” Rubio said in the announcement, “is among the most cherished rights we enjoy as Americans.”

Invincible VS

Vi är många på redaktionen som gillar tv-serien Invincible, Prime Videos utsökta superhjälte-epos om "the guy next door" - Mark "Invincible" Grayson som under collegetiden inser att han är oövervinnerlig och son till en utomjordisk urkraft till far; Omni-Man är från en annan planet och en världsbeskyddare gone rogue som inte riktigt vill foga sig med mänsklighetens brister, varpå Invincible ställs inför en rad olika dilemman. Budskap som avhandlar tematik som är jordnära, vuxet och samtidigt duktigt animerat och hypervåldsamt. Skybound Entertainment tillsammans med Quarter Up ansåg att det här mycket väl kan göra sig bra som ett fightingspel där vi sparkar omkring en spridd skur av unika superhjältar med distinkta karaktärsdrag, och där tänkte man ju inte fel, vad det visade sig.

<bild>Räkna med att både få och dela ut stryk.</bild>

Invincible VS är inget ordinärt och klassiskt 1-on-1, istället är det 3 vs 3 som gäller. Tag-battles står i fokus vilket gör det till en vildsint skola av dynamiska proportioner. Inte helt olikt hur Marvel vs Capcom 3 är uppbyggt i sin struktur och delar flertalet liknande spelinslag med kraftmätare och specialare. Teamet som är ansvariga var bland annat involverade i Microsofts nyversion av Killer Instinct till Xbox One - avhoppare från Rare, så det råder inga tvivel om erfarenhet inom digital kampsport med fina influenser som agerar grogrund.

<bild>Grafiken gör källan rättvisa och är klart godkänd.</bild>

Det första jag gjorde var att kasta mig in i singleplayerläget, för här finns nämligen en smaskigt blodig och väl exekverad story för enspelaren, vilket är allt annat än självklart inom fighting och genren i stort. Teamet bakom tv-serien kallades in för att skriva och regissera berättelsen - och det märks. För det här skulle nämligen kunna vara ett trippelavsnitt i längd och speltid (beroende på förmåga, givetvis) som fångar essensen från grundmaterialet. Invincible, Omni-Man, Atom Eve, Rex Splode, Robot, Cecil, Monster Girl och alla du lärt känna hittills är med på tåget - 18 kämpar står till förfogande, där fler tillkommer via årspass. Även om ett fåtal röstskådespelare bytts ut (Steven Yeun som Invincible och Walton Goggins som Cecil är inte med) återvänder merparten, där ersättarna är duktiga på att imitera sina förlagor så inget regn ska falla över dem. Här introduceras även en intressant ny karaktär skapad av Robert Kirkman - Ella Mental - som nyttjar de fyra elementen eld, vatten, luft och jord och hon blev snabbt en favorit.

<bild>Spelets story engagerar och introducerar även en ny donna - Ella Mental, tillsammans med familjära ansikten.</bild>

Det är mer än dugligt och välanimerat, där man här bjuder på en ny artstyle som blandar en form av digital render med mer realistiska miljöer - vilket avviker något från serien, men som gör sig fullgott i spelsammanhang. Även Mortal Kombat och Tekken har satsat på genomtänkta kampanjer genom åren, men Invincible VS gör det i mitt tycke strået vassare än konkurrenterna vilket får tillskrivas ambitionsnivån med tv-teamet involverat mellan fighterna som vävs in och bryter av berättandet. Det är en välskriven sidoberättelse som inte kräver några egentliga förkunskaper, och som linjerar väl med grundmaterialet.

<bild>Gänget tar sig an ett nytt och tidigare ej skådat hot. Lösningen är våld.</bild>

Tag-team-strider står på schemat, med upp till tre kämpar att slåss med. Grundformeln är enkel att sätta sig in i, men kräver engagemang för att bemästra. Inget märkligt i sig när det kommer till fighting - men något jag personligen hade lite svårt för inledningsvis är hur man valt att formulera karaktärernas moves och combos. Detta då man kör ett inhemskt språk och utifrån handkontrollen valt att kalla knapparna för något annat än kryss, fyrkant, cirkel, R2 eller vad det än må vara. Inget superstort bekymmer, men smått ologiskt i onödan. Förvirring infann sig innan jag lärde mig att tänka medurs kring faceknapparna med fyrkant som "Light" (L), triangel som "Medium" (M) och cirkel som "Heavy" (H). R2 kallas här för B som i "Boost" - för att nämna några. När man väl lyckats omprogrammera sig själv öppnar sig däremot portarna till ett godkänt kok stryk, men jag hade ju inte ifrågasatt om knapparna omskrevs som de faktiskt heter eller kännetecknas som.

<bild>Battle Beast gör skäl för sitt namn och mellansekvenserna består av mängder av knogar.</bild>

<bild>Nämnde jag att Invincible VS är våldsamt?</bild>

Stridssystemet bygger på relativt enkla manövrar som kedjas samman naturligt och förhållandevis simplifierat, istället för kommandosträngar som är tio inputs långa. Tillkommer gör också tag-team-systemet där dina passiva fighters i bakgrunden kan dyka in för att krydda till dina combos med specialare. Upplägget gör att i princip vem som helst kan spela och uppskatta det här, där även de mest inbitna finner djupare system för att effektivt slå ut den aktiva motståndaren och ersätta med någon av motståndets andra fighters - vilket skapar ett mått av strategi från bådas håll när man minst anar det. Att "tagga" mellan sina tre valda superhjältar är även vägen till framgång, då inaktiva kämpar helar inom sin hälsomätare synligt via en sekundär mätare inom densamma.

<bild>Det är en fighter de flesta kan spela och uppskatta med sina ofta korta, snabba och snälla combos som kedjas samman löpande.</bild>

<bild>...även om handkontrollen och hur man valt att kalla inputs/knappar för mig var lite av ett mysterium.</bild>

Att sparka skiten ur oppositionen bygger upp dina mätare som används för att dels uträtta mer omfattande och uppgraderade varianter av tillgängliga combos, men också specialattacker som är helt beroende av dem. Våldet vi lärt oss att älska från Invincible är påtagligt, med blod och klädsel som stänker och trasas sönder i realtid, tillsammans med miljön. Det är snabbt, hårt och köttigt. Utöver kampanjen tillkommer även arkadstegar att klättra på, rankade och vänskapliga matcher online (med crossplay, om man så vill) samt kosmetika för karaktärerna att låsa upp. Rent tekniskt rullar det utan bekymmer, men onlinedelen har vi på direktiv från utgivaren fått hålla oss ifrån då man inte vill att vi ska få fördelar eller försprång i kommande turneringar.

<bild></bild>

Invincible VS kom lite som en blixt från klar himmel för egen del och är förvånansvärt lättillgängligt men bjuder även på djupare mekanik i form av breakers, kontringar och inslag av strategi för att jävlas med motståndet. Vissa grafiska fenomen har däremot präglat mitt pryglande, där armar och ben ibland förvrids och "clippar" igenom kroppar, vilket säkerligen en patch eller två kan åtgärda. Det är våldsamt med svordomar som haglar utöver sarkasmen vi känner igen från serien med ett färgstarkt karaktärsgalleri som gör Invincible-universumet rättvisa i ett fightingspel som alla kan spela oberoende av tidigare erfarenheter, och dessutom ha riktigt roligt under tiden.

<bild>Spelet varnar för våldet på sitt sätt - varpå roundkicks delas ut löpande, varvat med graciösa dyk mot pappas pung.</bild>

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

The 2030 Self-Driving Car Bet

It’s my honor to announce that John Carmack and I have initiated a friendly bet of $10,000* to the 501(c)(3) charity of the winner’s choice:

By January 1st, 2030, completely autonomous self-driving cars meeting SAE J3016 level 5 will be commercially available for
The 2030 Self-Driving Car Bet

It’s my honor to announce that John Carmack and I have initiated a friendly bet of $10,000* to the 501(c)(3) charity of the winner’s choice:

By January 1st, 2030, completely autonomous self-driving cars meeting SAE J3016 level 5 will be commercially available for passenger use in major cities.

I am betting against, and John is betting for.

The 2030 Self-Driving Car Bet

By “completely autonomous,” per the SAE level 5 definition, we mean the vehicle performs all driving tasks under all conditions – except in the case of natural disasters or emergencies. A human passenger enters the vehicle and selects a destination. Zero human attention or interaction is required during the journey.

The 2030 Self-Driving Car Bet

By “major cities” we mean any of the top 10 most populous cities in the United States of America.

To be clear, I am betting against because I think everyone is underestimating how difficult fully autonomous driving really is. I am by no means against self driving vehicles in any way! I’d much rather spend my time in a vehicle reading, watching videos, or talking to my family and friends… anything, really, instead of driving. I also think fully autonomous vehicles are a fascinating, incredibly challenging computer science problem, and I want everyone reading this to take it as just that, a challenge. Prove me wrong! Make it happen by 2030, and I’ll be popping champagne along with you and everyone else!

(My take on VR is far more pessimistic. VR just… isn’t going to happen, in any “changing the world” form, in our lifetimes. This is a subject for a different blog post, but I think AR and projection will do much more for us, far sooner.)

I’d like to thank John for suggesting this friendly wager as a fun way to generate STEM publicity. He is, and always will be, one of my biggest heroes. Go read Masters of Doom if you haven’t, already!

And while I have you, we’re still looking for code contributions in our project to update the most famous programming book of the BASIC era. Proceeds from that project will also go to charity. 😎

*We may adjust the amount up or down to adjust for inflation as mutually agreed upon in 2030, so the money has the desired impact.

The Day I Became a Bird

Istället för att vända blad får ni klicka er vidare med handkontrollen när den franska barnboksförfattaren Ingrid Chabberts bok The Day I Became a Bird har blivit tv-spel. Indieutvecklarna Hyper Luminal Games LTD från Skottland står bakom detta konstnärliga och kärleksfulla projekt.

<bild></bild>

Baserat på boken med samma namn är The Day I Became a Bird något så ovanligt som en direkt adaption av en barnbok. Pojken Frank blir kär i en flicka som heter Sylvia sin första dag i skolan. Sylvia tycker mycket om fåglar och lägger inte märke till honom alls. För att få hennes uppmärksamhet bestämmer han sig för att klä ut sig och bete sig som en fågel. Trots att de andra barnen skrattar åt honom fortsätter han, driven av sina känslor för henne. Frågan är om Franks mod och ansträngning till slut når fram.

I spelet får ni utforska, samla fjädrar, lösa pussel, cykla och flyga. Rent spelmekaniskt är det inget särskilt nyskapande spel. Jag får uppriktigt säga att jag stundtals hade ganska tråkigt när jag spelade, trots att det knappt tog två timmar att ta sig igenom hela upplevelsen. Samlandet av fjädrar, lägga pussel och pyssel hinner bli repetativt trots den korta speltiden. Efteråt klickade jag mig även in i extramaterialet och såg kortfilmsversionen av berättelsen, vilket gav ytterligare perspektiv på handlingen.

<bild></bild>

Själva boken är kärnfull, med enkla och varma illustrationer. Den fångar något som kan vara svårt att sätta ord på, särskilt för barn: hur det känns att uppleva sin första förälskelse. Man kan känna sig annorlunda, kanske lite osäker och pirrig inför vad andra ska tycka. Just den känslan av sårbarhet och mod är stark i berättelsen. Men frågan är om det i sig räcker som grund för ett engagerande spel? Tyvärr är svaret nej.

<bild></bild>

Om man istället ser spelet som en interaktiv barnbok fungerar det bättre och landar i en fullt godkänd upplevelse. För yngre spelare kan det fungera som ett första spel, tack vare den låga svårighetsgraden och det lugna tempot. I övrigt tror jag dock att både barn och föräldrar får en starkare och mer berörande upplevelse genom att läsa boken eller genom att se kortfilmen.

by Michel  for news.blog

What is DevOps? And How are organizations transitioning to DevOps?

DevOps is a new catalyst that is rapidly spreading through the entire tech industry. Over time it has gained much popularity and everyone has their own interpretation of it. It emerged a couple of after agile programming practices, and nowadays people are attempting to figure out the relevance of enterprise DevOps. Before we move onContinue reading "What is DevOps? And How are organizations transitioning to DevOps?"

DevOps is a new catalyst that is rapidly spreading through the entire tech industry. Over time it has gained much popularity and everyone has their own interpretation of it. It emerged a couple of after agile programming practices, and nowadays people are attempting to figure out the relevance of enterprise DevOps. Before we move on to that, we first need to understand DevOps, its culture, and some other aspects.

What is Devops S3Corp
Source: internet

A Major Division in the Industry

There are lots of kinds of divides in the tech industry. DevOps concepts solve this one in particular. Therefore, to understand and fully appreciate DevOps we first need to target this dispute. Within any software company, there’s for ages been a divide between the development and operations teams.

Development teams are responsible for creating feature-rich, seamless integrations that have varying requirements with each new customer. They’re responsible for changing user requirements, maintenance, and continuous development activities. The takeover at the start of the SDLC development cycle.

On the other hand, Operation teams are primarily responsible for system stability and accessibility. They can be found in towards the finish of the method where handover of a software release is given. Their responsibility is reviewing implementations by the development teams and ensuring the system is obtainable and stable, and recommend changes if necessary.

To break the silos between Dev and Ops DevOps requires a few leaps, enabling better collaboration and performance.

What Is DevOps?

The agile admin defines DevOps as,

DevOps may be the practice of operations and development engineers participating together in the whole service lifecycle, from design through the development process to production support.

The term “Dev” is an umbrella term for not only developers, but any person within the development of the product. So, this could include QA engineers, SR engineers, and other disciplines as well. Essentially, the “dev” team would be the makers of the product.

Secondly, the term “Ops” covers all operations staff including systems engineers, system administrators, release engineers, network engineers, and all other relevant disciplines. The “Ops” team is responsible for the product after its development is complete.

To conclude, operations engineers need to adopt the same methods adopted by developers and vice versa. DevOps extends Agile principles beyond just the development stage. Rather it extends it within the boundary of development and onto the whole process up till delivery.

Is Enterprise DevOps Any Good?

Considering that the advent of DevOps, SMBs (Small Medium-sized Business’s) are most widely used in its approaches and tools. A report suggests that the rounded 70 percent of SMBs are actually adopting DevOps.

To tell the truth, most of the tools and approaches in DevOps are functional in SMBs because of the size of the teams and the simplicity of the operations. Whenever the question on the applicability of Enterprise DevOps has risen it is met with mixed answers. Realistically, for Enterprises, a shift from their traditional solutions to DevOps will be a lot harder than SMBs.

Enterprises have big teams, operational complexity, departmental regulations, and internal and external constraints. Atop these problems, the need for Enterprises to adopt DevOps is quite real. Competitors are constantly shifting while undergoing changes within their teams, plans, and software management. They’ve to deal with these constraints, and that is why for Enterprise DevOps to be functional, a couple of factors should be kept in mind.

Value Confidence Among All Departments

When Enterprise DevOps is introduced across the organization it leaves room for a lot of confusion. People are used to just how things were. While this change is aimed to introduce innovative approaches, it might due to concern for many. It may introduce unnecessary risks due to sudden change and affect customer relationships with the organization.

Preplanning things before problems arise can assist in preventing them. To produce this shift comfortably, the organization should value overall consistency and security for new and existing software for the very start. Additionally, even although the system is transitioning, quality and constancy standards should still function as the same. This maintains the confidence of the employees and the prevailing customers in the organization.

Don’t Replace What Works

An enterprise takes years of effort to construct a name for itself, and be as functional because it is. Enterprise DevOps Applications would bring greater benefits but that does not mean that successful practices should be replaced. When shifting to Enterprise DevOps it can be very tempting to alter everything new and upcoming, but it is not necessarily the very best practice.

Introducing the mandatory changes and keeping tried and tested approaches is the best possible method of the shift properly. Instead of starting fresh, the focus should be directed towards building on what’s already working. It leaves very little room for uncalculated risks and may be incredibly efficient. The corporation won’t need certainly to undergo trial methods for each approach again, thus maximizing efficiency and profit metrics through this approach.

Elimination of Operational Inefficiencies

While DevOps targets introducing a flow of changes organization wise some operations can become inefficient. Eliminating such operations that restrict DevOps objective makes it easier for teams over the organizations to generally meet demands and deliver results. The collaboration of the development and operation teams is essential for identifying these issues. Not merely these, elimination requires the collaboration of every part involved including vendors to departments allow a fruitful transition to DevOps.

Consider Hiring a Few Designated DevOps Engineers

There’s a misconception among people that the DevOps Engineer is an ordinary developer writes code and can also be responsible for the task of a System Engineer. But that is not how it works! An effective DevOps Engineer works together developers and the IT staff to oversee the code releases. They are either of both: A developer who gets enthusiastic about deployment and network operations or A sysadmin writing scripts and code and who moved into the development side.

Either way, a DevOps Engineer understands the Software Development Lifecycle and has the outright comprehension of various automation tools for developing digital pipelines (CI/ CD pipelines). For an effective and long-lasting transition, you will need to hire more than one DevOps Engineers. Enterprise DevOps needs effective management and a specialist may do a much better job than employees who have just been introduced to the approach. You can also choose to invest in your employees and keep these things trained specifically in DevOps.

Emphasize Security

It’s no surprise that with the added pressure of deadlines, limited collaboration between teams, and the newly introduced transition security isn’t given its due importance. Consequently, organizations don’t have the full time or the resources to emphasize the significance of security within their systems and development approaches amongst their development and operation teams.

But to properly transition to DevOps you will need to concentrate on security because it is completely different than IT Ops. Based on DigiCert’s Inviting Security into DevOps Survey, 98 percent of organizations are integrating security teams into their DevOps procedures. Organizations need to introduce new software tools as well along with predefined security configurations as security directly affects the efficiency of software development and customer experience.

Track Progress

Organizations need to introduce metrics that track the progress of the new approaches they have taken on. The organization-wide introduction of these metrics streamlines operations while the teams move towards the completion of software projects. Tracking the task process of every project creates further reference material for further use in case the need arises.

These resources can behave as typical for the employees who will then improve them as certain requirements change. It’s about making the system more efficient. Every change accommodates previously ignored facets of these standards.

Conclusion

Many organizations have successfully transitioned to Enterprise DevOps. Their case studies serve as proof it is applicable in Enterprises as well, not just SMBs. Obviously, change does not happen overnight, that is an enterprise we’re talking about. You’ll need to remember that organizations that successfully transitioned took anywhere from one to two years. While contemplating your personal transition, you will need to keep this time frame and a collection budget in mind.

This change is necessary now, a report suggests that 81 percent of enterprises have already shifted to DevOps. It’s necessary that organizations stay competitive while meeting customer requirements and deadlines. Following these steps and having a proper strategy when your transition will make it easier for the organization to adopt Enterprise DevOps.

Source: Dzone

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

Apple Working on Plan to Allow AI Agent Apps on the App Store

Apple is looking into ways to better support apps that include AI agents and AI coding capabilities in the App Store, reports The Information. Apple is designing a system that would maintain its security and privacy standards while allowing for AI app features, but details on how the system will work are unavailable.


Apple started blocking updates for some popular vibe coding apps in March because those apps violated ‌App Store‌ rules that prohibit apps from executing code that alters their own functionality or that of other apps. Vibe coding apps let users build apps and websites with little to no coding experience, using AI agents and natural language prompts. Vibe coding has become popular, and Apple's rules have not been able to keep up.

Apps that include AI agents present similar problems for Apple. AI agents can autonomously complete complex actions and make mini apps using tools and capabilities that would not traditionally be supported under Apple's ‌App Store‌ rules. Apple will need to make changes to keep up with the software trends that developers and users want.

Apple wants to incorporate AI agents into the ‌App Store‌ while preventing some of the issues that people have run into with rogue AI agents deleting content and causing other problems.

As it works to prepare for future AI apps, Apple is also developing its own AI capabilities. Siri is set to get a major overhaul in iOS 27, making it smarter and better able to compete with Claude and ChatGPT. Apple has partnered with Google to use custom Gemini models to power ‌Siri‌.

The Information says Apple has started contacting app developers to integrate app capabilities like booking flights and sending calendar invites into the new version of ‌Siri‌ and Apple Intelligence. Some developers are hesitant to work with Apple to integrate their apps into ‌Siri‌ because they are worried about providing new ways for Apple to collect commissions. Apple is telling some developers that it does not plan to charge commissions during the early stages of the partnership, but that fees are a possibility in the future. Apple has held talks with Baidu, Alibaba, and Tencent about ‌Siri‌ integration in ‌iOS 27‌, but the companies do not want to end up paying fees to Apple.

Apple also plans to allow users to select from multiple chatbots to use with ‌Siri‌, instead of limiting people to OpenAI's ChatGPT. AI models from companies like Anthropic or Google could be used for Image Playground and Writing Tools the way ChatGPT can be used today.

It is not clear if Apple plans to open up more of iOS to third-party chatbots, but OpenAI has reportedly been disappointed with Apple's limitations. ChatGPT can be used to generate images and text through the iOS integration, but it cannot access user emails or other personal information. Customers are also rarely using the functionality, according to The Information.

Apple's new version of ‌Siri‌ is expected to be unveiled at the WWDC keynote on June 8, and the plans that Apple has for agentic AI apps in the ‌App Store‌ could also be discussed at the same time.

Related Roundup: iOS 27

This article, "Apple Working on Plan to Allow AI Agent Apps on the App Store" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by The Associated Press  for npr.org

Death toll in attack on Kyiv apartment building now stands at 24

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy said Friday that a Russian missile attack on a Kyiv apartment building the previous day killed 24 people, including three children.Rescue workers clear the rubble of a house heavily damaged after a Russian strike on a residential neighborhood in Kyiv, Ukraine, on Thursday, May 14, 2026.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy said Friday that a Russian missile attack on a Kyiv apartment building the previous day killed 24 people, including three children.

(Image credit: Evgeniy Maloletka)

Life is Strange: Reunion

Hade det inte varit smidigt att kunna spola tillbaka tiden? Om än för bara några få sekunder. Denna premiss byggde utvecklarna Dontnod det första spelet i serien på för elva år sedan. Ett episod-baserat äventyr som tillsammans med Telltales Walking Dead-serie i mångt och mycket lade grunden för denna typ av äventyrsspel - centrerat kring att ens val formade handlingen. Elva år senare är det då dags för det sjunde spelet i serien som släpps bara drygt ett och ett halv år sedan Life is Strange: Double Exposure. Det var framförallt en slags återkomst för huvudkaraktären Max Caufield från det första spelet och denna gången är det även Chloe från det allra första spelet samt Life if Strange: Before the Storm som får göra storstilad återkomst. Denna gången får vi också ta kontroll över båda karaktärerna i det nya äventyret som kopplar samman mycket av det som skett tidigare.

Bakom spelet står ju numera studion Deck Nine som tog över från och med det tredje spelet i serien. Även om det är fullt möjligt att spela detta som ett helt eget spel så är det framförallt en uppföljare till 2024 års Life is Strange: Double Exposure men som även på ett vis inkluderar det som skedde i det första spelet. Det är definitivt alltså ett äventyr främst för fansen som hängt med - och skapat sig en relation till både Max och Chloe under alla dessa år.

<bild>Seriens mest omtyckta karaktärer möts igen.</bild>

Det är med andra ord ganska onödigt för mig att i detalj gå genom alldeles för mycket hur spelet och serien i stort fungerar. Jag tror att i princip alla som sätter sig för att spela detta har någon erfarenhet från de tidigare spelen. Eller så bör man åtminstone ha det. Men för sakens skull kan jag ju ändå beskriva att det i grunden går ut på att de val man gör i spelets många dialogsekvenser formar ens upplevelse i stort och har en viss påverkan på handlingen. Denna gången bjuds vi på ett större mysterium som är mer komplext och med fler märkliga trådar än vad serien förmodligen någonsin bjudit på.

Den förmåga som Max besitter att spola tillbaka tiden återvänder här som en primär grund till att lösa pussel för henne. På Chloes sida har vi istället den "backtalk"-förmågan som introducerades i Before the Storm. Där Max förmåga inte går att misslyckas med - utan man spolar helt enkelt tillbaka tiden för att göra om, göra rätt och lösa problem så kan istället Chloes val "bli fel" även om det då aldrig blir "game over" på något vis.

När äventyret börjar så måste Max försöka förhindra en katastrofal brand på det universitetet som hon arbetar på. Detta är själva grunden som kickar igång allt. Det blir fort mer invecklat än så - speciellt då när Chloe dyker upp. För den som följt med kan det verkar förvirrande att Chloe ens ska kunna göra det men den verklighet som då skedde i tidigare spel är samtidigt något som den ena av de två huvudkaraktärerna inte verkar minnas. Konsekvenserna från föregångaren har helt enkelt skapat olika verkligheter som på något vis verkar existera samtidigt. Ingenting är såklart utan just konsekvens där också Chloe som återvänder för att prata med Max om sina visioner som hon upplever också adderar till det större mysteriet som pågår.

<bild>Vi utforskar i stort sett samma miljöer som i föregångaren. Men nu på en ny årstid.</bild>

Även om berättelsen som sådan tar flertalet snåriga vägar och bjuder på sin beskärda del av tvister - så är Life is Strange: Reunion ändå väldigt bekant på de allra flesta vis. Deck Nine gör inget revolutionerande av konceptet. Lika bekvämt som det känns att spela en direkt fortsättning och återse dessa fantastiska spelkaraktärer - precis lika bekvämt känns spelmekaniken. I takt med att Max försöker ta reda på vem eller vad som ligger bakom den fruktansvärda branden så används hennes förmåga på olika vis. Det kan vara alltifrån att spola tillbaka i tiden för att kunna få ut mer information från någon, eller att ta sig från en plats utan att någon märker det eller till att lösa simplare pussel.

Framförallt gillar jag när det finns lite nerv, tidspress och en känsla av omedelbar fara när hennes förmågor utnyttjas. I många tillfällen känns de dock lite omständligt. Det blir mycket av att man pratar med någon och får i första vevan reda på mindre än vad man behöver för att komma vidare. Så går det ut på att söka upp någon liten pusselbit av information för att spola tillbaka tiden där man sedan kan använda den nyfunna faktan. Jag hade gärna sett att man gjorde något mer av det, gjorde något klurigare än de mer inrutade och givna ögonblick som det allra mest går ut på. Spelet använder helt enkelt förmågan för att föra handlingen framåt på ett lite väl simpelt vis.

Här får istället Chloes, när vi spelar med henne, förmåga mer nerv då den är mer av en typ av "ett försök" och även om man då inte kan direkt misslyckas - så blir det mer spännande när hennes rappa kommentarer och dialoger får lite konsekvenser och har en mer osäker utgång. En tidig sådan mot en säkerhetsvakt gick exempelvis helt åt skogen fel för egen del och jag satt länge och funderade på vad jag borde sagt, istället.

<bild>Bra röstskådespelare gör Max och de andra karaktärerna mänslliga.</bild>

Det finns framförallt några saker som Life is Strange som spelserie handlar om för mig. Som serien alltid haft som stort fokus och som ofta blir tydliga även i denna del. Det ena är karaktärerna. Max, Chloe och alla de möter på känns väldigt levande. Bra röstskådespel ligger bakom mycket av detta samt att man då gett dom rejält med personlighet i form av djup och att vi får ta del av deras tankar. Det andra går hand i hand med detta och det är att trots allt det övernaturliga så finns det en rejäl dos av slice-of-life här. Spelet lutar sig helt enkelt mot vardagliga ögonblick, en värld där "verkliga" karaktärer och vardagshändelser tar plats trots att vi som spelare använder oss av övernaturliga förmåor. Det blir ofta märkbart i saker som i alla små detaljer men också i atmosfären överlag.

Det tredje, och kanske viktigaste, är ju då att Life is Strange alltid handlat väldigt mycket om vad som sägs. För vad som känns (och är) som ett bottenlöst hav av dialog är ju också vad man kan förvänta sig och även mycket av det man såklart uppskattar med dessa spel. Jag ska erkänna att jag inte alltid håller intresset uppe men det beror snarare mer på vissa scener och tempo i sig än att jag tycker det är jobbigt med mycket prat. För när det är välskrivet, spännande, känslosamt och fint - så är det just det. Men det är inte alltid det fungerar och det blir lite väl mycket av det hela ibland. Speciellt då när man som Max ska lyssna på någon i flera omgångar för att kunna ta handlingen vidare.

<bild>Mystisk och stundtals lite flummigt. Men ofta också spännande.</bild>

Det är också här jag ofta känner kanske det största minuset gällande detta spel. För vi är nu sju spel in i en serie som i mångt och mycket gör samma sak. Life is Strange: Reunion, precis som sin föregångare Double Exposure, begränsar också världsbygget genom att vara så fokuserat till samma och ganska små platser. Det saknar den där känsla av stadsliv, att vara på rymmen och att ger sig ut på ett äventyr som flertalet av föregångarna bjöd på. Även om mysteriet denna gång, i mitt tycke, tacksamt nog är betydligt mer spännande än det som föregångaren bjöd på. Att vi får spela som två karaktärer gör också en del för att det ska kännas, om inte revolutionerande så åtminstone en aning, fräscht.

Det visuella är fint men gör också en del av sitt för att det ska kännas en aning av deja-vu. Visst, serien behöver inte vara av visuellt teknisk toppklass och Reunion är absolut fint att vila ögonen på. Det är mysigt, detaljerat och karaktärerna känns trots ett tecknat utseende ändå väldigt mänskliga. Men det är också en serie som sett väldigt likadan ut. Där de ganska begränsade miljöerna också kunde vara mer livliga och mer visuellt storslagna. Ett nästa steg, om man så vill, gällande det grafiska hade absolut kunnat lyfta det hela. Jag har också stött på lite visuella buggar i form av texturer som laddas långsamt in (oftast när det ska bytas till en ny scen och miljö) och så har det förekommit lite groteska mardrömsliknande ansikten när Max använder sin förmåga att spola tillbaka tiden.

Det hela kompletteras med väldigt bra röstskådespelare och ett varmt, helmysigt soundtrack som stundtals spelar på känslosträngarna på precis rätt vis. Det är som gjort för ett par genomlyssningar även när man spelat klart och den fantastiska musiken har ju sedan början varit en av spelseriens absoluta höjdpunkter.

<bild>Här finns gott om "vardagsliv" vid sidan om det mystiska..</bild>

Jag ska runda av med en liten bekännelse. Ett sådant där ögonblick där jag önskar att jag kunde spolat tillbaka tiden. Jag känner nämligen att jag såhär i efterhand var lite för snäll med mitt betyg till föregångaren. Life is Strange: Double Exposure var absolut inte dåligt - men det borde fått en siffra mindre i betyg och det betyget det fick vill jag istället då tilldela detta. För Reunion är ett mer spännande och ett mer underhållande spel och även om det i vissa stunder blir smärtsamt tydligt att det är en serie där konceptet nu börjar kännas lite för bekant - så är det också en form av spelmässig upplevelse som ändå fortfarande berör och underhåller.

Som äventyr är det ofta finstämt, fullt av värme samtidigt som det är lika stora delar spännande vid sidan av att beröra. Det känns kanske lite som onödig fanservice att ta tillbaka seriens kanske mest viktigaste, omtyckta och centrala karaktärer. Men det är ändå svårt att inte känna något när de står där mitt emot varandra igen och pratar om allt som varit och som vi upplevt tillsammans med dem. Det känns helt enkelt som ett möte som kanske egentligen inte behövde ske men som man ändå är glad över att det blir av.

by Michel  for news.blog

Soaring to the Future: A Comprehensive Analysis of Artificial Intelligence in Aviation

Standing on the cusp of a new era powered by artificial intelligence (AI), the aviation sector is a monument to human ingenuity and mechanical expertise. For more than a century, autopilots have been an essential component of aviation. However, artificial intelligence (AI) is radically changing these systems, turning them from simple aids for flight stabilityContinue reading "Soaring to the Future: A Comprehensive Analysis of Artificial Intelligence in Aviation"

Standing on the cusp of a new era powered by artificial intelligence (AI), the aviation sector is a monument to human ingenuity and mechanical expertise. For more than a century, autopilots have been an essential component of aviation. However, artificial intelligence (AI) is radically changing these systems, turning them from simple aids for flight stability into sophisticated, intelligent co-pilots that may eventually usher in an era of autonomous flying. AI has a significant impact on many facets of aviation operations, including design, production, air traffic control, and passenger experience, but it is not limited to the cockpit.

The Power Under the Wings: Revealing AI’s Workings

The ability of computer systems to replicate human cognitive processes like pattern recognition, decision-making, and learning from large datasets is the essence of artificial intelligence (AI). These sophisticated computers take on tasks that have historically required human participation by utilizing complex algorithms and enormous processing capacity. The potential for AI technology to optimize and completely transform every aspect of aviation operations is only growing as it develops.
Particularly influential in the aviation industry are two of AI’s main subfields:

Machine Learning (ML): ML algorithms are remarkably good at learning from data without the need for explicit programming. Many uses of machine learning (ML) exist in the aviation industry, such as:

  • Predictive Flight Delay Mitigation: In order to predict possible delays with remarkable precision, machine learning (ML) algorithms can examine previous data pertaining to weather patterns, mechanical anomalies, and air traffic control (ATC) procedures. This enables airlines to best use resources, reduce passenger inconvenience, and make preemptive schedule adjustments.
  • Air Traffic Management (ATM) Optimization: Advanced machine learning algorithms are capable of analyzing real-time air traffic data to generate flight paths that are optimized, lessen airspace congestion, and guarantee the safe and effective passage of aircraft.
  • Highly customized travel recommendations can be provided by airlines by using machine learning to examine enormous amounts of passenger data and booking patterns. Increased client loyalty and satisfaction may result from this data-driven strategy.

Deep Learning (DL): Modeled after the human brain, deep learning is a more sophisticated subfield of machine learning. Massive amounts of complex data are easily processed by DL, which makes it perfect for the following applications:

  • Predictive Maintenance: By analyzing sensor data from airplanes, deep learning algorithms may identify anomalies and anticipate possible maintenance problems before they become expensive breakdowns. This proactive strategy reduces operational disruptions and guarantees the fleet’s continuous airworthiness.
  • Improved Aviation Safety: Deep learning is able to locate patterns and trends in enormous flight data sets that may be linked to aviation mishaps. Airlines can use this information to put specific safety measures in place and drastically lower their accident rates.

Artificial Intelligence in Operation: Coordinating a Smooth Flight Path

Artificial Intelligence has a noticeable impact on many aspects of the aviation ecosystem, including design, production, flight operations, and passenger experience. Here’s a closer look at the particular uses:

  • Design and Manufacturing of Aircraft: AI-driven design software can optimize aircraft structures for increased strength, lighter weight, and better fuel economy. Furthermore, repetitive processes in manufacturing can be automated by AI-powered robots, improving accuracy and efficiency.
  • AI-assisted flight planning software can optimize flight paths for greater fuel efficiency, lower emissions, and faster travel times. This is known as intelligent flight operations. AI-powered autopilot systems can also manage standard flight operations, freeing up pilots to concentrate on crucial decision-making in emergency situations.
  • Streamlined Airport Operations: By maximizing taxiway usage, gate distribution, and baggage handling, AI can simplify ground operations at airports. This decreases departure times, eases traffic, and improves the quality of the customer experience overall.
  • Tailored Traveler Experience: AI-driven chatbots can offer immediate customer support, respond to inquiries on flights, and help with reservation modifications. AI may also customize in-flight entertainment options and provide destination recommendations based on historical traveller preferences, therefore making flying more enjoyable for passengers.

Artificial Intelligence-Powered Sky: A Future Perspective

Though the application of AI in aviation is still in its infancy, the potential for change is enormous. We may anticipate seeing even more ground-breaking applications of AI technology emerge as it continues to advance at an exponential rate, including:

  • The ultimate goal of artificial intelligence (AI) in aviation is the construction of fully autonomous passenger aircraft, however this goal is not expected to materialize anytime soon. This would revolutionize air travel by lowering operating costs, boosting productivity, and maybe opening up air travel to a larger group of people.
  • Next-Generation Air Traffic Management: By reducing delays and greatly expanding the airspace’s capacity, sophisticated AI systems might control air traffic with previously unheard-of efficiency.

Hyper-Personalized In-Flight Experiences: Artificial intelligence has the potential to further customize the in-flight experience by adjusting everything from lighting and cabin temperature to available food and beverages and specific passenger preferences.

These developments portend safer, more efficient, and far more customized air travel in the future. But despite the obvious advantages, there are some important questions raised by the growing use of AI in aviation:

  • Ethical Concerns: Aviation AI development and application must follow the strictest ethical guidelines. It is important to give serious consideration to issues like algorithmic bias, data privacy, and the possibility of employment displacement in the aviation sector.
  • The regulatory landscape must change in tandem with AI technology to guarantee its ethical and safe application in the aviation sector. Establishing public trust and confidence in AI-driven aviation systems requires well-defined policies and supervision procedures.
  • Human-Machine Collaboration: Although AI has amazing potential, human knowledge will always be valuable in the aviation industry. Instead than trying to completely replace human decision-making, the goal should be to create a collaborative atmosphere where AI can support it.

Finally, AI has the potential to completely transform the aviation sector and bring in a new era of unheard-of efficiency, safety, and customisation. We can make sure that the skies of the future are safer, more enjoyable, and not only more accessible for everyone by using AI safely and ethically.

iRobot Roomba Combo 10 Max+ review: Convenience with compromises

by Joe Rossignol  for macrumors.com

Report: Intel is Testing Production of Some iPhone, iPad, and Mac Chips

TSMC has been the exclusive supplier of Apple's systems-on-a-chip since 2016, but that 10-year streak could be nearing its end.


Apple supply chain analyst Ming-Chi Kuo today said that Intel has "kicked off" small-scale testing of lower-end iPhone, iPad, and Mac chip fabrication, with production expected to ramp up throughout 2027 and 2028. Kuo did not indicate exactly which of Apple's A-series and/or M-series chips would be manufactured by Intel.

Apple is utilizing Intel's 18A process for these chips, and it is evaluating Intel's other advanced-node technologies, according to Kuo.

By sourcing chips from two suppliers, Apple can negotiate lower costs and bolster supply. In this case, Apple rekindling a partnership with Intel could win it favor with the Trump administration, which wants more U.S. manufacturing. However, Kuo said Taiwan's TSMC will remain responsible for more than 90% of Apple's chip supply.

There is no indication that Intel would play a role in designing the iPhone chips, with its involvement expected to be strictly limited to fabrication. That would differ from the era of Intel Macs, which used Intel-designed processors with x86 architecture. Apple began transitioning away from Intel processors in Macs in 2020.

All in all, these would be Apple-designed chips manufactured by Intel in the U.S., for use in some lower-end iPhone, iPad, and Mac models.

Apple's potential return to Intel has been reported by numerous sources by this point, but an official announcement has still yet to be made.


This article, "Report: Intel is Testing Production of Some iPhone, iPad, and Mac Chips" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Elemental: Reforged

Titaner, magi och viljan att roffa åt sig världens resurser har bidragit till dess kollaps. I eftermälet av katastrofen försöker civilisationer bygga upp sig igen. Du kan välja att spela som en av flera fraktioner med olika bonusar, åtkomst till magi och andra fördelar. Du kan skapa en karaktär som representerar de gamla ondskefulla imperierna eller de yngre nyare kungadömena. I denna värld är det den starkaste som överlever och genom både stadsbyggande, erövrande, utforskande och krig kan du bli den som bestämmer över världens framtid. Med många konkurrenter är frågan om detta kan

Elemental Reforged är Stardock Entertainments svar på frågan om vad som händer om du skulle blanda Civilization med rollspel. Detta är ingen unik blandning utan vi har ganska etablerade spelserier som Age of Wonders 4, Sorcerer King: Rivals, Spellforce Conquest of Eo och Master of Magic. Det finns såklart även fler om vi blickar bakåt i tiden. Frågan jag ställde mig var om detta erbjöd något nytt och intressant. Svaret på det är både ja och nej samtidigt. Det beror på att Elemental Reforged är en sammansvetsning av deras tidigare Elemental: War of Magic och Elemental: Fallen Enchantress som i sin tur använde sig av koncepten du finner i denna titel.

<bild>Kampanjen bjuder på mellansekvenser och mer styrt berättande.</bild>

Din berättelse börjar ganska omgående genom att välja om du vill spela kampanjer, sandlådeläget eller något av de andra spellägena. Det finns också ett träningsläge som hjälper nya spelare med koncepten och hur du spelar detta spel. Jag ska direkt börja med att säga att detta inte är ett lätt strategispel. Det beror på att du har ganska omfattande mängder alternativ att skräddarsy, vidareutveckla, forma din civilisation och utveckla dina hjältekaraktärer. På ytan är det ett klassiskt 4X, du krigar, samlar resurser, utforskar och expanderar. Den kärnan är intakt men det finns ytterligare och intressanta lager av spelmässiga inslag. Ett exempel på detta är hur du kan uppgradera dina trupper.

När du ska bygga dina trupper kan du byta vapen, rustningar, sköldar och mycket annat. De fungerar lite som en mall du kan förändra vilket i sin tur kan möjliggöra att enklare truppslag är relevanta senare i spelet. Din hjälte går att skräddarsy på samma sätt och blir kraftfullare över tid precis som i exempelvis Heroes of Might and Magic. När du krigat eller tjänat in tillräckligt mycket erfarenhetspoäng kan din karaktär uppgraderas med nya förmågor. I kombination med stadsbygget, händelser i kampanjvärlden, unika byggnader att hitta och uppdrag att utföra finns det ganska mycket att göra i spelet. Du är hela tiden sysselsatt med något och jag tycker nog ändå att detta är Stardocks bästa titel i Elemental-serien.

<bild>Världarna innehåller monster och byggnader du kan interagera med.</bild>

Det finns flera skillnader i jämförelse med Fallen Enchantress och War of Magic. Ett exempel är hur Champions fungerar. De dyker inte bara upp som tidigare utan om du blir tillräckligt känd i världen kan du rekrytera karaktärer. De har sina egna kraftfulla förmågor och kan vara en hjälp att erövra världen. Du har också ett ganska utvecklat och intressant crafting-system. När du är ute i världen med din hjälte och erövrar gruvor, utför uppdrag och annat får du recept. Med hjälp av detta kan du sedan skapa saker som föremål och annat du kan använda i strider.

Jag tycker att loopen i denna titel där du bygger upp dina städer, letar resurser och hanterar kriser och händelser fungerar bra. Det är tacke förflyttningen till 64-bit som möjliggör att det inte går sönder på samma sätt som sina föregångare. Det allra första Elemental: War of Magic hade en tendens att krascha och sluta fungera. Master of Magic och Heroes of Might and Magic har alltid haft ett vinnande koncept. Lite trivia är att Stardock blev tillfrågade om att göra en uppföljare till Master of Magic av Atarii men tackade nej och valde att skapa något eget utifrån samma DNA. Det är detta som är Elemental-serien idag. Även om jag sörjer ett Master of Magic 2 idag är det folket bakom serier som Elemental och Age of Wonders som på olika sätt vidareutvecklar grundkonceptet till något nytt och eget.

<bild>Du kan byta vapen och skräddarsy många saker.</bild>

Om du någonsin har letat efter ett 4X doppat i fantasy finns det många alternativ. Jag tycker dock att Elemental: Reforged bjuder på en tillräckligt bra blandning av koncept och idéer vi sett förr och med lite egna inslag. Jag är förtjust i möjligheten att skräddarsy nästan allt i detalj. Många spel av den här typen brukar oftast ge dig en fotsoldat med färdig utrustning som sedan inte används. I denna titel upplevde jag att jag fortsatt kunde förbättra grundläggande truppslag och använda dessa ganska länge i min kampanj. Desto mer du spelade desto mer låste du upp vapen, rustningar och annat du kan ge dina trupper.

Berättelserna du kan spela utanför skärmytslingsläget är baserad på händelserna i föregångarna. De är döpta efter sina respektive spel och går nu att spela utöver standardläget. Det är ändå ganska mycket innehåll du får, då du erbjuds tre stora kampanjer och ett fullfjädrat sandlådeläge. Jag spenderar mest tid i det fria läget då det möjliggör dig att skapa dina egna berättelser, karaktärer, riken och annat. När du startar sandlådeläget får du döpa din karaktär, ge bakgrundinformation, färg, vapen, förmågor, hur ditt rike ska se ut, vilken flagga och mycket annat. Det går att skräddarsy på många sätt vilket jag uppskattar. En förmåga du kan ge din karaktär är att du kan rekrytera spindlar eller skapa unika uppsättningar av rustningar. Du har ett fåtal poäng att använda, men du kan också välja negativa förmågor vilket ger dig en extra poäng.

<bild>Var du placerar städerna har betydelse precis som i vilket annat 4X du kan tänka dig.</bild>

När du fattat alla beslut valt värld och annat placeras du på kartan. Det första du behöver göra är att skapa en stad och börja bygga. Jag brukar ofta förstärka min hjälte med nya trupper och se till så att jag har pengar. Detta beror såklart helt på vad du har för hjälte och vad du vill göra i kampanjen. Friheten är dess styrka och möjligheterna är många. När du bygger byggnader blir din stad större och över tid kommer du att behöva bygga fler städer. Du kan forska fram nya teknologier och annat via upptäckter utplacerade i ganska omfattande teknologiträd. Detta ska inte underskattas utan du behöver verkligen uppgraderingar, nya truppslag, bättre byggnader och annat så att du kan tävla mot dina motståndare. Du kan alliera dessa om du vill förstöra deras städer eller göra specifika uppdrag mot slutet av spelet för att vinna.

Strider i sig påminner om Age of Wonders 4, du har din hjälte och dina truppslag. Du flyttar dessa på rutor och anfaller fienden. Beroende på vad du har tillgång till kan striderna utspela sig på olika sätt. Har du tillgång till magi kan din hjälte antingen skada fienderna på avstånd eller försvaga dessa. Du kan också förbättra dina truppers förmågor. Beroende på hur du specialiserat din hjälte till har du olika förmågor och möjligheter. Det är i grund och botten vilken klass din karaktär ska ha och du kan välja mellan saker som lönnmördare, krigare och magiker. Du kommer också skräddarsy din utrustning efter detta. Det är dock lite synd att miljöerna du strider i ibland ser lite lågupplösta ut. Med tanke på hur mycket av spelet som ändå är strider.

<bild>Du kan designa dina egna karaktärer med sina egna förmågor och utseenden. Du ges ett par poäng i början av skapandet för att göra vissa val. Det påminner lite om Stellaris och Galactic Civilization när du skapar en fraktion.</bild>

Det är en trevlig blandning och jag tycker också att det grafiska börjar falla på plats. I deras tidigare spel har designen inte alltid fungerat. Det är en halvtecknad stil som jag hade svårt för. I detta spel tycker jag att det är bättre kontrast, ser bättre ut och att både användargränssnitt och annat fungerar tillsammans. Det finns redigt med inställningar så att du kan skräddarsy användargränssnitt och annat du önskar påverka. Musiken är trivsam och passar bra. Det är din typiska fantasymusik som du förmodligen kommer att stänga av och ersätta med din egen musik efter ett tag (för variationens skull). Denna titel kommer inte få dig att tappa hakan av endera men det finns en trivsam atmosfär tack vare det visuella och dess ljudbild.

Spelet är inte felfritt, det har tekniska buggar, saker gör inte alltid det som de ska. Stardock Entertainment jobbar såklart på att förbättra upplevelsen ännu mer via uppdateringar, men det finns vissa tekniska besvär kvar i 1.0-versionen. Spelet är också fast i rutor och har inte gått över till hexagoner eller liknande som mer moderna 4X har gjort vilket innebär att det dras med likartade problem, spel från förr gjorde. Ett exempel på detta är stadsbyggandet som blir snårigare när du expanderar deras storlek. Grafiken är också relativt daterad i förhållande till konkurrenterna. Age of Wonders 4 är ett exempel på ett spel som ser märkbart bättre ut.

<bild>Teknologiträdet är massivt och du behöver tänka dig lite för innan du gör val i denna meny. Precis som i Civilization kanske du inte vill forska fram allt utan specialisera din civilisation.</bild>

Datormotståndarna har problem med att bjuda på motstånd ibland mot slutet av din kampanj. Det handlar inte bara om passivitet utan framförallt om att du är kraftfullare om du spelar dina kort rätt. Detta är ett område jag hoppas att de jobbar på då produkten framförallt spelas av en spelare utan ett flerspelarläge. Möjligheten att spela mot datormotståndare vars beslut är strategiska och taktiska är viktigt. Jag hoppas att det är något utvecklarna jobbar på att förbättra. I nuläget tycker jag att din motståndare har svårt att värja sig över tid när du blir mäktigare. Den har också svårt att fatta smarta beslut i de taktiska striderna. Det hände mig ofta att jag kunde använda kanter för att besegra betydligt starkare fiender. Ibland kan den dock köra över dig om du gett den bonusar. Det finns inget mellanting i nuläget.

Om du väljer att ta dig an Elemental: Reforged får du ett kompetent 4X med lite daterad grafik och inte den mest kunnige av datormotståndare. Tack vare att du gör så pass mycket annat under spelets gång blir det sällan tråkigt. Även om denna titel är bäst i sin serie tycker jag att vissa konkurrenter som Age of Wonders 4 idag är vassare upplevelser. Även Total War: Warhammer är och nosar i liknande genretyp. Det betyder dock inte att du kommer att ha tråkigt med detta. Är du lite nostalgisk för hur omgångsbaserade strategispel som Civilization 3 och 4 spelade kan detta vara intressant. Jag älskar möjligheten att skräddarsy i princip allt i spelet. Det finns alltid något du är sysselsatt med vilket är positivt. Du kan verkligen skapa din berättelse, kungadöme och bakgrundshistoria. Du kan under spelets gång på ett sätt många andra konkurrenter misslyckas med att göra den till din egen. Om du gillar rollspel och 4X är detta värt att spana in.

<bild>Striderna kan tyvärr se lite daterade ut. Det är framförallt texturerna och de polygonfattiga miljöerna.</bild>
<bild>Vilken specialisering din karaktär ska ha kan du bestämma när du når level 2. Alla har sina för och nackdelar.</bild>

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Samsung Gaming Monitor With Adjustable Stand Is $90 Off Right Now

It balances gaming and everyday work surprisingly well.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Samsung’s 27-inch Odyssey G5 (G51F) gaming monitor has dropped to $159.99 on Amazon, which is the lowest price it has reached so far, according to price trackers. That’s a noticeable discount from its usual $249.99 price, and it makes a lot more sense now for anyone ready to move on from a basic 1080p setup without jumping into the much higher cost of OLED displays. It’s a flat panel (unlike Samsung’s many curved gaming displays), with a matte coating that helps minimize glare in brighter rooms, and comes with a stand that supports height, tilt, and pivot adjustments (something many budget gaming monitors skip entirely).

The G51F’s combination of 180Hz refresh rate, 1ms response time, and AMD FreeSync support makes fast-paced games look smoother and feel more responsive than they do on standard 60Hz displays, especially in shooters, racing games, and competitive multiplayer titles. The VA panel also helps the monitor deliver deeper blacks and stronger contrast than many IPS alternatives in this price range, so darker games and movies tend to look less gray and washed out. That said, while HDR10 support is included, buyers should keep expectations realistic—with 300 nits of brightness, this is more of a basic HDR experience than the kind of dramatic HDR you get from higher-end Mini LED or OLED displays.

Outside of gaming, the Odyssey G5 works reasonably well as a general-purpose monitor too. The sharper 1440p resolution makes multitasking easier, and the extra screen space helps when editing photos, managing spreadsheets, or keeping multiple windows open. Connectivity is decent as well, with HDMI, DisplayPort, and USB support for accessories and peripherals. That said, like many VA panels, it can show some motion smearing in darker scenes, and people who mainly play competitive esports games may still prefer faster IPS or OLED options. Still, for under $160, this makes for a practical upgrade for someone who wants sharper visuals, smoother gameplay, and a more versatile display without overspending.


by Stephen Johnson  for lifehacker.com

Canvas Has Been Hacked, and Is Apparently Being Held for Ransom

The cloud-based learning management system is used by more than 8,000 colleges and universities.

Canvas, the cloud-based learning management system used by more than 8,000 colleges and universities, including all top ten colleges in the U.S., is being held for ransom. A group called Shinyhunters has claimed responsibility for the hack and has given Canvas' parent company, Instructure, until May 12 to reach a settlement, or else "everything is leaked."

Canvas outages have been reported nationwide

There's no word on how many schools have been affected, but reports of students being unable to access Canvas are coming in from universities and colleges all over the country. Over the last half an hour, complaints of Canvas being down have gone from nearly none to over 8,000 on Down Detector.

Down Detector report on Canvas outage
Credit: Stephen Johnson

A similar breach of Instructure took place in late April or early May, and the company confirmed that names, email addresses, student ID numbers, and private messages exchanged between users were exposed by Shinyhunters, but said there was no evidence of compromised passwords, dates of birth, social security numbers, or financial information.

Instructure updated its software on May 2, saying that it had deployed patches, increased monitoring, and taken other measures meant to contain the damage, a fact referenced by ShinyHunters in the message left for Canvas users:

Screenshot of ransom note from ShinyHunters displayed on hacked Canvas login page
Credit: Stephen Johnson

The hacker group claimed its previous hack added up to over 3 terabytes of data, affecting 275 million students, teachers, and others at close to 9,000 educational institutions. Whether this latest breach will be that large remains to be seen.

What to do if you're affected by the Canvas outage

While the threat is presumably being resolved, here are some steps students and faculty can take to make their digital data more secure on Canvas.

  • Change your password: If you can log in, change your Canvas password. If you use the same password for banking, email, and other places, change those as well.

  • Enable Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA): This adds an extra layer of security.

  • Beware of phishing emails: If email addresses were compromised, hackers may send highly targeted emails to students. Be suspicious of any messages asking you to install software or share account information.

  • Monitor your credit: It's unknown whether financial information was part of the hack, but giving your credit report a check wouldn't hurt.

by Naima Karp  for lifehacker.com

The Beats Studio Pro Headphones Are on Sale for $160 Right Now

They have strong ANC, up to 40 hours of battery life, and a travel-ready foldable design.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Beats Studio Pro are among the most popular ANC headphones under $200, and right now they’re more affordable than ever. Currently down to $159.95 (originally $247.52) on Amazon in Sand Gray, now is the perfect time to invest if you're looking for a comfortable, premium pair of over-ear headphones with noise-cancellation.

One reason these sleek headphones are so popular is that they don’t lock you into one ecosystem, playing well with both Apple and Android devices. They support one-touch pairing, Find My support, and personalized Spatial Audio for Apple users, plus Google Fast Pair, Find My Device, and Audio Switch for Android users.

Unlike many wireless headphones, they also support hi-res audio over USB-C. They’re more travel-friendly and portable than bulkier (and pricier) alternatives like the AirPods Max, thanks to a lighter, foldable build. Battery life lasts up to 40 hours, takes two hours to fully charge, and the 10-minute quick-charge feature gives you up to four hours of playtime. PCMag says the 40mm dynamic drivers deliver “punchy bass with bright highs.” 

They have a secure, comfy fit, making them ideal for longer listening periods, with plush memory foam earcups and a leather-esque lining, plus padding under the headband. The control buttons are tactile, helping avoid accidental activations, and a power button on the right earcup toggles between ANC and transparency mode to let you hear your surroundings. Plus, ANC is above average, and voice-targeting mics filter out background noise, which makes this 35% discount even more valuable.

If you want a long-lasting, comfortable pair of headphones with boosted lows, sculpted highs, cross-platform compatibility, and ANC that’s more than adequate for an under-$175 price point, the Beats Studio Pro are an easy upgrade—that is, if you don’t need the premium noise cancellation of pricier top-tier options like the AirPods Max or Bose QuietComfort line.

by Michel  for news.blog

13 Attitudes That A Great Employees Would Have

I recently had a conversation with executives at Chipotle, a fast-growing company in the Food industry about how they recruit. Works out that they look for candidates who have 13 specific attitudes, even for jobs that aren’t customer-facing like IT, Viet Nam software outsourcing, and Vietnam software services. When I saw their list of attitudes, I realized immediately that thoseContinue reading "13 Attitudes That A Great Employees Would Have"

I recently had a conversation with executives at Chipotle, a fast-growing company in the Food industry about how they recruit. Works out that they look for candidates who have 13 specific attitudes, even for jobs that aren’t customer-facing like IT, Viet Nam software outsourcing, and Vietnam software services.

Attitudes of Great Employees

When I saw their list of attitudes, I realized immediately that those were attitudes that every boss wants in every employee, and every coworker wants from their peers. Here’s the list, with my interpretation of each attribute:

  1. Conscientious. Great employees complete tasks without being asked or overseen. They take personal responsibility for finishing the task and finishing it right.
  2. Respectful. Great employees have too much self-respect to kowtow to authority, nevertheless, they respect and appreciate the contribution of their bosses and leaders.
  3. Hospitable. Great employees welcome the ability to work with coworkers and customers and express that welcome with words and actions.
  4. High Energy. Great employees don’t depend upon managers or coworkers to “pump them up.” They bring their “best game” to anything that they do.
  5. Infectiously Enthusiastic. Great employees are optimists, they search for the great in a situation and they seldom complain about what they can’t change.
  6. Happy. Great employees take responsibility for their own happiness. They realize that happiness comes from the way you see the entire world, not what are the results in the world.
  7. Presentable. Great employees don’t need to be told that it’s inappropriate showing up for work looking such as a slob or a slattern. They dress appropriately at all times.
  8. Smart. Great employees don’t have to be Einstein, but they have to know how to utilize the intelligence they’ve got to contribute the entire effort.
  9. Polite. Great employees understand that rude behavior is selfish and stupid and that common courtesy is the greatest way to have along with coworkers and customers.
  10. Motivated. Great employees don’t need carrots and sticks to have them moving. They’re committed to doing well at their job, regardless of the job.
  11. Ambitious. Great employees desire to grow, which in operation means growing into new responsibilities and new levels of authority.
  12. Curious. Great employees wish to know the “why” behind the “what.” They seek to comprehend people, technology, and ideas beyond their surface characteristics.
  13. Honest. Great employees don’t need Big Brother staring over their shoulders simply because they do the best thing even if nobody is watching.

Source: S3 Tech Blog

by Chad de Guzman  for time.com

Shuttering of USAID Will Lead to Millions of Deaths Around the World: Studies

Multiple studies have estimated millions will die annually as a result of the Trump Administration’s closure of the foreign-aid agency.

Trump And Musk's USAID 'Shut Down' Threat Opens Door For China

President John F. Kennedy said in 1961 that “there is no escaping” what he described as America’s “moral obligations as a wise leader and good neighbor in the interdependent community of free nations; our economic obligations as the wealthiest people in a world of largely poor people, as a nation no longer dependent upon the loans from abroad that once helped us develop our own economy; and our political obligations as the single largest counter to the adversaries of freedom.”

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

He was speaking to Congress about foreign aid and later that year would establish through executive order what has since been known as the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), which helped make the U.S. the world’s largest foreign aid provider. 

For more than six decades, USAID has helped dozens of low- and middle-income countries, including conflict-stricken ones, to improve access to food, water, health care, and education. It’s helped stop disease outbreaks, revolutionize agricultural practices, and in some cases, promote democracy.

But on Tuesday, USAID shutters its doors for good.

The agency’s dismantling began just days after President Donald Trump returned to the White House at the start of this year. Tech billionaire and one-time Trump ally Elon Musk, who was spearheading the Department of Government Efficiency, singled out the agency as a locus of “corruption and waste,” despite the fact that it constituted just about 0.5% of government spending.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who took the reins of the agency in February, said in March that more than four-fifths of USAID programs were cancelled, and the approximately 1,000 that remained would be absorbed by the State Department by July 1, even amid court battles about the constitutionality of USAID’s closure.

On the eve of USAID’s final day, former Presidents George W. Bush and Barack Obama gathered with former staffers as well as U2 singer and humanitarian Bono on a video call. Obama described USAID’s gutting as a “travesty” and a “tragedy,” according to the Associated Press.

“You’ve showed the great strength of America through your work,” Bush told the USAID staffers. “Is it in our national interests that 25 million people who would have died now live? I think it is, and so do you.”

Trump, evidently, does not.

Just how many lives won’t be saved as a result of the closure of USAID has been the subject of several studies and projections

On Monday, medical research journal The Lancet estimated that USAID prevented the deaths of more than 90 million people between 2001 to 2021. The study, conducted by researchers from Brazil, Mozambique, and Spain, forecasted that the defunding of the agency could lead to some 14 million deaths by 2030, including 4.5 million deaths of children and babies under the age of 5.

Here are some of the biggest estimated impacts of the U.S. shirking Kennedy’s “obligations.”

Hundreds of thousands of HIV-AIDS deaths

To fight against HIV globally, President Bush launched PEPFAR, or the U.S. President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief, in 2003. The program supports some 20.6 million people with HIV worldwide, including 566,000 children, through providing anti-retroviral therapy (ART) to control the infection. The program also provided HIV testing services to 83.8 million people in 2024.

USAID was PEPFAR’s main implementing agency, and while the State Department is seeking $2.9 billion in funding to continue HIV-AIDS programs, it’s far lower than the at least $4.7 billion budget PEPFAR had. 

A study published in the Retrovirology journal in March said that the suspension of USAID funding could hamper access to ART and cause a potential resurgence of up to 630,000 HIV-AIDS-related deaths annually, with sub-Saharan Africa most affected.

Millions of malaria cases

USAID has invested $9 billion to help tackle malaria, the mosquito-borne illness that is preventable and curable but causes millions of deaths in Africa every year, since the inception of the President’s Malaria Initiative (PMI) in 2005.

An impact tracker by Boston University infectious disease mathematical modeller and health economist Dr. Brooke Nichols and Amsterdam-based product manager Eric Moakley forecast almost 10 million additional cases of malaria globally—of which an estimated 7 million would affect children—in just one year due to USAID funding cuts.

The tracker also only considered African countries that were part of PMI and did not include countries in Asia that have also been supported by USAID. “Thus we may be underestimating the effect of PMI’s cessation,” it said.

Millions of Sudanese to lose access to ‘lifesaving’ health services

The war-torn northeast African country of Sudan was among those worst hit by USAID’s suspension. More than half of its 50 million population is in need of humanitarian assistance as residents suffer from famine and disease outbreaks amid ongoing conflict. The World Health Organization estimates that 5 million Sudanese people may lose access to “lifesaving” health services as a result of the cuts, according to the Washington Post.

Naomi Ruth Pendle, a lecturer at the University of Bath in the U.K., wrote for The Conversation in April that the sudden suspension of USAID is “is set to make the famine in Sudan the deadliest for half a century.”

by James Pero  for gizmodo.com

Leaks Suggest Garmin’s First Whoop Competitor Has a Price That Will Make You Cry

Whoop might be getting yet another competitor, though if the price is as high as leaks suggest, it might not be much of a competitor at all.Whoop might be getting yet another competitor, though if the price is as high as leaks suggest, it might not be much of a competitor at all.

by Lauren Frayer  for npr.org

U.K. Prime Minister Keir Starmer faces challenges from his own party

It's been a week of rebellion in Britain's ruling party. Contenders are vying for Prime Minister Keir Starmer's job. But it's expected to be a drawn-out process, and it's unclear if Starmer will go.

It's been a week of rebellion in Britain's ruling party. Contenders are vying for Prime Minister Keir Starmer's job. But it's expected to be a drawn-out process, and it's unclear if Starmer will go.

by Gabriel Gavin  for politico.eu

Waterloo and a revolution: Von der Leyen and Costa pick their Eurovision favorites

From "European cultural heritage" to Portugal's transition to democracy, EU leaders share their top picks with POLITICO.

It’s the big, bright annual event that is supposed to bring Europeans together around their television sets. But, beyond the stage, the Eurovision Song Contest has an unmistakably political side.

As preparations get underway for Saturday’s final in Vienna, EU leaders — and national broadcasters — say that’s something they know well.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen told POLITICO that the most “emblematic” Eurovision song of all time is ABBA’s 1974 hit “Waterloo.” The Swedish classic was “more than just a Eurovision winner,” she said, “it became part of European cultural heritage and launched one of the most iconic pop groups in history.”

The song that “moves me the most,” the German politician went on, “is ‘Ne partez pas sans moi’ by Céline Dion, which won [for Switzerland] in 1988. What a voice, what emotion.” And, from the more recent entries, “I think the energy in ‘Euphoria’ by Loreen in 2012 is unmatched!” The song won for Sweden, and Loreen went on to win the contest again in 2023.

A spokesperson for European Council President António Costa said that his favorite Eurovision entry is Portugal’s 1974 chanson “E depois do adeus” by Paulo de Carvalho. While the song failed to win the contest, it became the anthem for the Carnation Revolution just three weeks later, ushering in the country’s democratic transition.

European Parliament President Roberta Metsola and High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas did not respond to a request for their favorite Eurovision songs.

Following the fall of the Iron Curtain, the participation of the Baltic states, Poland and Ukraine in Eurovision has been seen as a symbol of the continent’s unity. Kyiv’s 2016 entry, “1944” by Jamala, won the contest with lyrics in the Crimean Tatar language testifying to the Stalin-era deportation of her great-grandmother from the peninsula, illegally occupied by Russia since 2014.

Eurovision is traditionally marked by parties and viewings hosted by Brussels’ diplomatic corps — last year, for example, the incoming Danish presidency of the Council of the EU threw a joint reception with the embassy of Switzerland. This year, however, is a more muted affair.

Spain, the Netherlands, Ireland, Iceland and Slovenia declared they would boycott the competition over the continued inclusion of Israel, which is represented this year by Noam Bettan. Brussels hosted a “United for Palestine” event on Tuesday that was billed as an alternative to Eurovision.

Bettan has spoken of his “shock” after his semi-final performance on Tuesday night was disrupted by boos and chants of protest. According to Israeli officials, there have been tens of thousands of antisemitic posts online in the lead-up to the contest.

Miki Zohar, Israel’s minister of culture and sports, has said calls for a boycott are “shameful and hypocritical.” The contest, he said, “is a celebration of music, culture and brotherhood between nations, not a platform for scoring political points.”

Bookmakers have Finland’s “Liekinheitin” as the favorite to win Saturday’s grand final, with the top entry selected by both national juries and a public vote.

by Raymond Wong  for gizmodo.com

The World’s First 240Hz Video Smart Glasses for Gaming Aren’t Cheap

Better start saving up if you really want Asus ROG's Xreal R1 gaming-focused smart glasses.Better start saving up if you really want Asus ROG's Xreal R1 gaming-focused smart glasses.

Heroes of Might & Magic: Olden Era (Early Access)

Heroes of Might and Magic: Olden Era är lite som att åka tillbaka med en tidsmaskin. Jag skulle vilja beskriva det som en samling av en musikers bästa låtar. Det är ett urval av det bästa enligt Unfrozen. Spelet är dock närmare Heroes of Might and Magic II och III än något annat i sin design. Är det något jag kände direkt när jag startade upp denna Early Access-version så var det just det en bekantskap som att träffa en gammal vän man inte sett på ett tag. Det är en ganska fin komplimang då jag varit extremt orolig över att detta ska bli ytterligare ett medelmåttigt spel i serien.

Det positiva nyheterna är att det detta är bra. Jag gillar många av de återvändande ljuden och byggnaderna ute i själva världen. Byggnaden som ser ut som en klippa där man stred mot drakar från trean är exempelvis fint återskapad här. Små detaljer som dessa är vad jag kommit att uppskatta med denna nya iteration. Har du erfarenhet med varumärket är detta delvis skapat för just dig. Om du däremot inte spelat Heroes of Might and Magic förut kan jag informera dig om att detta även är gjort för dig. Det är ett simpelt koncept och reglerna är ganska enkla. Djupet och komplexiteten kommer i hur du fogar samman alla spelmässiga inslag till din fördel.

<bild>Intromenyn är både mysig och bjuder på bra musik.</bild>
<bild>Det finns många småsaker att göra som ett träningsläget och utmaningar där du kan lära dig grunderna.</bild>

Det är busenkelt att starta och spela. Du väljer en hjälte och en fraktion. Du springer runt i en värld med hjälten, samlar resurser, erövrar byggnader, strider och gör din karaktär starkare precis som i ett rollspel. Din hjälte kan gå upp i nivåer och du får välja vad denne karaktär ska specialisera sig i. För att kunna strida måste du bygga upp din fästning med byggnader som låter dig rekrytera monster. Dessa monster använder du för att ta över byggnader, fienders fästningar och annat ute i världen. Det kan verka komplicerat men dina handlingar ute på spelplanen möjliggör att du kan bygga ditt fort och ditt fort ger dig mer trupper att fortsätta ditt äventyr ute på själva banan. Det är ett omgångsbaserat strategispel, en stadsbyggare och ett rollspel i en enda förpackning.

Upplägget är en återgång till det som var förr utan att komplicera konceptet, men det finns också nya inslag. Detta är något jag föredrar då jag var helt förtjust i hur Ubisoft designade om monster och världar. Det fanns även andra problem med deras senaste iterationer av spelserien. Framförallt byggdes spelen för att vara helt balanserade och mycket av den spelglädje som fanns i de tidiga titlarna försvann. Det fanns inte längre de där riktigt övermäktiga artefakterna du kunde ge din hjälte eller magierna som förändrade helt hur du spelade. Kaoset av att någon hade Armageddons Blade, skor som gjorde att du kunde flyga och magier som innebar att du kunde teleportera dig till dina städer var fantastiskt. Fraktionerna var perfekt designade med ett robust utbud av monster.

<bild>Det klassiska upplägget med en hjälte som navigerar en farlig värld är intakt.</bild>
<bild>Striderna är taktiska och omgångsbaserade. Truppslagen har ofta sekundära förmågor vilket bidrar till ökat djup.</bild>

Om vi tittar på fraktionerna i Olden Era ser vi även att de klassiska fraktionerna är en blandning av nytt och gammalt. De har ett hopplock av truppslag och designval från tvåan, trean, fyran, femman och sexan. Klassiska fraktioner som Necropolis, Dungeon och Grove är riktigt välgjorda. Det enda jag inte gillar helt är att Necropolis blivit av med sina skelettdrakar och att enstaka fraktioner kunde ha fler roande monster. I övrigt tycker jag att alla är väldesignade slott. Det hjälper också att varje monster har extra förmågor i striderna. I nuläget finns det två varianter av samma uppgraderade typ av soldat vilket är bra. Det påminner lite om hur det var i femman med en av dess expansioner. Ibland kan dessa variationer ge uppgraderade monstret helt olika förmågor se exempelvis skelettet i Necropolis. Du kan välja mellan ett monster som slåss i närstrid eller skjuter med en pilbåge. Jag skulle dock gilla om vi ser val mellan monster som i fyran fast båda ska gå att uppgradera med egna varianter.

Två fraktioner som sticker ut är Schism och Hive. Den förstnämnda är en lovecraftian inspirerad monsterfest och bjuder på Cthulhu-inspirerade mardrömslika varelser i frusna miljöer. Hive påminner mer om Inferno med lava och demoner fast alla monster i denna fraktion är insekter istället. I kampanjen är det framförallt Hive och Schism som ställer till det i detta spel. Om det är de verkliga skurkarna återstår dock att se. Kampanjen är inte färdig i denna Early Access-version. Vi har bara det inledande kapitlet att spela och jag är inte helt nöjd med nivådesignen på de inledande banorna. De tar ibland lite för lång tid att ta sig igenom utan att du har verktygen du behöver. Däremot gillar jag att dialog och val kan påverka framtida scenarion. Hur mycket detta syns i spelets fulla berättelse återstår att se. Det påminner lite om Starfox till N64 där ett val av väg kan leda till ett annat uppdrag. Jag har dock haft kul med kampanjen även om de inte är huvudrätten i denna spelserie vanligtvis. Däremot kan vissa uppdrag må bra av lite små justeringar i vad spelaren har tillgång till.

<bild>Att uppgradera sin hjälte är enkelt och medför val där du kan bestämma vad din karaktär ska vara extra bra på. Det fungerar på exakt samma sätt som i tidigare spel. En skillnad är dock att du kan förjupa vissa förmågor och då erbjuds du ett antal val.</bild>
<bild>Att se rörelserna av karavaner i staden och bygga upp slotten är lika roande idag som i originalet.</bild>

Det jag gillar att spela allra mest är skärmytslingar på förvalda banor och bara spela fritt. Detta går även att göra här. Det finns ett bra utbud mellan små, medelstora och även ett par superstora banor. Över tid hoppas jag dock att vi kan få ännu fler och jag gillar även nivåeditorn där du kan skapa dina egna banor och dela med dig av till andra spelare. Detta fungerar riktigt bra, jag älskar att sitta och skapa mina egna världar i Heroes of Might and Magic III, jag har tyvärr ännu inte hunnit tillbringa tillräckligt med tid i detta verktyg men av det jag testat verkar det tillräckligt robust för vad som erbjuds i Early Access. Det går att sänka mängder av timmar i skärmytslingsläget då tillräckligt många av fraktionerna är på plats. Jag tycker ändå att detta står sig riktigt bra med konkurrenter som Kings Bounty II, Disciples: Domination, King Arthur: Legion IX och Songs of Conquest.

Nya funktioner finns det dock också även om mycket påminner om de äldre titlarna. Ett exempel på detta är hur du kan låsa upp lagar med en speciell resurs. De är små förbättringar som kan innebära betydande fördelar över tid. Du väljer dessa ur en bok och för att skaffa dig poäng måste du strida. Systemet byggs in naturligt i den underliggande spelloopen. Med tanke på att du spelar mot datorn eller andra människor kan dessa ackumuleras och bli betydande för matchens utgång. En annan nyhet är att när du når en viss nivå med din hjälte kan du specialisera en förmåga, du får välja mellan flera alternativ och detta tycker jag är en fantastisk utveckling av förmågesystemet. Det finns andra små förbättringar som att din hastighet inte längre påverkas av ditt långsammaste monster utan mer av terräng, förmågor, artefakter och liknande. Du kan också uppgradera både artefakter och magier i detta spel även om det fortfarande krävs magitorn i ditt slott för att få åtkomst till mer magiska trollformler.

<bild>Varje truppslag har två varianter av sin uppgradering. Det ökar mängden strategiska val. De flesta variationer är mer försvar eller mer styrka i anfall. Många bjuder dock på alternativa förmågor och styrkor.</bild>
<bild>Under striderna kan du förutom att flytta dina trupper även kasta magi, anfalla med hjälten och eventuellt under belägringar avfyra katapulten .En belägring innebär att desto mer uppgraderade murar desto svårare är det att ta sig förbi försvaret.</bild>

När jag startade en match som Necropolis kändes det spelmässiga välkomnande. Instinktivt började jag erövra gruvor, plocka upp resurser och annat på banan. Precis på samma sätt som jag gjort i de andra titlarna i serien. Jag bygger även upp mitt slott och rekryterar både monster och nya hjältar. Det känns helt naturligt och tack vare en ganska fin design och härlig musik från seriens alla hörn. Jag kan sakna lite fler hjältar och fraktioner men det lär förmodligen dyka upp över tid. För min egen del är jag sugen på att se varianter av Heroes of Might and Magic III fraktionerna Tower, Stronghold och Fortress.

Även om träskfraktionen från trean brutits upp i efterföljande spel och fått sina trupper spridda till andra tror jag att det skulle vara ett toppeninslag i denna titel. Det finns gott om utrymme för deras eldsprutande tjur, hyenor och ödlor. Det skulle säkert gå att kombinera dessa med de populära dvärgarna vi mötte i femman och i sjuan. I spelet som det är nu finns det gott om variation och flera fraktioner men jag skulle inte klaga på att se fler. De är alla varierade och riktigt roliga att bara starta upp i en bana och spela precis som jag gjorde i början av 2000-talet. Utbudet är således något jag inte behöver kritisera. Jag är övertygad om att detta kan komma att expanderas innan den fulla versionen lanseras.

Tekniskt är detta fullt fungerande och välspelande med minimalt antal buggar. Det är fortfarande i Early Access så det finns vissa skavanker. Jag skulle dock vilja påstå att detta är mer polerat än många titlar är i detta stadie. Unfrozen verkar också greppa det här med musiken. Paul Anthony Romero som varit med och skapat den ikoniska musiken i de äldre titlarna är tillbaka i denna nygamla titel och jag gillar det jag hör. Musik från hela serien varvas med ny musik och det låter helt fantastiskt. Jag satt och stirrade ett tag på startmenyn och bara tog in sceneriet. All musik är dock inte skapad av Paul men han har medverkat och både lånat äldre låtar och skrivit nya till detta spel. Jag kan säga direkt att jag är väldigt nöjd med både ljud och musik.

<bild>Även om spelet är polerat märks det ibland att det är Early Access.</bild>
<bild>Kampanjen är spännande och ett stort fokus hos utvecklarna.</bild>

Jag är glad över att dessa utvecklare verkligen känns passionerade av varumärket. De har skapat ett detaljerat, mysigt och roande spel för fans av föregångarna och de som aldrig testat serien. Jag skulle vilja hävda att detta är så nära man kan komma seriens äldre titlar utan att enbart vara en kopia. Med grym musik, polerat upplägg och en Early Access-version som bjuder på mycket innehåll har jag svårt att inte rekommendera dig detta. Trots att vissa fraktioner har få antal hjältar finns det ändå sex spelbara och välavvägda fraktioner. Mina favoriter i nuläget är Necropolis, Grove och Schism. Jag tror att Ubisoft har hittat ett bra format och seriens framtid känns inte lika osäker längre. Är du inte sugen på att spela detta nu innan det lanseras i sin 1.0-version bör du ändå hålla ögonen på titeln. Mina intryck kan summeras till att detta är en storslagen återkomst av rang för serien.

<bild>När du startar en skärmytsling väljer du en bana, fraktion och hjälte. Det är både enkelt och går snabbt.</bild>
<bild>Stadsvyerna är vackra, väldesignade och fångar känslan av fraktionen. Jag var inte missnöjd över stadsvyn i någon av fraktionerna. Det är dock inte riktigt i klass med de roterbara fulla 3D-städerna i femman.</bild>
<bild>Baneditorn är avancerad och ibland lite instabil. Den går dock att använda för att skapa snabba banor och ökar livslängden på spelet. Utvecklarna har lovat att expandera yterliggare på denna aspekt av spelet.</bild>

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

The dream is incomplete until we share it with our fellow Americans.The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

The following is drawn from a speech I delivered today at Cooper Union’s Great Hall in New York City, where I joined Lieutenant Colonel Alexander Vindman to discuss the future of the American Dream:

What is the American Dream?

In 1931, at the height of the Great Depression, James Truslow Adams first defined the American Dream as

“[...] a land in which life should be better and richer and fuller for everyone, with opportunity for each according to ability or achievement. [...] not a dream of motor cars and high wages merely, but a dream of social order in which [everyone] shall be able to attain to the fullest stature of which they are innately capable, and be recognized by others for what they are, regardless of the fortuitous circumstances of birth or position”

I wanted to know what these words meant to us today. I needed to know what parts of the American Dream we all still had in common. I had to make some sense of what was happening to our country. I’ve been writing on my blog since 2004, and on November 7th, I started writing the most difficult piece I have ever written.

I asked so many Americans to tell me what the American Dream personally meant to them, and I wrote it all down.

Later in November, I attended a theater performance of The Outsiders at my son’s public high school – an adaptation of the 1967 novel by S.E. Hinton. All I really knew was the famous “stay gold” line from the 1983 movie. But as I sat there in the audience among my neighbors, watching the complete story acted out in front of me by these teenagers, I slowly realized what “stay gold” meant: sharing the American Dream.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

We cannot merely attain the Dream. The dream is incomplete until we share it with our fellow Americans. That act of sharing is the final realization of everything the dream stands for.

Thanks to S.E. Hinton, I finally had a name for my essay, “Stay Gold, America.” I published it on January 7th, with a Pledge to Share the American Dream.

In the first part of the Pledge, the short term, our family made eight 1 million dollar donations to the following nonprofit groups: Team Rubicon, Children’s Hunger Fund, PEN America, The Trevor Project, NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund, First Generation Investors, Global Refuge, and Planned Parenthood.

Beyond that, we made many additional one million dollar donations to reinforce our technical infrastructure in America – Wikipedia, The Internet Archive, The Common Crawl Foundation, Let’s Encrypt, pioneering independent internet journalism, and several other crucial open source software infrastructure projects that power much of the world today.

I encourage every American to contribute soon, however you can, to organizations you feel are effectively helping those most currently in need.

But short term fixes are not enough.

The Pledge To Share The American Dream requires a much more ambitious second act – deeper, long term changes that will take decades. Over the next five years, my family pledges half our remaining wealth to plant a seed toward foundational long term efforts ensuring that all Americans continue to have the same fair access to the American Dream.

Let me tell you about my own path to the American Dream. It was rocky. My parents were born into deep poverty in Mercer County, West Virginia, and Beaufort County, North Carolina. Our family eventually clawed our way to the bottom of the middle class in Virginia.

I won’t dwell on it, but every family has their own problems. We did not remain middle class for long. But through all this, my parents got the most important thing right: they loved me openly and unconditionally. That is everything. It’s the only reason I am standing here in front of you today.

With my family’s support, I managed to achieve a solid public education in Chesterfield County, Virginia, and had the incredible privilege of an affordable state education at the University of Virginia. This is a college uniquely rooted in the beliefs of one of the most prominent Founding Fathers, Thomas Jefferson. He was a living paradox. A man of profound ideals and yet flawed – trapped in the values of his time and place.

Still, he wrote “Life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” at the top of the Declaration of Independence. These words were, and still are, revolutionary. They define our fundamental shared American values, although we have not always lived up to them. The American Dream isn’t about us succeeding, alone, by ourselves, but about connecting with each other and succeeding together as Americans.

I’ve been concerned about wealth concentration in America ever since I watched a 2012 video by politizane illustrating just how extreme wealth concentration already was.

I had no idea how close we were to the American Gilded Age from the late 1800s. This period was given a name in the 1920s by historians referencing Mark Twain’s 1873 novel, The Gilded Age, A Tale of Today.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

During this time, labor strikes often turned violent, with the Homestead Strike of 1892 resulting in deadly confrontations between workers and Pinkerton guards hired by factory owners. Rapid industrialization created hazardous working conditions in factories, mines, and railroads, where thousands died due to insufficient safety regulations and employers who prioritized profit over worker welfare.

In January 2025, while I was still writing “Stay Gold, America”, we entered the period of greatest wealth concentration in the entirety of American history. As of 2021, the top 1% of households controlled 32% of all wealth, while the bottom 50% only have 2.6%. It’s difficult to find more recent data, but wealth concentration has only intensified in the last four years.

We can no longer say “Gilded Age.”

We must now say “The First Gilded Age.”

Today, in our second Gilded Age, more and more people find their path to the American Dream blocked. When Americans face unaffordable education, lack of accessible healthcare, or lack affordable housing, they aren’t just disadvantaged – they’re trapped, often burdened by massive debt. They have no stable foundation to build their lives. They watch desperately, working as hard as they can, while life simply passes them by, without even the freedom to choose their own lives.

They don’t have time to build a career. They don’t have time to learn, to improve. They don’t get to start a business. They can’t choose where their kids will grow up, or whether to have children at all, because they can’t afford to. Here in the land of opportunity, the pursuit of happiness has become an endless task for too many.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

We are denying people any real chance of achieving the dream that we promised them – that we promised the entire world – when we founded this nation. It is such a profound betrayal of everything we ever dreamed about. Without a stable foundation to build a life on, our fellow Americans cannot even pursue the American Dream, much less achieve it.

I ask you this: as an American, what is the purpose of a dream left unshared with so many for so long? What’s happening to our dream? Are we really willing to let go of our values so easily? We’re Americans. We fight for our values, the values embodied in our dream, the ones we founded this country on.

Why aren’t we sharing the American Dream?

Why aren’t we giving everyone a fair chance at Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness by providing them the fundamentals they need to get there?

The Dream worked for me, decades ago, and I deeply believe that the American Dream can still work for everyone – if we ensure every American has the same fair chance we did. The American Dream was never about a few people being extraordinarily wealthy. It’s about everyone having an equal chance to succeed and pursue their dreams – their own happiness. It belongs to them. I think we owe them at least that. I think we owe ourselves at least that.

What can we do about this? There are no easy answers. I can’t even pretend to have the answer, because there isn’t any one answer to give. Nothing worth doing is ever that simple. But I can tell you this: all the studies and all the data I’ve looked at have strongly pointed to one foundational thing we can do here in America over the next five years.

Natalie Foster, co-founder of the Economic Security Project, makes a powerful case for the idea that, with all this concentrated wealth, we can offer a Guaranteed Minimum Income in the poorest areas of this country – the areas of most need, where money goes the farthest – to unlock vast amounts of untapped American potential.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

This isn’t a new idea. We’ve been doing this a while now in different forms, but we never called it Guaranteed Minimum Income.

In 1797, Thomas Paine proposed a retirement pension funded by estate taxes. It didn’t go anywhere, but it planted a seed. Much later we implemented the Social Security Act in 1935 . The economic chaos of the Great Depression coupled with the inability of private philanthropy to provide economic security inspired Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal government programs. The most popular and effective program to emerge from this era was Social Security, providing a guaranteed income for retirees. Before Social Security, half of seniors lived in poverty. Today only 10% of seniors live in poverty.

In his 1967 book Where Do We Go From Here: Chaos or Community, Martin Luther King Jr made the moral case for a form of UBI, Universal Basic Income. King believed that economic insecurity was at the root of all inequality. He stated that a guaranteed income — direct cash disbursements — was the simplest and best way to fight poverty.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

In 1972, Congress established the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program, providing direct cash assistance to low-income elderly, blind, and disabled individuals with little or no income. This cash can be used for food, housing, and medical expenses, the essentials for financial stability. As of January, 2025, over 7.3 million people receive SSI benefits.

In 1975, Congress passed the Tax Reduction Act, establishing the Earned Income Tax Credit. This tax credit benefits working-class parents with children, encouraging work by increasing the income of low-income workers. In 2023, it lifted about 6.4 million people out of poverty, including 3.4 million children. According to the Census Bureau, it is the second most effective anti-poverty tool after Social Security.

In 2019, directly inspired by King, mayor Michael Tubbs – at age 26, one of the youngest mayors in American history – launched the $3 million Stockton Economic Empowerment Demonstration. It provided 125 residents with $500 per month in unconditional cash payments for two years. The program found that recipients experienced improved financial stability, increased full-time employment, and enhanced well-being.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income
Michael Tubbs, Former Mayor of Stockton, on Creating a California for All

In my “Stay Gold, America” blog post, I referenced the Robert Frost “Stay Gold” poem and S.E. Hinton’s famous famous novel The Outsiders, urging us to retain our youthful ideals as we grow older. Ideals embodied in the American Dream.

Which brings us to another Robert Frost poem, The Road Not Taken. Our proposal to ensure access to the American Dream is to follow the path less travelled by: Guaranteed Minimum Income. GMI is a simpler, more practical, more scalable plan to directly address the root of economic insecurity with minimum bureaucracy.

We are partnering with GiveDirectly, who oversaw the most GMI studies in the United States, and OpenResearch, who just completed the largest, most detailed GMI study ever conducted in this country in 2023. We are working together to launch a new Guaranteed Minimum Income initiative in rural American communities.

Network effects within communities explain why equality of opportunity is so effective, and why a shared American Dream is the most powerful dream of all. The potential of the American Dream becomes vastly greater as more people have access to it, because they share it.

They share it with their families, their friends, and their neighbors. The groundbreaking, massive 2023 OpenResearch UBI study data showed that when you give money to the poorest among us, they consistently go out of their way to share that money with others in desperate need.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

The power of opportunity is not in what it can do for one person, but how it connects and strengthens bonds between people. When you empower a couple, you allow them to build a family. When you empower families, you allow them to build a community. When you guarantee fundamentals, you’re providing a foundation for those connections to grow and thrive. This is the incredible power and value of community. That is what we are investing in – each other.

A system where there are no guarantees creates conflict. It creates inequality. A massive concentration of wealth in so few hands weakens connections between us and prevents new ones. America began as a place of connection. Millions of us came together to build this nation, not individually, but together. Equality is connection, and connection is more valuable than any product any company will ever sell you.

Why focus on rural communities? There are consistently higher poverty rates in rural counties, with fewer job opportunities, lower wages, and worse access to healthcare and education. It’s not a new problem, either — places like Appalachia, the Mississippi Delta, and American Indian reservations have been stuck in poverty for decades, with some counties like Oglala Lakota, SD (55.8%) and McDowell, WV (37.6%) hitting extreme levels. Meanwhile, urban counties rarely see numbers that high. The data from the US Census and USDA Economic Research Service make it clear: if you’re poor in America, being rural makes it even harder to escape.

Rural areas also offer smaller populations, which is helpful because we need to start small with lots of tightly controlled studies that we can carefully scale and improve on for larger areas. We hope to build a large body of scientific data showing that GMI really does improve the lives, and the communities, of our fellow Americans.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

The initial plan is to target a few counties that I have a personal connection to, and are still currently in poverty, decades later:

  • My father was born in Mercer County, West Virginia, where the collapse of coal mining left good people struggling to survive. Their living and their way of life is now all but gone, and good jobs are hard to find.
  • My mother’s birthplace, Beaufort County, North Carolina, has been hit just as hard, with farming and factory jobs disappearing and families left wondering what’s next.
  • Our third county is yet to be decided, but will be a community also facing the same systemic, generational obstacles to economic stability and achieving the American Dream.

We will work with existing local groups to coordinate GMI studies where community members choose to enroll. We will conduct outreach and and provide mentorship to these opt-in study participants. It will be teamwork between Americans.

We hope Veterans will play a crucial role in our effort. We plan to work with local communities and veteran-serving organizations to engage veterans to support and execute our GMI programs – the same veterans who served our country with distinction, returning home with exceptional leadership skills and a deep commitment to their communities. Their involvement ensures these programs reflect core American values of self-reliance and community service to fellow Americans.

We’ll also partner with established community organizations — churches, civic groups, community colleges, local businesses. These partnerships help integrate our GMI studies with existing support systems, rather than creating new ones.

GiveDirectly and OpenResearch will build on their existing body of work, gathering extensive data from these refined studies. We’ll measure employment, entrepreneurship, education, health, and community engagement. We’ll conduct regular interviews with participants to understand their experience. How is this working for you? How can we make it better? You tell us. How can we make it better together?

Economic security isn’t only about individual well-being – it’s the bedrock of democracy. When people aren’t constantly worried about feeding themselves, feeding their family, having decent healthcare, having a place to live… we have given them room to breathe. We have given them freedom. The freedom to raise their children, the freedom to start businesses, the freedom to choose where they work, the freedom to volunteer... the freedom to vote.

This isn’t about ideology or government. It’s about us, as Americans, working together to invest in our future – possibly the greatest unlocking of human potential in our entire history. I do not say these things lightly. I’ve seen it work. I’ve looked at all the existing study data. A little bit of money is incredibly transformational for people in poverty – the people who need it the most – the people who cannot live up to their potential because they’re so busy simply trying to survive. Imagine what they could do if we gave them just a little breathing room.

GMI is a long term investment in the future of what America should be, the way we wrote it down in the Declaration of Independence, perhaps incompletely – but our democracy was always meant to be malleable, to change, to adapt, and improve.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

I’d like to conclude by mentioning Aaron Swartz. He was a precocious teenage programmer much like myself. Aaron helped develop RSS web feeds, co-founded Reddit, and worked with Creative Commons to create flexible copyright licenses for the common good. He used technology to make information universally accessible to everyone.

Aaron created a system to download public domain court documents from PACER, a government database that charged fees for accessing what he believed should be freely available public information. A few years later, while visiting MIT under their open campus policy and as a research fellow at Harvard, he used MIT’s network to download millions of academic articles from JSTOR, another fee-charging online academic journal repository, intending to make this knowledge freely accessible. Since taxpayers had funded much of this research, why shouldn’t that knowledge be freely available to everyone?

What Aaron saw as an act of academic freedom and information equality, authorities viewed as a crime—he was arrested in January 2011 and charged with multiple felonies for what many considered to be nothing more than accessing knowledge that should have been freely available to the public in the first place.

Despite JSTOR declining to pursue charges and MIT eventually calling for leniency, federal prosecutors aggressively pursued felony charges against Aaron with up to 35 years in prison. Facing overwhelming legal pressure and the prospect of being labeled a felon, Aaron took his own life at 26. This sparked widespread criticism of prosecutorial overreach and prompted discussions about open access to information. Deservedly so. Eight days later, in this very hall, there was a standing room only memorial service praising Aaron for his commitment to the public good.

Aaron pursued what was right for we, the people. He chose to build the public good despite knowing there would be risks. He chose to be an activist. I think we should all choose to be activists, to be brave, to stand up for our defining American principles.

There are two things I ask of you today.

  1. Visit givedirectly.org/rural-us where we’ll be documenting our journey and findings from the initial three GMI rural county studies. Let’s find out together how guaranteed minimum income can transform American lives.
  2. Talk about Guaranteed Minimum Income in your communities. Meet with your state and local officials. Share the existing study data. Share outcomes. Ask them about conducting GMI studies like ours in your area. We tell ourselves stories about why some people succeed and others don’t. Challenge those stories. Economic security is not charity. It is an investment in vast untapped American potential in the poorest areas of this country.

My family is committing 50 million dollars to this endeavor, but imagine if we had even more to share. Imagine how much more we could do, if we build this together, starting today. Decades from now, people will look back and wonder why it took us so long to share our dream of a better, richer, and fuller life with our fellow Americans.

I hope you join us on this grand experiment to share our American Dream. I believe everyone deserves a fair chance at what was promised when we founded this nation: Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of The American Dream.

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

The Samsung Galaxy S25+ Is One of the Best Premium Android Phones, and It's $300 Off Right Now

The Galaxy S25+ is still an impressive Android in 2026

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Samsung announced the Galaxy S25 Series back in January 2025, a three-phone collection that competed with Google's Pixels for the title of the best Android phones you could buy in 2025. Out of the lineup, the Galaxy S25+ is the middle-of-the-pack model, and a cheaper alternative to the then top-of-the-line Galaxy S25 Ultra. Currently, you can pick one up for $699.99 ($300 off the original $999.99 retail price), and still get one of the best Android phones you can buy in 2026. With prices of many tech products going up, including Samsung phones, it's nice to see others going down.

After the discount, the S25+ is cheaper than the most basic model, the Galaxy S25, offering much better value for your money.

The S25 line offers upgrades from the S24 lineup: The best features in the OS are shared by all Galaxy phones, giving you features you can only get from the One UI 7, including exclusive media and notifications features. Two of the best are Now Bar and Now Brief, which show you brief alerts or notifications personalized to your feed and activities. PCMag gave the Galaxy S25 an "excellent" review for its useful AI features, better battery life than the Ultra (around 15 hours on a single charge), outstanding cameras, and long software support.

The main things you'll be missing compared to the newer S26 are some AI features and some minimal design. Arguably, the best competition for the Galaxy S25+ is the Google Pixel 9, which is currently $575. If you're already in the Google or Samsung ecosystem, the best option for you will be to stay loyal to your brand, unless you plan on swapping out every other accessory.

The Galaxy S25+ runs on the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite for Galaxy, has three rear lenses, including a 12MP ultra-wide camera, and a 6.7-inch and 120Hz OLED display. The RAM is a generous 12GB, with the storage options starting at 128 GB, but this $699.99 option is for the 256GB.


by Meredith Dietz  for lifehacker.com

I'm a Runner, and This Is How I'm Training for a Hyrox Race

A runner and a weightlifter walk into a trendy fitness competition...

My fellow Lifehacker writer Beth Skwarecki is a weightlifter. I'm a marathon runner. Together, we make one reasonably competent Hyrox athlete—and in four weeks, we're going to find out if that's enough.

Beth and I are competing together in a Hyrox doubles race on May 29, in something of a joint experiment in just how little training you can get away with before showing up to one of these things. Hopefully, we can each bring our respective strengths to the floor, cover for each other's weaknesses, and survive. Hopefully.

What is Hyrox, anyway?

If you haven't encountered Hyrox yet, here's the short version: It's currently the trendiest fitness-race-sport-competition-lifestyle since Crossfit. You'll hear people compare the two, but they have some key differences. For instance, while Crossfit competitions may include just about anything in any format, the Hyrox format is standardized, which is part of its appeal.

You run a total of eight kilometers (around five miles), broken into eight one-kilometer segments. Between each run, you complete one functional fitness station, always in the same order: a SkiErg, sled push, sled pull, burpee broad jumps, rowing, farmers carry, sandbag lunges, and wall balls. The entire thing is timed. You're racing against yourself, your friends, and thousands of others who've done the exact same workout under the exact same conditions.

In the doubles format, two athletes share the workload—to an extent. All the 8x1km loops must be run side-by-side, but we can split the workload of the eight functional stations however we need. Right off the bat, I think I luck out more than Beth in this situation. I get a weightlifter to help me with the feats of strength (or "functional movement," to be more accurate), but she still has to run the same as me no matter what.

My strengths going into Hyrox

As of writing, I'm bringing a cardio engine sitting at a comfortable half-marathon level of fitness. For a race that's fundamentally built around eight kilometers of running, this is by far my greatest asset.

I also have hopes that my marathon experience in particular will provide me a certain "psychological toolkit." Marathon training teaches you to hurt for a long time and keep moving anyway. You learn to negotiate with your own suffering and to push through the wall—something that will no doubt come up for me on Hyrox race day. In theory, the running portions alone of Hyrox shouldn't break me. But I know what probably will.

My weaknesses going into Hyrox

Ironically, strength is my weakness. My resistance training is, generously speaking, inconsistent. The stations that require you to move heavy things—specifically the sled push and sled pull—are the ones I'm most afraid of. The sled push is station two, and the sled pull is station three. That means if I blow up my legs fighting those stations in the first quarter of the race, every single thing that comes after—the running, the lunges, the wall balls—is going to hurt in a completely different way than I'm used to. Marathon pain is a slow burn, but some of these functional stations sound like the pain will arrive fast—and last for the rest of the competition.

Beyond raw strength, I'm also concerned about technique and efficiency—and honestly, the injury risk that comes with poor form under fatigue. I've taken exactly one Hyrox class so far, at my local F45 gym. I'll be able to attend three more before race day, but as of right now, I know enough to know that I don't know enough.

Wall balls normally wouldn't scare me, but after eight rounds of running and seven other stations, the idea of repeatedly squatting and launching a weighted ball overhead sounds significantly less manageable. Beth and I have much to discuss when it comes to strategy and how we plan to conserve our strength.

How I'm training for Hyrox

Given that I have less than a month until race day and can't realistically build meaningful strength in that window, I'm prioritizing technique over everything else. I can't radically transform my power output in four weeks, but what I can do is learn to move efficiently, avoid compensating in ways that cause injury, and conserve energy by not fighting the movements.

For me, that means more time with a sandbag and sled than I'm used to, specifically focused on form rather than load. As I mentioned above, I'll be training at classes with Hyrox-specific stations in sequence. Still, these classes don't have the running portions, so I have yet to really know what it feels like to transition from a run into a strength station on tired legs.

I'm also exploring the official Hyrox training modes available for Garmin and Amazfit watches, along with some unofficial off-brand apps that have popped up for Hyrox-specific preparation.

The bottom line

Having Beth as my partner makes me feel significantly better about all of this. The one thing I'm slightly nervous about on her end is the cardio. Eight kilometers of running interspersed with eight stations might end up being a lot for someone who doesn't regularly train for endurance. In doubles, you can tag in and out, but there's a limit to how much you can cover for each other. My biggest fear is I burn out and leave her with way too much of the heavy lifting—quite literally.

We'll figure it out on May 29. Either we'll discover you need surprisingly little prep to survive a Hyrox doubles race, or we'll discover exactly what happens when a marathon runner and a weightlifter underestimate a fitness competition. At least both outcomes make for a good story.

by Beth Skwarecki  for lifehacker.com

The Fitbit Air Is Real, and It May Actually Be a Whoop Killer

A $100 band with a full-featured app is not a combination we've seen on the market yet.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

The rumors are true: Google has announced a $99.99 smart band called the Fitbit Air, and is relaunching the Fitbit app as Google Health. There's a lot here I'm excited about: an affordable smart band without a mandatory subscription, with a full-featured app that may, if Google's promises check out, offer a meaningful alternative to Whoop's app. Here's what we know about the band, and how it's going to fit into the ecosystem if you already have a Fitbit or a Pixel Watch.

The band is impressively lightweight and comfortable-looking

Fitbit Air band showing the underside, next to the device itself
Left: the Fitbit Air from the underside, showing how the device fits into the strap. Right: what the device looks like when removed. Credit: Fitbit

I haven't yet seen the Fitbit Air in person (although I expect to give you a hands-on review soon), but from the pictures, I'm impressed with the design. Remember when I was trying to figure out from photos whether the device is attached to the strap, since I couldn't see a connecting piece? Well, it turns out that the Fitbit Air device (the "pebble") pops into the underside of the strap, like the old Fitbit Flex. That means you can swap out the strap for a different color or material, without any hardware showing.

The device is 1.4 inches by 0.7 inches by 0.3 inches. It weighs 5.2 grams, and 12 grams with the band. The color offerings include black, light gray, a bluish color that Fitbit calls Lavender, and a pinkish red it calls Berry. (Lavender is shown in the image at the top of this page.) So what happened to the gray-and-orange band Stephen Curry has been wearing? That's a special edition, complete with his jersey number worked into the stitching. It will retail for $129.99. With a regular band, the price is $99.99. Replacement bands (without the device) will retail for $34.99. The Fitbit Air is available to pre-order now, and will ship later this month.

What the Fitbit Air actually does

The Fitbit Air, like the Whoop and other smart bands before it, is mainly a heart rate sensor that can pair to your phone. There is no display; if you want to see your heart rate during a workout, you'll need to check that from your phone. Unlike the old Fitbit Flex, which had some indicator lights, the Fitbit Air doesn't have any kind of display.

The Fitbit Air also includes accelerometers to detect motion, a blood oxygen sensor, and a vibration motor. There is a temperature sensor so the device can report skin temperature variations, but Google said in a briefing that it's not sensitive enough for menstrual cycle tracking. The device also has enough storage to hang onto your workout data for a day before needing to sync to your phone, so you don't need to have your phone with you for every workout.

You can now pair a Fitbit and a Pixel Watch to the same phone

I have good news and bad news on multi-device support. Fitbit users have long complained that the Fitbit app only allows you to pair one device. Pixel watches use this same app, so when I reviewed the Pixel Watch 4 I had to unpair the Fitbit Charge 6 that I had previously paired. That is changing! You will now be able to pair a Pixel Watch and a Fitbit.

But that is specifically the only combination you'll be able to do, Google says: one Pixel and one Fitbit. So you can wear a Pixel Watch and swap it for a Fitbit Air for workouts or sleep or any time you don't want a watch on your wrist. But you can't swap between a Fitbit Charge 6 and a Fitbit Air, or between any other two Fitbits. That's a shame for people who already own a Fitbit device that tells the time.

The Fitbit Public Preview will become the new Google Health app

The Fitbit app is getting an overhaul and a new name, and it sounds like it's going to be great. That said, my initial experiments with the Public Preview did not inspire confidence. I found that the AI coach hallucinated freely, kept forgetting my goals, and generally made a terrible coach.

Google says it's been listening to feedback, and that fixes are either in the works or have already been applied. The Public Preview was missing key features while it was in development, like nutrition tracking, but those will be available at the relaunch. Google says the developers have made information easier to find, the coach less verbose, and the coach now tracks your progress toward weekly goals.

I'm looking forward to trying the app, and I won't pull any punches if the coach still has serious flaws. It doesn't exactly inspire confidence that I saw this on Reddit yesterday: A Public Preview user said that the coach keeps insisting they need to wake up at 5:30 a.m. and recently went through a big move, neither of which were true. Another redditor replied to say they were a product manager at Google and said "sorry to hear about these hallucinations. we've seen a number of these and have made some progress getting rid of them, so it's helpful to dig into the ones that are still happening."

If Google can successfully address the coach's issues, I'm going to be really impressed with the app. I've been saying for years that you don't make a Whoop killer by sticking a heart rate monitor on a wrist band—Whoop's strength is its incredibly full-featured app that integrates all your data into actionable advice. I love Whoop's app for its weekly plans and I've joked that the Whoop Coach is "the only AI I'm on speaking terms with." Fitbit's new app will have weekly plans, and its coach is programmed to take input from conversations and to access data from throughout the app. It sounds a lot more useful than a lot of fitness app chatbots.

How the Fitbit Air compares to other smart bands

I'm honestly excited for this. There are now multiple smart bands on the market, but the Fitbit Air seems to be hitting a sweet spot that none of the others have gotten quite right. Whoop is undeniably the leader, but its $239/year subscription is a lot for most of us to swallow. Polar's no-subscription Loop band sounded promising, but ultimately doesn't do very much, and it's $200. Amazfit's Helio strap was my favorite of the bunch, with a $99.99 price tag, no subscription, and the ability to trade off with other Amazfit devices (like the company's sports watches) in a no-frills app.

The Fitbit Air combines the low price tag, no subscription, and (possibly) a full-featured, easy-to-use app. It can feed data to the same app as a watch you might already be wearing—at least if you're a Pixel watch user. I'm looking forward to trying it out and seeing whether the app keeps its promises well enough to give it the edge over other smart bands.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Google Just Announced 'Gemini Intelligence' at The Android Show: I/O Edition

The new AI lets you create your own widgets for your Android home screen.

Google's AI has gone through a couple of stages thus far. First, Google launched "Bard" as a direct competitor to ChatGPT. Soon after, the company rebranded to "Gemini," encompassing everything from its chatbot to its LLMs. During The Android Show: I/O Edition, Google revealed its newest AI iteration: Gemini Intelligence. It might sound suspiciously similar to another company's AI suite, but Gemini Intelligence offers a number of unique features—at least, according to Google.

Gemini Intelligence's new agentic abilities

Google is positioning "Gemini Intelligence" as an agentic assistant. While the company already offers agentic capabilities, like ordering cabs through Uber or takeout through DoorDash, the new experience should have more abilities. For example, Google says Gemini can book you a front-row bike in your spin class, or order the books you need for a class after finding the syllabus in your Gmail inbox.

Google is also touting Gemini's image context for automation. In one example, you could pull up your grocery list in your notes app of choice, then ask Gemini to add the items to your shopping cart. In another situation, you could take a photo of a travel brochure you find in your hotel's lobby and ask Gemini to find you a tour for your group that matches the experience in the literature.

Gemini Intelligence offers more advanced autofill

Autofill is one of those features I definitely take for granted. It's not always perfect (please don't enter my phone number in the credit card form), but when it works, it saves you a ton of time filling out digital paperwork. According to Google, Gemini Intelligence is upping the ante with autofill, with the goal of filling in just about any information in any form.

The big example here concerns traveling: Imagine you're buying a plane ticket, and you need to fill out your identifying information. While traditional autofill can help with your name, phone number, email, and so on, you usually need to find your passport (or a picture of your passport) to fill out that section. Google says Gemini Intelligence can tap into Personal Intelligence to autofill secure details like your passport information. You'll see a button appear marked "Passport," which, when tapped, enters in all of those details.

Google says the feature is "strictly opt-in," so you have the choice whether or not to connect to Gemini Intelligence in these instances. You also have the option to disable it at any time.

"Rambler" improves dictation on Android

Gemini Intelligence is also aiming to improve dictation, specifically by polishing up our often unpolished thoughts. To do so, Google is introducing a new feature called "Rambler": When you dictate to Gemini Intelligence, instead of writing down all of your "ums" and "uhs," Rambler tries to jot down only what you intend to say. That includes when telling the AI you made a mistake. If you say something like "On my grocery list, I need three bananas, one orange juice, a gallon of milk, (oh wait, never mind, I have milk) and a loaf of bread," Rambler should only write down "On my grocery list, I need three bananas, one orange juice, and a loaf of bread." You can also ask Rambler to adjust the formatting of the dictation, so you can turn that string of grocery items into a bulleted list with emojis.

According to Google, there's a visual difference between Rambler and standard dictation, so you should always know when the feature is on. The company says the audio is only used to transcribe it in real time, and isn't stored after the fact. Google also says Rambler supports multiple languages, so you can use dictation while switching languages without having to start and stop dictation.

Gemini Intelligence lets you build your own custom widgets

This is the feature that piqued my interest the most: Gemini Intelligence will, supposedly, offer users the chance to build their own widgets for the home screen. Rather than wait on app developers to make widgets that may or may not do what you what them to, you can ask Gemini Intelligence to build those widgets on your behalf.

Google says "Create My Widget" lets you ask Gemini to make widgets from prompts like "show me upcoming concerts at Madison Square Garden," "display wind speed and rain for Golden, CO," or "suggest new meal prep recipes at the start of each week." Should the feature work as advertised, you can generate custom widgets that are uniquely tailored to your needs and interests.

by Cheryl Eddy  for gizmodo.com

We’re One Step Closer to the Next James Bond

'Game of Thrones' casting director Nina Gold has joined Amazon MGM Studios' search for a new 007 to star in Denis Villeneuve's film.'Game of Thrones' casting director Nina Gold has joined Amazon MGM Studios' search for a new 007 to star in Denis Villeneuve's film.

TechHive’s next chapter: Smart home & cord-cutting coverage moves to PCWorld

by Joe Rossignol  for macrumors.com

OpenAI Considering Legal Action Against Apple Over 'Strained' Siri Partnership

OpenAI is preparing to potentially take legal action against Apple due to a "strained" relationship with the iPhone maker, according to Bloomberg's Mark Gurman.


The two companies reached a partnership in 2024 that saw ChatGPT integrated into features like Siri and Image Playground across iOS, iPadOS, and macOS. iPhone users can also subscribe to ChatGPT directly via the Settings app, with Apple taking a cut of revenue. Ultimately, though, the report said OpenAI expected ChatGPT to be more deeply integrated across additional Apple apps and to have more prime placement within Siri.

OpenAI executives also believe that Apple has not sufficiently advertised the integration, resulting in fewer customers knowing about it.

OpenAI initially believed the deal could generate billions of dollars per year in subscription revenue, but that "hasn't come close to happening." This expectation was seemingly set by Apple, which reportedly characterized the agreement as being an opportunity on par with its multi-billion-dollar deal with Google for search in Safari.

Apple's culture of secrecy is said to have resulted in OpenAI not knowing exactly how ChatGPT would be integrated on the iPhone, iPad, and Mac.

"They basically said, 'OpenAI needs to take a leap of faith and trust us,'" an unnamed OpenAI executive told Bloomberg. They described the deal as a "failure."

"We have done everything from a product perspective," the executive said. "They have not, and worse, they haven't even made an honest effort."

Siri users must use the word "ChatGPT" when speaking or typing a command in order to get results from OpenAI's chatbot. ChatGPT responses shown within the Siri interface also contain limited information compared to the ChatGPT app.

OpenAI's attempts at renegotiating the deal have apparently stalled.

As a result of the shortcomings, OpenAI is considering taking legal action against Apple, according to the report. OpenAI is said to be weighing a range of options, including sending Apple a letter alleging breach of contract, without necessarily filing a full lawsuit. However, OpenAI still hopes to resolve the issues outside of court.

iOS 27 is expected to tap into other chatbots like Google's Gemini and Anthropic's Claude, but this is apparently not one of OpenAI's grievances, as its partnership with Apple was never meant to be exclusive. In fact, iOS 27's rumored Siri app with an "Extensions" feature for other chatbots actually might better promote ChatGPT.

For now, though, it appears that OpenAI feels it received the short end of the stick.


This article, "OpenAI Considering Legal Action Against Apple Over 'Strained' Siri Partnership" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Steve Inskeep  for npr.org

Inside Beijing's Temple of Heaven

NPR's Steve Inskeep and Jennifer Pak visit the Temple of Heaven in Beijing.

NPR's Steve Inskeep and Jennifer Pak visit the Temple of Heaven in Beijing.

by Veronika Melkozerova  for politico.eu

Russia, Ukraine free prisoners of war after Trump deal

Most of the Ukrainian soldiers who were freed have been in Russian captivity since 2022.

KYIV — Russia and Ukraine exchanged prisoners of war on Friday, each freeing 205 people as part of a deal brokered by U.S. President Donald Trump that is expected to involve 2,000 prisoners in total.

“Today, warriors of the Armed Forces of Ukraine, the National Guard, and the State Border Guard Service are returning from Russian captivity. This is the first stage of the 1,000-for-1,000 exchange,” Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy said in a statement.

Most of the Ukrainian soldiers who returned today had been in Russian captivity since 2022, according to Ukraine’s state coordination hub for the treatment of prisoners of war.

“They defended Ukraine in Mariupol and at Azovstal, in the Donetsk, Luhansk, Kharkiv, Kherson, Zaporizhzhia, Sumy, and Kyiv sectors, and at the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant,” Zelenskyy added.

Trump announced earlier this month he had brokered a three-day ceasefire, which included the prisoner exchange deal between Kyiv and Moscow.

But Russia’s Ministry of Defense made no mention of a U.S. role when it confirmed 205 Russian soldiers had returned home Friday, crediting the United Arab Emirates with having provided “humanitarian mediation efforts.”

President Zelenskyy thanked “everyone working to bring our people home.”

This is the second time the U.S. brokered a 2,000-prisoner exchange since May 2025, when the sides agreed on a deal without a ceasefire. The swap started as Russia and Ukraine continued attacks on each other’s territory.

Best Cyber Monday deals on streaming media players

by Michel  for news.blog

Introducing the Dynamic Landscape of Software Development in 2024.

The software development landscape is rapidly evolving, driven by technological breakthroughs and changing market needs. Major trends in 2024 include AI and ML integration, the rise of blockchain, multi-runtime microservices, cybersecurity focus, AR/VR technology, sustainable development, and advances in cloud, edge, and quantum computing. Embracing these trends is crucial for sustained success.

The software development landscape evolves with each passing year. As we approach 2024, technological breakthroughs and shifting market needs continue to drive this transition at an exponential pace. Keeping up with these developments isn’t only advantageous for companies and developers; it’s a fundamental need for sustaining a competitive advantage and attaining long-term success.
This article digs into the most important software development trends expected to have a big influence in 2024. We’ll provide you the information you need to not only handle these changes but also use them to boost your software development activities.

Cornerstones of Software Engineering in 2024

Several major ideas will shape the software development environment in 2024. These include the widespread use of AI and ML, the growing usage of blockchain technology, and the growth of multi-runtime microservices designs. Furthermore, we expect a further increase in the use of Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR) technologies, as well as a greater focus on cybersecurity and sustainable software development techniques.

Understanding AI and Machine Learning Integration

AI and machine learning have moved beyond their position as buzzwords to become essential components of contemporary software development. AI and machine learning technologies are transforming capabilities in a variety of sectors, from speeding operations with predictive algorithms to improving code quality with automated reviews.

Photo by Google DeepMind on Pexels.com


One of the most impressive accomplishments of 2023 was the development of sophisticated ChatGPT capabilities, such as the capacity to produce code and text, as well as major advances in AI-driven picture generation based on textual descriptions. Tools like GitHub’s Copilot, which uses artificial intelligence to recommend code snippets and full functions to developers in real time, highlight this expanding trend. Similarly, AI-powered analytics systems such as Tableau allow firms to extract insights from their data with unprecedented efficiency. Undoubtedly, 2024 will be a year of further research and integration of these disruptive technologies, with a special emphasis on automating text production, code creation, and data visualization jobs.

Blockchain Beyond Cryptocurrencies: Unleashing New Potential

Blockchain technology is gaining traction outside of cryptocurrencies. The increase in mobile apps that prioritize better security and higher quality has spurred the rising popularity of blockchain-based applications.
The essential elements of Blockchain-Oriented Software (BOS) systems include:
• Data Replication: Mirroring and storing data across hundreds of servers improves security dramatically.
• Requirement Verification: BOS systems examine transaction requirements to guarantee successful validation.
• BOS tracks transactions chronologically in linked blocks using a consensus method.
• Public-Key Cryptography ensures safe and verifiable transactions in BOS systems.
However, scalability and energy consumption remain barriers to blockchain’s widespread implementation.

Multi-Runtime Microservices: A Tailored Approach

The microservices architecture, a way of designing software applications as a collection of tiny, independently deployable, and modular services, is expected to increase further in 2024. This transformation will usher in the age of multi-runtime microservices, or MACH architecture (Microservices-based, API-first, Cloud-native, and Headless). MACH design enables developers to use the strengths of many programming languages, data storage systems, and runtime environments to provide distinct services inside a single application. This newfound variety responds to each service’s unique demands and features, allowing for a more targeted and optimal approach for each component of the application.
The fundamental benefit of a multi-runtime microservices architecture is its ability to utilize the benefits of several technologies and platforms. For example, a service that requires a lot of computing capacity might be hosted in a runtime environment particularly built for such tasks, but another service that deals with real-time data processing can use a separate environment that is optimized for speed and low latency. This method not only guarantees that each service functions in its optimal setting, but it also allows for quicker updates and maintenance, since changes to one service do not necessarily affect others. Furthermore, multi-runtime microservices design promotes a more agile development process by enabling teams to work on multiple services concurrently without causing dependencies.

Cybersecurity in the Forefront: Protecting the Software Development Landscape.

The ever-evolving panorama of cyber dangers has pushed security at the top of software development priorities in 2024. Integrating modern security mechanisms and using AI for threat identification are quickly becoming commonplace. The emphasis has clearly moved from reactive to proactive security measures.
• DevSecOps Integration: Businesses are integrating security into DevOps processes, creating a culture of shared accountability among stakeholders. This technique guarantees that security concerns are an integral part of the whole software development lifecycle.
• The Zero Trust Architecture replaces the traditional perimeter-based security model with the principle of “never trust, always verify.” This involves meticulously verifying all users and devices, whether inside or outside the organization’s network.
• Increased Encryption: As data breaches increase, there is a growing trend of using strong encryption technologies to secure data in transit and at rest. Advanced cryptographic approaches, such as homomorphic encryption, are gaining popularity, enabling data to be handled while being encrypted.
• Training developers on safe coding standards is becoming more important. This includes doing frequent code reviews, vulnerability testing, and using static and dynamic analysis techniques to detect and address security issues throughout the development process.
• The Cybersecurity Mesh idea provides a modular approach to security, with each device having its own security shield, similar to firewalls and network protections. It helps to the development of a more responsive and adaptive security architecture capable of dealing with the dynamic character of new cyber threats, hence strengthening the whole network.

The alluring realm of AR and VR: blurring the lines between reality and the digital

Photo by Jessica Lewis ud83eudd8b thepaintedsquare on Pexels.com

As AR and VR technology become more accessible, demand for such applications is surging across a wide range of industries:
• Virtual reality (VR) allows for interactive teaching in history, geography, and science. It provides risk-free medical training via virtual surgical simulators. For example, Google Expeditions and other instructional augmented reality programs allow students to tour historical landmarks, dissect virtual creatures, and study 3D representations of complex topics.
• AccuVein, an AR app, helps medical practitioners locate veins and insert needles more easily. Furthermore, surgical planning technologies that overlay 3D models on a patient’s anatomy provide accurate surgical guidance.
• VR is gaining popularity in business for prototyping, staff training, and customer service. The real estate business uses VR/AR to deliver virtual property tours, while AR applications enable consumers to see how furniture or improvements would appear in a certain location before making a purchase.
We are looking forward to the following amazing developments in 2024:
• Virtual Reality can now imitate real-world feelings like rain and summer meadows, blurring the gap between virtual and real. And this tendency is likely to continue.
• Social VR systems allow for real-time interactions, like hosting virtual parties, attending concerts, and playing multiplayer games.
• AI integration in VR personalizes experiences by responding to user behavior and creating dynamic settings based on preferences and activities.

Sustainable Software Development: Creating A Greener Future

As environmental concerns grow, green computing and sustainable software development approaches are gaining popularity. Developers are increasingly working on environmentally friendly solutions, supporting organizations such as the Green Software Foundation and the Sustainable Web Manifesto, which advocate energy-efficient coding techniques. This requires writing code to reduce server processing, loading times, and data requests.
Here are some important features of sustainable software development:
• Optimizing software code to improve performance and minimize energy use.
• Deployment: Use resources only when required, such as lazy functions and cloud-based apps, to reduce energy consumption.
• Integrations: Minimize data processing across systems to avoid needless utilization.
• Limiting data storage and retention period inside the system.
• Use smaller media to decrease storage and processing needs.
• Refactoring: Updating software to remove old or unnecessary functionalities.
• Reducing dependency on external components may reduce resource use.
• Software Architecture: Using efficient and energy-saving structures.
• Choose hosting providers that prioritize green practices.

Computing Powerhouses: A Look Into the Future

In the next year, we expect major advances in important computing fields such as Function-as-a-Service (FaaS), cloud, and edge computing, with a special emphasis on quantum computing.
• AWS Lambda, Azure Functions, and Google Cloud Functions are driving the growth of serverless computing (FaaS). FaaS enables developers to create and deploy applications and services without the burden of infrastructure management, resulting in more efficient and cost-effective development processes.

Examples of FaaS in Action:
Netflix uses AWS Lambda for a variety of applications on its streaming platform, such as video encoding, user authentication, and backend process management. When a user uploads a video, Lambda functions are invoked to encode and transform the material into a variety of formats appropriate for streaming across several devices. This enables Netflix to automatically scale resources depending on demand without the need to deploy or manage servers, resulting in smooth streaming experiences for customers while reducing costs.
Spotify uses Google Cloud Functions to execute a variety of backend functions on its music streaming platform. Functions are activated to handle user identification, process user-generated material, and conduct backend chores for their music recommendation algorithms, resulting in a smooth and customized user experience.
The Weather Company, an IBM company, processes and analyzes enormous amounts of weather data using IBM Cloud Functions. Serverless functions allowed them to analyze data in real time, make predictions, and send individualized weather warnings to users depending on their location without having to handle the underlying infrastructure.
These FaaS systems, which include event-driven design, automatically start execution in response to requests and alter resource use as required. Scalability and responsiveness ease the development process, making it ideal for high-traffic applications. Serverless computing is becoming more integrated with IoT, chatbots, and virtual assistants.

Cloud computing technology will evolve significantly by 2024.

They are expected to become more user-friendly, resulting in improved performance, cost savings, and better flexibility in IT goals. Leading cloud providers such as Amazon Web Services (AWS), Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform will extend their offerings to include more sophisticated analytics, machine learning capabilities, and enhanced security.

Edge computing

Edge computing processes client data at the network’s edge, bringing it closer to its source. Edge computing minimizes latency by placing computation closer to data sources, improving real-time data processing capabilities.
This trend is critical for applications that need real-time data processing, such as autonomous vehicles (Tesla’s self-driving cars, for example, use edge computing) and smart city technology. In healthcare, edge computing protects data privacy and allows AI-powered real-time monitoring and analysis of the patient’s status. This technology may help improve municipal traffic management by optimizing bus timetables, managing traffic lanes, and perhaps directing autonomous vehicle movements, proving its adaptability and influence across several domains. Edge computing is critical for smart grid adoption since it allows businesses to monitor energy use more effectively.

Quantum Computing: A New Frontier

Photo by Negative Space on Pexels.com

This sophisticated computing technique uses quantum bits (qubits) instead of conventional bits. It uses quantum physics concepts like superposition and entanglement to process data at rates that regular computers cannot match. This method is especially useful for complicated tasks such as cryptography, optimization, and molecular modeling, resulting in tenfold quicker answers.
While broad deployment of quantum computing is still a long way off, the ramifications for software development are already visible. Leading companies include IBM, Microsoft, Google, D-Wave, and Amazon. IBM is a pioneer with its Quantum System One and Two, which have powerful processors with up to 127 qubits. Microsoft works on topological qubits, incorporating them into its Azure cloud platform to increase accessibility. Google’s Quantum AI lab aspires to create a viable, universal quantum computer, while D-Wave focuses on quantum annealing and solving complicated optimization problems. Amazon is developing a large quantum computing infrastructure via its AWS Centre for Quantum Networking and Amazon Braket platforms.

The Programming Language Landscape in 2024

In 2024, Python will continue to dominate the programming language scene, with Rust’s popularity increasing significantly.
Python continues to be a popular programming language due to its ease of use, adaptability, and extensive library support. Web development, data analysis, artificial intelligence, and scientific computing all make extensive use of it.
Python is the most popular programming language, with a 19% growth rate, according to the PYPL index, which tracks the frequency of language instructional searches on Google.
According to the 2023 Stack Overflow poll, Python is the most requested programming language for developers to learn. Python has surpassed Java for the first time since 2012, and is no longer limited to the top two web app development languages. It has also received the TIOBE Programming Language of the Year award three times in five years, which recognizes the language with the greatest yearly gain in ratings. Python’s enormous library range, which is simple to incorporate into code and scale to bigger projects, opens up a world of possibilities for online and desktop app development, as well as system administration.

Rust’s popularity among developers is growing rapidly. This system programming language stresses memory safety and speed. Here’s what distinguishes Rust:
Rust’s ownership structure maintains memory safety, requiring developers to actively control memory allocation and deallocation. This considerably decreases the possibility of memory problems and crashes, which are frequent in other programming languages such as C/C++.
Concurrency: Multi-core processing has become the standard in contemporary computing. The concurrency capabilities in Rust allow developers to design performant and secure multithreaded programs, which is a significant benefit for apps that handle a large number of tasks or data processing.
Rust code may outperform C/C++ applications and provides better memory safety. This makes it appropriate for high-performance applications such as embedded systems (IoT devices), operating systems, and game creation.
While Rust has a steeper learning curve than Python, its rising popularity is clear by its growth in the Stack Overflow Developer Survey. Rust was named the “Most Loved Programming Language” in 2023 for the seventh consecutive year, demonstrating developers’ admiration for its capabilities and design.
Beyond Python and Rust: While Python and Rust are expected to take center stage, other languages such as JavaScript (particularly TypeScript for large-scale applications), Go (for cloud native development), Kotlin (for Android development), and Swift (for iOS development) will maintain their dominant positions in their respective fields.

Conclusion

The software development scene in 2024 promises to be dynamic and ever-changing. Developers and organizations can remain ahead of the curve by embracing these trends and using the promise of AI, blockchain, multi-runtime microservices, secure coding standards, AR/VR technologies, sustainable development efforts, and advances in cloud, edge, and quantum computing. This detailed investigation will prepare you to navigate the intriguing environment of software development in 2024 and beyond!

by Beth Skwarecki  for lifehacker.com

New Smart Bands Are Coming, and Whoop Is Scared

With the arrival of the Fitbit Air, Whoop's subscription-model days may be numbered.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

I flagged smart bands as one of the tech trends of 2026, based on what I was seeing, so it’s interesting to watch the rollout of the Fitbit Air and the buzz around the (still unconfirmed) Garmin Cirqa. Whoop, which has long been the undisputed leader in this area, now has a ton of competition. Here’s what I see going on, and what I think we should expect going forward. 

Fitness trackers have reached the end of their evolution, and their universe is rebooting

To explain how we got here, I’m going to take you through a little history lesson with the theme of: What do we expect a fitness tracker to be? Fitbit has been working on this question for over 15 years, beginning with simple digital pedometers that clipped to your pocket. As more advanced technology became more affordable, Fitbits gained lights and buttons and screens and heart rate sensors—the more you could pack into a device, the better. This evolution continued until some Fitbits were full-on smartwatches. To be honest, until about last year, I would have told you that there’s no longer any meaningful distinction between “smartwatches” and “fitness trackers”—they’ve merged into the same product category. 

In parallel with that evolution, smartwatches and fitness watches also gained features, and then stagnated while trackers caught up. Garmins started off as bulky GPS units you could strap to your wrist; the Apple Watch was an extension of your smartphone that happened to be able to measure heart rate. Over time these categories merged into a single watch-shaped format that had an AMOLED screen, a heart rate sensor, and as many software features as the companies could figure out how to stuff into them. “Do I want an Apple Watch or a Garmin?” is a reasonable question to ask, since the overlap between fitness watches and smartwatches is an almost-but-not-quite-circular Venn diagram. 

But smartwatches, fitness watches, and fitness trackers have all arrived at roughly the same place: They have as many features as people want. In fact, they have more features than people want. The fastest marathon runner in the world seems to be perfectly happy with an old Garmin that was the bottom of the line when it launched five years ago. 

Tech companies can no longer grow by reaching out to people who haven’t heard of smartwatches; most everybody who would want one already has one. Companies also have a hard time convincing people to upgrade the devices they already have, since newer models don’t have any killer features that older ones are missing. 

These days, upgrades mostly consist of putting higher-end features in lower-end watches, which isn’t a strategy that can work for long. That brings us nice perks like the flashlight in Garmin’s Forerunner 970, but the result is that hardware companies like Garmin are ratcheting their hardware prices up, and wondering how they can make their money on something more profitable and longer-lasting, like subscriptions. (Garmin seems to be grasping for straws on subscription features as well, but that’s another story.)

Everybody can load an app onto their phone these days, so devices no longer need to stand alone. As a tech company, if all your fitness tracker's features are in the app, and your customers aren't excited about new hardware, you might as well go back to basics and offer a simple sensor on a strap. That's what we're seeing now.

How smart bands found their new niche

“Smart band” hasn’t been a tech category for long. Until recently there was only one major product in this area: the Whoop band. Whoop’s hardware was never all that fancy—just a heart rate sensor on a strap. The clasp and the charger were (and are) both cleverly designed, and the focus is on everything but the electronic internals. You get device for “free”—it’s the app that keeps you engaged, and the app that makes you feel you’re getting $239/year of value out of it.

My review of the Whoop 4.0 (no longer the current model) is worth a read if you want to see how this played out over time. In the two years I had that band in my possession, its app gained a ton of new features. Whoop markets itself to athletes who want to monitor their recovery and optimize their sleep schedules, and the app has always provided a treasure trove of data alongside tools to highlight what’s most important to focus on. 

But not everybody wants to pay that subscription fee, or think of themselves as athletes hyper-optimizing their routine. For years, people would pop up on tech forums asking if there was a way to get a similar device without paying Whoop for a subscription, but none materialized. 

But last year, that began to change. I’m not sure if there’s a reason for that timing, aside from companies previously preferring to focus on the escalation of features I discussed above. If it turns out there was a legal challenge or technological issue, I’d love to know. In any case, we got the Polar Loop ($199), and the Amazfit Helio Strap ($99), both very basic devices that feed data to humdrum apps. Garmin’s Index sleep band ($169) somehow managed to be even more basic than these, not even tracking exercise—despite apparently having the internals to do so.  

All three come from companies that already had their own apps that paired with smartwatches. Making a smart band requires no new features of the software, and the manufacturing side must be pretty easy for a company that’s used to making watches. Instead of building a watch with a sensor, you just stick the sensor directly onto a strap and send it out into the world. With that in mind, Polar’s and Garmin’s bands both felt overpriced. Amazfit’s price made a lot more sense, and from what I can tell the demand seems to have outpaced supply. Good luck finding an Amazfit Helio Strap anywhere. 

The Fitbit Air finally puts everything together, and Whoop is right to be scared

Google just announced their own smart band, the Fitbit Air, and I feel like we’re seeing a rare moment of Google reading the room and offering exactly what people need. I say this with great uncertainty, though—everything depends on whether the Health Coach is reliable enough to power the new app. My tests of an earlier version of the Coach were not promising.

But if the Fitbit Air and its new app live up to Google’s promises, then we have a smart band that's the same cost ($99) as the Amazfit Helio Strap, with a much larger customer base and better name recognition, and a full-featured app that provides analytics and coaching much like Whoop does. 

I’m not saying Google Health will be quite as good as the Whoop app, but if it’s almost as good, and you only have to pay $99 once, ever, rather than $239 every year, almost everyone except diehard athletes would probably prefer the Fitbit. 

And that’s where we get the next stage of evolution. Similar to the trend I observed in smart rings, smart band makers are realizing that hardware isn’t a cash cow, and people don’t want to pay for subscriptions. The money has to come from somewhere else. 

Whoop has already been in the process of shifting to thinking of itself as a health company. You can book blood tests through the Whoop app, and Whoop just announced (somewhat defensively, right after the Fitbit Air announcement) that it will offer video consults with healthcare professionals as a paid add-on service. Healthcare is a big market, since U.S. companies have basically infinite opportunities to take money to fill in the gaps in our crappy healthcare system. 

What I’d buy in 2026

So right now—or coming soon—we have a few viable options for smart bands. The ones I like best are: 

  • The reigning champ, Whoop. It still does a lot of things that other bands don’t (like tracking recovery from strength training). If you want the best, I’d still go with Whoop. Get the Peak membership ($239/year) since the more expensive Life ($359/year) doesn't provide any extras that are worth the cost.

  • The new Fitbit Air, with the enormous caveat that I haven’t tried it yet, and neither has almost anyone else. It’s the most affordable smart band (tied with the Amazfit Helio Strap at $99) and works with a full-featured app. It also works with Pixel watches, so you can have a smart band and a smartwatch that feed data to the same app to be analyzed together. 

  • The Amazfit Helio Strap, if you can get it. It’s also $99, and can work alongside any of Amazfit’s watches. It’s not as full-featured as the two I named above, but it’s a good basic pick.

I would not recommend the Polar Loop. It’s overpriced for what you get, and any of the three above will give you a better experience. I wouldn’t recommend the Garmin Index sleep band either, unless you’re a Garmin user who really just wants something comfy to sleep in and doesn’t mind the extra cost. 

The Luna band announced at CES has not yet materialized, we don’t know the cost, and there aren’t any smartwatches on the U.S. market that work with the Luna app. [Update 5/13/2026: Luna's product head announced on Reddit that the new ship date is now in July.] Garmin’s Cirqa band—if it’s real, and if it is indeed a Whoop-style smart band—is unlikely to dethrone any of my top picks. But I suppose we’ll have to wait and see.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

When I wrote about App-pocalypse Now in 2014, I implied the future still belonged to the web. And it does. But it’s also true that the web has changed a lot in the last 10 years, much less the last 20 or 30.

Websites have gotten

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

When I wrote about App-pocalypse Now in 2014, I implied the future still belonged to the web. And it does. But it’s also true that the web has changed a lot in the last 10 years, much less the last 20 or 30.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

Websites have gotten a lot… fatter.

While I think it’s irrational to pine for the bad old days of HTML 1.0 websites, there are some legitimate concerns here. The best summary is Maciej Cegłowski’s, The Website Obesity Crisis:

To channel a famous motivational speaker, I could go out there tonight, with the materials you’ve got, and rewrite the sites I showed you at the start of this talk to make them load in under a second. In two hours.

Can you? Can you?

Of course you can! It’s not hard! We knew how to make small websites in 2002. It’s not like the secret has been lost to history, like Greek fire or Damascus steel.

But we face pressure to make these sites bloated.

I bet if you went to a client and presented a 200 kilobyte site template, you’d be fired. Even if it looked great and somehow included all the tracking and ads and social media crap they insisted on putting in. It’s just so far out of the realm of the imaginable at this point.

The whole article is essential; you should stop what you’re doing and read it now if you haven’t already. But if you don’t have time, here’s the key point:

This is a screenshot from an NPR article discussing the rising use of ad blockers. The page is 12 megabytes in size in a stock web browser. The same article with basic ad blocking turned on is 1 megabyte.

That’s right, through the simple act of running an ad blocker, you’ve reduced that website’s payload by twelve times. Twelve! That’s like the most effective exercise program ever!

Even the traditional advice to keep websites lean and mean for mobile no longer applies because new mobile devices, at least on the Apple side, are faster than most existing desktops and laptops.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

Despite claims to the contrary, the bad guy isn’t web bloat, per se. The bad guy is advertising. Unlimited, unfettered ad “tech” has creeped into everything and subsumed the web.

Personally I don’t even want to run ad blockers, and I didn’t for a long time – but it’s increasingly difficult to avoid running an ad blocker unless you want a clunky, substandard web experience. There’s a reason the most popular browser plugins are inevitably ad blockers, isn’t there? Just ask Google:

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

So it’s all the more surprising to learn that Google is suddenly clamping down hard on adblockers in Chrome. Here’s what the author of uBlock Origin, an ad blocking plugin for Chrome, has to say about today’s announcement:

In order for Google Chrome to reach its current user base, it had to support content blockers – these are the top most popular extensions for any browser. Google strategy has been to find the optimal point between the two goals of growing the user base of Google Chrome and preventing content blockers from harming its business.

The blocking ability of the webRequest API caused Google to yield control of content blocking to content blockers. Now that Google Chrome is the dominant browser, it is in a better position to shift the optimal point between the two goals which benefits Google’s primary business.

The deprecation of the blocking ability of the webRequest API is to gain back this control, and to further instrument and report how web pages are filtered, since the exact filters which are applied to web pages are useful information which will be collectable by Google Chrome.

The ad blockers themselves are arguably just as complicit. Eye/o GmbH owns AdBlock and uBlock, employs 150 people, and in 2016 they had 50 million euros in revenue, of which about 50% was profit. Google’s paid “Acceptable Ads” program is a way to funnel money into adblockers to, uh, encourage them to display certain ads. With money. Lots… and lots… of money. 🤑

We simultaneously have a very real web obesity crisis, and a looming crackdown on ad blockers, seemingly the only viable weight loss program for websites. What’s a poor web citizen to do? Well, there is one thing you can do to escape the need for browser-based adblockers, at least on your home network. Install and configure Pi-Hole.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

I’ve talked about the amazing Raspberry Pi before in the context of classic game emulation, but this is another brilliant use for a Pi.

Here’s why it’s so cool. If you disable the DHCP server on your router, and let the Pi-Hole become your primary DHCP server, you get automatic DNS based blocking of ads for every single device on your network. It’s kind of scary how powerful DNS can be, isn’t it?

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

My Pi-Hole took me about 1 hour to set up, start to finish. All you need is

I do recommend the 3b+ because it has native gigabit ethernet and a bit more muscle. But literally any Raspberry Pi you can find laying around will work, though I’d strongly advise you to pick one with a wired ethernet port since it’ll be your DNS server.

I’m not going to write a whole Pi-Hole installation guide, because there are lots of great ones out there already. It’s not difficult, and there’s a slick web GUI waiting for you once you complete initial setup. For your initial testing, pick any IP address you like on your network that won’t conflict with anything active. Once you’re happy with the basic setup and web interface:

  • Turn OFF your router’s DHCP server – existing leases will continue to work, so nothing will be immediately broken.
  • Turn ON the pi-hole DHCP server, in the web GUI.
An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

Once you do this, all your network devices will start to grab their DHCP leases from your Pi-Hole, which will also tell them to route all their DNS requests through the Pi-Hole, and that’s when the ✨ magic ✨ happens!

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

All those DNS requests from all the devices on your network will be checked against the ad blacklists; anything matching is quickly and silently discarded before it ever reaches your browser.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

(The Pi-Hole also acts as a caching DNS server, so repeated DNS requests will be serviced rapidly from your local network, too.)

If you’re worried about stability or reliability, you can easily add a cheap battery backed USB plug, or even a second backup Pi-Hole as your secondary DNS provider if you prefer belt and suspenders protection. Switching back to plain boring old vanilla DNS is as easy as unplugging the Pi and flicking the DHCP server setting in your router back on.

At this point if you’re interested (and you should be!), just give it a try. If you’re looking for more information, the project has an excellent forum full of FAQs and roadmaps.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

You can even vote for your favorite upcoming features!

I avoided the Pi-Hole project for a while because I didn’t need it, and I’d honestly rather jump in later when things are more mature.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

With the latest Chrome crackdown on ad blockers, now is the time, and I’m impressed how simple and easy Pi-Hole is to run. Just find a quiet place to plug it in, spend an hour configuring it, and promptly proceed to forget about it forever as you enjoy a lifetime subscription to a glorious web ad instant weight loss program across every single device on your network with (almost) zero effort!

Finally, an exercise program I can believe in.

by Milena Wälde  for politico.eu

Finland faces no ‘direct military threat’ despite drone scare, president insists

Helsinki scrambled fighter jets after an unmanned aerial vehicle entered Finnish airspace.

President Alexander Stubb said Friday that Finland was “not facing any direct military threat” after a drone entered the country’s airspace near Helsinki.

Kari Nisula, chief of operations for the Finnish Defence Forces, later said Finland had received advanced warning through military intelligence channels about approaching drones, but declined to say where the information came from.

Finnish Air Force Hornets were deployed over the capital and the Gulf of Finland after authorities detected a suspected drone in their skies. Residents in the wider Uusimaa region were briefly told to stay indoors.

“I thank the authorities for their swift response to this morning’s drone alert,” Stubb wrote on X. They “demonstrated that they were well-prepared. Readiness was swiftly enhanced. Finland is not facing any direct military threat,” he added.

Prime Minister Petteri Orpo told reporters at a press conference that his government “informed Ukraine that under no circumstances is it acceptable for drones to stray into Finland.” The Nordic country has not yet confirmed whether it identified the exact origin of the unmanned vehicle that flew over Helsinki Friday morning.

Earlier the same day, Orpo also urged calm, reassuring citizens that Finland’s armed forces “have intensified their surveillance and counter-capabilities” and “official measures” were “underway.”

“The danger has passed. People can go to work and school safely,” Interior Minister Mari Rantanen wrote on X early Friday morning.

The incident came amid a large-scale overnight Ukrainian drone attack on Russian territory. The Russian Ministry of Defense said it had shot down 355 drones, including in the Pskov region bordering Estonia and Latvia.

The Finnish alert was lifted shortly after 7 a.m. local time. No casualties or damage were reported. Flights at Helsinki-Vantaa airport were disrupted for three hours but have since resumed.

Friday’s incident is not the first drone-related spillover from Russia’s war in Ukraine to hit Finland. In March, two drones crossed into Finnish territory and crashed after flying low over the sea and southeastern Finland.

In nearby Latvia, the coalition government collapsed Thursday after Prime Minister Evika Siliņa fired Defense Minister Andris Sprūds over the handling of stray Ukrainian drone strikes.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Dyson Cordless Stick Vacuum Is 45% Off Right Now

This refurbished high-end Dyson converts into a handheld vacuum for cleaning stairs, car interiors, and upholstery.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Dyson V11 Outsize Origin+ is currently on sale for $359.99 on StackSocial (originally $659.99). This V11 version is noticeably larger than most stick vacuums, with a High Torque XL cleaner head that is roughly 25% wider than the standard version so that each pass covers more floor. In a small apartment, you might not think much about that difference, but in bigger living rooms or long hallways, it adds up—instead of going back and forth repeatedly, you get through the same space much faster.

Dyson also designed the vacuum to adapt as you move through the house. The company’s Dynamic Load Sensor system automatically increases suction on carpets and reduces it on hard floors, so you can go from tile to a rug without stopping to adjust settings. Inside, the V11 Outsize runs on a 350-watt motor, which gives it stronger suction than earlier Dyson cordless models. The dust bin is larger too, holding about 0.5 gallons of debris. If you have pets or a household where crumbs and dirt build up quickly, that extra capacity means you’re less likely to pause mid-clean just to empty the bin. As for its battery life, it can last up to an hour, depending on the power mode you use, which is generally enough to handle most homes in a single session.

Like most Dyson stick vacuums, it also converts into a handheld unit for tasks like vacuuming stairs, car interiors, or upholstery. That said, at around 7.85 pounds, the V11 Outsize does feel heavier than slimmer cordless vacuums. Also, since this is sold as a Grade-A refurbished model, the warranty is a 90-day third-party coverage rather than Dyson’s full manufacturer warranty, which is worth keeping in mind. For homes with pets, larger floor plans, or frequent messes, though, the extra size and power can make this V11 version a more practical choice than smaller cordless options.


by Matt Novak  for gizmodo.com

Americans Would Rather Live by a Nuclear Power Plant Than an AI Data Center

Only 27% of Americans support AI data center construction in their communities.Only 27% of Americans support AI data center construction in their communities.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Chrome’s AI Might Be Taking Up a Bunch of Storage, but You Can Fix It

On-device AI models in Chrome might be taking up as much as 4GB of storage.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Google Chrome is the most popular web browser in the world, but it isn't necessarily the most efficient. While Chrome offers users the most compatibility with Google's products and services—not to mention a huge library of extensions—it has a habit of hogging more system resources than other browsers, which may end up slowing down weaker hardware, or draining your laptop's battery. As it happens, the browser might also be responsible for putting a strain on your hard drive.

As reported by The Verge, Google Chrome might be taking up more storage than it needs to on your Mac, PC, or Chromebook—at least if you subscribe to one of Google's AI plans. That's due to its AI features, specifically Gemini Nano, Google's "lightweight" AI model used for scam detection, autofill, writing tools, and suggestions. It seems when a user has these AI features turned on, Chrome installs a 4GB "weights.bin" file to the browser directory. That's because Gemini Nano runs on-device, rather than in the cloud. In order to accomplish that, it needs resources on your computer to run its processes.

It's not clear exactly what is causing this file to be so large, but it isn't necessarily surprising. AI processes can be intense, especially if the models are running on-device. Even though Gemini Nano is "light," 4GB sounds about right to me for the features highlighted here. There's actually an upside, too, since on-device processes are better for user privacy: For cloud-based processes, your data needs to leave your device, potentially exposing your information. Google's help center site mentions the features these models power, and discloses that Chrome will download files to run those processes, but doesn't specify the exact file size.

If your computer has a large SSD or hard drive, you might not mind that added 4GB of storage—especially if you like Gemini's features in Chrome. However, a lot of us don't have the storage space to spare, especially on machines with small hard drives to begin with. The entry-level MacBook Neo, for example, ships with 256GB of storage. Anyone who stores a local library of photos, videos, or other large files knows the challenge of trying to manage an SSD of this size. That 4GB of storage Chrome is taking up actually matters, particularly for users who do not rely on Google's AI features.

How to free up Chrome's unnecessary storage space

As The Verge notes, you can delete the weights.bin file from the OptGuideOnDeviceModel directory on your computer. This will temporarily delete the 4GB of data, but it isn't a permanent solution. If you keep these AI features turned on, Chrome will just download the files again in the future, and your hard drive will be 4GB heavier.

As such, your long-term solution is to disable these features instead. To do so, click the three dots in the top-right corner of a Chrome window, then hit "Settings." Here, head to "System," then make sure "On-device AI" is checked off. Note that this option may not be available if you aren't a Google AI subscriber, or if an organization like your school or company manages your Chrome profile. In these cases, Chrome likely didn't install the weights.bin file on your machine. For example, I don't have the option on either my personal Chrome profile or my work Chrome profile on my Mac.

Super Mario Bros Wonder - Nintendo Switch 2 Edition + Meetup in Bellabel Park

Å ena sidan uppskattar jag att Nintendo aktivt letar efter sätt att förbättra och vidareutveckla många av sina befintliga Switch 1-spel till Switch 2. Förbättrad grafik och prestanda tillsammans med lite extra innehåll är trevliga sätt att locka tillbaka spelare till redan etablerade titlar. Samtidigt förändrar det inte det faktum att de nya funktionerna och förbättringarna faktiskt måste kännas värda din tid och dina pengar, och i stort sett har detta inte levererats till de spel som fått dessa uppgraderingar. Snarare har de passerat ganska obemärkt och lämnat litet avtryck efter sig.

Hur mycket jag än älskar Super Mario Bros Wonder - vilket min recension tydligt visar (svensk recension hittar ni här) - känns det som att Nintendo Switch 2 Edition och expansionen Meetup in Bellabel Park är ännu ett exempel på mediokert extrainnehåll, tillägg som du egentligen inte behöver för att uppleva briljansen i detta färgstarka och karismatiska plattformsspel.

<bild></bild>

Kort sagt är Super Mario Bros Wonder till Switch 2 i stort sett samma spel som på Switch 1. Det ser något mer detaljerat ut rent visuellt, men det är långt ifrån någon enorm förbättring - kanske tack vare hur väloptimerat spelet redan var för Switch och hur OLED-modellen fortfarande står sig väl visuellt, till och med jämfört med Switch 2. Om du köper Switch 2-versionen i hopp om att bli imponerad av ett rejält lyft i prestanda och grafik är det alltså inte vad du får. Fokus ligger snarare på att inkludera Switch 2-specifika sociala funktioner för att förbättra spelupplevelsen. Är det en anledning att köpa uppgraderingen? Enligt mig, tyvärr inte, vilket i sin tur sätter stor press på expansionen Meetup in Bellabel Park att väga upp.

Så vad tillför den här expansionen? I praktiken handlar det om fyra delar med varierande värde. Till exempel dyker Rosalina och Luma upp som spelbara figurer, vilket är ett trevligt och roligt tillskott även om Rosalina spelas exakt som alla andra karaktärer. På samma sätt finns Assist Mode här för att göra spelet mindre utmanande - ett hjälpsamt inslag som man kan undra varför det inte fanns med från början.

<bild></bild>

Sedan har vi de faktiska nya spelelementen, som är uppdelade i en single- och multiplayer-del. Singleplayer motsvarar i praktiken en ny värld att ta sig igenom, men den är upplagd så att varje befintlig värld får en ny bana, plus en avslutande bana i det nya hubbområdet Toad Brigade. Det blir totalt sju nya banor att bemästra. Samtliga är bossbanor mot Koopalings, och de är faktiskt riktigt underhållande och visar återigen utvecklarnas kreativitet. De är inte särskilt svåra, men heller för lätta, även om de blir enklare tack vare den nya kraften Super Flower Pot som öppnar upp för nya spelmekaniker. Det är roligt och unikt, men stjäl inte showen på samma sätt som Elephant-förmågan.

Det leder vidare till multiplayer-delen i Bellabel Park, kallad Attraction Central. Här behöver du som spelare fatta ett beslut: om du främst spelar Super Mario Bros Wonder ensam och offline har denna del av expansionen i princip inget värde, eftersom allt innehåll är exklusivt för lokalt eller onlinebaserat multiplayer. Halva parken är dedikerad till lokalt spelandeoch den andra halvan till online, och banorna här är faktiskt ganska roliga, med 17 nya "attraktioner" att besöka. Det här är kärnan i Meetup in Bellabel Park och den främsta anledningen att överväga expansionen.

<bild></bild>

Om du gillar att spela Wonder online mot andra eller soff-co-op med vänner och familj finns det gott om skäl att återvända tack vare detta innehåll, inklusive samlarliknande inslag där du vattnar växter med resurser du får genom att spendera tid i parken. Här finns klassiska banor där målet är att nå slutet, ofta genom samarbete, samt tävlingslägen där du samlar mynt och kämpar om segern i kaotiska flerspelarstrider. Det är utan tvekan underhållande, men om du inte brukar spela på det sättet, eller saknar en Switch Online-prenumeration, går du miste om det mesta av innehållet. Plötsligt känns uppgraderingen på drygt 200 spänn ganska svår att motivera.

I slutändan känns det, likt många andra Switch 2-uppgraderingar och tillhörande DLC-paket, som att Nintendo inte erbjuder något man måste ha till Super Mario Bros Wonder. Om du ofta återvänder till spelet och har längtat efter nytt innehåll kan du hitta något av intresse här, men spelar du främst ensam lär du bli besviken över de blott 60-90 minuterna extra innehåll från de sju nya banorna och Toad Brigade-berättelsen.

Super Mario Bros Wonder är fortfarande ett av de bästa 2D-plattformsspelen på senare år, och det talar förstås till både uppgraderingen och paketets fördel. Grundspelet räcker dock gott och Meetup in Bellabel Park och Switch 2-uppgraderingen tillför bara medelmåttiga nyheter.

by Naima Karp  for lifehacker.com

You Can Get $35 in Google Store Credit If You Preorder the Fitbit Air

This screen-free fitness tracker from Google is similar to Whoop—but better.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The new Google Fitbit Air is finally out. It costs $99.99, but if you pre-order by May 25, Google is offering $35 in Google Store credit after your order ships. The watch also comes with three months of Google Health Premium, which unlocks a wide range of Gemini-powered AI coaching features. Compared to Whoop-style trackers, which the watch is designed after, this is an especially appealing offer since Whoop’s premium plans start at $199 a year, depending on the region.

The Google Fitbit Air is essentially a Whoop alternative with its minimalist, screenless design, built to be worn discreetly while quietly tracking metrics like health, fitness, sleep, and recovery, making it a must for people who dislike the ping of a traditional smartwatch. The screenless design is also a perk if you’re not a fan of bulky wearables and want something you can wear during workouts, at work, or while sleeping without it being a distraction.  Metrics like the Sleep Score, Sleep Stages, Cardio Load, and Readiness score help you focus on long-term recovery 

That said, it won’t automatically reduce screentime. Although having no display is the point, it means you’ll need your phone to check stats and progress. It doesn’t come with true smartwatch features like accessing calls, texts, apps, or maps on a watch face. Additionally, many of the best features rely on a paid subscription to Google Health Premium. Still, the three free months are a nice bonus, and with optional plans starting at $99 per year, it’s half the cost of a yearly mandatory Whoop subscription. (But it’s also worth noting that the Google credit comes after your order ships, so you’re still required to pay the $99.99 upfront.)

Still, this is a great choice for people who want screen-free tracking à la Whoop but at a more budget-friendly price point (both upfront and over the long term with the subscription), and for those who want to track their daily activity and get insights without wearing a full smartwatch. It’s worth considering if you want a lighter, clutter-free wearable for overnight tracking or would use the $35 Google Store credit toward a second band or another Google accessory. However, if you want features like a built-in screen, music controls, and notifications available on your wrist, you’re better off with a more traditional smartwatch.

Aphelion

Först och främst. Aphelion är proppfullt av intressanta idéer och koncept. Det känns viktigt att säga direkt, för dessvärre är det också nästan det enda positiva jag har att skriva om teamet som tidigare givit oss Jusant och Banishers. Som med detta Uncharted-doftande äventyr har valt att kliva utanför sin comfort zone.

Aphelion är förvisso inte trasigt eller ospelbart, och där finns en del härliga stunder och ögonblick att uppleva. Men det är bara så förbannat ojämnt att man vill kasta kontrollen i väggen av ren frustration.

Men en sak i taget: I guess, först och främst. Vad är det som Aphelion handlar om? I stora drag så har jorden nästan tömts på sina resurser, vilket så klart inte är toppen. Tiden är på väg att rinna ut för mänskligheten och man tvingas därmed ut i rymden för att söka efter ett nytt hem. Det leder oss till Persephone - en avlägsen planet - där en ESA-ledd expedition med astronauterna Ariane och Thomas i spetsen skickas ut. Uppdraget: undersöka planetens potential och leta reda på något som kallas för "Source".

<bild></bild>

Under inflygningen till planeten går dock något väldigt fel, skeppet skadas, bryts i två delar och kraschlandar på den ganska ogästvänliga planeten. Så nu måste de två överlevande försöka finna varandra, och samtidigt lösa mysteriet kring planeten. Vilket är lättare sagt än gjort då ett kraftigt magnetfält stör ut alla möjligheter att kommunicera, både sinsemellan eller med jorden.

Premissen är kanske inte fantastisk men den presenteras på ett väldigt intressant vis och mysteriet är genuint intressant, i varje fall till en början. Det mesta visar sig dessvärre vara ganska ytligt och dramat kring mänsklighetens överlevnad känns mest som en eftertanke. Kort och gott, det mesta brister när det kommer till storyn och bakgrunden, och påminner mest om något teamet kokat ihop på en fikarast. Det blir inte heller bättre av att många av de handlingarna som de två huvudpersonerna utför ofta saknar rim eller reson, och många gånger kändes det mest korkat och ologiskt.

Än värre är karaktärernas tendenser att prata rakt ut i tomma intet för sig själva, där de gärna också ofta berättar för dig som spelare om saker som helt bryter ens inlevelse. För vad sägs om "I better get some air before this tank runs out". Övertydlig och styltigt. Och kanske hade det fungerat om i varje fall gameplay var engagerande.

<bild></bild>

Men dessvärre erbjuder inte Amphelion värst mycket spänning där heller. Om vi ska vara lite elaka så kan det bäst beskrivas som en blek Uncharted-kopia: komplett med klättring, enklare pussel och resande från punkt A till punkt B. Det är funktionellt men knappast mer än så, där Arianes sektioner fungerar bäst medan Thomas så kallade "utredningar" får en att vilja dö av tristess.

Det som däremot imponerar är miljöerna. Persephones isiga yta är stundtals riktigt vacker, med vidsträckta vyer och tydliga mål som syns långt i förväg. Att långsamt ta sig uppför ett massivt berg har en viss tillfredsställelse, även om det aldrig riktigt lyfter över det bekanta. Problemet är bara att det ofta känns som att man sett detta förr, här finns inget som hänger kvar med en, även om det ser väldigt bra ut.

<bild></bild>

På ett tekniskt plan finns här också en del frågetecken. Som att spelet körs i 30 fps även på Playstation 5 Pro, eller att kontrollerna är direkt onödigt tunga - ungefär som att karaktärerna kånkar runt på sandsäckar. Lägg därtill att stealth-sektionerna är gruvligt frustrerande och återkommande problem med input, där karaktärerna lever lite egna liv emellanåt, så har du ett spel som "fungerar" men knappast lämnar något vidare intryck.

Och det är synd, för här finns bra stoff till en genuint intressant historia och upplevelse. Inte ens den fantastiska musiken av Amine Bouhafa är till någon vidare tröst.

I slutändan känns Aphelion mest som en blek kopia av Ad Astra, där de olika delarna hålls samman med billig tejp från Willys pysselhörna. Och det är så förbannat synd, för vi vet ju att teamet är kapabla till så mycket mer än detta, och Aphelion är helt enkelt inte värt att lägga tid på.

<bild></bild>

by Paul Dallison  for politico.eu

Slovakia’s Fico shows off his muscles on second anniversary of shooting

"Remember: what doesn’t kill you makes you stronger," the PM wrote on X.

On the second anniversary of the attempt on his life, Slovakia’s Prime Minister Robert Fico used social media to show off his strength.

In a video posted on X, Fico is seen wearing a tight-fitting top and walking along a road before stopping to do some push-ups (complete with feet crossed for extra difficulty) before going for a dip in a lake with his dog.

As he leaves the water, Fico says to camera: “Remember: what doesn’t kill you makes you stronger. Have a nice day.”

On May 15 2024, Fico was left fighting for his life after being shot multiple times following a government meeting in the town of Handlová in central Slovakia.

In October 2025, Juraj Cintula, a 72-year-old poet and activist, was sentenced to 21 years in prison. In a message less than a month after the shooting, Fico publicly forgave the attacker and blamed the Slovak opposition for fueling the political climate that led to the attempt on his life.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Instagram's New Snapchat Clone Makes It Too Easy to Send Disappearing Images to All Your Friends

"Instants" are basically "snaps," but for your entire friends list.

Instagram has a habit of stealing other apps' features and, in the process, making them mainstream. When Snapchat rolled out stories, Instagram did the same, and, arguably, better. When TikTok took over the world, Instagram launched "Reels," and managed to get millions (if not billions) of users addicted to short-form video. Now, Instagram is targeting Snapchat once again, taking "inspiration" from the app's most iconic feature: disappearing photos.

Instagram's Instants are a bit dangerous

instagram instants
Credit: Instagram

On Wednesday, Instagram announced Instants, which the company calls "a new way to share in the moment." Instants are photos you can share with your friends that disappear after you open them. (Sounds familiar.) While your friends won't be able to save them, they can react and reply to your Instants, both of which go to your DMs. Any Instants you share don't disappear from your account, however: Instagram says your captures remain in an archive for up to one year, which you can reshare to your stories if you wish.

None of this is groundbreaking, of course. Anyone who has used Snapchat is familiar with the process here. What is unique about Instagram's approach, however, is who you send Instants to. Rather than choose individual contacts and groups to share these ephemeral images with, Instagram presents two options: Close Friends (the list of Instagram users you have designated as such), and mutuals (followers you follow back). The latter is simply called "Friends" in the app, and is the first choice Instagram presents when inviting you to send an Instant—which means it's way too easy to accidentally send an Instant to literally everyone you follow that also follows you back.

If you're a public, outgoing Instagram user, this might not sound like a bad thing. But I imagine the rest of us out there don't necessarily want to blast each and every one of our mutuals with a casual Snap-like photo. (I know I don't.) As such, if you're going to try Instants, make sure you know where your pics are going before you hit send.

How to try Instants on Instagram

Instants live in your DMs, but in an awkward spot. You'll find it in the bottom right corner, in a tab that pops out from the screen. When you tap it, you'll be able to see any Instants that were sent to you. If you don't have any, you'll simply launch the Instants camera interface. The most important element here is at the bottom: By default, you'll see "Friends," which means your Instant will go out to all your mutuals. If you want to switch to Close Friends, tap "Friends," then tap "Close Friends." Instagram gives you the option to quickly edit your Close Friends list here if you want to make any changes, including clearing the whole list, but note that any changes you make here are immediate. I accidentally cleared my entire Close Friends list because I thought I was deselecting the contacts that were suggested.

Taking the photo itself is pretty straightforward, but dangerous: You can choose whether to use the front or back camera, or whether or not to use flash. If you want to add a caption, tap the viewfinder to pull up the keyboard. (You add captions before taking the photo here.) You'll also find the Archive in the top right if you want to review any previous Instants you've taken. Once you capture the photo, however, you only have a few seconds to hit "Undo" before it sends to whichever friends list you have selected, so be careful. If you'd prefer a dedicated Instants experience, Instagram actually made an app for the feature for both iOS and Android.

How to dismiss Instants

You can't get rid of Instagram Instants, but you can "snooze" it. Back in the DMs window, you can swipe on the Instants UI to push it back into the side of the screen. It'll disappear, but you can bring it back at any time by swiping left on that edge of the display.

The best Cyber Monday video doorbell deals

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Acer OLED Gaming Monitor Is 33% Off Right Now

Perfect for PC gamers who want solid performance without spending flagship-monitor money.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

A good OLED gaming monitor still costs more than most mid-range GPUs, which is why this Acer Predator X27U deal stands out. At $369.99, down from $549.99, this is the lowest price the monitor has hit so far, according to price trackers.

For PC gamers, the Predator X27U gets most things right—the 240Hz refresh rate and 0.03ms response time make fast shooters and racing games feel incredibly smooth, especially if you are coming from a standard 144Hz LCD panel. Motion blur is minimal, and its FreeSync Premium compatibility helps reduce tearing without much setup hassle. The 1440p resolution also feels like a good balance for most people. You get sharper visuals than 1080p without needing the kind of graphics card power that 4K gaming still demands. Plus, its stand adjusts for height, tilt, swivel, and pivot, which sounds minor until you spend eight hours staring at a screen positioned slightly wrong.

The OLED panel makes a bigger difference than spec sheets usually explain. Dark scenes in games stop looking washed out, HDR content has more depth, and colors look richer without feeling oversaturated. Meaning, horror games, space games, and anything with nighttime scenes benefit from the perfect black levels and strong contrast in ways IPS panels still struggle to match. It also helps that Acer included features that make it easier to use outside of gaming, including USB-C connectivity and a built-in KVM switch (which lets you swap between a desktop and a laptop with the same keyboard and mouse) saves desk space if you bounce between work and gaming setups.

That said, despite having HDMI 2.1 ports, the monitor does not fully support variable refresh rate on the PlayStation 5 or Xbox Series X, so console players will not get the same experience PC users do. Input lag also rises at lower refresh rates, though most PC players running games at higher frame rates probably will not notice it much. Still, if you're focused mainly on PC gaming, this deal makes a lot of sense. You are getting a fast 1440p OLED display with excellent motion handling and strong image quality at a price that used to buy a midrange LCD monitor just a couple of years ago.


Best home weather station: Which should be at your smart home

Fortune Seller

Jag har suttit här i flera kvällar nu och packat väskor som om mitt liv hängde på det. Bokstavligt talat. För i det svenskutvecklade Fortune Seller är det precis vad det gör - hyresvärden höjer hyran varje vecka och om du inte tjänar tillräckligt är det "game over" på riktigt. Det är en gotisk roguelike-shopkeeping-upplevelse som suger tag i en direkt med sin mörka stämning och sin obevekliga press. Jag gillar det skarpt, även om jag gång på gång har svurit högt när en perfekt run raseras av ett enda tarot-kort som vänder sig emot mig - men på sätt och vis är det både tjusningen och bristen i {Fortune Seller}. Pressen är påtaglig och det känns äkta.

Spelet kastar dig rakt in i en dammig liten antikbutik fylld av udda reliker - taxidermierade djur, gamla rostiga svärd, mystiska amuletter och konstiga prylar som ingen riktigt vet vad de gör. Din uppgift är enkel på pappret: läs av kunderna, matcha rätt föremål med deras önskemål och packa allt "Tetris style" i deras väskor så att utrymmet utnyttjas maximalt. Men bakom den enkla ytan lurar en hel roguelike-loop som förändras varje gång du startar om. Mellan avklarade dagar drar du tarotkort som ger bonusar eller straff, du låser upp nya krafter och efter varje vecka kan du välja att signera konstiga kontrakt som förändrar hela omgången - både på gott och ont. Det är som att spela med ödet själv, och det är både det bästa och det jobbigaste med spelet.
<bild>I väskan ska föremålen till höger knökas in. Du kan vrida och vända på dem för att få till din ultimata "fit".</bild>
<bild>Kul att se att Kiwick har stoppat in en svensk översättning.</bild>
Redan efter första veckan kände jag hur loopen satte sig. Varje kund är en liten gåta - en excentrisk samlare som vill ha allt i perfekt symmetri, en skuggfigurer som vill ha märkliga förhäxade föremål eller en till synes vanlig människa som plötsligt ber om något relativt bisarrt. Jag tillbringade en hel del tid med att stå och vrida på föremålen i väskan, rulla om poolen upp till tre gånger per dag och hoppas att RNG:n skulle vara på min sida. När det klickar och du får en fullpackad väska som ger maximal payout och kunden ler sitt smått vidriga leende, då är belöningen enorm. Det känns som att du verkligen har lurat systemet. Tillfredsställelsen när allt passar ihop är beroendeframkallande på helt rätt sätt.

Men ja, det är lite för svårt ibland. Hyran stiger så brutalt att det efter några veckor känns som att spelet aktivt straffar dig för att du inte är perfekt. Ett felaktigt placerat föremål, ett tarotkort som ger minus istället för plus, och plötsligt är du bankrutt och måste starta om och börja om från början. Just det har jag gjort flera gånger nu och varje gång har jag känt den där frustrationen när ekonomin tippar över till det orimliga. Det är inte den typen av svårighet som känns orättvis hela tiden, utan mer den som kommer från att du verkligen måste lära dig spelets regler. Efter ett tag börjar du se mönstren - vilka kort som passar ihop och hur du kan bygga en strategi kring vissa arcana-typer. Men det tar tid, och det är just den tiden som gör att jag ändå älskar det. Det belönar tålamod, inlärning och det på ett smart sätt.

Atmosfären är verkligen top notch trots att etetisken inte är särskilt inbjudande. Butiken är detaljrik på ett minimalistiskt, mörkt sätt - skuggiga hyllor, dammiga fönster och ett soundtrack som subtilt nästan kryper under skinnet på en. Varje föremål har en liten beskrivning som ger allting lite extra tyngd, och kunderna har personligheter som gör att det känns som att du verkligen driver en butik i en levande men bisarr värld. Det är gotiskt, det är lite steampunkigt i kanterna och det är fyllt av mörk humor som aldrig blir forcerad. Återspelningsvärdet är högt tack vare alla nya tarotkort, unika krafter och spelbara karaktärer som du låser upp. Varje run känns annorlunda tack vare att man kan välja olika strategier och mycket beroende på vilka föremål och kort som finns tillgängliga i butiken.
<bild>Det är tillfredsställande att få till en rejäl kombo - och spelar man bra blir man belönad.</bild>
<bild>Denna text har jag tvingats läsa lite för många gånger.</bild>
Mina egna val har varit ganska försiktiga. Jag har hållit mig borta från de mest riskfyllda kontrakten och försökt maximera varje väska som om det var mitt sista jobb. De gånger RNG:n varit snäll har jag känt mig oslagbar, men när den vänder sig emot mig har jag svurit och startat om med en ny approach. Det är det som gör spelet så starkt - du väljer själv hur du vill spela, det finns ingen "rätt" väg, bara den vägen du väljer. Med det sagt finns det fel väg - som jag redan konstaterat är Fortune Seller rejält svårt och kräver verkligen att du analyserar dina förutsättningar och använder dina kort på rätt sätt. Men när det väl fungerar, när du betalar hyran med marginal och ser butiken växa lite grann, då är den där "one more run"-känslan väldigt stark.

Fortune Seller är inget för den som vill ha en lugn kväll. Det är press, det är kaos och det är frustration när hyran hoppar upp till nivåer som känns omöjliga. Men det är också ett av de mest unika spelen jag testat på länge. Den smarta blandningen av Tetris-packning, tarot-uppgraderingar och shopkeeping skapar något som känns både fräscht och beroendeframkallande. Jag gillar det verkligen, trots att det bitvis är lite för svårt för min smak. Men om du älskar optimering under press, roguelike-spel och en värld som faktiskt känns levande så är det här ett måste. Sätt dig bakom disken, dra ett tarotkort och se om du klarar att hålla butiken öppen. Du kommer att svära en del på vägen men du kommer också att komma tillbaka gång på gång. Det är värt varenda frustrerande minut när det väl klickar.

Indiana Jones and the Great Circle (Switch 2)

För att göra det glasklart direkt: det här kommer inte att vara en recension som fokuserar på hur fantastiskt Indiana Jones and the Great Circle är som spel. Den biten har vi redan avhandlat. Det långt intressanta är nu hur Machine Games lyckats överföra upplevelsen till ett betydligt mindre format - Switch 2 - och hur Nintendos hybridkonsol faktiskt hanterar det tekniskt imponerande spelet.

Det råder nämligen ingen tvekan om att Indiana Jones and the Great Circle som spel är ett strålande sådant. Som skickligt balanserar filmiskt äventyr med gameplay, utan att förlora vad som gör Indiana Jones till Indiana Jones.

Men så var det Switch 2 då. Här gäller det att justera förväntningarna direkt. Nintendos maskin är charmig och kompetent, men den ligger ett snäpp bakom kraftmässigt jämfört med Microsofts och Sonys respektive konsoler. Där de andra versionerna rullar på i 60 fps får Indy här nöja sig med stabila 30. Upplösningen har också bantats ner och serveras nu i 1080p dockat och 720p i portabelt läge, vilket onekligen märks. Speciellt i ansikten där Switch 2-versionen är helt enkelt mindre skarp.

<bild></bild>

Samtidigt ska det sägas: ljussättningen levererar. Miljöerna håller ihop förvånansvärt bra och det finns stunder där spelet fortfarande ser riktigt snyggt ut. När du tassar runt i mörka gångar med facklor och lyktor. Från Castel Sant'Angelo till katakomberna i Vatikanen. Ljuset fladdrar mot väggarna och stämningen slår mot en som ett friskt rapp från Indys piska.

Men visst, kompromisserna finns och syns. No doubt. Det är färre NPC:er som rör sig bland miljöerna och världen känns en aning glesare, mindre detaljerad och lite mer öde.

Där Switch 2 verkligen överraskar är när det kommer till kontrollen. Gyrot är träffsäkert och känns faktiskt naturligt. Du kan köra med spakarna som vanligt, men i ett spel som bygger så mycket på att spana efter små ledtrådar och vrida blicken exakt rätt, blir gyro ett klart bättre sätt att spela. Mindre lyckat? Musläget. Jag försökte verkligen gilla det, men det ville sig inte. Det känns inte tillräckligt exakt, särskilt inte i stressiga strider där precision faktiskt spelar roll. Det går att pilla med känsligheten, men jag hittade aldrig riktigt en sweet spot.

<bild></bild>

Indiana Jones and the Great Circle är fortfarande ett kanonspel. Och på Nintendo Switch 2 är det, trots sina kompromisser, en version som absolut är värd att spela. Ett plus i kanten är dessutom att kassetten faktiskt innehåller hela spelet plus Order of the Giants, komplett med alla röster. Kul för de som uppskattar fysiskt samlande helt enkelt.

Så om du inte äger en Playstation 5 eller Xbox Series X, eller bara vill kunna ta med dig Indy och hans äventyr till sommarstugan eller stranden. Ja, då är det här en klockren upplevelse som anpassats väl till en betydligt mindre kraftfull hårdvara.

<bild></bild>

Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

När Nintendo först lanserade sina numera klassiska Mii-avatarer var de i min värld ett oväntat roligt tidsfördriv, där jag och syskonskaran ofta satt och återskapade diverse karaktärer och personligheter från olika sammanhang för att sedan låta dem göra upp i baseball i {Wii Sports}. Själva sporten var inte det viktiga, utan det roliga var att sitta och kommentera matcher där till exempel Lilla Kycklingen lyckades slå en home run efter att Nikki Sixx hade skruvat bollen lite dåligt, vilket ledde till att mangakaraktären Yotsuba, Kenny från South Park och en "boomer" från {Left 4 Dead} kunde ta sig runt banan och samla en handfull poäng till hemmalaget. Wii Sports handlade nästan aldrig om att utöva själva sporterna, utan om att se hur alla dessa olika figurer interagerade med varandra och i någon mån även skapa roliga narrativ som vi kunde engagera oss i. Det geniala i konceptet låg i enkelheten där Nintendo hittade ett sätt att släppa loss vår kreativitet med förhållandevis sparsamma verktyg. Allt handlade om bilden som vi själva projicerade på karaktärerna som vi återskapade och jag minns att jag tänkte att vi hade kunnat göra så mycket mer om våra valmöjligheter i karaktärsskapandet var bara lite mer omfattande.

Nintendo låg förstås steget före och släppte ett par år senare livssimulatorn {Tomodachi Life} till 3DS och även om det tyvärr flög under min radar så har jag nu äntligen fått komma tillbaka och leva ut mina Mii-drömmar i ett spel som lägger allt krut på just det som vi försökte åstadkomma i Wii Sports; nämligen att låta kreativiteten flöda och se mina små kreationer interagera med varandra som vänner.

<bild>Välkommen till ön! Här turas vi om att vara programledare!</bild>

I {Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream} går allt ut på att bygga upp ditt eget samhälle av unika personligheter på en ö som du blir tilldelad så snart spelet drar igång. Redan från start fick jag ett positivt intryck av möjligheten att inte bara namnge dina Mii-karaktärers gemensamma hem, utan även skräddarsy sättet som den uttalas på. Det gäller egentligen varje gång ett namn ska skapas eller en signaturfras ska designas att jag först får skriva ut den i ren text för att sedan på en ny rad kunna bestämma uttalet. Det blir extra praktiskt när jag vill introducera svenska karaktärer eller uttryck till ön och även om mina Mii-figurers uttal sällan blir helt perfekt så känns språkskillnaden aldrig som ett hinder i mina kreativa upptåg. För att tydligt etablera min relation som öns överhuvud så kom jag fram till att jag ska tituleras som "Kapten" men varje gång en Mii ska försöka sig på att uttala mitt namn så måste de kalla mig för "Oh Captain my Captain". Enkelt men ack så roligt.

På tal om Mii:s så är det förstås på dessa små charmtroll som Nintendo lägger nästan allt sitt krut i Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream. Det första som händer efter att jag har anlänt till min personliga kontinent är att jag får skapa min allra första invånare; Ozzy. Att karaktärsskaparläget skulle ha utvecklats sedan Wii-tiden är förstås en ren självklarhet men när jag första gången bläddrade igenom menyerna av ögon, näsor, hår och andra utseendemässiga särdrag blev jag ändå lite lycklig i själen av att se hur mycket kärlek och personlighet som jag kan skämma bort mina små skapelser med. För det är ett gediget galleri av valmöjligheter som jag bjuds på, där jag i hög grad också tillåts vrida och vända på mina karaktärers anletsdrag tills jag känner mig helt nöjd.

<bild>Ibland ställs våra karaktärer inför märkliga situationer...</bild>

Att en karaktär är mer än sitt utseende är förstås något som Nintendo är väl medvetna om så innan Ozzy kunde släppas fri på ön så fick jag utforma hans personlighet. Genom att ta ställning till vad som inte verkar ligga alltför långt ifrån ett klassiskt personlighetstest kunde hans karaktär växa fram. Rösten är ett annat viktigt särdrag hos varje unik personlighet och trots att jag kan uppleva att precis alla Mii:s tenderar att låta lite för burkigt mekaniskt för min smak så uppskattar jag hur jag tillåts att skräddarsy allt ifrån röstdjup till satsmelodi så att varje karaktärs stämma har möjligheten att hitta sin unika klang.

När Ozzy har funnit sin identitet släpps han äntligen ut på den lilla ön och jag får ta del av Tomodachi Lifes grundläggande mekaniker. Allt handlar om mina Mii-figurers viljor, drömmar och utveckling där både kontinentens och varje enskild karaktärs utveckling bygger på att bejaka invånarnas viljor och behov på ett eller annat sätt. Belöningarna för att utveckla mina Mii:s är aldrig av någon storslagen typ, utan varje avancerad nivå låter mig istället identifiera en ny pusselbit till en utvald karaktärs personlighet. Varje enskild belöning känns förvisso ganska sparsam i omfång men det bygger också upp en vilja hos mig att fortsätta investera i mina små figurer för att de på sikt ska kunna utvecklas till fullständigt säregna individer. Oavsett om jag väljer en säregen gångstil eller att konstruera en egen catchphrase som någon säger varje gång denne ska äta något så upplever jag att luckorna i personlighetspusslet sakta men säkert fylls i. Just när det handlar om att designa nya meningar och fraser, som mina Mii:s sedan börjar använda i vardagen är oväntat roligt och de första gångerna som jag hörde Ozzy säga "I wish they would serve bats" innan han högg in på sin lunch kunde jag inte hålla mig för skratt.

<bild>Walt Disney behöver lite hjälp på traven...</bild>

Allt eftersom nya invånare flyttar till ön börjar en liten stad att formas med både bostadshus och diverse butiker där jag ofta ges ytterligare möjlighet att vara kreativ. Personlighetsdrag är nämligen inte det enda som går att skräddarsy, utan tids nog får jag också möjllighet att utforma allt från kläder till personliga föremål. Verktygen som används till skapandet är förvisso lite pilliga och tar en stund att sätta sig in i men i slutändan upplever jag att det är värt besväret för detaljnivån som går att uppnå med lite arbete är helt klart värd besväret. Att se mina invånare traska omkring i personlgt designade utstyrslar och plocka fram diverse unika prylar bidrar starkt till känslan av en levande och personlig värld. Ju mer tid jag lägger på att skapa nya detaljer, desto mer känns ön som min egen unika kanon.

Som kontinentens överhuvud faller det givetvis även på mig att agera planarkitekt för mina invånares växande samhälle. Allt eftersom fler individer flyttar in växer också öns omfång och precis som med enskilda karaktärer så har jag möjlighet att utforma världen efter mitt eget tycke. I mitt tycke är detta dock Tomodachi Lifes svagaste del, då jag allt som oftast upplever det som lite besvärligt varje gång jag måste bygga om planlösningen för att göra utrymme för en ny butik eller någon annan typ av expansion. Spelet vill dessutom prompt att jag placerar ut en nyligen upplåst byggnad så fort detta blir aktuellt, utan att jag får valet att flytta om min befintliga stadskärna först. Väljer jag att låta spelet bestämma plats själv så väljer det i regel första bästa öppna yta, vilket till exempel kan leda till att öns stora sandstrand får agera lagerplats tills dess att jag har skapat en vettigare lösning.

<bild>Ibland kastas vi in i korta minispel. Här tävlar Ozzy och Greta Thunberg om vem som kan snurra lilla Greta bäst.</bild>

Som jag skrev i inledningen så handlar min nöje i Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream dock inte om spelmekaniska lösningar utan om samspelet mellan karaktärer, precis som det gjorde i Wii Sports för alla dessa år sedan. På det stora hela lyckas Nintendo ganska bra med att fånga den levande känslan av olika personligheter som möts och interagerar men jag kan trots detta inte undgå att känna något saknas. För när jag har vant mig vid alla personliga fraser, unika klädstilar och smeknamn så upplever jag att illusionen inte når riktigt hela vägen ut. Mina Mii:s hamnar i regel i ungefär samma situationer och säger ungefär samma saker till varandra vilket till slut gör att allt börjar kännas repetitivt och en aning förutsebart. Samspelet fungerade bättre när allt var idéer i mitt huvud och allt eftersom jag börjar syna sömmarna så saknar jag den där känslan av liv som för mig var hela syftet med upplevelsen. Åtminstone i grunden. Det kanske är en orättvis jämförelse att ställa Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream mot själva idén av ett personligt och dynamiskt samhälle men det är ändå där jag landar.

Mii-designen är trots charmen i dess enkelhet inte heller Nintendos starkaste kort, utan i min mening snarare ganska anonym. Speciellt när man jämför med hur speljättens övriga ikoner tenderar att skryta med både färg och formmässig briljans faller Mii-världen ganska platt och känns i förlängningen lite tråkig att befinna sig i ur ett rent estetiskt perspektiv. Det blir helt enkelt lite för blekt och om man som jag är ute efter det unika samspelet mellan karaktärer så tror jag att man kommer längre med att spela något i stil med {The Sims}.

<bild>I slutändan handlar handlar allt om vännerna vi träffar på vägen.</bild>

På det stora hela tror jag dock att det är viktigt hålla förväntningarna på en rimlig nivå och om jag ska utgå från att detta är en serie som härstammar från en kostnadsfri gimmick till Wii så är det riktigt roligt att se hur villiga Nintendo är att bygga vidare på alla sina varumärken, hur oväntade dessa än må vara till en början. Det ska också sägas att jag främst har avnjutit Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream under längre sittningar i soffan medan jag nu i efterhand kan föreställa mig att det är ett spel som är betydligt bättre anpassat för bärbart spelande i korta sessioner.

Trots att min tid tillsammans med Ozzy och hans vänner har inte har varit en helt fläckfri sådan så är min upplevelse ändå övervägande positiv. Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream är mysigt och fullt av kreativ glädje för den som vill ta sig tiden att bygga ett Mii-samhälle med personlighet. Jag vill argumentera för att det dock krävs en hel del fantasi från dig som spelare för att du ska få ut det fulla värdet av upplevelsen. Då menar jag inte bara en vilja att skapa rent grafiskt, utan även en övergripande tanke om vilka dina karaktärer är och hur deras relationer till de övriga invånarna ska se ut. Bygg din egen berättelse och se vad som händer. För mig är Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream främst ett bra verktyg för kreativt tänkande medan det sedan är upp till oss som spelare att avgöra vad vi vill skapa.

by Emily Long  for lifehacker.com

10 Hacks Every Zoom User Should Know

Not all virtual meetings have to be tedious.

Virtual meetings are essential to remote work—but they can also be tedious. If Zoom is your video conferencing platform of choice, there are lots of hidden features you can tap to make meetings more efficient for hosts and engaging for participants. Here are the best tips and tricks for getting the most out of Zoom.

Use self-selected breakout rooms to create a virtual networking event

Virtual networking is already awkward, and potentially even more so if you send people to random breakout rooms to force conversation. While meeting participants are commonly assigned to breakout rooms automatically, Zoom has a feature that allows individuals to choose their breakout and move between rooms at their own pace. This creates a more flexible experience that simulates in-person networking—if you're the host, you can name breakout rooms so participants can self-select based on interests or themes.

Click Breakout Rooms, select the number of rooms you want to create, select Let participants choose room, and click Create. Then, click Options or the gear icon and check Allow participants to choose room and Allow participants to return to the main session at any time. Once breakout rooms have been started, you'll see a Rename option in the breakout rooms window, which you can use to add a name to each space.

To join breakout rooms, participants will click Breakout Rooms, hover over the number in the list, and click Join > Join. They can follow the same process to move between rooms or return to the main session. Note that self-selection is available only on the desktop and mobile apps—those on the web client will need to be moved manually by the host.

Upload a CSV to pre-populate breakout rooms for large meetings

Alternatively, there are plenty of situations in which you'll need to assign meeting attendees to specific breakout rooms, rather than letting them choose or using Zoom's random assignment feature—for example, when you want to ensure that all members of a team go to the same room. This can be done manually once the meeting has started, but with large groups, it's much easier to do in advance, and all you need is a CSV file. There's a template on Zoom's support page: You'll simply need one column with the breakout room names and another with participants' email addresses. When you schedule the meeting, go to Options, check Breakout Room pre-assign > Import from CSV and drag and drop your file into the pop-up window. Zoom allows pre-assignment for up to 100 rooms and 1,000 participants.

Set your slides as a virtual background to simulate an in-person presentation

When you're presenting to an audience in person, you are likely standing in front of projected slides, so they can watch both you and your content at once. Zoom's Virtual Background feature simulates this by superimposing your video on your screen share, so attendees can see your expressions and gestures and follow your slides without needing to look back and forth. (Note that this is compatible with either PowerPoint or Keynote.) Click Share > Screens and select Microsoft Powerpoint from under Application Windows. You can then choose the overlay type for where your video will appear—In front displays you over your shared slides. You can resize your video and drag it around the screen. Then click Share.

Share your computer audio for ambient sound during breaks

If you want to maintain a specific vibe during meeting breaks—or use music as a cue to return from a break—you can share your computer audio for ambient sound. This works whether or not you are sharing your screen, so you could leave a slide up with information for participants while also playing music in the background. To share audio without sharing your screen, click Share Screen > Advanced > Computer Audio > Share. You can play audio from anywhere on your device, including music streaming services and YouTube. If you also want to share your screen, click Share Screen, select the program or desktop you want to share, and select Share Sound > Share.

Spotlight multiple speakers to simulate an in-person panel

Zoom's default is to highlight the video or icon for the current speaker. Depending on your view, this can be distracting as videos move around your screen—especially during a Q&A when many participants are unmuting and interacting with presenters. To prevent the chaos, Zoom hosts can spotlight up to nine people as primary speakers to appear in participants primary speaker view. (This is different than pinning a participant, which sets people as primary speakers on your device only.)

Spotlighting essentially simulates an in-person panel, allowing participants to see all primary speakers on equal footing. Remaining attendees will be visible via scroll at the top of the meeting screen. To spotlight, hover over a participant's video and click the three dots > Spotlight for Everyone. Repeat this process, selecting Add Spotlight for up to nine speakers.

Add an Immersive View of real-life meeting locations

Virtual meetings are often boring, but Zoom's Immersive View makes a presentation, class, or group a little more interesting by placing participants in real-life scenes. Instead of floating heads in small boxes, you can move attendees to "sit" at classroom desks, in chairs behind a podium on stage, or even on logs around a campfire. Zoom has pre-built scenes, or you can upload an image of your actual office or outdoor space. These virtual backgrounds accommodate up to 25 participants. As a host, click View > Immersive, select whether to add participants to your scene automatically or manually, and select the scene. Press Start to place people into the immersive view. For custom immersive views, you'll have to move participants around manually.

Separate audio files for recording podcasts or instructional content

Because any Zoom meeting can be recorded, it's a convenient platform for creating and saving collaborative or conversation-based content, such as podcasts, instructional videos, board meetings, and more. However, having multiple people on mic at once can make it difficult to listen back—if people talk over each other or one participant has noise in the background while another is speaking. In these cases, you can record separate audio files and edit them together later for a cleaner experience. As the host, on the Zoom desktop app, click your profile picture > Settings > Record and enable Record a separate audio file for each participant. This will record and save each file locally under the participant's name.

Set up a second device as “co-host” to manage participants and chat

Running a meeting in which you have to share a presentation, watch the chat, and keep an eye on attendees who want to participate—it's a lot, especially if you're trying to do it all on the same small screen. A workaround is to sign in on a second device and use one for screen sharing and the other to manage participants and chat activity. Join the meeting on both devices—on your primary device with host privileges, click Participants, hover over your other profile in the list, then click More > Make co-host > Confirm. (If you're not the main meeting host, you can still be assigned co-host privileges.)

With a paid Zoom account, you can be logged in on two devices of the same type concurrently or a computer alongside a phone or tablet. Alternatively, anyone can log in on another device under a different account or as a guest. If you are logged in under the same profile, be sure to mute all audio on the second device to avoid feedback.

Customize your waiting room to share a live agenda and chat with attendees

If you want a more polished (or interesting) waiting room experience than the standard Zoom landing page that says "Waiting for the host to start the meeting," you can customize what participants see. The simplest option is text title for the waiting room, but you can also add an image, upload a branded logo with a message or meeting description, or include a looping video (with or without sound)—which could be used to display the meeting agenda, meeting rules, and a welcome message. Enable Waiting Room when scheduling your meeting, then go to Waiting Room Options > Customize Waiting Room > Save once you've added your customizations.

Zoom waiting rooms also have a chat feature, so hosts can message everyone in the waiting room or communicate privately with individuals. Click Chat and select the individual or Waiting room participants to chat with all.

Use AI Companion to get a recap when you join a meeting late

AI Companion is Zoom's generative AI tool with productivity capabilities like taking notes, creating meeting summaries, and identifying action items. If enabled for a meeting, it can also answer participant questions in real time—meaning if you join late, you can get a summary of everything you missed without drawing attention to your tardiness. Preset questions include “Catch me up,” “Was my name mentioned?” and “What are the action items?” although you can ask custom questions as well. Tap the AI Companion icon in the top-right corner of the meeting and select a provided question or compose your own. Note that the Meeting Questions feature is available only on workplace and enterprise accounts and must be enabled by the host.

by Jeff Somers  for lifehacker.com

Finding Studs Used to be Torture Until I Spent $12 on a StudPop

Forget fancy digital stud finders: This dead simple magnet-based tool has made finding the studs much easier.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

When it comes to DIY projects, my enthusiasm and willingness to dive in have always compensated for a certain lack of what some would call “skill”—I’m a guy who has to cut twice no matter how many times I measure. Finding studs in the wall is a perfect example: This should be the easiest part of any project, but fancy digital stud finders have always let me down—in fact, the fancier they are, the less useful I find them to be.

That’s why the StudPop is so great. It’s an incredibly simple stud finder—and incredibly cheap. It’s made locating the studs in my walls such a breeze that I’ve tossed those digital stud finders into the trash.

StudPop uses powerful magnets to locate studs

Using expensive, fancy stud finders was always a confusing experience—they always seemed to light up right after I’d swept past a screw, or mysteriously indicated there were no studs in my house at all. The StudPop ditches all the fancy stuff and uses a simple system: A powerful magnet attached to a plastic indicator. I’ve had magnetic stud finders before, but their magnets were usually pretty weak, and they were as frustrating as the fancy electronic finders because they would give a lot of false positives.

In contrast, the StudPop is so powerful, it will stick to the wall when it hits some metal. This makes it easy to identify the studs. You move the StudPop along the wall in a lazy S-shaped pattern until the indicator pops up (you’ll feel it when it hits something—the magnet is pretty strong). Once you have one mark, you move the StudPop down vertically in the same S-shaped motion until you hit a second spot. This is how you know you’ve got a stud instead of a safety plate or a wire—three hits along the same vertical means you’ve got your stud.

Marking off a stud on the wall
Marking off a stud on the wall Credit: Jeff Somers

The whole process takes about a minute, with (in my experience) zero false positives. The fact that it sticks in place when it hits a nail or screw is awesome, leaving your hands free, and the simple plastic indicator is easy to interpret—it’s either standing up or it’s not. Tools just don’t get any easier than this, and there are no batteries to replace or charge up, no user manual to read, and it’s tiny, so it doesn’t take up precious storage space. I haven’t drilled into an empty space since picking this up.

by Becca Lewis  for lifehacker.com

These Craftsman Tools Are Up to 56% Off Right Now

Keep your DIY budget in check and always have the right-sized socket.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

DIY home maintenance and repair projects can save you money because you don’t need to hire a pro for every repair or upgrade. From replacing a leaky faucet to adding a knob to your desk drawer, a good set of hand tools is essential for success. Craftsman tools has a good reputation for making quality, long-lasting tools, but if you’re interested in DIY, you might have noticed that these tools can be expensive. If you need to expand your tool set, or if you’re just starting out, these deals on Craftsman tools at Lowe’s will help keep your budget in check.

The best deals on tool sets at Lowe's

Craftsman is known for their mechanic’s tool sets. I remember as an aspiring tinkerer, playing with my dad’s Craftsman ratchet while assisting him with DIY home repairs, and the first set of tools I got as a teenager was a Craftsman wrench set. Here are some deals on Craftsman sets for DIYers of any skill set.

The Craftsman 242-piece mechanic’s tool set is on sale for $99, 56% off its regular price. This set comes with a ¼-inch, a ⅓-inch, and a ½-inch ratchet and includes SAE sockets ranging in size from 5/32-inches to ⅞-inches and metric sockets ranging from 4mm to 21mm. Also included is a set of combination wrenches, extension bits, a driver handle and bits for screws, and a verastack 3-drawer case.

The Craftsman 105-piece mechanic’s tool set is on sale for $69.98, 46% off its usual price. This set comes with a ¼-inch and a ⅜-inch ratchet, metric and SAE sockets, a spark plug socket, a set of allen wrenches, a driver, handles and bits for screws, and a case. This is a decent set for doing basic vehicle maintenance or performing tasks like changing the air filter for your home HVAC.

The Craftsman Overdrive 80-piece mechanic’s tool set is on sale for $79.98, 46% off its typical price. This set includes metric and SAE sized sockets, some socket extenders, a corner adapter for the ratchet, driver bits for screws, and a case. This set is specifically designed for vehicle maintenance and can be used on stubborn, rounded out hardware that’s difficult to remove with lighter weight tools.

The Craftsman 24-piece ratchet set is on sale for $19.98, 33% off its regular price. This set includes one ¼-inch ratchet handle, a set of metric sockets, a set of screw driver bits, an extension bit, and a case. Since many cars use mostly metric hardware, this is a good compact set that will travel well with a larger set, and it can be useful for small maintenance tasks on vehicles and bikes.

Best air compressor deal at Lowe's

A portable air compressor is a convenient tool to have for small woodworking projects and DIY builds. Its smaller size makes it less useful for big jobs like decking or roofing, but I use my Craftsman pancake compressor for applying trim and molding, and it’s a lot more convenient than lugging a bigger one around. An air compressor can also be used to run a paint sprayer or for air-powered cutting and bolting tools.

The Craftsman 6-gallon portable compressor is on sale for $99, 41% off its usual price. It comes with the fitting you need to connect pneumatic air hoses, but you’ll need to buy a hose to use air tools with it.

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

The Most Aesthetic Portable Speaker I Own Is $50 Off Right Now

It's waterproof, has a strong bass, and will look great by your desk or nightstand.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

In my years reviewing speakers, I've learned a couple of things: Reputation and price get me to buy it, but if I dig the look, I'll keep using it over better options. This is what Marshall speakers, in general, nail. They look great while still doing their basic job as a portable speaker well. Right now, the Marshall Emberton III is $129.99 (originally $179.99), its lowest price yet, according to price-tracking tools.

My wife and I have been using the Marshall Emberton III for a few months now, and we love it. The moment she first saw it, she fell in love with the look and wanted to keep it on display on the kitchen counter before she even turned it on. We now use it on our kitchen counter and listen to music while we cook or clean up.

The Emberton III is a portable speaker, so it's designed to be taken outdoors, resist the elements with its waterproof IP67 rating, and play for long sessions with its 32-hour playtime. It does all these things well while looking and feeling premium. The sound it produces is distortion-free, even at max volume, which is surprising for a small portable speaker, and it's loud for its size.

The main downside is that there is no adjustable EQ on its app, but it can't have everything. There are physical controls on top of the speaker to skip songs and pause the media. There is also a battery bar that tells you how much juice you have left. The design is simple yet efficient, and I can't stress enough how much my wife and I love the retro look of the speaker. You can read more about it on ZDNET's review. If you're looking for a fun, good-looking portable speaker you can happily display, get the Marshall Emberton III while it's at its lowest price.

Max slashed to $2.99 per month in unmissable Black Friday offer

Best robot vacuums 2024: Reviews and buying advice

Crimson Desert

En sån här chans får man bara en gång i livet var det ju en viss liten Linus Terner som sa för snart 20 år sedan. Ord som till viss del även passar nu när jag som en av de allra första recensenter i världen fått chans att spela igenom Crimson Desert. Ett spel som på förhand hajpats något enormt och som, i alla fall på pappret, ser ut att faktiskt förflytta gränserna för mediet framåt. Så den större frågan att ställa sig blir då: är detta faktiskt början på något nytt och stort, eller bara ett tekniskt skrytbygge som inte riktigt orkar hela vägen?

Och grejen är att Pearl Abyss verkligen siktar högt här. I sina bästa stunder känns Crimson Desert som ett smakprov av framtiden. Det glittrar, det imponerar och det kastar ur sig idéer i en takt som nästan känns löjlig emellanåt. Men ju mer man spelar, ju längre och djupare in man kommer, desto tydligare blir det också att allting "inte riktigt lirar". Det är ett spel med många delar och ännu fler idéer, men där också långt ifrån allt är så väloljat och fungerande som det kanske borde vara. Absolut inte dåligt och i sina bästa av stunder är Crimson Desert helt jävla makalöst. Men det är också ett spel som snubblar en smula och är en smula för ambitiöst för sitt eget bästa.

Pywell är världen som du kastas in i, en klassisk fantasykalops fylld av svepande landskap, spruckna allianser, politiska spänningar och fejder som bubblar och pyr. Livet och lugnet är en fasad som med nöd och näppe maskerar den mer brutala verkligheten där banditer gör det surt för invånarna och uråldriga krafter som sedan länge legat och sussat, sakta börjar vakna ur sin slummer. Det är mycket och det är mustigt. Du å andra sidan spelar som Kliff, ledare för ett gäng legoknektar och det tar inte lång tid innan allt går käpprätt åt pipsvängen för dig och dina vapendragare.

<bild></bild>

Du och dina Greymanes blir nämligen fullständigt överkörda av de rivaliserande Black Bears och du lämnas åt ditt öde, förödmjukad och döende - the end, right? - icke. Istället för att vandra hand i hand tillsammans med liemannen in i den eviga dimman så vaknar Kliff upp i Abyss, en mystisk och drömlik dimension bortom tid och rum - och någon inom honom har förändrats. Ett "I have the power"-ögonblick på sätt och vis.

Detta är så klart också upptakten till ett större äventyr, en chans att åderlåta världen och rena den från all ondska och i sann Blues Brothers-anda "återförena bandet ännu en gång". För detta uppdrag är inte något du gör på egen hand, utan för att lyckas behöver du även dina gamla vänner från Greymanes. Vilket också är en stor del av Crimson Desert faktiskt handlar om, att samla ihop sitt gamla gäng igen, lappa ihop det som gått sönder och försöka få någon slags ordning på kaoset.

Men för att förstå sig på Crimson Desert, så behöver vi nästan prata lite om Black Desert också. Vilket är Pearl Abyss gamla rollspel som snurrat på i över tio år nu och blivit känt för sin expansiva värld, historieberättande och ganska brutala upplägg som i all ärlighet gör allt annat än att hålla dig i handen. Något som också märks i Crimson Desert som bär med sig mycket av samma sensibiliteter - på gott och ont. Det är en del av dess DNA. I all ärlighet så känns det många gånger som att spelet från början faktiskt var tänkt som en direkt uppföljare på Black Desert, en vidareutveckling av rollspelet som någonstans längs vägen bytte riktning från multi- till singleplayer.

Spelet bär spåren av detta, och det märks emellanåt att många av idéerna har tillåtits hänga kvar trots att de inte egentligen är vidare bra anpassade till en ensam spelare - kort och gott, det skaver lite. Ibland funkar det svinbra. Världen känns levande, systemen djupa och striderna har en tyngd som verkligen imponerar. Men andra gånger känns det snarare som att allting bara spretar och drar i fundamentalt olika riktningar, att man bara kastat en hel buffé av idéer mot väggen och tänkt "eh, detta blir nog bra". Vissa delar är otroligt välpolerade, andra mindre så.

<bild></bild>

Samtidigt är det också denna spretighet som gör Crimson Desert så intressant (och makalöst imponerande). Här finns helt enkelt så otroligt mycket att se och göra, rent av för mycket kanske. Vill du bara banka in pannbenet på ruskprickar? Absolut, kör så det ryker. Men å andra sidan går det precis lika bra att sugas in i världen, alla personligheter, alla små detaljer och tusentals sidospår. Det är ambitiöst så in i vassen men inte heller perfekt, inte ens nära.

Så hur var det nu med denna till synes oändliga öppna värld? Crimson Desert har ju trots allt sålts in som ett vidsträckt äventyr där du kan finna din egen väg. En sandlåda utan slut där man kan grotta ner och irra bort sig, på gott och ont. Men nej, så är faktiskt inte fallet och här är snarare spelet övertydligt i hur det pekar ut vägen åt dig, som världens mest enträgna GPS som vägrar låta dig välja fel avfart på vägen mot slottet. Och strukturen är väl till viss del lånad från Red Dead Redemption 2. Ett stort kryss markerar ditt mål på kartan, du tar dig tid, kliver in i ett tydligt markerat "trigger"-område - rinse and repeat. Tryggt, enkelt och effektivt. Om än också en aning uppstyrt och det förhindrar en från att snubbla över egna lösningar och finna sin egen väg genom uppdragen. Vilket är lite synd.

Primärt handlar det ofta om tre saker när det kommer till uppdragen: lösa ett pussel, interagera med något objekt eller att dunka ditt svärd mot fiender tills antingen du eller dom ligger ner på marken. Ibland alla tre i en och samma sekvens. Oavsett om det gäller huvuduppdrag eller sidospår är strukturen i grunden ganska linjär. Det viktigaste är inte vad du gör - utan att du förstår vad spelet förväntar sig att du ska göra för stunden. Vilket också får det att kännas som om Crimson Desert försöker att existera i två världar samtidigt. För ja, världen är stor. Riktigt stor. Du kan färdas i nästan vilken riktning som helst och hitta saker att underhålla dig med. Men det innebär inte att spelet nödvändigtvis beter sig som ett traditionellt rollspel.

Nej, det här är snarare ett actionäventyr. Du gör inga val som påverkar den övergripande storyn, några möjligheter att anpassa eller skapa din egen karaktär finns inte och du kan inte heller forma någon unik spelstil runt klassiska level-ups. Här finns inga erfarenhetspoäng att jaga, inga dialogträd att analysera sönder eller våndas över, och inga sliders för att skulptera ditt perfekta alter ego. Kliff är din guy, vare sig du vill eller inte och hela progressionen är extremt rigid.

<bild></bild>

Visst, du blir starkare genom att hitta ny utrustning eller uppgradera din befintliga. Du kan även uppgradera förmågor som hälsa och uthållighet, men mycket mer komplext än så blir det inte. Det är ganska standard, ganska vanilj, men samtidigt inte heller helt utan sin egen lilla knorr. Abyss Artifacts, det som används för att levla upp dina förmågor, används nämligen också för att uppgradera dina vapen. Vilket innebär att du ganska snabbt hamnar i ett läge där du måste välja och prioritera. Behöver du mer hälsa, eller vill du att dina vapen ska dräpa ruskprickar bättre? Det är inget superdjupt system, men det är i alla fall något.

Samtidigt, även om spelet konstant guidar dig från punkt A till punkt B, betyder det inte att allt är en transportsträcka. Tvärtom. Nästan varje område har någon form av stoppkloss - ett moment där du faktiskt måste stanna upp och tänka till. Och här kommer spelets kanske mest intressanta sida fram. Crimson Desert lutar inte bara på sitt stridssystem, utan också ganska tungt på pussel. Och de är inte alltid så värst snälla eller tydliga. Ibland saknas tydliga ledtrådar helt, eller så är lösningen inte alls lika självklar som du först tror. Vilket så klart är ett väldigt medvetet designval - spelet vill att du ska stanna upp, titta på omgivningen och fundera på vad du faktiskt kan göra med verktygen du har i dina fickor. Snarare än att brutalt forcera dig igenom allt. Resultatet är en blandad kompott, en potpurri där du ena stunden kommer att känna dig som fantasy-Sherlock, och andra ungefär lika korkad och frustrerad som ett snorigt bergstroll.

Men det är också lite av charmen. För även om Crimson Desert ibland känns som att det är lite väl handfast, strikt och uppstyrt, så finns där ändå en vilja att våga (och låta) spelaren tänka lite själv. Och i all ärlighet, hemskt hade det väl varit annars. För just den balansen mellan lite mer fri problemlösning och tydligt vägvisande - är vad som gör att spelet ändå lyckas kännas mer engagerande än vad det först ger sken av. Ett konkret exempel från min egen tid i Crimson Desert var när jag under ett av de första uppdragen behövde bränna bort några vinrankor som blockerade ingången till en byggnad. Problemet? Jag hade inte låst upp några eldpilar, eller hade något att tända fyr med.

Lösningen? Jag hittade en brinnande ljuskälla i närheten där jag faktiskt kunde fjutta eld på mina pilspetsar, och voila! Eldpilar. Visst, jag missade så klart och stod där utan pilar, och utan eld, och de rackarns vinrankorna var så klart kvar. Så vad blev min nästa instinkt? Jo, att försöka slå ner facklan så att den landade på några grenar intill. Dessa fattade eld och det hela spred sig sedan organiskt tills det att lågorna faktiskt nådde bort till vinrankorna - och allt brann bort. En lösning som känns väldigt "Breath of the Wild", och att Crimson Desert lyckas få in den typen av systemisk frihet i sin värld är... ja, rätt imponerande.

<bild></bild>

Samtidigt är det tydligt att spelet vill att du följer storyn. Det är där du låser upp nya områden, nya verktyg och fler möjligheter att utforska världen på riktigt. Men - och det här är den viktiga grejen - vägen från punkt A till punkt B är allt annat än rak. Den kan vara hur lång, krokig och full av sidospår som helst. För Crimson Desert kastar saker att göra på dig från första sekund. Och jag menar verkligen från första sekund. Du kan laga mat, fiska, jaga, bryta malm, tämja hästar, ta jobb som kurir eller prisjägare, hoppa in i minispel - allt från underjordiska slagsmål till att spela sten-sax-påse med ungar på torget.

Och det bästa? Du gör det inte för att du måste. Du gör det för att världen suger in dig. Den där klassiska känslan av "jag ska bara göra detta också" infinner sig snabbt och tiden flyger iväg. Helt plötsligt har två timmar passerat, och du inser att du fortfarande står kvar på exakt samma punkt i huvudstoryn. Inte för att spelet bromsar dig - utan för att du själv valt att dröja kvar.

Det är också här Crimson Desert levererar sin kanske största styrka: själva världen. Vilken jag helt utan överdrift kan säga är av en kaliber som du antagligen aldrig tidigare skådat. En teknisk tour de force som kommer orsaka dig svåra smärtor i käkpartiet från allt gapande du kommer att göra. Pearl Abyss har i Crimson Desert inte bara byggt något stort och tekniskt imponerande, utan även något som genuint känns levande på riktigt. Och spelmotorn, BlackSpace, den saknar motstycke just nu.

Detaljnivån är direkt absurd och ljussättningen säljer illusionen av världen fullständigt. Det känns som en verklig plats som gång på gång får dig att tappa andan. Solen sipprar ner genom trädkronorna, reflekteras i vattenytan och blandas med dimman som ligger tät över marken. Hästens hovar slår ner i flodbotten och skvätter upp vatten omkring dig. Och du stannar nästan upp - inte för att spelet säger åt dig att göra det, utan för att det bara... känns rätt. Det är en sån där sällsynt känsla av närvaro som väldigt få spel lyckas med. Faktum är att jag bara upplevt något liknande i de senaste Zelda-spelen - och i Death Stranding.

<bild></bild>

För en stor del av din speltid i Crimson Desert kommer du inte ens jaga uppdrag. Du kommer bara vandra. Genom ängar, skogar och berg. Du kommer att upptäcka dina egna små smultronställen, jaga djur, rensa områden från sattyg, eller bara arbeta på att fylla ditt kompendium - vilket rymmer närmare 3000 objekt. Trettio olika djur att rida på, sjuttio olika fjärilar.. ja, du fattar nog. Ren och skär (underbar) dårskap. Är det rent skryt, känns det som en smula överdrivet? Absolut. Men det är också vad som gör att världen känns så sällsamt levande, och Crimson Desert gör det där som så väldigt få spel idag ens försöker: att få själva resan att kännas viktigare än slutdestinationen.

Så med allt detta sagt. Är allt guld och gröna skogar i Crimson Desert? Har Pearl Abyss skapat äventyrsspelens svar på Mona Lisa? Nope, inte ens i närheten, dessvärre. Efter närmare 100 timmar med PC-versionen har jag fortfarande inte nått slutet. Jag är inte ens nära. Och det beror inte på att jag sprungit vilse bland sidouppdrag eller fastnat i någon mysig grind-loop där jag jagar fjärilar. Problemet är betydligt mer frustrerande än så: spelets balans är helt åt skogen.

Visst, pusslen varierar i komplexitet, men det som verkligen sticker ut och skaver som en på tok för trång galosch, det är hur förbannat ojämnt styrkeförhållandet mellan fienderna är. Du kan utan större problem mörsa ner hundratals kretiner i ett område, för att sedan nå en boss som klubbar dig så hårt att du skickas i omloppsbana runt Saturnus. Det kan kännas som att du emellanåt snubblat på en osynlig meny som råkat ställa om spelets svårighetsgrad till "ja tack, smiska mig så förbannat hårt det bara går".

Och för alla som nu ropar "men det låter ju bara som att du behöver bli bättre - git gud" och allt det där. Nej, vi kan våra Soulslikes vid detta laget och detta är inte den typen av utmaning. Det är en konstlad svårighetsgrad, där spelet aktivt motarbetar dig snarare än att faktiskt testa din skicklighet och reaktionsförmåga. Den uppenbara lösningen är såklart att snickra samman bättre utrustning och vapen. Men även då kan striderna (och framförallt då en del av bossarna) känns som att stå och dunka skallen mot en tegelvägg.

<bild></bild>

Du tvingas bunkra upp med consumables för att ha någon chans att överleva striden, och ofta handlar det mer om att farma resurser och tömma varenda handlare i regionen än om att faktiskt spela smart. Detta skapar en enorm frustration som gör att speltiden inte bara känns uppblåst utan direkt sabbar tempot i hela berättelsen. För när progressionen haltar på grund av att det krävs massa grinding, nä då checkar jag ut, tappar humöret, lusten och sträcker mig efter off-knappen.

Sen hjälper det väl inte heller att spelets berättelse i all ärlighet inte är värst mycket att hänga i julgranen. Mycket hamnar lite i skymundan på grund av små distraktioner och de många karaktärerna du möter i världen är plattare än pannkakor. Kliff är väl i varje fall funktionell, men knappast mer än så, och här hade verkligen Pearl Abyss kunnat lägga mer energi - som uppenbart istället investerats i den expansiva spelvärlden. Det blir inte bättre av att spelets menysystem är ett rent kaos. Ett virrvarr från helvetets mörkaste vrår som är så överlastat av system och otydligt presenterat att man stundom vill slita sig i håret och vråla pärkele så att fönsterrutorna sprickor. För att då inte tala om hur inventory-systemet fungerar, eller ja, inte fungerar - alls. Vilket jag utan överdrift kan säga är det sämsta jag någonsin stött på i ett spel av denna kalibern.

Pearl Abyss har visserligen dukat fram flertal uppdateringar och fixar men det spelar liksom ingen roll. Det är fortfarande uselt. Utrymmet fylls på nolltid och - håll i hatten nu - spelet erbjuder inget vettigt system för dig att spara på saker. Ingen kista du kan dumpa coola prylar i. Utan istället tvingas du kasta eller sälja värdefulla objekt, för att du helt enkelt inte har någon plats för dem. Kul va?

Problemen stannar inte heller där. Basbyggandet känns inte det minsta genomtänkt eller polerat, och flera av uppdragen, speciellt de som fokuserar på problemlösning, plågas av flera märkliga designval. Ibland känns det som att du löser pussel mer av ren tur än skicklighet, vilket är raka motsatsen till vad den här typen av spel borde sträva efter. Till slut börjar även själva resandet i världen kännas som en plikt snarare än ett nöje. När du tagit samma väg trettio gånger mellan stad och basläger börjar du desperat längta efter bättre fast travel-lösningar. Vilka är låsta bakom progression-points.

<bild></bild>

Syvende och sist finns här helt enkelt för många lösa trådar, för mycket som spretar, skaver och sticker. Det är inget som är en direkt deal breaker eller får en att vilja dänga kontrollen i väggen, och mycket kan säkert patchas bort, men det är inte heller ens i närheten så bra som det kanske kunde, borde ha varit. Givet hur äventyret sålts in av teamet. Kan du förlora dig i Crimson Desert, låta dig uppslukas av världen och tillbringa veckor eller rentav månader med det? Ja, absolut. Men räkna inte med att varje timme är en djupt berikande resa, för även om världen är fantastisk så finns det helt enkelt för många system som drar åt olika håll och för många idéer som krockar med varandra. Crimson Desert är bra, men inte något mästerverk.

Men om du kan leva med alla problem, och om du är den typen som kan luta dig tillbaka och bara njuta av resan, även när du inte riktigt vet vart den är på väg - då finns det absolut något här. Det här är en öppen värld som är värd att utforska, även om den inte alltid levererar på den nivå man kanske hoppats på. Och ärligt talat? Jag känner mig inte helt bekväm med att sätta ett definitivt betyg på Crimson Desert. Vissa delar är helt makalösa, medan andra känns som ett skämt. Det är ett brokigt, vackert, frustrerande och imponerande äventyr, som delvis saknar hjärta men sprudlar av ambition och potential.

by H.A. Hellyer  for time.com

The Iran-Israel War Is Over. But the Arab World Is Grappling With Its Consequences

The region is relieved about de-escalation. But it is also alarmed about an unrestrained Israel.

Israeli-Airstrikes-in-Tehran

The Iran-Israel ceasefire seems to be holding. Arab capitals are relieved about the de-escalation. But they are also alarmed about what the latest flare up means for the Middle East.

When Iran signed the JCPOA nuclear deal with the Obama Administration, its reception in the Arab Gulf was, at best, frosty. The Iranian regime’s role in propping up Bashar al-Assad’s rule in Syria—one of the most devastating in modern Arab history—combined with its nefarious influence in Iraq and Lebanon, ensured that Gulf states such as Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, and Bahrain saw the deal not as a diplomatic breakthrough, but as an endorsement of a destabilizing actor.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

So when President Donald Trump withdrew from the JCPOA in 2018, these same states applauded the move. Others in the region, including Egypt and Jordan, while more muted, also expressed concern about Tehran’s regional agenda. Yet fast forward to the present and the very same states opposed a fight with Iran, and support re-engagement.

This U-Turn is not due to any newfound trust in Tehran. The Arab Gulf states, broadly speaking, remain deeply cynical about the Iranian regime. If the Islamic Republic could be replaced with something more pragmatic and less ideologically driven than Khomeini’s revolutionary doctrine, few in the Arab Gulf would mourn. But this cynicism has evolved into a pragmatic rejection of war—especially one at the behest of a belligerent Israel and a complicit Washington.

For these reasons, the overwhelming response in Arab capitals has been fierce opposition to Israel’s strikes, and America’s bombing on June 22.

There are two core reasons for this opposition. First, these strikes are not happening in isolation. Over the past 20 months, Israel has waged a deadly and destructive campaign in Gaza following the Oct. 7 Hamas attack, which has brought about a genocide case at the International Court of Justice. Israel has also expanded its military footprint beyond the occupied Syrian Golan Heights, amid the chaos following the ouster of Assad. And it has struck Beirut and parts of Lebanon repeatedly, including within the past week.

In short, even among states that are highly critical of Iran, there are concerns about an unrestrained Israel. A vision of a new regional order where Israel behaves with impunity while dictating security norms to its neighbors is profoundly unwelcome to Arab states, including traditionally pro-Western Arab governments such as Saudi Arabia and Jordan.

The second reason is more fundamental. For decades, Arab societies have criticized the West’s selective enforcement of international norms. That includes the 2003 Iraq war, Israel’s ongoing occupation in the West Bank and Gaza, and more recently the U.S. denunciation of the ICJ case and sanctioning of ICC judges after it issued arrest warrants for Israeli leaders. There is a perception that powerful Western states shield Tel Aviv from consequences.

Read More: The West Is Losing the Global South Over Gaza

To be sure, the Arab states are hardly models of legality themselves. Various U.N. reports have repeatedly described an undemocratic region rife with issues around corruption, nepotism, and closed civil society spaces. But the powerful Western countries that erected the “rules-based” order should be exemplar pillars of it—otherwise, trust in the project altogether collapses.

That’s why the U.S. bombing of Iran—using the GBU-57 Massive Ordnance Penetrator, the heaviest non-nuclear weapon in its arsenal—set a dangerous precedent. Despite the undeniable nature of Iran being a nefarious actor in the region, there was no imminent threat, no U.N. Security Council authorization, and no widespread international consensus to engage in such a military strike.

The war between Iran and Israel is over, at least for now. Whether Iran’s nuclear program has been hobbled is a separate question, one that analysts and intelligence agencies will continue to assess in the weeks and months to come. 

But something else may have also ended. A new era is emerging in the region increasingly defined by a presumption that might equals right. The consequences of this have yet to be truly understood—but there are likely to be many repercussions indeed.

by Emily Long  for lifehacker.com

These Are The Best Ways to Rid Your Gmail Inbox of Spam

Banish offenders once and for all.

Gmail does a decent job at filtering junk mail to the Spam folder, but there are always the marketing emails, newsletters, and other mass messages that slip through to your inbox. Maybe you accidentally signed up for a mailing list, or you wanted those promo emails at one point, but now they've become too much. You can keep deleting them one by one—or you can take action to remove spam from certain senders once and for all.

Set up filtering to banish unwanted emails

Filtering is one of our favorite Gmail hacks for moving junk emails straight to the trash. Select the messages in your inbox from as many senders as you want to filter out, click the three-dot menu at the top of the screen, and select Filter messages like these. On the pop-up, click Create filter and check Delete it. Be sure to also check Also apply filter to [X] matching conversations. Future emails from filtered senders will automatically go to Trash.

Filter entire domains instead

If you're still getting emails from a sender you've filtered out, it may be because they're using multiple aliases on the same domain. To solve this, you can set up a filter for an entire domain. Go to Settings > See all settings > Filters and Blocked Addresses and select Create a new filter. Add the domain (@[domain].com) to the "From" field, select Create filter, and check Delete it.

Unsubscribe en masse via 'Manage Subscriptions'

You can unsubscribe from mailing lists by clicking "Unsubscribe" at the bottom of each individual email you receive, but this is both tedious and a potential security risk, as threat actors have been known to hijack these links for malicious purposes. At minimum, opening the email and clicking any link therein confirms that your email address is active and ripe for targeting. Google updated Gmail last year to include a "Manage Subscription" view, which centralizes mailing list and promotional emails in one place with a one-click unsubscribe option. In the left-hand navigation bar, click More > Manage subscriptions, locate the sender, and click Unsubscribe to be removed from that sender's list.

Note that Gmail may not pull all email campaigns into this view—if that's the case for a list you want to unsubscribe from, you can click Unsubscribe at the top of the email itself (next to the sender's address) instead or use the next step to block the sender entirely.

Use the 'Report spam' button ruthlessly

If you find yourself deleting emails from the same senders over and over, report them as spam instead. This helps Gmail to recognize these and similar messages as junk, which over time can reduce how much clutter actually reaches your inbox. Select the email and click the Report spam button at the top of your inbox to move the message to your spam folder. Gmail automatically deletes spam after 30 days.

Block external images to prevent tracking

Marketing emails typically have tracking pixels—invisible 1x1 images used to monitor online activity—embedded that let senders know when you open a message, which is why you should stop opening emails you don't want and use one of the above strategies to filter, delete, or block them instead. To add an extra layer of protection, you can keep external images from loading in emails unless you explicitly allow them. Go to Settings > See all settings. On the General tab, scroll to Images and select Ask before displaying external images.

Keep your email address private and use aliases instead

An obvious way to keep junk from reaching your inbox is to avoid giving out your email address in the first place. You can create a second Gmail account to use solely for subscriptions, shopping, service sign-ups, etc. so any lists you are added to are directed straight to a separate inbox. Gmail also has unlimited aliases via "plus addressing," so you can easily see where spam is coming from. Or you can create burner accounts via "hide my email" services in browsers, password managers, or Apple iCloud.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

In an electric car, the (enormous) battery is a major part of the price. If electric car prices are decreasing, battery costs must be decreasing, because it’s not like the cost of fabricating rubber, aluminum, glass, and steel into car shapes can decline that much,

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

In an electric car, the (enormous) battery is a major part of the price. If electric car prices are decreasing, battery costs must be decreasing, because it’s not like the cost of fabricating rubber, aluminum, glass, and steel into car shapes can decline that much, right?

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

On an electric scooter, though, the effect of battery price has to be even more dramatic because scooters are such lightweight, compact, and simple machines. They aren’t much more than a battery and an electric motor to begin with. Remember the Zappy electric scooter from twenty years ago?

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

What killed the electric scooter back then is the same thing that killed the electric car of year 2000: terrible lead-acid battery technology. It’s too heavy, it lacks power, it doesn’t have enough range, it takes too long to charge. These are all different ways of saying the same thing: the battery sucks. It wasn’t until Lithium Ion batteries matured that both the electric car and the electric scooter – and pretty much electric everything, if you think about it – became viable.

Thus, one way to see if Lithium Ion battery prices are indeed generally dropping independent of all other manufacturing concerns is to examine the cost of electric scooters over the last few years. Let’s consider one of the most popular models, the Xiaomi Mi M365:

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

This graph only shows roughly two years, from January 2018 to now; it looks like the original price for the Xiaomi M365 when it hit the US market in early 2017 was around $800. So the price of a popular, common electric scooter has halved in three years. Very good news indeed for electric vehicles of all types!

This dramatic drop in electric scooter price from 2016 to 2019 may not be surprising versus the parallel rise of the quasi-legal electric scooter smartphone app rental industry over roughly the same time period, in the form of Bird, Lime, Skip, Spin, Scoot, etc.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

Early versions of Bird scooters were actual Xiaomi M365s, slightly modified for rental. Only by late 2018 had they migrated to custom built, ruggedized scooters optimized for the rental market. The rental industries have their own challenges, and ironically have started to pivot to monthly rentals rather than the classic 15 cents per minute.

Bird has experimented with its business model in recent months. In early March, the company altered its repair program in Los Angeles, which had relied on gig workers to fix broken scooters. It moved repairs in-house (though scooters are still charged each night by an army of gig workers). Later that month, the company introduced scooters with locks in some markets, in a bid to prevent theft and vandalism.

In April, it announced the launch of a more traditional rental program in San Francisco and Barcelona, in which users could pay $25 per month to rent a Xiaomi m365 from the company rather than paying per ride.

But this isn’t meant to be a blog entry about the viability of scooter rental company business models.

I want to tackle a more fundamental question: are electric scooters the future of transportation?

Even Uber, as screwed up of a company as they still are, knows cars are overkill for a lot of basic transportation needs:

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

We have plenty of scooters here at my house, and the family and I enjoy them greatly, but I have never actually ridden or owned an electric scooter. So I bought one. It is of course the popular, inexpensive, and well reviewed Xiaomi Mi M365.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

Here’s a picture of my electric scooter inside my electric car. (I apologize that I didn’t have an electric bicycle to park next to it for maximum smugness, but you can bet your sweet electrons I’ll work on that next!)

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

The short version of my review is this electric scooter is incredibly fun, works great, and if you can get it for a price around $300, practically a no-brainer. I love it, my kids love it, and as long as you’re conceptually OK with the look, unlike Elon Musk, 🛴💨 then you’ll probably love it too.

I found a neat video covering the “one year later” experience of owning the scooter, and what you might eventually run into or want to tweak.

(The main thing to take away from this video is that flats super suck on tires this small, so be warned. I put Slime in my Mi’s tires out of an abundance of caution, but you could also go with solid tubeless tires – at the cost of some ride comfort – if you’re really worried.)

That’s not to say that the electric scooter experience is perfect. There are some challenges with electric scooters, starting with the biggest one: your local government has no idea how to regulate the darn things.

  • Is this regulated like a bicycle? If not, why not?
  • Are they allowed on the sidewalk?
  • Do you have to ride them in the road, with cars… uh, depending on the speed limit?
  • Do you need a driver’s license?
  • Do you need a helmet?
  • Are you even allowed to legally ride them in public at all outside of private property?

The answers also vary wildly depending on where you live, and with no consistency or apparent logic. Here are the current electric scooter laws in California, for what it’s worth, which require the rider to have a valid driver’s license (unlike electric bicycles) and also disallow them from sidewalks, both of which I feel are onerous and unnecessary restrictions.

One aspect of those laws I definitely agree with, however, is the 15 mile per hour speed restriction. That’s a plenty brisk top speed for a standing adult with no special safety equipment. Anything faster starts to get decidedly… uncomfortable. Consider this monster of a 1165KWh electric scooter, with dual motors and dual suspension that goes up to forty freakin’ miles per hour.

That… is… terrifying. Even the reviewer, in full motorcycle safety gear, wasn’t willing to push it all the way to 40 MPH. And I don’t blame him! But now that I’ve shown you the undisputed Honda Civic everyman budget model of electric scooter in the M365, hopefully this gives you a taste of the wider emerging diversity in these kinds of minimalistic electric vehicles. If you want a luxury electric scooter, an ultralight electric scooter, a rugged offroad electric scooter… all things are possible, for a price.

Another reason the M365 is available for so cheap is that is successor, the Xiaomi M365 Pro, was recently released, although it is not quite possible to obtain in the US at the moment.

Having ridden my M365 a fair bit, I can confirm all the Pro improvements are welcome, if incremental: bigger battery and disc brake, more power, better display, improved latch mechanism, etc.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

None of those Pro improvements, however, are worth a 2× increase in price so I’d recommend sticking with the M365 for now because its value proposition is off the charts. Did I mention there’s a Bluetooth connection, and an app, and it is possible to hack the M365 firmware? Pretty cool how electric vehicles are inherently digital, isn’t it?

Here are a few other observations after riding my M365 around a fair bit:

  • Please be respectful around pedestrians. Most of the sidewalks around here are not busy at all, but the pedestrians I encountered on the electric scooter were definitely more freaked out than I’ve seen before when using regular kick scooters (or skateboards) on the sidewalk, which did surprise me. An electric scooter has more heft to it, both physically at 26 pounds, and in the 15 mile per hour speed it can reach – but also mentally in terms of how it looks and how people approach it. I recommend slowing down to just above walking speed when encountering pedestrians, and if there is a bike lane available, I’d definitely recommend using that.
  • Hills work great. The kryptonite of traditional kick scooters is hills, and I’m pleased to report that even with a cough sizable adult such as myself riding, I was able to sustain a respectable above-walking speed on most reasonable hills. Where I looked at a hill and thought “this probably should work,” it did. That’s impressive, considering this isn’t the upgraded Pro model with bigger battery and more powerful motor. On flats and downhills the performance is superb, as you’d expect. That said, if you are a really big or tall adult, or live in a particularly hilly area, wait for the Pro model or an equivalent.
  • Portability is good, but borderline. At ~26 pounds, the electric scooter is reasonably portable, but it’s not something you a) could really get away with taking inside a restaurant / store with you to prevent theft or b) want to be carrying around on your person for any significant length of time. It’s not nearly as nimble or portable as a kick scooter, but that’s a high bar. You’ll need to carry a bike lock and think about how to lock your scooter on bike racks, which turned out to be… more geometrically challenging than I anticipated due to the small tires, disc brakes, and the engine in the front wheel. They need more obvious locking points on the chassis.

To be honest with you I’m still bitter about the whole Segway debacle. There was so much hype back in the day. That ridiculous thing was supposed to change the world. Instead, we got… Paul Blart Mall Cop.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

A Segway was $5,000 at launch in 2001, which is a whopping $7,248 in inflation adjusted dollars. Here in 2019, cheap $200 to $300 electric scooters are basically the transformational technology the Segway was supposed to be, aren’t they? Are electric scooters the future of (most) transportation? I’m not sure, but I do like where we’re headed, even if it took us twenty years to get there.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Don’t Remove This Film on Your Switch 2

It's not the screen protector you think it is.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

The Nintendo Switch 2 has been out for nearly a year. Maybe you bought one at launch, or perhaps you're looking to pick one up before the price skyrockets. Either way, if you are or are soon to be the proud owner of a Nintendo Switch 2 (or even an OLED Switch, for that matter), there's one thing you should not do to it: remove the film on the display.

That film is meant to stick on the Switch 2 for good

On Tuesday evening, Nintendo published a post on X warning users not to remove the film on either the Switch 2 or Switch OLED model. According to the company, this is a "shatter-prevention film" applied during production to prevent screen fragments from getting everywhere should you break the display. Importantly, Nintendo notes that the film cannot be replaced if removed, and, as such, requests that users not remove it. The company recommends that players apply a screen protector over the display (with the film) if you want to keep dirt and scratches away.

This isn't necessarily new information. In fact, I wrote about the issue right before the Switch 2 launched last year. First spotted by Gizmodo, Nintendo offers a similar word of warning under the "Careful Usage" section of the Switch 2's instruction manual: "The screen is covered with a film layer designed to prevent fragments scattering in the event of damage. Do not peel it off." It makes sense: In the event you drop your Switch unit and the screen shatters, this film stops the display's shards from flying all over the place. If you remove the film, a shattered Switch 2 screen could hurt someone if you don't manage to pick up each and every little piece of the display you used to play Mario Kart World on. Lose-lose.

It's not clear why Nintendo felt the need to share this update now. Aside from the instruction manual, it's the first official notice I've seen from the company. It's possible that too many users were complaining about issues with their displays after removing this film, but without official confirmation from Nintendo, it's impossible to say. It's clear, however, that Nintendo really doesn't want you removing this film, so you're better off fighting that instinct.

What else is in the instruction manual?

Nintendo's instruction manual has much more than this simple warning, of course. The guide is full of advice for using your Switch 2 to its fullest potential, but most of it is common sense. That said, there are some interesting tips you should be aware of here.

Nintendo says you need to charge the batteries at least once every six months. If you're a frequent gamer, you'll do that without thinking. But for any gamers that like to play once or twice a year (or less), the company warns it may be impossible to charge the batteries if you don't use them for an extended period of time.

You might know the Switch 2 Joy-Cons attach via magnets. Nintendo warns not to "swing or dangle the console" from an attached Joy-Con, or "apply force to the connecting parts." You shouldn't put stickers on the Joy-Cons where the SL/SR buttons are, since you could weaken the connection and cause the Joy-Cons to detach (and risk shattering said screen).

Apparently, the magnets are strong enough to attach other magnetic objects, like screws or tacks. Nintendo advises if these items attach to the Switch 2 or Joy-Cons, use a cotton swab to remove them. In general, you should be cleaning the Joy-Cons anytime there is dust or debris before using them.

Forza Horizon 6

Att återvända till den pulserande Horizon-festivalen har genom åren blivit en fin tradition. Lite som att komma hem. Den har tagit oss till helt fantastiska platser och har nu då, äntligen får man väl säga, till slut landat i Japan. En plats som av fansen till denna spelserie varit enormt efterlängtad och som av många skäl känns helt naturlig. Det är givetvis snudd på omöjligt att inte dra på smilbanden när Mount Fuji för första gången tornar upp sig i fjärran. Eller när färden går genom slingriga bakgator i Tokyos neondränkta stadskärna.

Forza Horizon 6 startar på ett klassiskt storslaget vis genom att nästan skrytsamt visa upp sin bredd när det kommer till de miljöer vi ska tillbringa mängder av timmar i. Det tar inte lång tid innan man inser hur mycket innehåll som faktiskt erbjuds här.

Det tar heller inte särskilt lång tid innan man inser att vi sett, om inte allt, så det mesta - förut. Forza Horizon 6 spinner vidare på det som serien egentligen erbjudit helt från start. Det polerar såklart mycket och det är, framförallt, otroligt tjusigt för ögonen. Men en känsla av deja vu, som varit omöjlig att skaka av sig, har följt mig genom stora delar av min speltid. För "redan" i den femte delen så började jag känna att festivalkonceptet blev ganska urvattnat. Denna sjätte del är dock faktiskt den allra första gången, i seriens nu fjorton år långa historia, som jag märker att jag sitter och gäspar lite åt det faktum att så mycket känns som det som kommit innan.

<bild>Det råder ingen tvekan om var denna sjätte delen tar plats. Japan är makalöst fint.</bild>

Det kan låta som en lite väl negativ start på denna recensionen. Men det finns också en anledning till detta. Forza Horizon 6 är i grunden ändå väldigt, väldigt roligt. Det finns ingen tvekan om det. När något är så välpolerat och underhållande som detta - så känns det än mer viktigt att motivera varför betyget i slutet av denna texten kanske kan uppfattas som förvånande lågt för vissa - inklusive mig. För det är ju också ett så väldigt bra spel. Men att vara den sjätte delen i en serie som hela tiden hållit sådan hög standard kommer oundvikligen med en hel del förväntningar. Men det är egentligen inte så mycket dem i sig som gör att det betyg som står här nedanför kan uppfattas som något av en besvikelse.

Forza Horizon 6 är det snyggaste, mest polerade och mest välfyllda spelet i serien och betyget nedanför är en stark siffra - tro inget annat. Men det är också en siffra som blir ett tydligt exempel på hur serien behöver (ursäkta uttrycket men jag var tvungen) bredda sin horisont ordentligt inför nästa del. Det är förmodligen dags att lägga festivalkonceptet bakom sig eller om inte annat så drastiskt göra något annorlunda med det. För det är faktiskt i mångt och mycket bara det som hindrar detta att kännas som en uppföljare som tar serien vidare.

<bild>Det är inte bara vyerna som är fantastiska. Detaljrikedomen är en klass för sig.</bild>

Men nu är det då ytterligare en festival som vi ju faktiskt får. En gång till. Så det är med den utgångspunkt som vi anländer till Japan som en turist. Vi startar sedan med att delta i olika tävlingar för att skaffa oss olika armband som har mer och mer status. Färgen på detta förkunnar alltså vilka tävlingar vi kan delta i. Det finaste armbandet som man vill åt är av guld och ger oss till och med åtkomst till en bit av den stora kartan som vi från början inte får köra till. Så det är bara sätta sig bakom ratten. Köra snabbt och bra för att låsa upp varje av de showcase-event som när de är avklarade ger oss ett nytt fint armband att med stolthet bära runt vår handled.

Vill vi någon gång ta en paus från att tävla så erbjuds det också lite olika mer avkopplande berättelser som går under etiketten "Discover Japan". Här får vi bland annat möjlighet att leverera mat till restauranger, hjälpa en japansk mekaniker att prova uppgraderingar till bilar eller åka på sightseeing runtom i landets fantastiska miljöer. Här lär vi oss också en del av den japanska kulturen och får rolig fakta som att det magnifika Tokyo Tower målas var femte år med 28 000 liter av färg. Bara en sådan sak. Att delta i dessa aktiviteter gör att vi får stämplar i ett litet häfte som är spelets andra sätt att göra framsteg.

Det går som väntat ingen nöd på innehållet. Det finns så mycket att se och göra. Det finns 200 maskotar att hitta och köra över, vi har de klassiska ladorna som ska sökas upp i jakten på en rostig bil plus en annan typ av gömda fordon som letas upp med ledtråd från ett enstaka foto. Vi återser givetvis fart -och driftzoner. Sedan då klassiska racingtävlingar i massor. Den stora kartan blir snabbt ett kluster av hur mycket som helst att göra och beta av.

<bild>Skiftande årstider förekommer. Men tröttnar man på sol, eller regn, finns det alltid möjlighet för lite race i snö uppe i bergen.</bild>

Som ni förhoppningsvis förstod av min inledning så är allt då väldigt, väldigt likt allting som vi sett förut i tidigare delar. Det är tacksamt nog också precis lika fartfyllt, underhållande och roligt som alla gånger innan. Detta känns viktigt att lägga tyngd på. Jag har bara personligen svårt att skaka av mig känslan att detta verkligen då kunnat varit något alldeles extra om det också varit annorlunda.

Denna känsla av att vara såpass bekant till trots finns det två saker jag vill belysa lite extra och hiva hinkvis av beröm över. Det första är då att vi faktiskt kör runt i Japan. Det är en väldigt stor, varierande karta som lite väl många och långa motorvägar till antalet ändå bjuder på många av seriens bästa områden. Tokyo som stad blir en härlig kontrast mot den japanska vackra landsbygden. De växlande årstiderna återvänder såklart men skulle man sakna snö under sommaren så är det bara sticka upp till bergen för att få detta - året runt. Att ena stunden glida på vägar med japanska småhus vid sidan för att naturen ögonblicket senare består av risfält eller lummiga skogar gör upplevelsen magnifik och varierande. Miljön är strålande och även om den i mitt tycke inte riktigt når upp till den Australien som vi ju såg i seriens tredje del så är Japan en helt fantastisk plats att utforska.

<bild>Tröttnar man på race kan man leverera mat. Det sker visserligen på tid så det är ju ett race i sig.</bild>

Den blir ju såklart inte mindre fantastisk av att Forza Horizon 6 är bland det snyggaste som jag sett målats upp på min TV. Grafiken är helt enkelt i en klass för sig. Visst att omgivningarna ofta rusar förbi i 200 km/h, tacksamt nog med en silkeslen bilduppdatering, men det finns också gott om tillfällen där man verkligen kan ta in det visuella. Stundtals ser det faktisk ut som ren fotorealism. Det är helt enkelt löjligt tjusigt på sina håll.

Nu är jag inte en person som särskilt ofta fokuserar på det grafiska eller skriver långa stycken om just det. Men det är svårt att låta bli när det visuella är så fantastiskt som här. I ett spel av denna typ skulle jag också vilja hävda att det bidrar väldigt mycket till upplevelsen. Jag har tillbringat massvis med tid i spelets fotoläge för att dels såklart fånga bilder till denna text - men egentligen allra främst för att bara detaljgranska och njuta av hur det ser ut. Reflektioner från omgivningen i bilarnas chassi, det magnifika ljuset, hur vattenpölar bildas och ligger kvar efter ett regnoväder och spelets många otroliga utsikter. Allting är så imponerande att man ofta häpnar. Flertalet stillbilder jag tagit i spelets fotoläge har gett mig några av de allra snyggaste fångade ögonblick som jag någonsin sett i ett spel.

Tillkommer gör också en omslutande och livlig ljudbild. De fantastiska motorljuden imponerar främst när man sitter i det perspektiv som är inne i bilen och spelet erbjuder en mängd radiostationer att lyssna på. Så när det kommer till rena tekniska produktionsvärden är, som väntat, Forza Horizon 6 det klart mest imponerande spelet i serien. Det ska dock tilläggas att spelets menyer är rätt dryga. De är inte särskilt plottriga eller svåröverskådliga som sådana - men det är lite för mycket flikar och att tvingas klicka runt i alla för att hämta belöningar eller se vad som finns att bocka av känns inte så smidigt det som det kunde vara. Spelet försöker ta dig genom festivalen på ett smidigt vis med en "Whats Next"-guide som gör att du hela tiden vet vad du bör delta i för att komma närmare nästa eftertraktade armband. Vilket i sig fungerar fint - men det ryms helt enkelt lite för mycket fluff i menyerna. Det förekommer också en del laddningstider som drar ner tempot, en aning.

<bild>Forza Horizon 6 är utan tvekan ett av de snyggaste spelen någonsin.</bild>

När det kommer till racing och tävlingar så är jag också glad att jag kan välja mellan så mycket olika saker att delta i. Att ena stunden köra off-road för att i nästa navigera en svinigt snabb sportbil genom Tokyos slingrande gator bjuder på en enastående variation. Det är svårt att någonsin ha tråkigt med något race. Som ett Open World-spel så lyckas det också med underhålla ordentligt. Det är ju här Horizon-spelen alltid tilltalat mig mer gällande den motsvarighet som finns med Forza Motorsport-serien. Jag älskar helt enkelt att ha friheten att åka var jag vill och bara utforska. Tröttnar jag på att tävla så kan jag liksom styra min bil varsomhelst och antingen bara njuta av miljön eller leta upp något gömt fordon. Eller som det som så ofta blir - att jag bara planlöst driver omkring. Det är ju arkadkänsla i högsta grad och även om underlag spelar roll så är även realismen utkastad ur fönstret. Detta betyder att din bil klyver genom träd och miljöer som om det vore en ångvält. Skulle du göra ett avgörande misstag i en tävling kan du också spola tillbaka tiden för att lyckas ta en misslyckad kurvan bättre. Skador syns till slut rent estetiskt men det ska mycket till för att du ska kvadda din bil rejält.

Precis som i några av de tidigare spelen i serien så får du även möjlighet att köpa hus i denna del. Här tar man dock konceptet lite längre då du tidigt införskaffar en gård som du kan pynta och göra till din egen genom att sätta ut möbler och olika föremål. Detta är en del som jag av tidsbrist tyvärr inte riktigt hunnit utforska särskilt mycket. Jag började egentligen bara med att städa upp den lite stökiga gårdsplanen för att testa på möjligheterna litegrann. Men att detta inslaget finns visar såklart på att utvecklarna försökt pressa in dels så mycket som möjligt men också utveckla serien på sina håll.

<bild>Festivalkonceptet känns närvarande på flertalet platser. Men det skulle också behöva en drastisk förändring till nästa del.</bild>

Det är väl också här som det blir ett bra tillfälle att återknyta till det som början av denna text delvis handlade om. Jag är på sätt och vis väldigt glad att Horizon-serien inte är en av alla spelserier där det tar en halv evighet mellan release av nästa del. Faktum är att det mellan föregångaren och denna del är det längsta vi fått vänta i seriens historia med sina dryga fyra och ett halvt år. Det är väl också därför det känns lite extra förvånande att konceptet verkligen börjar känna som att det står och stampar.

Jag nämnde det tidigare - men jag tror att en del av detta är den inramning av en festival som man håller så himla hårt i. Som jag också berörde innan så började jag verkligen att känna att festivalkonceptet tappade bort mig en aning när jag besökte Mexiko i den femte delen. Visst, man påminns om inramningen en del med framförallt det stora livliga festivalområdet, små mötesplatser runt om i Japan och skrikande publik vid sidan av tävlingarna. Men jag tycker nog att det är dags att man går vidare från detta. Eller utvecklar det ordentligt. Ska man ha kvar det så behöver det vara betydligt mer närvarande och det behöver framförallt utvecklas i hur det fungerar som det som håller ihop det hela.

<bild>På "Car Meetups" kan man parkera sitt åk, beskåda andra spelares design på bilar och ladda ner dessa. Tyvärr var dessa helt tomma på folk under recensionsperioden.</bild>

Kanske att utvecklarna på Playground Games ser just valet av Japan som själva kulmen på det hela. Att man sedan faktiskt förnyar det åt något spännande håll. Men jag tycker att det hade behövts redan här. Det hade dessutom varit en utmärk chans att faktiskt göra det med Japan som bakgrund. Men om man nu då ändå ska köra vidare på detta likadana spår i del efter del - så hade jag gärna sett att man exempelvis utvecklade den helt ointressanta berättelsen eller förändrade eller adderade något som fick det att kännas lite nytt och fräscht. Det känns egentligen som det finns två vägar att gå här; att man helt släpper festival-konceptet och utvecklar serien i en helt ny riktning. Eller så behåller man festivalen men gör den till något drastiskt annorlunda.

Jag har själv suttit och spånat en hel del kring det och liksom tänkt på vad som skulle kunna göras. Ska man framöver kunna gå ur bilen? Nej, det känns inte riktigt rätt. Bör man inkludera andra fordon likt The Crew-serien? Nej, det känns heller inte som något denna serie egentligen behöver. Ska man bjuda oss på en mer engagerande och riktigt välskriven berättelse? Ja, kanske.

Det är svårt det där - att lista ut vad som faktiskt behövs. Men bara det faktum att jag ändå reflekterat såpass mycket på vad som kan förnyas är ju ett starkt bevis på att jag anser att en större förändring trots allt faktiskt bör ske till nästa gång. Jag tror exempelvis att en simpel sak som det här med hjul att snurra för att vinna bilar och credits är en ganska simpel sådan sak som kan ersättas med något nytt och roligare. Det finns massvis med sådana mindre grejer som nu följt med serien i del efter del som behöver tas bort eller allra helst bytas ut mot något vi inte sett i serien förut.

<bild>Jag trivs personligen med att se min bil när jag kör men att sitta i detta perspektivet bjuder på bäst fartkänsla.</bild>

Det går såklart att argumentera kring att en uppföljare i slutändan främst ska ge oss spelare två saker. Dels erbjuda det man förväntar sig av serien men sedan såklart finputsa det vi vill ha från den och utveckla och lägga till nya saker. Forza Horizon 6 gör definitivt bägge av dessa grejerna - men också alldeles för försiktigt. Det är fylld till brädden med tävlingar och bilar (över 550 stycken vid lansering) och det är så galet snyggt så det är sanslöst.

Det är med andra ord svårt att vara i närheten av besviken på något som är såpass välpolerat och underhållande. Själva vetskapen om att jag framöver har många, många timmar kvar på de japanska vägarna gör mig givetvis genuint lycklig. Men jag tycker också det är lite talande att detta får ett lägre betyg än jag såklart önskade att ge det. Eftersom det mestadels handlar om hur jag nästa gång vill ha något som inte enbart spinner vidare i de numera väldigt etablerade hjulspår som serien i mitt tycke delvis fastnat i.

För det fanns ju ändå något slags hopp när jag startade att detta faktiskt kunde nå full pott. Att ta serien till Japan kändes liksom som en av många saker som kunde göra detta till ren perfektion. Det är väl därför också som Forza Horizon 6, hur bra det nu faktiskt ändå är, känns som det i sina stunder går en aning på tomgång. Jag är helt övertygad om att nästa spel skulle må bra av att man vågar ta ut svängarna rejält. Ska jag vara helt krass och faktiskt komma fram till ett val kring mina funderingar av vad som behövs - så tror jag faktiskt att man behöver låta Horizon-festivalen, åtminstone i sin nuvarande inramning, nå sitt slut och stänga sina portar. För att sedan kunna ge oss något helt nytt.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This LG OLED Gaming Monitor Is 40% Off Right Now

It's built for fast PC gaming without the 4K overhead.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

OLED gaming monitors have become much easier to recommend over the last year, mostly because prices have started dropping below the $500 mark. LG’s 27GX704A-B UltraGear OLED is one of the better options in that category right now, with excellent motion handling, extremely low input lag, and the glossy WOLED panel that gives games a cleaner, more contrast-heavy look than many matte alternatives. It’s also down to $477.99 on Amazon, a 40% discount from its usual $799.99 price.

At this price, the LG 27GX704A-B lands much closer to premium IPS gaming monitors while still offering the contrast and motion performance OLED panels are known for. This is a 1440p display with a 240Hz refresh rate, so it’s clearly aimed at PC gamers who care more about responsiveness and motion clarity than pushing full 4K resolution. Competitive games like Valorant, Apex Legends, and Call of Duty benefit the most here because the near-instant response time keeps motion looking unusually sharp, even during fast camera movement or flicks across the screen. The panel itself uses LG’s newer third-generation WOLED technology and supports both FreeSync Premium Pro and G-SYNC compatibility, so screen tearing is less of an issue regardless of whether you use an AMD or NVIDIA graphics card.

One of the more noticeable differences between this model and LG’s earlier UltraGear OLED displays is the glossy screen coating—instead of the matte finish found on many gaming monitors, this panel looks clearer and a bit punchier in darker rooms because the coating doesn’t soften the image as much. Blacks look genuinely deep, HDR highlights stand out nicely, and games with darker environments benefit a lot from the OLED panel’s per-pixel lighting. The downside is that reflections become much more noticeable if your setup sits near a sunny window or a bright overhead light, and VRR flicker can appear when frame rates bounce around heavily in darker scenes. The LG 27GX704A-B is also positioned as an entry-level OLED gaming monitor, so you won’t get premium features like DisplayPort 2.1, a built-in KVM switch, or an especially advanced USB hub beyond two basic USB-A ports.


Pragmata

<video>
På flera sätt finns det många paralleller mellan Pragmatas charmiga "poster child" , androiden Diana, och själva spelet, fler än Capcom kanske föreställt sig. Precis som Diana är {Pragmata} charmigt, välkonstruerat och till och med utformat med ett tydligt syfte. Men mer kritiskt sett finns det något som, trots att spelet gärna vill skapa en band mellan huvudpersonerna, som... ja, saknas. När vår huvudperson Hugh talar om människor och jämför dem med androidernas emulerade medmänsklighet och värme, så positionerar han det på exakt samma sätt; det är något som saknas. Om man vill kalla det bindväv eller kanske till och med "själ", är det genast svårare att avgöra. Jag kommer att rekommendera Pragmata när den här recensionen är klar, men jag vill slå fast från början att arbetet med att identifiera vad det är som saknas tagit upp större delen av den här recensionsperioden.

Pragmata har alla de enskilda beståndsdelar som krävs för att forma ett ganska gediget scifi-äventyr. Astronauten Hugh hamnar i en olycka när en mystisk jordbävning får en gigantisk månbas och en tillhörande gigantisk 3D-skrivare att spira ut ur kontroll, och basens inbyggda AI, IDUS, identifierar därefter felaktigt honom som ett hot mot basens säkerhet. Han får dock hjälp av den mystiska "pragmata"-droiden Diana, och tillsammans försöker de kartlägga vad som har hänt på basen och kontakta jorden.

<bild>Diana är helt klart spelets verkliga stjärna.</bild>

Det är en narrativ premiss som i olika förklädnader fungerar som grund för många spelberättelser. Både {The Last of Us} och {Bioshock Infinite} handlar till exempel om att din karaktär ska transportera en person från en plats till en annan, eftersom just deras förmågor behövs i ett större sammanhang, och precis som i de två spelen är det det spirande förhållandet mellan Hugh och Diana som håller premissen levande. Det fungerar, för det mesta, även om berättelsen, både i sina breda och smala drag, lider lite av att vara fastklämd mellan två distinkta profiler. Pragmata är aldrig skrämmande, och det finns inte heller särskilt mycket fokus på spänning - men det är inte heller komiskt, och det verkar inte heller försöka vara det. Det finns gott om action och tillhörande meningsfulla utbyten, så det vore helt fel att säga att Pragmata inte har förmågan att beröra en. Men det är bara något som saknas här.

Det finns inte i handlingens breda utveckling, där det finns gott om vändningar och känslomässig dynamik, och dina mål känns alltid tydligt definierade som Hugh. Det är snarare i det alldeles närliggande, i de enskilda replikerna - det är något som känns konstlat här, och inte på det avsedda sättet. Pragmata är skapat i RE Engine, men saknar, lustigt nog, Resident Evils långt mer avsiktliga genre-ram, och är som resultat mer flytande (och vagt) i vad det här är meningen att det ska... ja, kanske handla om.

<bild>Striderna är smidiga med ett intressant system.</bild>

Lyckligtvis finns det bättre nyheter på den mer mekaniska fronten, där Capcom otaliga gånger har visat att de vet hur teknik, mekanik och spelkänsla förenas. På ytan är Pragmata ett ganska typiskt tredjepersons actionäventyr, men denna hacking-twist gör striderna mot månbasens robotar till något helt annat, och det är ganska lyckat. När du riktar ditt vapen mot en fiende sitter Diana på dina axlar och ett litet hacking-minispel dyker upp. Du måste navigera med knappar och genom att hitta rätt väg genom ett "rutnät" "öppnas" robotarna upp för ökad skada med traditionella skjutvapen. Olika robotar har olika "rutnät", och vägen igenom försvåras av diverse omständigheter - poängen är att detta system, som måste balanseras med vanlig rörelse, undvikande och allt det där, är Pragmatas bästa idé, och lyckligtvis står det helt i förgrunden från början till slut.

De traditionella skjutvapen känns tillräckligt tillfredsställande, du har en bas du kan återvända till då och då för att driva spelets centrala progressionsloopar, som som alltid består av uppgraderingar av vapen, dräkt och förmågor, och i en irriterande liten soulslike-touch respawnar fiender om du väljer att återvända till din gömställe mitt under ett uppdrag.

<bild>Kompositören Yasumasa Kitagawa levererar ett härligt soundtrack.</bild>

I de olika delarna av basen finns massor av resurser att hämta, och dessa olika resurser används för olika aspekter av framstegen. Allt detta är lättare att känna igen, men om inte annat så håller det nyfikenheten vid liv och lusten att utforska varje vrå av banorna grundligt - och på typiskt metroidvania-vis får du förmågor som gör att du kan återvända och titta närmare senare.

Dessa banor präglas för övrigt av spelets centrala visuella särdrag - 3D-utskrifter. Nej, 3D-printning är enligt min mening inte det mest spännande, och jag har mer än en gång fastnat i samtal med 3D-printningsentusiaster som gärna vill berätta allt de vet om att tillverka sina egna underlägg till drycker, men i denna scifi-kontext antar det en något annan dimension. Det visar sig att månbasen har försökt 3D-printa hela... ja, samhället, och det är därför spelets trailers har visat upp en så bred visuell profil - den här narrativa uppsättningen tillåter banorna ganska distinkta visuella särdrag, såsom den här märkliga pseudo-versionen av New York. Tyvärr, även om de ger en specifik estetisk personlighet, är det här inte de mest innovativa banorna jag har sett, men de är snygga utan att vara direkt pråliga. Spelet faller lite för ofta tillbaka på att framsteg blockeras av x antal sköldar, som sedan måste inaktiveras en efter en, men de är inte direkt tråkiga. Återigen; de saknar bara något, någon sorts sammanhang som gör dessa banor till mer än bara banor, utan delar av en sammanhängande resa. Den där gnidningsfria identiteten lyckas Pragmata aldrig riktigt konstruera - lite som en 3D-skrivare som försöker efterlikna ett handgjort föremål, så finns komponenterna och utseendet där, men något odefinierbart har gått förlorat i översättningen.

<bild>Capcom visar att de har en marknadsledande teknologi.</bild>

Dessutom är dessa banor ganska långa och djupa - och kanske är det därför det bara finns en handfull av dem från start till mål. Just eftersom de, genom 3D-utskrift, emulerar "äkta" aspekter av vår planet, vare sig det är storstad, djup skog eller till och med strand, så finns det lyckligtvis visuell mångsidighet här, men Pragmata framstår fortfarande som något smalare i sin utformning av ramarna för hur dessa strider och denna historia utvecklas. Det är inte egentligen en kritik, bara en iakttagelse.

Som sagt är spelet utvecklat med RE Engine, som än en gång bevisar att den hör till marknadens absolut starkaste visuella grafikmotorer. Pragmata körs inte bara smidigt i 60 bilder per sekund, det ser dessutom strålande ut. Ansiktena är fyllda till brädden med påtaglig mimik och liv, och olika områden osar av karaktär. Kompositören Yasumasa Kitagawa levererar dessutom ett levande soundtrack, ibland lite inspirerat av Claude Debussys Clair de Lune, och ibland pulserande i Blade Runner-liknande electronica. Vissa stycken upprepas lite för ofta, något vi till exempel känner igen från de senaste Zelda-spelens "combat"-tema, som man till slut blir riktigt trött på att höra, men ur ett visuellt och auditivt perspektiv är Pragmata välgjort från början till slut.

<bild>Tyvärr saknas det genomgående lite nerv och personlighet.</bild>

Den sista meningen i ovanstående stycke är värd att upprepa: "Pragmata är välgjort från början till slut" - för det är det. Roligt hackingsminispel, fin progression, snygga banor, gedigen strid - alla de enskilda aspekterna av en bra spelupplevelse finns med, och jag tror att spelet kommer att tilltala både dem som vill ha filmisk berättande och dem som envist håller fast vid en "gameplay first"-mentalitet, som kommer att hitta något att gilla här - vilket är en oerhört svår balans att upprätthålla. Men precis som med 3D-printade möbler, eller en android utformad för att likna och efterlikna en människa, så händer något när du knipar ihop ögonen. Även om allt ser tillräckligt trovärdigt ut på ytan, är illusionen inte alls lika övertygande vid närmare granskning, och Pragmata lyckas inte helt etablera ett övertygande band mellan Hugh och Diana, och det lyckas inte heller ge utforskningen, leveldesignen eller fienderna en särprägel som verkligen skiljer dem från generiska scifi-klyschor. Spelet leker med idén om artificiell intelligens, men ser ibland lite ut som ett mejl du får från dina kollegor, uppenbarligen skrivet av Gemini. Det är välformulerat, ja kanske till och med bättre än vad personen själv kunde ha skrivit, men naturligtvis också något ihåligt som resultat.

Men för att verkligen driva analogin hem till dig: om det fungerar som det är tänkt - vad är då problemet? Pragmata fungerar helt enkelt för bra för att inte kunna rekommenderas, och den magi som går förlorad i de tomma utrymmena är kanske inte lika tydlig för dig som den är för mig. Därför ger jag efter och rekommenderar Pragmata på grund av dess starka spelupplevelse och välkonstruerade loopar och strukturer, även om en del av mig önskar att det också fanns lite nerv under huven tillsammans med all den fina designen.

<video>

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

The Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro Come With a $30 Amazon Gift Card Right Now

Or choose the Samsung Galaxy Buds 4, which come with a $20 Amazon gift card.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Samsung released its latest earbud lineup during the Samsung Unpacked 2026 event in January, and now, Amazon is bringing back its same pre-order deal: The Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 are $173.72 (originally $179.99) and come with a $20 Amazon gift card, and the Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro go for $249.99 and come with a $30 Amazon gift card. The prices have held steady since their release, so this is a good deal if you want to snatch them up.

Samsung wants to compete with Apple with a similar design, features, and even price point. The Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 are strikingly similar to the Apple AirPods 4 in their design, with noise cancellation and the absence of silicone eartips that go inside your ears. They come with Hi-Res audio, IP54 for water-resistance, a Live Translation feature similar to Apple's, a new design, improvements in call quality, and direct access to ask questions to AI and receive responses through the earbuds. The controls are swipe and pinch, and the charging case comes in black or white.

It's also easy to draw the similarities between the Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro and the Apple AirPods Pro 3. Apart from both being $249, the most obvious similarity is the in-ear silicone tip design that helps seal the noise and improve ANC. The Pros have all of the same features as the Buds 4, and are supposed to be more comfortable, have better ANC which Samsung calls ANC 2.0, have a better water resistance with an IP57 rating, which handles immersion in water up to 1 meter, and perhaps more importantly, a two-way speaker (as opposed to a one-way on the Buds 4) that is meant to deliver better, high-fidelity sound, superior separation of frequencies, and reduced distortion. PCMag called these earbuds "excellent" in their review for their audio and integration with Samsung phones.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

Samsung's Latest Flagship Soundbar Is $700 Off Right Now

It's one of the best all-in-one surround systems available.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Samsung’s flagship soundbars have reached the point where the yearly upgrades are more about refinement than reinvention, and that is pretty much the story with the Samsung HW-Q990H. Right now, this 2026 model is down to $1,299.99 on Woot, which is its lowest price yet, according to price trackers. The same system is listed for nearly $2,000 on Amazon, so the discount itself is substantial.

Samsung kept the same 11.1.4-channel setup from the older HW-Q990F, including the soundbar, wireless subwoofer, and two rear speakers, but leaned harder into software this time around—features like the SpaceFit Sound Pro automatically adjust the sound depending on your room layout, and unlike some auto-calibration features that barely change anything, this one reportedly shifts the audio balance in noticeable ways. Sometimes it improves dialogue clarity and bass response. Other times, you may prefer tweaking things yourself with the built-in seven-band EQ.

The system also handles basically every major audio format, supports wireless Dolby Atmos with compatible Samsung TVs, and includes 4K 120Hz HDMI passthrough for people gaming on a PlayStation 5 or Xbox Series X. That said, while the bass is strong for a compact subwoofer, it compresses when you push the volume near maximum, so it's not perfect for huge spaces or people who want nightclub-level output. More importantly, if you already own the HW-Q990F or even the older HW-Q990D, upgrading probably will not feel dramatic enough to justify the cost. But for someone starting from TV speakers or an entry-level soundbar, this system can completely change how movies, games, and even sports feel at home.


by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

This Google Pixel 9 Is Nearly Half Off Right Now

The Pixel 9 just dropped to its lowest price ever after a $350 discount.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Pixel 9 came out in the fall of 2024 along with the 9 Pro and Pro XL, while the budget Pixel 9a came out last year. Pixel phones are some of the best phones I've ever owned and truly stand the test of time—so even though these aren't the newest models, they're still a great choice in 2026. If you're looking for a big discount on a middle-of-the-pack Pixel, the 128 GB unlocked Pixel 9 is just $449 (originally $799) after a $350 discount. That's the lowest price it has been since its release, according to price-tracking tools.

The Pixel 9 comes with 12GB of RAM, starts with 128GB of memory storage, a maximum 120 HZ refresh rate, and the Android 14 operating system. The Pixel 9 is so good that you likely won't miss the features of the Pro model anyway. The AI features still have hiccups, but will likely keep improving over time; the most important thing to get right is the hardware, and this is among the best smartphones Google has made so far.

The battery life can last almost 12 hours, according to PCMag's "excellent" review. The main camera has a 50MP shooter, a 48MP ultra-wide camera with a 123-degree field of view (same as the Pro models) but it has a single-zone laser detect autofocus (LDAF) sensor, whereas the pro has multi-zone LDAF.

If you have the Pixel 8, you might not notice a huge upgrade with this model. However, if you're upgrading from an older version or doing a switch from a non-Pixel phone, the 9 has a lot to offer. One of my favorite things about Pixel phones is the ongoing support for many years. My Pixel 6A got all of the updates and tons of AI features that made the phone feel fresh many years later, with the latest ones dropping in March. With the Pixel 9, you'll be getting a quality phone with software updates for quite a while—as long as seven years.


by Michel  for news.blog

An Architecture-Driven Approach to Application Modernization

Enterprise applications have grown to a point where many of them are more complex and slow to respond, and market expectations have risen exponentially in the meantime. Nowadays, customers want responsive and robust applications that have greater agility. This became a concern for many of the businesses as the application began to hinder growth andContinue reading "An Architecture-Driven Approach to Application Modernization"

Enterprise applications have grown to a point where many of them are more complex and slow to respond, and market expectations have risen exponentially in the meantime. Nowadays, customers want responsive and robust applications that have greater agility. This became a concern for many of the businesses as the application began to hinder growth and development. The solution is to migrate all the applications to the cloud and re-evaluate those application’s potential. This is where most enterprises started migrating and started digitally transforming their application to stay relevant in the market. The old application’s modernization is not something trivial to organizations and requires a lot of hard work to get it done right. The journey could be simplified into three objectives: enterprise objective, current state, and the architecture of the application. 

Enterprises have many applications that can be modernized; it’s a journey and not a one time process. Businesses can make wiser decisions based on the application archetype, and we explored different paths to the modernization of the UI application archetype.

Author Bio:

Name: Himanshu Singh

Himanshu Singh is a Marketing consultant at Rapidops. He is a technology enthusiast and well versed in software development. He is also interested in domains like machine learning and data science. In his spare time, he enjoys guitar, badminton, and photography.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

Stay Gold, America

We are at an unprecedented point in American history, and I'm concerned we may lose sight of the American Dream.Stay Gold, America

We are at an unprecedented point in American history, and I’m concerned we may lose sight of the American Dream:

  • The costs of housing, healthcare, and education have soared far beyond the pace of inflation and wage growth.
  • We are a democracy, but 144 million Americans – 42% of the adults who live here – do not vote and have no say in what happens.
  • Wealth concentration has reached historic levels. The top 1% of households control 32% of all wealth, while the bottom 50% only have 2.6%.

We must act now to keep the dream alive. Our family made eight $1 million donations to nonprofit groups working to support those most currently in need:

  • Team Rubicon – Mobilizing veterans to continue their service, leveraging their skills and experience to help Americans prepare, respond, and recover from natural disasters.
  • Children’s Hunger Fund – Provides resources to local churches in the United States and around the world to meet the needs of impoverished community members.
  • PEN America – Defends writers against censorship and abuse, supports writers in need of emergency assistance, and amplifies the writing of incarcerated prisoners. (One of my personal favorites; I’ve seen the power of writing transform our world many times.)
  • The Trevor Project – Working to change hearts, minds, and laws to support the lives of young adults seeking acceptance as fellow Americans.
  • NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund – Legal organization with a historic record of advancing racial justice and reducing inequality.
  • First Generation Investors Introduces high school students in low-income areas to the fundamentals of investing, providing them real money to invest, encouraging long-term wealth accumulation and financial literacy among underserved youth.
  • Global Refuge – Supporting migrants and refugees from around the globe, in partnership with community-based legal and social service providers nationwide, helping rebuild lives in America.
  • Planned Parenthood – Provides essential healthcare services and resources that help individuals and families lead healthier lives.

I encourage every American to contribute soon, however you can, to organizations you feel are effectively helping those most currently in need here in America.

We must also work toward deeper changes that will take decades to achieve. Over the next five years, my family pledges half our remaining wealth towards long term efforts ensuring that all Americans continue to have access to the American Dream.

Stay Gold, America

I never thought my family would be able to do this. My parents are of hardscrabble rural West Virginia and rural North Carolina origins. They barely managed to claw their way to the bottom of the middle class by the time they ended up in Virginia. Unfortunately, due to the demons passed on to them by their parents, my father was an alcoholic and my mother participated in the drinking. She ended up divorcing my father when I was 16 years old. It was only after the divorce that my parents were able to heal themselves, heal their only child, and stop the drinking, which was so destructive to our family. If the divorce hadn’t forced the issue, alcohol would have inevitably destroyed us all.

My parents may not have done everything right, but they both unconditionally loved me. They taught me how to fully, deeply receive love, and the profound joy of reflecting that love upon everyone around you.

I went on to attend public school in Chesterfield County, Virginia. In 1992 I graduated from the University of Virginia, founded by Thomas Jefferson.

During college, I worked at Safeway as a part-time cashier, earning the federal minimum wage, scraping together whatever money I could through government Pell grants, scholarships, and other part-time work to pay my college tuition. Even with lower in-state tuition, it was rocky. Sometimes I could barely manage tuition payments. And that was in 1992, when tuition was only $3,000 per year. It is now $23,000 per year. College tuition at a state school increased by 8 times over the last 30 years. These huge cost increases for healthcare, education, and housing are not compatible with the American Dream.

Stay Gold, America

Programmers all over the world helped make an American Dream happen in 2008 when we built Stack Overflow, a Q&A website for programmers creating a shared Creative Commons knowledge base for the world. We did it democratically, because that’s the American way. We voted to rank questions and answers, and held elections for community moderators using ranked choice voting. We built a digital democracy – of the programmers, by the programmers, for the programmers. It worked.

With the guidance of my co-founder Joel Spolsky, I came to understand that the digital democracy of Stack Overflow was not enough. We must be brave enough to actively, openly share love with each other. That became the foundation for Discourse, a free, open source tool for constructive, empathetic community discussions that are also Creative Commons. We can disagree in those discussions because Discourse empowers communities to set boundaries the community agrees on, providing tools to democratically govern and strongly moderate by enforcing these boundaries. Digital democracy and empathy, for everyone.

In order for digital democracy to work, we need to see each other through our screens.

Stay Gold, America

We often behave online in ways we never would in the real world because we cannot see the person on the other side of the screen. But as our world becomes more digital, we must extend our kindness through that screen.

I’ve always felt Stack Overflow and Discourse are projects for the public good that happen to be corporations. I probably couldn’t have accomplished this in any other country, and I was rewarded handsomely for a combination of hard work and good luck. That’s what the American Dream promises us.

We built it, and people came. I earned millions of dollars. I thought that was the final part of the American Dream. But it wasn’t.

I recently attended a theater performance of The Outsiders at my son’s public high school. All I really knew was the famous “stay gold” line from the 1983 movie adaptation. But as I sat there in the audience among my neighbors, watching the complete story acted out in front of me by these teenagers, I slowly realized what staying gold actually meant: sharing the American Dream.

In the printed program, the director wrote:

This play is a reminder that strength lies not just in overcoming hardships but in staying true to ourselves and lifting up those around us.

We hope you feel the raw emotions, sense the camaraderie, and connect with the enduring themes of resilience, empathy, and unity. Whether you’ve read this story recently, long ago, or not at all, I hope you are able to find inspiration in the strength and passion of youth. Thank you for being part of this journey with us.

Stay gold.

I believe deeply in sharing The American Dream. It is the foundation of our country, the second paragraph in our Declaration of Independence, written by the founder of the public university I attended:

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.

But the American Dream is not always available to every American. Its meaning can be distorted. Jimi Hendrix captured this distortion so eloquently in his rendition of our national anthem.

We are still trying to live up to those ideals today. In November 2024, enough of us voted for people who interpret the dream in a way that I don’t understand.

Stay Gold, America

34% of adults in America did not exercise their right to vote. Why? Is it voter suppression, gerrymandering causing indifference, or people who felt their vote didn’t matter? The 7.6% that are ineligible to vote are mostly adults living in America who have not managed to attain citizenship, or people convicted of a felony. Whatever the reasons, 42% of adults living in America had no say in the 2024 election. The vote failed to represent everyone.

I think many of the Americans who did vote are telling us they no longer believe our government is effectively keeping America fair for everyone. Our status as the world’s leading democracy is in question. We should make it easier for more eligible Americans to vote, such as making election day a national holiday, universal mail in voting, and adopting ranked choice voting so all votes carry more weight. We should also strengthen institutions keeping democracy fair for everyone, such as state and local election boards, as well as the Federal Election Commission.

It was only after I attained the dream that I was able to fully see how many Americans have so very little. This much wealth starts to unintentionally distance my family from other Americans. I no longer bother to look at how much items cost, because I don’t have to. We don’t have to think about all these things that are challenging or unreachable for so many others. The more wealth you attain, the more unmistakably clear it becomes how unequal life is for so many of us.

Even with the wealth I have, I can’t imagine what it would feel like to be a billionaire. It is, for lack of a better word, unamerican.

In 2012, the top 1% of Americans held 24% of our country’s wealth. By 2021, the top 1% of Americans held 30%. So many have so little, while a tiny few have massive, wildly disproportionate wealth, which keeps growing. Now the global top 1% hold nearly twice as much wealth as the rest of the world combined.

I grew up poor in America, inspired by the promise of the American Dream that I could better myself and my family by building things that mattered:

Work is service, not gain. The object of work is life, not income. The reward of production is plenty, not private fortune. We should measure the prosperity of a nation not by the number of millionaires, but by the absence of poverty, the prevalence of health, the efficiency of the public schools, and the number of people who can and do read worthwhile books. Du Bois

Our version of capitalism delivered so much wealth to my family for my hard work in co-founding two successful companies. My partner and I gladly paid our full taxes, and we always planned to give most of our remaining wealth to charities when we pass, following the Warren Buffett Philanthropic Pledge:

More than 99% of my wealth will go to philanthropy during my lifetime or at death.

I admire Buffett, but even having only a tiny fraction of his $325 billion fortune, to me this pledge was incomplete. When would this wealth be transferred?

Last year he amended the pledge, giving all his wealth at death to a charitable trust run by his children, aged 71, 69, and 66, who do not make for natural charitable bedfellows. I am only holding back enough wealth for my children so they can afford college educations and buy a home. I am compelled to, because being a parent is the toughest job I’ve ever had, and I am concerned about their future.

November 5th raised the stakes. It is now time to allocate half the wealth I was so fortunate to be dealt within the next five years, not just for my own family, but for all my fellow Americans.

Our government seems to be slower and slower at delivering change due to the increased polarization of our two party system. The last meaningful constitutional amendment we’ve managed to pass in the last 60 years was the 26th amendment in 1971, lowering the voting age to 18 and giving more people a voice in our democracy.

Political polarization is at historically high levels and rising. In a two party system, this level of polarization is counterproductive and even dangerous. Do we all still believe in the same American Dream?

Stay Gold, America

I’ve always loved the ideals behind the American Dream, though we continually struggle to live up to them. They are worth fighting for, even if it means making “good trouble”. We must come together and believe in our shared American Dream so deeply that we can improve our democracy... but which dream?

The American Dream contains the path of hate, and the path of love. Throughout our history, one hand is always fighting the other. Which path are we choosing?

Our family pledges half our remaining wealth toward an American Dream founded on love.

Here are some starting points for longer term efforts:

  • We can support organizations making it easier for Americans to vote for a new Congress in two years and a new president in four years. My concern is damage to our democratic institutions may happen so quickly that our votes could matter even less within the coming years.
  • We could fund nonprofits that have a proven track record of protecting democratic institutions.
  • We could found a new organization loosely based on the original RAND Corporation, but modernized like Lever for Change. We can empower the best and brightest to determine a realistic, achievable path toward preserving the American Dream for everyone, working within the current system or outside it.
  • All states are shades of purple, not fully red or blue. We have more in common on specific policies than we realize. It would be very difficult to draw borders if we split. I know what divorce feels like, and we don’t want this. Let’s come together through our shared American Dream.
  • We can start with change in our local communities. Vote in your own city, county, and state elections. Support local independent journalism and media. Find a local organization doing work you admire, ask what they need, and help them meet those needs. Listen to the stories of fellow volunteers, listen to the stories of the people you’re serving – that is the heart of Democracy.

We’ve already completed the eight $1 million donations listed above to help those most immediately in need. Within the next five years, half of our family wealth will support longer term efforts. There is no single solution, so let’s work together. I will gladly advise and empower others working towards the same goal.

Stay Gold, America

Please join us in Sharing the American Dream:

  1. Support organizations you feel are effectively helping those most in need across America right now.
  2. Within the next five years, also contribute public dedications of time or funds towards longer term efforts to keep the American Dream fair and attainable for all our children.

Stay gold, America. 💛

(Edit: 3/9/25 – if you are curious what long term efforts we have chosen to support, please see my followup blog post Let's Talk About The American Dream, and stay tuned for our Cooper Union talk co-presented with Alexander Vindman on Thursday, March 20th at 7pm eastern time.)

(I could not have done this without the support of my partner Betsy Burton and the rest of my family. I'd also like to thank Steve McConnell, whose writing inspired me to start this blog in 2004. So many people from all walks of life generously shared their feedback to improve this post. We wrote it together. Thank you all.)

Amazon just revealed its biggest Echo Show smart display yet

by Kyle Barr  for gizmodo.com

Razer’s Blade 18 Is More Powerful Than Before, but the Dang Laptop Weighs 7 Pounds

Want Razer’s largest, most powerful gaming laptop? You’ll spend way more than last year.Want Razer’s largest, most powerful gaming laptop? You’ll spend way more than last year.

by Beth Skwarecki  for lifehacker.com

What Is Hyrox, and Why Is Everyone Suddenly Doing It?

The structured competition format offers a lot that Crossfit doesn't.

Hyrox classes are popping up everywhere, and there are a few massive Hyrox races planned in various U.S. cities this year. I am (I say with some trepidation) signed up for one of them. So here's a breakdown of what Hyrox is, why people like it, and what to expect if you decide to give it a try. At the end I'll go through a couple of common questions people have.

Hyrox’s origins (and what "Hyrox" means)

Hyrox is a young sport, and was started by a company that holds a trademark for the name. In that way it’s a bit like Crossfit, which is also a trademarked name for a specific company, not just a term for a style of working out.

It’s been said that Hyrox is short for “hybrid rockstar,” since “hybrid” is a term that athletes often use when they feel they’re neither endurance athletes nor strength athletes, but something in between. The company hasn’t confirmed this theory. According to reporting from Hybrid Fitness Media, the company’s founders originally wanted the name “CuRox,” from the Latin verb currere, which refers to running. Even in those days they were referring to athletes as “roxstars,” so the theory is at least half true. The company adopted the name Hyrox after a trademark dispute with another company, and held its first race at a trade fair in Leipzig, Germany in 2018

Hyrox has structured competitions

You don't need to compete to enjoy Hyrox classes or training programs, but the centerpiece of Hyrox training is the Hyrox race (much like the centerpiece of marathon training is a marathon).

Unlike Crossfit competitions, which may include just about anything in any format, Hyrox’s competitions always follow the same predictable format. That means, much like running a marathon, you can compare your time in a Hyrox race to what others have done. The race includes eight 1-kilometer runs (adding up to about 5 miles) with stations in between. Here’s the order: 

  • 1 km run, then 1000 meters on a ski erg (a machine where you pull two cords downward toward the ground, in a motion slightly reminiscent of using ski poles) 

  • 1 km run, then a 50 meter sled push

  • 1 km run, then a 50 meter sled pull. You stand at one end of the lane, and pull the sled toward you with a long rope.

  • 1 km run, then 80 meters of burpee broad jumps

  • 1 km run, then 1000 meters on a rowing machine

  • 1 km run, then a 200 meter farmer’s carry (walking while carrying kettlebells in both hands)

  • 1 km run, then 100 meters of lunges while carrying a sandbag on your back

  • 1 km run, then 100 wall balls (where you squat and then throw a ball upward toward a target on a wall)

Elite Hyrox athletes can do all of that in about an hour. The average experienced competitor takes around 90 minutes, and beginners are obviously a bit slower. The weights of the kettlebells, sandbags, and wall balls depend on which division you’re competing in (men’s or women’s, pro or open, doubles or solo).

There is a doubles format, which is what I'll be doing (along with my fellow Lifehacker writer Meredith Dietz). In doubles, both members of the team must stay together the whole time. That means we do the runs together, at the same pace. But when we get to the stations, one person works while the other rests. For example, we'll take turns pushing the sled, and while I'm pushing, Meredith would be walking behind me.

There is also a relay format for a team of four people. The relay has eight legs, each consisting of a run and the following station. Teams can split up the legs among members however they want. You'll note that in the relay, as in doubles, there's no way to avoid the running.

Hyrox’s workouts are easy to start doing

Hyrox events are hard work, but they aren’t too difficult skill-wise. You won’t see barbell snatches like in Olympic weightlifting, or handstand walks like in the Crossfit games. For this reason, it’s relatively beginner-friendly. 

The events also give competitors a mix of strength and endurance work, skewed toward endurance. Running is obviously an endurance sport, and while the eight stations use more strength and power, you still have to do a lot of reps in a row, so pacing yourself is important. 

Hyrox classes and communities are popping up everywhere

Part of the fun of Hyrox is training for it alongside others, or so I’ve heard. While you can train for a marathon on your own, training for a Hyrox race means you need access to a rowing machine, a ski erg, and a wall with an appropriate wall ball target—most of which are hard to find outside of a gym oriented toward those events. (That said, most Crossfit gyms and many commercial gyms can provide these things.) 

Hyrox has a locator on its website to find gyms that offer Hyrox-branded classes. Also consider checking with gyms and fitness clubs to see if they classes that cover similar movements as Hyrox, but not under that name. Look for terms like "hybrid fitness" or "fitness racing."

How is Hyrox different from Crossfit?

Hyrox uses fewer movements and exercises, and focuses on endurance (both aerobic endurance and muscular endurance). There are just eight stations in a Hyrox race, so there are only eight movements to know (nine if you include running). Crossfit, by contrast, uses a large variety of movements. You won't see any barbells or any gymnastic moves in Hyrox classes, nor will you see handstand walks or air bikes.

Crossfit movements that you will not see in Hyrox include:

  • Anything with barbells, including snatches, squats, or deadlifts

  • Gymnastic movements like pull-ups and muscle-ups

  • Handstand walks and handstand push-ups

  • Anything bike-related, like air bike sprints

  • Box jumps, or anything using a box

  • Anything done for max weight, like a 1RM squat

Movements that are shared between Crossfit and Hyrox include:

  • Running

  • Rowing machine and ski erg

  • Sled pushes and pulls (Hyrox sled pulls are always from a stationary, standing position)

  • Farmer's carries

  • Burpees

  • Lunges

  • Wall balls

I can't think of any Hyrox movements that wouldn't be at home in a Crossfit class. Another difference is how long you're expected to work in a workout (or, to put it in exercise science terms, which energy systems you're training).

Hyrox emphasizes endurance, since the races are long (90 minutes on average). Crossfit events and classes tend to have shorter challenges, often with a 20 minute time cap or less. Crossfit also emphasizes strength, sometimes asking athletes to find the heaviest weight they can lift, or do several reps of a strength-based exercise like a muscle-up. Hyrox sticks to strength endurance rather than testing your raw strength.

Is Hyrox harder than Crossfit?

In terms of physical effort, both are hard. Hyrox is easier to learn, and thus more accessible to beginners. Crossfitters can spend months or years learning movements like snatches and muscle-ups. But Hyrox movements are all things that a relatively fit beginner can do on their first day. Working on your technique will help, but you don't need to be perfect at rowing to be able to get on the rower and make the number on the screen go up.

Is Hyrox just rebranded Crossfit?

As we've seen above, no. Hyrox and Crossfit are each their own brand, with different types of competitions and different training priorities. That said, a lot of people who used to be into Crossfit have moved on, and many have moved to Hyrox. Hyrox competitions give people something structured and specific to train for, while still valuing "hybrid" qualities like good endurance and strength.

What is in a Hyrox workout?

If you drop in to a Hyrox workout at a gym, be prepared to work hard but to pace yourself. The exercises might not be the exact ones used in Hyrox race stations, but they'll usually be similar. For example, you might do burpees in place, or devil's press (a burpee with dumbbells) if there isn't room for burpee broad jumps. The structure of the class is up to the gym, and may involve timed work and rest intervals, circuits, or partner workouts. You might work with heavier weights than the competition if that workout's goal is to build strength.

Some gyms may offer a Hyrox "sim" or "half sim." Sim is short for simulation, meaning the workout is supposed to mimic part of the Hyrox race. You might do a workout that mimics the first half of the race, or the last half of the race; or you might do one that cuts everything a bit short: 500 meters of running, 500 of ski erg, and so on.

Hyrox training programs typically involve hybrid workouts like the ones I described, and some amount of strength training, and a lot of running. Running is half of the race, and running builds cardio fitness that helps your endurance for the whole race.

by Tim Hardwick  for macrumors.com

20th Anniversary iPhone's Curved Display to Improve a Year Later

Apple is already planning a second version of the "four-edge bending" display that is rumored to debut on next year's 20th-anniversary iPhone, claims a new report out of Korea.


For the 20th-anniversary iPhone, Apple is said to be introducing a display that curves down around all four edges of the device for a borderless visual experience. It could be one of the biggest design shifts in the iPhone's history since the 10th anniversary iPhone X, which saw Apple drop the Home button, introduce a notched display, and adopt an intuitive swipe gesture-based navigation interface.

Today, ETNews reports that Apple is planning a two-stage rollout for the new OLED display technology that the commemorative iPhone will use, with a more advanced version said to be coming a year later.

For the 2027 variant, Apple will reportedly rely on OLED technology that uses a magnesium-silver (MgAg) alloy in the cathode layer. This implementation can cause image distortion and brightness loss in the curved areas, but Apple is apparently willing to live with the compromise for the 20th-anniversary iPhone while more advanced technology scales.

Apple then plans to address the issue in 2028 by transitioning to next-generation transparent electrodes. Apple will reportedly switch to indium zinc oxide (IZO) cathode materials, and because IZO is more transparent, it should reduce distortion, uneven brightness, and heat issues around the curved edges while enabling even narrower bezels.

ETNews reports that Samsung Display and LG Display have already been put on alert to prepare for the two-stage rollout. LG recently announced a ₩1.106 trillion investment (roughly $790 million) in OLED infrastructure, which industry observers believe is connected to development and mass production of the new technology.

Meanwhile, Samsung is reportedly evaluating whether its existing OLED lines can accommodate the required hardware, but a dedicated production line is not out of the question, and may well be necessary.

Bloomberg in May 2025 reported on Apple's plans to launch a "mostly glass, curved iPhone without any cutouts in the display" for its 20th-anniversary model. The Information last year also cited multiple sources claiming that at least one new iPhone model launching in 2027 will have a truly edge-to-edge display.


This article, "20th Anniversary iPhone's Curved Display to Improve a Year Later" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Meredith Dietz  for lifehacker.com

Here’s My Ultimate Checklist for Training and Running a Race With a Garmin Watch

After completing different races with different watches, here's my ultimate Garmin-specific checklist.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Last weekend, I strapped two Garmin running watches to my wrists and raced a 10K—the top-of-the-line Forerunner 970 on one arm, and the budget-friendly Forerunner 165 Music on the other. Whether you're toeing the line at your first 5K or chasing a marathon PR, one thing I learned is that even the most powerful running watch in the world won't help you on race day if you haven't set it up properly beforehand. Here's the checklist I wish I'd had before race day.

How to train with a Garmin watch before a race

Once you've registered for a race, it's time to start training. Step one: Set up a training plan in Garmin Connect. Once in the Garmin Connect app, navigate to Training & Planning > Training Plans to browse free plans for distances from 5K to marathons. Once you select a plan and sync it to your watch, daily workouts will push directly to your wrist.

Beginner-friendly Garmin Coach plans are compatible with many models, including Forerunner 55, Vivoactive 5, and Venu 2/3. You start getting daily suggested workouts and more personalized, adaptive training plans with Garmin Run Coach in the more advanced watches, like the Forerunner 165 and 265. Jump up to the 570, you'll get projected race time and pace. The most advanced coaching features—like real-time stamina and endurance scores—are selling points for higher-end models, like the Forerunner 965 and 970.

Before race week, take a look at your HRV Status and Training Readiness score. In theory, these metrics tell you whether your body has actually absorbed your training, or whether you've been digging yourself into a hole. HRV Status is available on the Forerunner 255 and above. Training Readiness is available on the Forerunner 265 and above, including the 955 and 970. The Forerunner 165 gives you a simpler "Body Battery" reading, which is still useful, albeit less granular.

And remember to manually add your race as an event. Open Garmin Connect and go to Training & Planning > Courses, or look for the "Events" section. Add your race by entering the distance, date, and location. This does more than just mark the calendar—on supported watches, it activates a Race Calendar widget and begins surfacing a race-day countdown.

If your race doesn't show up in the Garmin calendar, but it does have a published GPX or course file, you can download it and load it onto your watch via Garmin Connect. On race day, this gives you turn-by-turn navigation, elevation previews, and the ability to see exactly where you are on course (with compatible watches).

How to set up your Garmin watch the night before your race

Here's the checklist I've cooked up after several races with several different watches:

  • Charge your watch fully. Obvious, but easy to forget after a week of tapering distractions. Plug it in the night before so you start race morning at 100%.

  • Confirm your data screens. Set up your race activity profile so the data fields you actually want—pace, heart rate, lap pace, distance—are front and center. Go to Settings > Activities & Apps > Running > Data Screens. Edit your screens so you're not fumbling through menus mid-race. An extra tip here: For racing, less is more. A cluttered screen with eight data fields is harder to read at race pace than two or three big numbers.

  • Set up alerts. Pace alerts, heart rate alerts, or time alerts can keep you disciplined in the early miles. Set a minimum and maximum pace range if you tend to go out too fast, or a heart rate ceiling if you're racing by effort. Custom alert configurations are available across most Forerunner models, but heart rate zone alerts and the ability to set complex multi-condition alerts are more robust on the 265 and above.

  • Configure auto lap. By default, Garmin watches auto-lap every mile or kilometer. For a race, decide whether you want to lap by distance, by the race's official kilometer markers, or manually. If you want to manually control your laps, which is useful for shorter races like 5Ks, turn off Auto Lap and use the lap button yourself. In the 970 exclusively, you can toggle on the "Timing Gate" option, and your watch will automatically trigger laps as you pass the predefined official course marker, in addition to showing the actual distance run.

  • Check satellite signal. The night before, open the running activity on your watch and let it acquire a GPS signal. This helps pre-load satellite data so you get a faster lock on race morning.

  • Set up Garmin's race day features. On higher-end models, make sure you toggle on any race-specific tools available on your watch. This might include Garmin's PacePro feature, which gives you a customized pacing plan for your race. Enter your goal time, and it will account for elevation changes and suggest a smart pacing strategy mile by mile.

Another feature I plan to use during my next half-marathon is real-time stamina, available on the 970. This feature estimates how much energy you have left in the tank and projects whether your current pace is sustainable. It's a great reality check in the middle miles.

How to set your Garmin watch on the morning of your race

  • Get a GPS lock early. Open your activity before getting into your corral. Wait for the GPS signal indicator to go solid. Don't start running until you have a clean lock, or your first splits will be inaccurate.

  • Put on your heart rate monitor (if using one). If you race with a chest strap like the HRM-Pro Plus, strap it on and let it connect to your watch before the start. I personally don't race with one, but a chest strap will give you more accurate heart rate data when wrist-based optical sensors can struggle to keep up.

  • Enable music (if using it). If you're racing with music, queue up your playlist before you get to the start corral. On any watch with "Music" in its name, you can store and play music directly from the watch without your phone.

How to use your Garmin watch during a race

  • Use the lap button intentionally. Hit the lap button at official mile or kilometer markers if they don't line up with your auto-lap. This gives you splits that actually reflect the race course rather than GPS-calculated distances that can drift by several seconds per mile.

  • Glance, don't stare. It's easy to become a data zombie mid-race. Train yourself to glance at your watch for one or two numbers—current pace and heart rate, for example—and then get your eyes back on the road. The watch should be a tool, not a distraction.

  • Trust your training. No watch can run the race for you. At some point, put the data in the background and run on feel. The best use of a race-day watch is to keep you honest in the first half so you have something left for the finish.

What to do on your Garmin watch after a race

  • Save and sync immediately. When you cross the finish line, let the watch record for a few extra seconds before stopping your activity. (Damn you, Strava tax!) Then sync to Garmin Connect over Bluetooth while your phone is nearby. Your race data, including splits, heart rate graph, and elevation, will all be waiting for you in the app.

  • Review your race analysis. In Garmin Connect, pull up the race activity and review your pace curve, heart rate response, and cadence data. Look for where you faded, where you had a surge, and how your heart rate tracked to your perceived effort. This is some of the most valuable post-race coaching you can get.

Whether you're wearing a $199 Forerunner 55 or the $750 Forerunner 970, working through this checklist before race day will make you a smarter, more prepared racer. The fancier watch gives you more tools—but only if you actually know how to use them.

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

My Favorite Travel Headphones Are $150 Off

The JBL Tour One M3 headphones are perfect for airplanes.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

As a headphone reviewer, not a lot of headphones outside of the flagship Sony, Bose, and Apple models get me excited. However, the JBL Tour One M3 Smart Tx headphones not only got me excited when I first heard of them, but I started using them over my Sony 1000XM6 as my go-to headphones. The Tour One M3s are down to $299.95 (originally $449.95), their lowest price ever, according to price-tracking tools. This is a great deal for these headphones, which I deemed my favorite travel headphones in my review.

Everything from design to the features on the Tour One M3 was made with travel in mind. The headphones are very light, which, along with the comfortable soft earcups and headband, makes them great for wearing for long periods of time. I was able to wear these on a long flight without feeling any kind of fatigue. Feeling like you're not wearing any headphones is the gold standard for comfort, and the Tour One M3 nails that aspect. The battery life is also impressive, with up to 70 hours with ANC off and 40 hours with it on.

The travel case is compact, convenient, and has extra storage for the audio transmitter, which is the best feature of the Tour One M3. This is a high-quality, low-latency audio transmitter. You can essentially make anything that you can plug an AUX cable, USB, or USB-C port into stream high-quality 24-bit audio wirelessly to the Tour One M3. The main way most people will use these headphones is by plugging them into the in-flight entertainment, which lets you watch movies in high-quality LDAC with ANC. But I've also been able to use them to watch TV.

The Tour One M3 Smart Tx are incredible traveling headphones, especially at $300, and I recommend them to anyone who values comfort, battery life, simplicity, and likes the idea of the audio transmitter.

Black Friday: Snag these glorious Govee string lights for 41% off

by AJ Dellinger  for gizmodo.com

OpenAI Falls Behind and Looks to Blame Apple

Whatever you do, don't look inward.Whatever you do, don't look inward.

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

My Favorite Bone-Conduction Headphones Are $40 Off Right Now

The Shokz OpenRun Pro 2 are the best bone-conduction headphones your money can buy.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

There may not be a lot of competition in the bone-conduction headphone (BCH) space, but Shokz still stands out from the rest by a large margin. Its latest flagship headphones, the Shokz OpenRun Pro 2, came out in the fall of 2024 and are excellent for anyone looking for that open-ear feel when working out outdoors, as I explained in my full review. You can get them for $139.95 (originally $179.95), the second-lowest price they've ever been on Amazon, according to price-tracking tools.

If you've never used BCHs before, the main thing you need to understand is that they send vibrations through your bones instead of through the air, which makes them perfect for underwater listening (or just the shower). This usually comes with the trade-off of worse audio quality, usually in the lower registers. But that's where Shokz focused its attention on the OpenRun Pro 2. They have dual-driver bass technology that sends bass sound through the air, making these a hybrid BCH and open-ear with regular speakers.

As the name implies, the OpenRun Pro 2 were made with runners in mind. They're lightweight, coming in at 1.02 ounces, have an IP55 water resistance rating, and have a battery life of up to 12 hours with quick charging (a five-minute charge gives 2.5 hours of juice). The companion app comes with EQ settings, and the headphones have Bluetooth 5.3.

What makes these BCHs stand out for me is the lack of rattling vibration that tickles the ears when certain pitches are played. Keep in mind that if you choose not to use the dual-driver bass technology through the app and stick to 100% BCH, the ticklish vibration is present. But that hybrid technology is what makes the OpenRun Pro 2 the best-sounding BCHs in the market. And this is the best time to buy them.


by Charan Garla  for pixel-studios.com

Turning Data into Marketing Impact: A Digital Marketing Guide for Healthcare Brands

In healthcare, Patients don’t just choose a service; they place their trust in a system, a doctor, and a brand that promises care, safety, and outcomes. Yet, in an increasingly digital-first world, this trust is often shaped long before a patient ever steps into a hospital or clinic.  Search results, videos, reviews, social content, and website experiences quietly…

The post Turning Data into Marketing Impact: A Digital Marketing Guide for Healthcare Brands  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

In healthcare, Patients don’t just choose a service; they place their trust in a system, a doctor, and a brand that promises care, safety, and outcomes. Yet, in an increasingly digital-first world, this trust is often shaped long before a patient ever steps into a hospital or clinic. 

Search results, videos, reviews, social content, and website experiences quietly influence perceptionBehind all of this lies a powerful, often underutilized asset: data. 

For healthcare brands, data is no longer just about tracking numbers. It has become the foundation for smarter marketing, better patient engagement, and measurable business growth. 

This is not about marketing louder. It is about marketing with intelligence and intent. 

How Healthcare Marketing Has Fundamentally Changed

Healthcare has witnessed a significant shift in patient behaviour. Increased digital access, content consumption, and health awareness have transformed how patients research and choose providers. 

Patients today: 

This means the patient journey now begins digitally, often weeks before the first consultation. Marketing therefore plays a role much earlier than before. It is no longer just about promotion; it is about education, trust-building, and clarity. 

Data is what enables healthcare brands to understand and support this journey. 

What “Data-Driven Marketing” Really Means in Healthcare

Data-driven marketing is often misunderstood as dashboards, reports, or performance charts. In reality, it is a mindset. 

For healthcare brands, data-driven marketing means: 

Data helps answer critical questions:

When these insights guide strategy, marketing becomes purposeful rather than reactive. 

Connecting Data Across the Patient Journey

One of the biggest challenges in healthcare marketing is fragmentation. SEO, social media, paid ads, website analytics, and offline enquiries often exist in silos. 

But patients don’t move in silos. 

A typical journey may involve:

Data-driven marketing connects these touchpoints into one cohesive journey. When channels work together, healthcare brands gain a clearer picture of what truly influences patient decisions. 

This is where integrated digital thinking becomes essential. 

Why an Integrated Digital Strategy Is Critical for Healthcare Brands

An integrated digital strategy is not about being present everywhere. It is about being consistent, connected, and context-aware across platforms. 

For healthcare brands, an integrated approach ensures:

Data plays a central role here. It shows how patients move between channels, what content nudges them forward, and where drop-offs occur. 

When used well, an integrated strategy reduces friction and builds confidence at every stage. 

Using Data to Build Trust, Not Just Leads

Healthcare marketing is deeply emotional. Patients are often anxious, confused, or fearful. Data helps brands understand these emotions at scale. 

By analysing:

Healthcare brands can identify what patients truly care about. 

This enables marketing teams to:

Trust in healthcare is not built through persuasion. It is built through understanding and consistency. 

Personalization Without Losing Ethical Balance

Personalization in healthcare must be handled responsibly. Unlike other industries, there are ethical, legal, and emotional considerations. 

Data-driven personalization focuses on relevance, not intrusion. 

Examples include:

The goal is not to pressure patients, but to support them with the right information at the right time. 

When done correctly, personalization improves engagement, reduces confusion, and strengthens brand credibility. 

Measuring What Actually Drives Business Impact

Healthcare marketing success cannot be judged by impressions alone. Leadership teams want clarity on outcomes. 

Data helps measure:

This shift from surface-level metrics to business-aligned KPIs allows healthcare brands to justify marketing investments and plan growth with confidence. 

Marketing stops being an expense and becomes a strategic growth function. 

The Role of a Modern Healthcare Marketing Agency

As healthcare marketing grows more complex, the role of an agency has evolved. 

Brands no longer need execution partners alone. They need strategic collaborators who understand: 

At Pixel Studios, we approach healthcare marketing as an integrated ecosystem. Our work combines: 

Most importantly, we help healthcare brands connect insights to action. 

The Future of Healthcare Marketing Is Intelligent, Not Aggressive

The next phase of healthcare marketing will be led by brands that: 

Data does not replace human care. It enhances it. 

When healthcare brands use data thoughtfully, marketing becomes an extension of care itself — guiding patients with clarity, reassurance, and trust.

And in healthcare, trust is not just a metric. It is the outcome that matters most. 

FAQs

1. What is an integrated digital strategy in healthcare marketing?

An integrated digital strategy aligns data, content, platforms, and performance into one cohesive system. It ensures every digital touchpoint works together to build trust, clarity, and measurable outcomes. 

2. Why is data critical for healthcare marketing success?

Healthcare decisions are high-trust and high-consideration. Data helps brands understand patient behaviourpersonalise communication, and optimize marketing efforts without relying on assumptions.

3. How does data improve patient experience across digital channels?

Data reveals where patients drop off, what content reassures them, and which touchpoints drive action. This allows healthcare brands to design smoother, more relevant digital journeys.

4. What role does analytics play in healthcare decision-making?

Analytics turns engagement metrics into business insights. It helps healthcare leaders evaluate what influences consultations, improves conversion quality, and supports long-term brand credibility.

5. How can healthcare brands avoid siloed digital campaigns?

By centralising data and aligning SEO, content, social media, paid campaigns, and website performance under a single strategic framework. Integration replaces fragmented execution with consistency.

6. Is an integrated digital strategy suitable for both hospitals and healthcare brands?

Yes. Hospitals, diagnostic labs, wellness brands, and healthcare platforms all benefit from unified data-driven strategies that support discovery, education, and patient confidence.

7. What is the long-term impact of an integrated digital strategy?

It builds sustained trust, improves marketing efficiency, and supports scalable growth. Over time, it transforms digital marketing from a cost centre into a strategic growth engine.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Turning Data into Marketing Impact: A Digital Marketing Guide for Healthcare Brands  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Google Just Announced a New Laptop Platform Called 'Googlebooks'

The company announced "Googlebooks" at The Android Show: I/O Edition.

Chromebooks have been a major success for Google, but they have their limits. While they're great for school and light work (especially if you're all-in on Google), they aren't necessarily the best choice for more intense or professional computer work. For that, people often turn to two main platforms: Mac or PC. It seems Google sees an opportunity to add another to the mix: The company looks like it wants to capture Android users who might be choosing from one of the other two platforms for their computing needs. iPhone users often choose Mac, after all, so maybe Android users would choose the right Google computer, too.

Googlebooks are a new laptop from Google

Enter Googlebooks, a new laptop platform spearheaded by Google. The company announced the new product line during Tuesday's presentation of The Android Show: I/O Edition. Because it's 2026, these laptops are designed with AI in mind. And, because this is Google, the AI of choice here is Gemini—specifically, Gemini Intelligence, which Google also announced during its keynote.

Based on what I've seen, the OS is quite similar in appearance to Chrome OS. There's a dock at the bottom of the screen with various apps, a menu bar at the top of the display, and apps work in floating windows. Standard stuff. What Google is particularly excited about, however, is the Googlebook's new cursor, which it calls the "Magic Pointer." Like a typical cursor, you move the Magic Pointer across the screen to interact with different elements. But if you give the Magic Pointer a little shake, it'll activate Gemini, which will then let you know what actions it can take on your behalf. For example, you could shake the Magic Pointer over a date in an email and receive an option to set up a meeting. You could select two pictures in your photo library, shake the pointer, and see the option to combine those two images into one.

google magic cursor
Credit: Google

Because this is meant to be a seamless cross-platform experience (à la Apple), you can run your mobile Android apps on your Googlebook. That doesn't just mean installing the Android version on your Googlebook; rather, you can run the apps from your phone on your laptop. Google has some ideas for how you should use it: You could fire up the DoorDash app on your Googlebook if you want to order lunch while working on a Google Doc, or open Duolingo to run through your daily language lesson without leaving your laptop. (These are things you could do already with these companies' web apps, but I get the direction.) On a similar note, you can use Quick Access to retrieve files from your phone on your Googlebook, without having to send the files to yourself.

Google says it's bringing Gemini Intelligence's new "Create your Widget" feature to Googlebooks as well. The feature lets you use Gemini to generate your own custom widgets. You could create a widget that shows you the wind speed and rain forecast of any city you wish, or a widget that lists all upcoming concerts at the venue closest to you. It's a neat use of generative AI, and it makes sense that the company would include the feature on Googlebooks, not just Android proper.

Unlike other major manufacturers, Google isn't slapping a large "G" on the cover to let you know this is a Googlebook. While the company has a small "Googlebook" logo underneath the keyboard, these machines will come with a "glowbar" on the lid. This is a functioning light bar, too, not just decoration, so it will actually glow as you use the laptop.

googlebook glowbar
Credit: Google

According to Google, the company has partnered with Acer, ASUS, Dell, and HP to manufacture its first batch of Googlebooks. Google says that each will be built with "premium craftsmanship and materials," and will come in many different shapes and sizes. That said, the company is light on specific details at this time, and it's not clear which company made the device we see in the renders.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Your Instagram Conversations Won’t Be so Private Anymore

Instagram just removed end-to-end encryption for DMs.

Before you send your next Instagram DM, be warned: Whatever you share with that friend, influencer, or business could potentially be seen by anyone—including but not limited to hackers, law enforcement, or even Meta itself. As of today, May 8, 2026, Instagram DMs are no longer end-to-end encrypted (E2EE). Your messages are vulnerable, whether you're discussing a reel you saw, or sharing your Social Security number. (Please don't do this.)

E2EE is necessary for any messaging service that wants to protect its users' privacy. This level of encryption ensures that the only people who can read the contents of a conversation are the ones with access to the devices involved. When you send a message over E2EE, the program encrypts, or "scrambles," it. Each device contains a "key" to decrypt, or "unscramble" the message. If you try to intercept the message without the key, all you'll see is a mess of code. Even Meta couldn't read your encrypted Instagram DMs in the past, which makes this change frustrating.

Why is Meta taking away E2EE on Instagram?

It's not clear why Meta is taking this drastic step. In fact, the company has yet to publicly announce it, despite the change going into effect today. Instead, back in March, Meta quietly updated an Instagram help page to note the new policy, writing "end-to-end encrypted messaging on Instagram will no longer be supported after May 8, 2026." Meta advised users to download chats that may be impacted, and that they might need to update Instagram to do so. Other than that, however, the company has been mute on the policy shift.

What's more, Instagram has spent the past seven years on a crusade to offer E2EE on all of its major messaging platforms. WhatsApp has always offered encrypted messaging, but the company also brought E2EE to Instagram and Facebook Messenger. There are critics of E2EE out there, including those who argue that the tech makes it more difficult to protect children on the platform. Meta has had a poor track record for how it handles underage users on its platforms, so perhaps it's feeling the pressure to change. But while it's true that ending E2EE means it's easier to track the conversations that minors are having on Instagram, it is now also easier to track anyone's chats. Governments and law enforcement will likely celebrate the change, but anyone who cares about user privacy will not.

Should you stop using Instagram DMs?

If you're a die-hard privacy fan, sure, you won't want to use Instagram for messaging any longer. (In fact, you may want to ditch Meta apps as much as possible.) But Instagram is far from the only insecure messaging platform out there. If you have an iPhone and text Android users (or vice versa), your texts are not encrypted (at least not until Apple starts supporting RCS E2EE with iOS 26.5); if you use Telegram without "Secret Chats," your messages are not E2EE; if you use Group Me, Discord, Google Chat, or any number of popular messaging apps, your conversations are not totally private.

That doesn't mean you need to stop using these apps, but you should understand the privacy and security implications. Without E2EE, your conversations are accessible by the company that hosts the app, and may be accessible by anyone who requests your data or seeks it by force. As such, don't rely on Instagram DMs for anything sensitive. Don't share details you wouldn't be comfortable discussing in public, or that you wouldn't want Instagram (or a hacker) to see. That could include financial information, corporate secrets, Social Security numbers, etc.

For now, it might be best to treat Instagram DMs as a place to discuss Instagram. "Here's a fun reel I found;" "look at this picture;" "have you seen this account?" For all serious conversations, turn to an E2EE app—perhaps one of Meta's, or something like iMessage or Signal.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

ChatGPT Can Now Reach Out to a 'Trusted Contact' After Conversations Concerning Self-Harm

You can invite a friend or family member to be your ChatGPT "Trusted Contact."

Despite expert advice against relying on chatbots for mental health questions and concerns, people are turning to AI programs like ChatGPT for help. The company has faced criticism for how its products have handled certain mental health issues—including episodes where users died by suicide following conversations with ChatGPT. As part of a campaign to address these problems, OpenAI is now rolling out a voluntary safety check system for users who might be concerned about their thoughts.

As reported by Mashable, OpenAI just launched "Trusted Contact," a new feature that lets you choose a trusted person in your life to connect to your ChatGPT account. The idea isn't to share your conversations or collaborate on projects within ChatGPT; rather, if the chatbot thinks your personal chats are veering in a concerning direction with regards to self-harm, ChatGPT will reach out to your Trusted Contact, letting them know to check in on you.

How ChatGPT's Trusted Contact works

chatgpt trusted contact
Credit: OpenAI

To set up the feature, choose someone in your life who is 18 years old or older. (The contact must be 19 or older in South Korea.) ChatGPT will send that person an invitation to become your Trusted Contact: They have one week to respond before the invite expires. Of course, they can also decline the invitation if they don't want to participate.

If the contact agrees, the feature kicks in. In the future, if OpenAI's automated system thinks you're discussing harming yourself "in a way that indicates a serious safety concern," ChatGPT will let you know that it may reach out to the Trusted Contact, but also encourages you to reach out that contact yourself, with "conversation starters" to break the ice.

While that's happening, OpenAI has a team of "specially trained people" to analyze the situation. (It's not all automated, it seems.) If this team concludes that the situation is serious, ChatGPT will then alert your Trusted Contact via email, text, or through an in-app notification in ChatGPT if they have an account. OpenAI says the notification itself is quite limited, and only shares general information about the self-harm concern, and advises the contact to reach out to you. It won't send any chat transcripts or summaries either, so your general privacy should be preserved, all things considered.

OpenAI says that it's working to review safety notifications in under one hour, and that it developed the feature with guidance from clinicians, researchers, and mental health and suicide prevention organizations. The feature is, of course, entirely voluntary, so the user will need to enroll themselves (and a contact) in if they feel it would help them. As long as they do, however, this could be a helpful way for friends and family to check in on people when they're struggling—assuming they're sharing those thoughts with ChatGPT.

Disclosure: Ziff Davis, Lifehacker's parent company, in April 2025 filed a lawsuit against OpenAI, alleging it infringed Ziff Davis copyrights in training and operating its AI systems.

by Siamak Namazi  for time.com

من هشت سال گروگان ایران بودم. آیا دوستانم از بمباران اسرائیل جان سالم به در بردند؟

سیا‌مک نمازی می‌نویسد: حمله هوایی اسرائیل میان بازپُرسان بی‌رحم و زندانیان سیاسی فرقی نگذاشت

Read this story in English here

نمازی گروگان سابق آمریکایی در ایران است و اکنون عضو هیئت مشاوران ابتکار آزادی برای زندانیان سیاسی در مؤسسه مک‌کین و گروه کمک جهانی به گروگان‌ها است.

وقتی تصاویر دروازه‌ی ورودی زندان اوین را دیدم که با حمله‌ی هوایی اسرائیل تکه تکه شده بود، چشمانم پر از اشک شد. من هشت سال پشت آن دروازه به‌عنوان گروگان جمهوری اسلامی نگهداری شدم — در مکانی که ظلم، قانون است و امید قاچاق می‌شود.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

اما اشک‌هایم از خوشحالی نبود. از این‌که کسانی که من و بعدتر پدر بیمارم را به سلول انفرادی انداختند بالاخره تاوانی پس داده‌اند، لذتی نمی‌بردم. قبلم پر از اندوه بود وقتی به وحشتی فکر می‌کردم که اکنون بسیاری از زندانیان بی‌گناه — از جمله کسانی که سال‌ها هم‌سلولی‌ام بودند — و خانواده‌هایشان تجربه می‌کنند.

این فقط یک حمله به نماد سرکوب نبود. اسرائیل تنها درِ زندان را منفجر نکرد. بمب‌هایش، در ساعات کاری، مجتمع قضایی شهید مقدس را نیز به شدت تخریب کرد. جایی که زندانیان را پیش بازپرسان بی‌رحم می‌برند و وارد ماشین سرکوب دادگاه انقلاب می‌کنند. من در آن اتاق‌ها بوده‌ام، دست‌بند خورده و تحقیر شده، مقابل مردانی که خود را قاضی می‌نامیدند اما مانند زیردستان مأموران اطلاعات رفتار می‌کردند و هر حکمی که آنها می‌دادند را امضا می‌کردند. یکی‌شان را در خفا “جنایت‌کار” صدا می‌زدم، لقبی که بازی با نامش بود و بین ما ماندگار شد. یادم هست وقتی در بی‌خبری کامل و قطع از دنیای بیرون به سر می‌بردم با پوزخندی گفت: «مادرت طبقه‌ی پایین منتظره. هر روز میاد و التماس می‌کنه برای ملاقات»؛ پوزخندی که دلم می‌خواست با سیلی از صورتش پاک کنم.

اما آن مرکز بی‌عدالتی فقط پر از جلاد نبود. بمب‌ها بین بازپرسان ظالم و زندانیان سیاسی، و یا سربازان وظیفه ۱۸ تا ۲۰ ساله که صرفاً مأمور همراهی زندانیان هستند فرق نمی‌گذارند. آیا وکلای حقوق بشری که با شجاعت از بی‌دفاع‌ها دفاع می‌کردند هم در میان قربانیان بودند؟ چند نفر از نظافت‌چی‌ها و کارمندان اداری که از حومه‌ی دور و فقیر تهران برای کار می‌آمدند حالا کشته یا مجروح شده‌اند؟ خانواده‌هایی که در سالن انتظار بودند، مثل زمانی که مادرم هر روز می‌آمد تا درخواست ملاقات یا دارو کند، چه سرنوشتی پیدا کردند؟

بمب‌های اسرائیل درمانگاه زندان را هم زدند؛ جایی که من و بسیاری دیگر بارها برای ویزیت به صف می‌شدیم. جائی که پر از ناامیدی بود، اما شجاعت‌های پنهانی هم وجود داشت. بر سر آن دکتر زن جوان که من «قهرمان» خطابش می‌کردم چه آمد؟ او یک بار در دوران کرونا با شجاعت وارد بند زنان شد مسئولان زندان را مجبور کرد که یک زندانی سیاسی را که وضعیت وخیم کرونایی داشت، به بیمارستان منتقل کنند. او جان آن زن را نجات داد. کارکنان درمانگاه بارها به ما کمک کردند — کمک‌هایی که نمی‌توانم علنی بگویم. مهربانی‌های بی‌منت و بی‌پاداش‌شان به ما امید ادامه زندگی می‌داد. حالا آن درمانگاه ویران شده است.

بند ۴، که محل نگهداری بسیاری از زندانیان سیاسی و گروگان‌های دوتابعیتی یا خارجی است، نیز آسیب دیده. از جمله کتابخانه، تنها پناهگاه ما، جایی که من بیشتر روزها را آن‌جا می‌گذراندم. بند زنان هم آسیب دیده. بلافاصله بعد از حمله، زندانیان سیاسی زن و مرد را ناگهانی سوار اتوبوس کرده‌اند و بدون وسایل شخصی‌شان به مکانی نامعلوم منتقل کرده‌اند. خانواده‌های وحشت‌زده اکنون مستاصل با یکدیگر تماس می‌گیرند، دنبال خبری از عزیزانشان هستند، دعا می‌کنند که زنده باشند و نظام سعی نکند از آن‌ها انتقام حمله اسرائیلی‌ها را بگیرد‌.

زندان اوین شامل چندین بازداشتگاه است. بدترین‌شان زیر نظر وزارت اطلاعات و سپاه پاسداران قرار دارد. بنا به خبرهای رسید، آن‌ها نیز آسیب دیده‌اند. من بیش از دو سال در یکی از همان بازداشتگاه‌ها بودم. نمی‌دانیم آیا بازجوهایی که من را کتک می‌زدند آسیب دیده‌اند یا نه، همان‌طور که نمی‌دانیم آیا زندانیان سیاسی زیر آوار سلول‌های انفرادی و اتاق‌های شکنجه مدفون شده‌اند یا نه.

مرکز ملاقات زندان هم آسیب دیده. چند زندانی، خانواده یا وکیل در آن‌جا کشته یا مجروح شده‌اند؟ آن ناظر مهربانی که اجازه می‌داد مادرم بیشتر بماند و محدودیت ۲۰ دقیقه‌ای ملاقات‌ها را نادیده می‌گرفت و می‌گفت: «این تنها کمکیه که می‌تونم به خانواده شما که انقدر ظلم دیده بکنم»، چه سرنوشتی یافت؟

این یک حمله‌ی هدفمند به فرماندهان نظامی یا مقامات عالی‌رتبه رژیم نبود. این بمب‌ها مردم ایران را تشویق نمی‌کند تا علیه جمهوری اسلامی برخیزند. برعکس. یکی از زندانیان سابق می‌گوید خانواده‌های زندانیان، نگهبانان و کارکنان آن بیرون زندان جمع شده‌اند تا بلکه خبری از عزیزشان بشنوند و در کنار هم در حال اشک ریختن هستند.

بمباران اوین نشان می‌دهد وقتی دو نظام غیراخلاقیبا هم برخورد می‌کنند، چه اتفاقی می‌افتد: یکی بی‌گناهان را زندانی می‌کند، و دیگری با بمب‌بارانشان مدعی آزادی آن‌ها است. تنها امید ما این است که آتش‌بس شکننده میان ایران، اسرائیل و آمریکا پابرجا بماند و این دیوانگی پایان یابد.

اما حتی اگر چنین شود، همه می‌دانیم بعدش چه خواهد شد. آیت‌الله‌ها که نتوانسته‌اند جلوی بمب‌ها را بگیرند، خشم خود را به داخل نشانه خواهند گرفت. آن‌ها سعی خواهند کرد با خشونت قدرت خود را بازگردانند. هزاران نفر دستگیر، شکنجه و اعدام خواهند شد تا رژیم با ایجاد ترس زنده بماند. جوامع آسیب‌پذیرتر — مانند بهائیان — احتمالاً جزو نخستین قربانیان خواهند بود.

همان‌طور که همیشه بوده، بی‌گناهان بیشترین تاوان را خواهند داد.

Screamer

Screamer, som inte är en spinoff från skräckisen Scream, är istället något så ovanligt som en arkadracer från Milestone, de som nu för tiden kan anses vara de regerande mästarna i racingspel som vill likna verkligheten som möjligt. Speciellt den tvåhjuliga versionen. De ligger bakom serier som MotoGP, Ride, Monster Energy Supercross, och tidigare WRC, SBK, och MXGP. Det är ju dock inte första gången de försöker sig på arkad då de på senare år legat bakom både 2024 års Monster Jam Showdown och de båda Hot Wheels Unleashed-spelen.

<bild>Vi har inte sett Screamer-serien från Milestone sedan 90-talet.</bild>

Skillnaden mellan alla dessa och Screamer är dock att det inte finns några motorskapande företag eller licenser bakom. Det här är en helt egen titel där de är fria att göra precis vad de vill. "Men", tänker några som en gång i tiden spelade på MS-DOS, "jag känner igen det här namnet". Om du tänkte precis så får du ett litet golfklapp från mig då 2026 års Screamer är en reboot av en serie från den andra halvan av 90-talet (plus ett spel år 2000) där Milestone låg bakom de tre första (av totalt fyra), varav det första kom redan då studion kallade sig för Graffiti. Skillnaden mellan 1995 års Screamer och 2026 års Screamer är ganska rejäl, och då pratar jag inte bara om grafiken.

Medan originalet visserligen var en bra till väldigt bra arkadracer var det ändå en typisk sådan för den tidsperioden. Svårt att kräva mycket mer av ett spel som är över 30 år gammalt, men förutom att köra bil fanns det inte så mycket att göra. Rebooten däremot har ett gäng mer och mindre bra och intressanta karaktärer som förare, alla med olika specialförmågor som går att använda under race. Det finns en absurt lång soloupplevelse för genren med tillhörande berättelse. Det går att explodera andra bilar genom att aktivera en turbo som laddas upp mer drifting och korrekta växlingar. Plus lite annat smått och gott. Folk som har drömt om en uppföljare sedan förra årtusendet kommer bli väldigt nöjda med denna version, även om det som sagt är ett helt annat spel.

<bild>Fyll upp mätare och kör som en dåre.</bild>

Den absolut största delen av spelet är vad som kan kallas ett berättelseläge. Här introduceras vi till alla de olika förarna i spelet. De har bjudits in till en tävling av en mystisk karaktär som har satt upp en extremt saftig summa till vinnarna. Varje lag består av tre förare och vi introduceras först till en trio legosoldater som mest är med i tävlingen för att ha ihjäl en annan förare som i sin tur låg bakom att legosoldaternas ledare dog. Dessa tre är den nya japansk-amerikanska ledaren, en irländsk kvinna som svär minst en gång per mening, och en fransman. Alla i spelet talar språket från landet de kommer, men då alla människor har ett översättningschip i skallen är det inget konstigt när nån från Nederländerna pratar med en italienare eller amerikan. Jag tänkte att berättelsen endast skulle följa den första gruppen från början till slut, men så fel jag hade. Vi får också följa det korrupta företagsimperiet Anaconda Corp, forskare från Jupiter Stormers, en trio japanska popstjärnor, och en blandning av yakuza och streetracers. Samtliga fem lag har sina egna interna berättelser och en del i den stora huvudberättelsen. Alla har sina egna anledningar att vinna tävlingen, men det är inte så lätt när det också finns interna svårigheter. Vi får körda som varenda av de 15 förarna (eller Screamers som de kallas) under berättelsens gång och det kan vara i allt från vanliga race där det gäller att komma först i mål till time trials till utmaningar som att explodera andra förare X antal gånger. I berättelsens grund ska det finnas en poängställning för varje lag, men det är aldrig något vi tar del av.

<bild>Välgrundade känslor.</bild>

Det där med att ha ihjäl andra, ja. Det visar sig inte vara lika lätt som man kan tro. Det går säkerligen att göra utanför ett race, men då riskerar laget att bli diskade. Och nu går det inte heller att göra det under ett race då varje bil har fått en mackapär kallad Echo installerad. Om någon dör i sin bil kommer den tillbaka sekunden efter. Detta gör att om du exploderar i ett race tappar du bara någon sekund. Det är inte som i Mario Kart då du kör av banan och tvingas lyftas tillbaka medan andra passerar. Nä, här är det bom och tillbaka på banan i full fart. Du börjar alltså inte som stillastående vilket hjälper till med känslan att det här är en snabb, explosiv (hehe) upplevelse. För det är så jag skulle beskriva spelet: Full fart framåt. Istället för att krypa runt kurvorna gäller det istället att sladda eller drifta sig igenom dem. Detta görs på den högra styrspaken medan den vänstra styr bilen som vanligt. Det leder till att båda styrspakarna frekvent används tillsammans. Spelet har också en halvautomatisk växling som du kan ignorera om du vill, men om du trycker på växlingsknappen där mätaren når det gula fältet (med en uppmaning på skärmen) får du en liten boost och fyller samtidigt upp en av dina två andra mätare. Den ena fylls upp med just växlingar och drift och leder så småningom till att du kan göra en längre boost. När du gör en boost fylls en annan, rosa, mätare upp. Efter att ha fyllt upp den två gånger kan du försöka dig på en attack. Detta är en väldigt kort, men stor boost där andra bilar exploderar när du kör in i dem. Det är ganska ofta svårt att tajma detta rätt, men det är väldigt tillfredsställande när det lyckas. Om du skulle bli attackerad går det också att skydda sig, men då krävs att du både har fyllt upp din blåa och rosa mätare en gång. Då kan du aktivera en sköld, vilket förbrukar den blåa mätaren som måste fyllas upp igen för en boost eller ny sköld. Något som leder till taktiskt tänk vilken du helst använder.

<bild>Racen i berättelseläget har olika utmaningar.</bild>

Racingen är väldigt underhållande och det är därför extra glädjande att Milestone har valt att lägga till lokal co-op, på samma tv, i samma soffa, för upp till fyra spelare samtidigt. Detta hör verkligen inte till vanligheterna längre och det är väldigt trevligt att utvecklarna inte bara gått på tanken att alla bara spelar online nu för tiden. Om du är någon som föredrar att spela online går det att spela upp till tio förare samtidigt. Om du däremot spelar helt solo kommer du också få valuta för dina pengar. Som jag tidigare nämnde är berättelsen väldigt lång. Efter att ha spelat i 20 timmar är jag bara tre fjärdedelar färdig. Det finns 128 delar i denna berättelse utspridd på huvudberättelsen och sidogrejer. Alla är visserligen inte race utan några består av kortare samtal mellan karaktärer, men jag skulle ändå säga att majoriteten är event där du sitter i bilen. Medan det inte är något manus som hade vunnit pris på någon gala gör det ändå sitt jobb. Det största problemet jag har är det överdrivna vuxna språket. Jag har absolut inget emot vuxet språk i spel och tycker att det borde göras mer, att folk pratar som folk pratar i verkligheten. Se Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 som ett exempel. Nu förväntar jag mig visserligen inte ett rollspelsmanus i ett racingspel, men det känns ofta som att svordomar är tillagda för att få saker att verka coola och vuxna. Det är också en förvånande vuxen ton i spelet och inte alls någon familjevänlig liten racer.

<bild>Here comes the boom!</bild>

För alla som har väntat i 30 år på en nystart för serien eller för alla som letar efter en ny arkadracer att spela kan det vara värt att kolla in Screamer. En actionfylld upplevelse med massa bra racing och intressant upplägg. Massor att göra både för solospelare och för dem med kompisar i soffan eller online. Milestone visar här att de inte bara är pålitliga när det kommer till verklighetstrogna motorcykelspel, de kan göra oseriös arkadracing också.

Pokémon Champions

Jag var nog inte den enda som blev lite exalterad när Pokémon Champions utannonserades. En titel som endast skulle fokusera på onlinestrider. Ingen berättelse, inget springande omkring och samla gym badges och omkullvälta enorma brottssyndikat. Nä, ren och skär stridsaction. Ett nytt, välbehövligt, Pokémon Stadium eller Colosseum. Om du hade dessa förhoppningar är jag ledsen att göra dig besviken. Champions är ingen mästare och jag undrar vad meningen med detta spel egentligen är.

<bild>Strider, strider, och fler strider.</bild>

På något sätt känns det både som att spelet är försenat och borde kommit ut för ett bra tag sedan, medan det å andra sidan känns som att det inte är helt färdigutvecklat och kunde behövt en stund till i ugnen. För att backa upp det förstnämnda är det här ett spel som släpps till Switch. Det första alltså, inte Switch 2. Denna recension är därför baserad på Switch-upplevelsen. Dessutom i ljuvliga 30 FPS. Det finns dock en Switch 2-uppdatering att hämta hem helt gratis, men det är fortfarande 30 FPS som gäller. Samtidigt är det ett spel som är rätt innehållsfattigt och som dras med en del buggar.

För det första finns det endast 186 Pokémon att använda av de 1025 som finns tillgängliga. Detta är mindre än vad som fanns i Pokémon Stadium 2 (251), ett 26 år gammalt spel. Detta gör att de flesta lag när du kommer upp lite i ranking ser ganska lika ut. Det finns runt tio stycken - som Mega Charizard, Whimsicott, Sneasler, Incineroar, Mega Froslass, Rotom (Wash), och Kingambit - som finns med i nästintill alla lag i olika uppsättningar. De lägre nivåerna, Poké Ball och Great Ball (varje "nivå" är indelade i fyra divisioner där ett är högst. Gör tillräckligt bra ifrån dig i division ett och du går upp till nästa nivå) kan bjuda på en del andra monster då det är mer nybörjare där, men när du når Ultra Ball och högre är det en väldigt begränsad meta. Något som verkligen inte hjälper detta är att många, många, många "held items" saknas i spelet. Dessa är saker som en Pokémon kan hålla i och ger olika bonusar, som helande HP eller starkare attacker. Bland annat saknas Flame Orb, vilket gör egenskapen Guts helt värdelös, Black Sludge för helande av poision-typer, Choice Scarf, Assault Vest, och Life Orb. Om du spelat mer seriöst tävlingsinriktat känner du utan tvekan till dessa. Å andra sidan kan man se det som ett nytt, fräschare upplägg där man måste prova nya saker.

<bild>VP och kuponger är var Champions-världen är byggd på.</bild>

Striderna går sedan att göras i en-mot-en-matcher eller där båda tränarna har två Pokémon inne samtidigt. De har sina egna separata rankingar. Det första görs genom att ta med dig ett lag på sex monster och sedan välja ut tre av dessa för att strida. De skickas sedan ut solo. För två-mot-två har utvecklarna valt att gå på reglerna som används i officiella turneringar. Detta är att du tar ut ett lag med sex Pokémon och sedan väljer ut fyra stycken att strida, där de två första skickas in tillsammans. Vanligtvis i Pokémon-spel, som Scarlet & Violet, när du spelar mot vänner kan du använda alla sex monster i ditt lag i samma strid. Samtliga är sedan på level 50, oavsett vad de var innan. Dessutom, förutom onlinerankingen, finns det regelbundna turneringar, orankade matcher, och möjligheten att skapa privata matcher med ett ID-nummer för att bjuda in en motståndare.

Frågan är varför rutinerade spelare ska spela det här om de redan spelar matcher ofta i Scarlet & Violet, förutom nyhetens behag. Champions gör ingenting nytt och är egentligen en nedbantad version. Det enda skillnaden är att det för närvarande går att använda sig av Mega Pokémon, men inte "terastallizing". Det är möjligt att detta kommer läggas till så småningom, men just nu är det väldigt simpelt och känslan är att de bara var tvungna att få ut det här spelet nu när Pokémon firar 30 år. Svaret är ganska enkelt. Spelarna är tvungna. Från och med Pokémons VGC-VM detta år är detta nämligen det officiella spelet för turneringar.

<bild>Rekryteringen av nya monster är via ett gacha-system.</bild>

Vad Game Freak och alla runt Pokémon dock ska ha eloge för är att detta är en utmärkt introduktion för nybörjare till tävlingsinriktade strider. Spelet är "free-to-start", vilket betyder att du kan spela det helt gratis och det går väldigt fort att bara komma in i en ström av match efter match efter match (dessutom utan att behöva ha någon onlineprenumeration). Så snart en match är slut går det att välja att gå in i nästa match direkt med samma lag och det flyter på väldigt smidigt. Så, om någon till exempel inte äger de senaste spelen i serien och kommit in via Pokémon Go går det att prova på här, dessutom med möjligheten att importera dina monster från Go via Home. Genom att det är ett spel som till 100 procent fokuserar på strider går det inte att gå runt och kasta pokébollar i spelet. Därför finns det bara två sätt att hämta monster. Det ena är som sagt att föra över dem via Pokémon Home. Smeknamn, titlar, attacker, och annat följer med. Det görs dessutom helt utan kostnad i spelet. Detta får mig dock att gå in på det andra sättet, vilket är att spendera.

<bild>Det är enkelt att ändra ditt monsters olika egenskaper (för VP eller kuponger så klart).</bild>

Det är här som "free-to-start" löper ut. Du kan nämligen också rekrytera monster genom ett gacha-system (tänk lotteri) där du betalar antingen VP eller använder Quick Coupons. Hur det fungerar är att du får ett gratisspin var 22:a timme. Där dyker då tio slumpmässiga monster upp och du får välja ett att rekrytera, antingen på en sjudagars prövotid eller permanent genom att använda VP eller rekryteringskuponger. Om du vill få upp tio nya kandidater innan dessa 22 timmar är över får du betala 100 VP eller 1 Quick Coupon för varje timme som återstår till de 22 timmarna. Alltså 2200 VP eller 22 kuponger. Detta är saker som går att långsamt tjäna i spelet genom att spela matcher och klara av dagens eller veckovisa uppdrag. Vill du sedan byta attacker eller egenskaper på din nya vän? Spendera mer VP eller en annan typ av kupong. Vill du göra det lättare för dig går det alltid att köpa ett Premium Battle Pass och ett medlemskap. Battle Pass ger extra belöningar när du går upp i nivå under säsongen (upp till nivå 50) medan medlemskapet ger dig olika bonusar och den ena är helt absurd. Basversionen är begränsad till att du endast kan ha 30 Pokémon lagrade, med fem extra när du går upp till nästa division. Detta är otroligt snålt. Med ett medlemskap? 50? 100? 200? Nä, du får du 1000 (!) box spaces. Från 30 obetalt till 1000 betalt alltså. Du får också möjligheten att bygga 15 olika lag och exklusiva uppdrag för kuponger och annat.

<bild>Mega Pokémon är specialmekaniken i detta spel.</bild>

En fråga som jag har i mitt huvud är: "Har det här spelet potential?". Svaret är "kanske". Just nu saknas det så väldigt mycket innehåll i spelet, men om de utökar antalet spelbara monster (dess Pokédex), introducerar mer mekanik som till exempel terastallizing, Gigantamax, eller till och med de bortglömda Z-Moves, kan det ge en bättre variation. Frågan är hur mycket av (den säkert enorma) spelarbasen som finns kvar då. Just nu är det nyhetens behag och gratis, men när alla testat på, blir det då fler än hardcore-basen kvar? Vi får se. För tillfället är Pokémon Champions en bra introduktion för nya spelare, men de rutinerade rävarna kommer säkert känna att något saknas.

by Ellyn Lapointe  for gizmodo.com

xAI Got Sued Over Its Gas Turbines, so It Naturally Added More of Them

The NAACP sued xAI last month, alleging it violated the Clean Air Act. That apparently hasn't stopped the company from expanding its use of portable gas-fired power.The NAACP sued xAI last month, alleging it violated the Clean Air Act. That apparently hasn't stopped the company from expanding its use of portable gas-fired power.

by John Merlin  for pixel-studios.com

How UX Design Influences Content Engagement on Manufacturing Websites

Manufacturing websites have evolved far beyond static product catalogs and downloadable brochures. Today, they serve as the first evaluation point for engineers, procurement heads, consultants, and channel partners. Before a sales conversation begins, the digital experience has already shaped perception.  In this environment, content alone is not enough. Even the most detailed technical documentation or product…

The post How UX Design Influences Content Engagement on Manufacturing Websites  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Manufacturing websites have evolved far beyond static product catalogs and downloadable brochures. Today, they serve as the first evaluation point for engineers, procurement heads, consultants, and channel partners. Before a sales conversation begins, the digital experience has already shaped perception. 

In this environment, content alone is not enough. Even the most detailed technical documentation or product page will fail to engage if the user experience, UX, makes information difficult to find, scan, or understand. 

UX design turns manufacturing content from available into actionable, and from read into engaged. 

High-performing manufacturing websites do not just publish content. They design how it is consumed. 

Why UX Matters More for Manufacturing Websites

Manufacturing buyers are not casual browsers 

Their journeys are: 

They look for clarity, proof, technical depth, and credibility. Poor UX creates friction in this process. 

When UX is weak:

When UX is strong:

UX is not decoration. It is a decision accelerator. 

How UX Directly Shapes Content Engagement

1. Information Architecture Drives Discoverability

Manufacturing websites often grow organically by adding products, solutions, industries, and case studies over time. Without structured information architecture, content becomes buried. 

Strong UX organizes content around how users think, not how internal departments are structured. 

Effective structures include:

When users can find what they need in fewer clicks, engagement increases naturally. 

2. Readability Turns Technical Content into Usable Content

Manufacturing content is technical by nature, but resentation determines engagement. 

Dense paragraphs, long specification blocks, and unstructured copy reduce reading behavior. 

UX improves readability through:

Good UX respects cognitive load. It helps users scan first and then explore deeper. 

3. Visual Hierarchy Guides Attention

Not every piece of content should carry equal visual weight. UX design creates hierarchy so users know where to focus first. 

On high-performing manufacturing pages, you will typically see:

Without hierarchy, users must work to understand the page. With hierarchy, the page explains itself. 

4. Comparison-Friendly Layouts Increase Decision Engagement

Manufacturing buyers frequently compare:

UX design supports this behavior through:

When comparison is easy, users stay longer and move closer to action. 

5. Mobile UX Now Influences Industrial Buying Journeys

Even in B2B manufacturing, mobile usage has grown across:

If technical content is not mobile-optimized:

Mobile UX best practices include:

Engagement today is device-agnostic. UX must be as well. 

6. UX Plus SEO Plus GEO Creates Discoverable Engagement

Modern manufacturing content engagement often begins in search and AI-assisted discovery platforms. 

UX must support:

Well-designed UX improves:

When UX and structured content align, engagement starts before the click. 

7. Conversion UX Turns Engagement into Enquiries

Content engagement should lead to measurable action. UX design ensures users always see a logical next step. 

High-performing manufacturing UX includes:

When UX aligns CTAs with intent moments, conversions improve without disrupting experience. 

Core UX Elements That Improve Manufacturing Content Engagement

High-impact UX components include:

These are not design trends. They are engagement enablers. 

Conclusion

Manufacturing websites are no longer passive information hubs. They are digital evaluation platforms where credibility, clarity, and capability are judged quickly. 

Content engagement does not increase by publishing more alone. It increases when technical information becomes easier to discover, understand, and act on. 

UX design transforms technical depth into usable knowledge and structured pathways. It reduces friction, builds trust, and supports decision-making across long buying cycles. 

At Pixel Studios, we help manufacturing and industrial brands build UX-led digital platforms supported by SEO, Generative Engine Optimization, structured content systems, and conversion-focused design. The goal is simple. Turn complex offerings into measurable engagement and qualified enquiries. 

FAQs

1. Why is UX design critical for manufacturing websites?

Manufacturing buyers depend on detailed technical content. UX helps structure and present this information clearly, which improves engagement and decision confidence. 

2. Does UX design affect SEO performance for manufacturing sites?

Yes. Better UX improves page structure, readability, crawlability, and engagement signals, which support stronger search and AI discovery visibility. 

3. How can UX improve engagement with technical specifications?

Through comparison tables, structured layouts, expandable sections, and visual highlights that make dense technical data easier to evaluate. 

4. What UX features help increase enquiries on product pages?

Contextual CTAs, quick enquiry forms, downloadable specification sheets, and decision-stage prompts help increase conversions. 

5. Is mobile UX important for manufacturing buyers?

Yes. Early research and vendor discovery frequently happen on mobile devices, so responsive technical UX is essential. 

6. How often should manufacturing websites review UX design?

UX should be reviewed continuously using analytics and user behavior data, with structured improvements planned periodically to maintain engagement and performance. 

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post How UX Design Influences Content Engagement on Manufacturing Websites  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This HP EliteBook Is Under $300 Right Now

This refurbished business laptop is priced like a budget pick, and makes for a great backup.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

A four-year-old business laptop isn't an easy sell in 2026, but the price might change how you look at it. The HP EliteBook 840 G8 is on sale for $279.99 on StackSocial, making it a perfect second machine. It works as a backup you can rely on, something you can hand to a kid without stressing over every scratch, or a practical pick for a college student who just needs a laptop that gets through daily work without costing much.

This is a 2021 business machine, now refurbished, and it's being sold as a practical tool rather than something aspirational. At under $300, the appeal is simple: You get a system that originally sat in a much higher price tier, with build quality and features that budget laptops still struggle to match—its aluminum build feels solid, the keyboard is backlit and comfortable for long typing sessions, and the port selection is generous with USB-C, USB-A, HDMI, and a headphone jack. It weighs just over three pounds, so it is still easy to carry around for work or travel.

Its Intel processor isn't new, but paired with 16GB of RAM and a 512GB SSD, it handles everyday work without friction. You can keep dozens of browser tabs open, run spreadsheets, join video calls, and switch between apps without slowdowns. The 14-inch Full HD display is also sharp enough for documents and streaming, though it is not built for color-sensitive work. Also, while it can handle light photo editing or casual games, it's not a machine for heavy creative workloads. Battery life is rated at over 15 hours, though real-world use will likely be lower, depending on brightness and tasks.

That said, this is a refurbished unit, so even though it carries an A+ refurbished grade, it's not brand new. Still, if your needs are limited to writing, browsing, office work, and video calls, this $300 laptop is a cost-effective option.

Starfield: Terran Armada

Det var över ett år sedan jag spelade {Starfield} senast och att starta efter så lång tid gjorde såklart att jag förvirrat undrade var jag var, varför min utrustning såg ut som den gjorde och jag försökte ringrostigt komma ihåg alla finesser och funktioner. Orsaken till min återkomst är såklart att Bethesda släppt inte bara uppdateringen Free Lanes, utan även en riktig expansion med en ny kampanj.

Detta är tänkt att vara något för de som redan gjort det mesta och för att ha en rimlig chans rekommenderas du ha åtminstone level 50. För att komma igång ska du resa till Settled Systems, Akila City mer specifikt, för att lyssna på en radiosändning. Det visar sig nämligen att en ny fraktion tycks vara på väg att utgöra ett jättehot, och jag väljer här att vara lite vag kring bakgrunden för det finns ganska spännande story bakom den så kallade Terran Armada - som även gett expansionen sitt namn. Men för att summera så handlar det om försvunna soldater från Colony War, som tydligen bidat sin tid och har byggt en formidabel robotarmé, som de nu är redo att använda.

<video>

Något som skiljer denna berättelse från alla tidigare i Starfield är att flera nya funktioner som lagts till i spelet via uppdateringar (främst Free Lanes) nu finns implementerade i berättelsen. Det mest tydliga exemplet på det är de så kallade incursions, vilket i princip betyder att ett område är under attack. Eftersom jag inte påverkar när dessa dyker upp, känns de vagt besläktade med klassiska random encounters i japanska rollspel. För att lösa dessa måste man vanligtvis aktivera Cruise Mode (även det en ny funktion) som gör att man fritt får flyga i rymden varpå man kan komma åt dessa, låsa in sig på uppdrag, försöka skjuta ner och borda skepp med mera.

Dessa bitar är dock tyvärr lite för många. Det gör att ett initialt ganska trevligt inslag ganska tidigt känns som grind snarare än något nytt och fräscht, sannolikt för att ge Terran Armada en längre speltid och för att ge spelare chans att samla på sig den nya "valutan " X-Tech. Dessutom är incursions ganska snarlika och framslumpade, vilket gör att du springer igenom områden du snabbt lär dig känna igen, men med lite olika layout.

En annan sak som också känns lite överanvänt är de robotar som utgör dina huvudsakliga fiender i expansionen. Problemet med robotar i alla spel och alla sammanhang är att de är likadana. Visst finns några olika modeller, men det är aldrig lika tillfredsställande att skjuta på dem, och det blir automatiskt mindre engagerande när samma fiende dyker upp om och om igen.

<bild>Kul med nya fiender, men tyvärr känns det snabbt lite enahanda att slåss mot dem.</bild>

Och på tal om just robotar, så finns så klart en ny kompanjon i Terran Armada, vilken även han är en robot. Den här har dock andra lojaliteter och påminner lite om K2SO från Star Wars: Rogue One. Eftersom den fungerar som något slags felande länk mellan din sida och fienden, får han även fungera som ett verktyg för att föra storyn framåt medan jag infiltrerar baser och deltar i ovan nämnda skeppsstrider.

En sista grej jag vill lägga till minuskontot är att Terran Armada inte riktigt har några nya omfattande och spännande miljöer att besöka på samma premiss som Dazra City (från förra expansionen Shattered Space). Även om det finns nya områden, så handlar det ofta om mindre baser, stationer och zoner som du reser mellan, snarare än att utforska ett nytt stort område som verkligen tillför fräschör. Det är funktionellt, men inte särskilt inspirerande.

<bild>Terran Armada har en intressant story, som dock borde ha berättats mer effektivt och rappt.</bild>

Terran Armada känns aldrig dåligt, men det blir liksom heller inte engagerande, och kanske har Bethesda själv insett detta, för expansionen kostar hälften så mycket som Shattered Space. Om du verkligen gått och drömt om något nytt vapen, lite nya delar att bygga rymdskepp med och lite ny utrustning - så kommer du säkert vara mer nöjd än mig, för det är i huvudsak vad du får. Som bäst är som vanligt sidouppdragen, där jag framför allt vill slå ett slag för Help Wanted. Namnet ger en fingervisning om vad det handlar om, men det till synes glasklara uppdraget blir undan för undan mer komplicerat än du nog tror. Bethesda har en förmåga att tillåta sig vara mer experimentella med dessa storys och jag önskar de hade haft mer självförtroende för denna typ av oväntade berättelser.

Sammantaget får du runt åtta timmar spelande för dina pengar, varav en hel del tyvärr är ganska repetitivt gameplay, där både snarlika incursions och för många robotar är en del av problemet. Om du ska skaffa detta eller ej beror i slutändan på om du verkligen älskar Starfield och vill ha mer, men om du går och hoppas på att Terran Armada ska vara det som ger dig spelsuget tillbaka och omvärdera din uppfattning om Starfield, så har jag tyvärr dåliga nyheter.

by Michel  for news.blog

Vietnam’s IT Sector: Key Industries to Watch

As Vietnam transitions from a low-tech manufacturing base to a more service-driven economy, its information technology (IT) sector is rapidly emerging as a strong player in the global market. With the IT industry receiving significant interest from both domestic enterprises and international technology vendors, Vietnam is now seen as a formidable competitor in IT servicesContinue reading "Vietnam’s IT Sector: Key Industries to Watch"

As Vietnam transitions from a low-tech manufacturing base to a more service-driven economy, its information technology (IT) sector is rapidly emerging as a strong player in the global market. With the IT industry receiving significant interest from both domestic enterprises and international technology vendors, Vietnam is now seen as a formidable competitor in IT services alongside nations like China and India. This shift has been driven by the rise of Industry 4.0, with Vietnam embracing advanced technology and digitization across sectors. For investors seeking high-growth opportunities in Southeast Asia, Vietnam’s IT sector offers a compelling case.

In this article, we explore the five IT sub-sectors currently driving growth in Vietnam and examine the government’s supportive measures that continue to fuel expansion.

1. Fintech

Vietnam’s fintech market has seen exponential growth, driven by the country’s burgeoning middle class, rising internet penetration, and youthful population. By 2020, this sector was projected to generate $7.8 billion in revenue. With over 120 companies in this space, Vietnam’s fintech industry spans services from digital payments to wealth management and blockchain.

The digital payments segment dominates the fintech landscape, with apps like MoMo, Moca, and ZaloPay gaining wide popularity. These mobile payment platforms are addressing the unbanked and underbanked populations, offering an accessible, cashless alternative in a country where cash has traditionally been the dominant transaction method. Peer-to-peer lending (P2P) is also on the rise, with Tima, Growth Wealth, and Trust Circle leading the market, providing accessible credit options outside traditional banks.

Blockchain and cryptocurrency represent the third rapidly expanding segment within fintech. Companies such as TomoChain and Kyber Network have emerged as key players, capitalizing on blockchain’s potential for faster, more secure transactions. The government’s openness to blockchain was underscored when Vietnam hosted its first international blockchain conference in 2018, positioning itself as a pioneer in Southeast Asia’s blockchain ecosystem.

2. Artificial Intelligence

Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Vietnam, though still developing, has demonstrated strong potential across diverse applications. AI technologies are increasingly integrated into sectors such as human resources, education, healthcare, agriculture, transport, and e-commerce.

The conglomerate FPT Corporation exemplifies AI adoption, using smart traffic systems in Ho Chi Minh City to manage urban congestion. Viettel Group, another major Vietnamese company, applies AI to endoscopic procedures, enhancing healthcare services. Viettel also utilizes AI to combat cybersecurity threats, highlighting the technology’s importance in both public and private sectors.

Government support has further boosted AI’s prospects. With Resolution No. 50-NQ-TW, Vietnam has committed to raising the proportion of high-tech businesses to 50% by 2025. This policy seeks to attract foreign direct investment (FDI) in advanced technology and Industry 4.0 applications, promising continued growth for AI.

3. E-commerce

Vietnam’s e-commerce industry is poised to be Southeast Asia’s third-largest market by 2025, following Indonesia and Thailand. E-commerce activity is particularly robust in Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City, with these cities contributing 70% of total national sales. This leaves room for growth in rural markets, which, thanks to strong internet connectivity, are ripe for e-commerce penetration.

Vietnamese platforms such as Shopee, Sendo, and Tiki compete with international giants like Lazada, attracting a broad consumer base across age groups. Social media platforms, notably Facebook and Instagram, have become informal marketplaces where small businesses and individual sellers reach customers directly.

Despite this growth, challenges persist, especially around logistics costs and customer trust. Over the past four years, the sector attracted over $1 billion in investment, underscoring investor confidence despite these obstacles.

4. Software Outsourcing

Vietnam’s software outsourcing industry has gained a strong foothold, emerging as a cost-effective alternative to outsourcing powerhouses like China and India. In 2018, Vietnam’s software industry generated $8.8 billion in revenue, driven by high demand for outsourced software development services from international firms.

The Vietnamese government actively supports this industry through policies that encourage the establishment of high-tech parks and provide incentives for outsourcing companies. Da Nang, for example, has become a prominent software outsourcing hub, especially for Japanese businesses seeking affordable, high-quality solutions.

To expand Vietnam’s position as a global outsourcing destination, further development is required in English proficiency and scalable infrastructure. However, with government-backed initiatives and a young, tech-savvy workforce, Vietnam is well-positioned to grow in this area.

5. Education Technology

Vietnam’s education technology (Edtech) sector attracted $55 million in investment in 2018, as private and public sectors alike recognized the potential of tech-driven learning solutions. With a large K-12 population and a strong cultural emphasis on education, the Edtech industry has ample room for growth.

Vietnamese startup Everest Education exemplifies success in this sector, receiving a $4 million investment from a Hong Kong-based firm. Companies like Violen.vn, Hocmai.vn, and Topical are leveraging technology to offer personalized, interactive learning experiences to students across the country.

Foreign investors from countries including Japan, Singapore, and South Korea are increasingly interested in Vietnam’s Edtech potential, seeing opportunities to capitalize on both domestic demand and a receptive market for innovative education solutions.

Government Initiatives and Incentives for IT Growth

Vietnam’s government has played a proactive role in fostering IT industry growth through a series of incentives and supportive policies. The country offers IT companies corporate income tax (CIT) exemptions for up to four years, followed by a 50% tax reduction for an additional nine years, and then a 10% CIT rate for 15 years—significantly lower than the standard 20% rate. Similar incentives apply to companies involved in computer programming, which also benefit from a 0% value-added tax rate on their services.

Additionally, Resolution No. 41/NQ-CP provides a 50% reduction in personal income tax for workers in the IT sector, attracting talent and incentivizing foreign professionals to work in Vietnam. High-tech parks are being developed in cities like Da Nang and Ho Chi Minh City, with land rent exemptions and streamlined administrative procedures, making them attractive hubs for IT companies. The government’s goal to integrate Vietnam into the ASEAN Smart City Network further reinforces its commitment to digital transformation.

Building a Skilled IT Workforce

Vietnam is steadily working to address the talent gap in the IT sector, with universities now producing over 25,000 technical graduates annually. The government’s ambitious target to develop one million IT workers by 2020 reflects its commitment to fostering a highly skilled workforce capable of sustaining long-term growth in the sector. This influx of trained professionals, combined with increasing English proficiency, addresses one of the key challenges previously faced by foreign firms operating in Vietnam.

Despite these positive developments, challenges remain. Retaining local talent, improving English proficiency to meet international standards, and developing large-scale IT outsourcing capabilities are critical to Vietnam’s continued success in this field. However, with both the public and private sectors actively investing in skills training and technology adoption, Vietnam’s IT workforce is poised for improvement.

Conclusion

Vietnam’s IT sector is on an upward trajectory, driven by substantial government support, a dynamic workforce, and rapidly growing sub-sectors such as fintech, AI, e-commerce, software outsourcing, and Edtech. By embracing Industry 4.0 and establishing itself as a member of the ASEAN Smart City Network, Vietnam is positioned as a key player in Southeast Asia’s digital economy.

For investors and technology firms seeking competitive markets with high growth potential, Vietnam offers a compelling proposition. With continued investment, regulatory support, and a commitment to skill-building, Vietnam’s IT sector is set to expand further, making it a key industry to watch in the coming years.

Source: http://techblog.s3corp.com.vn/?p=2289

Cyber Monday home security camera deals

by Meredith Dietz  for lifehacker.com

What AI Body Scans Can (and Cannot) Tell You

I hope I have the heart of a 25-year-old. Or a lion.

We’re living through a full-fledged skinny epidemic. Even if seeing celebrities get thinner and thinner doesn’t mean anything to you, notice how marketing for various weight loss products is getting increasingly ubiquitous. When I look around, the onslaught doesn’t stop with all the ads for GLP-1s. What has really caught my eye recently is how I—a fitness writer who happens to be pretty thin—keep receiving targeted ads for different types of “AI body scans.” These services take a few different forms (which I dive into below), but what they all try to sell is the same idea: Apparently, I don’t know enough about my body. It turns out I need to know my body fat percentage, muscle mass, visceral fat, and of course, my "biological age." 

Before I break down what exactly these AI body scans can (and cannot) tell you, know that this is not some takedown of AI tools being used by radiologists to spot cancer from a CT scan. What I’m focusing on here is all the false advertising for consumers like me, people naturally drawn to the shiniest tools to understand every little thing about their bodies. But before I build my health decisions around a number on a screen, I have to wonder about the gap between what these tools promise and what they actually deliver. 

What are AI body scans, exactly?

Body composition scans are nothing new—it’s the AI angle that’s giving the market a fresh angle. The term "AI body scan" covers a range of technology, from clinical-grade DEXA machines used in research hospitals, to apps that claim to estimate your body fat from a selfie.

At the serious end sits the DEXA scan (Dual-Energy X-ray Absorptiometry). Originally developed to measure bone density, DEXA uses two low-dose X-ray beams to distinguish between bone, fat, and lean tissue with genuine precision. It can identify visceral fat (the dangerous kind that accumulates around organs), regional fat distribution, and bone density. A single session might cost between $40 and $300 out-of-pocket, depending on where you go and whether any insurance applies. A company like BodySpec, for instance, has built businesses around making DEXA more accessible, performing around a thousand scans a day and building what it describes as the “largest proprietary DEXA dataset” in the world. 

Below DEXA on the precision ladder sits “bioelectrical impedance analysis” (BIA). BIA is the technology powering most "smart scales," gym body composition stations, and many of those consumer-level AI scanners that keep targeting me with ads. BIA works by passing a small electrical current through your body and measuring how it travels. Fat resists electrical current; lean tissue (mostly water) conducts it well. From this resistance, the device estimates body composition.

Then, at the bottom of the technical hierarchy, sit the phone camera apps. Translating a 2D image into a body fat percentage or visceral fat estimate requires assumptions that are generous at best. These apps may be useful as very rough awareness tools, but so is a photograph.

Another note on "AI" in this context

Again, it's worth being specific about what AI is actually doing in most of these products, because as always, the word can mean a lot of things. In the better DEXA-based services, AI is being used to process and contextualize large datasets, helping users understand their results in comparison to relevant populations, flagging trends over time, and personalizing recommendations. For instance, BodySpec describes using AI to give its scanning service a kind of institutional memory for each client, stitching together health history and personal context so that consultations feel personalized at scale. 

In consumer devices, "AI" most often means that an algorithm has been trained on a dataset to estimate body composition. But the AI is only as good as the underlying measurement, and those underlying measurements might not be accurate in the first place. 

What an AI body scan cannot tell you

Let’s take a look at where the marketing diverges from the medicine, and where some skepticism is warranted. A body composition scan cannot tell you about your insulin sensitivity, inflammation, thyroid function, cortisol levels, or dozens of other physiological variables that determine your actual metabolic health. Two people can have identical DEXA results (same muscle mass, same body fat, same visceral fat reading), but one can have pre-diabetes while the other doesn't.

“I had two people with similar scan results, but very different metabolic health once labs were checked,” says Dr. Raymond Douglas, a board-certified oculoplastic surgeon and professor at Cedars-Sinai Hospital in Los Angeles. “And if you're making lifestyle choices based on a scan number alone, you may be fixing the wrong problem."

What’s more, that sort of interpretation of scan results assume the reading was accurate in the first place, which isn’t always the case. “I have years of experience with seeing patients who have high muscle readings but are simply water-retained,” says Dr. Alexander Acosta. “If you have retained more water, say from a salty lunch or your period, the machine is likely to report a 5% increase in muscle mass.” This is especially relevant for those BIA products, like the smart scales you might see at the gym. Your hydration state—which fluctuates throughout the day, with exercise, with diet, with hormonal cycles—skews the result. 

Perhaps no feature of these AI scanners is more aggressively marketed than "biological age." The marketing angle makes sense: What if you find out your body is actually half your age on paper? It’s no mystery how this number has a way of inspiring either relief or dread, and it often inspires purchases. 

Biological age is usually calculated by an algorithm that compares your information with population averages, and those averages are limited. “From my experience, the algorithms don't take into account your genetic background and inherited metabolic rate. The computer may tell a 30-year-old they have a 50-year-old heart due to stress,”Acosta says. “I have actually seen these numbers change by five years after a bad night's sleep.” A number that swings five years based on one night's sleep isn’t a number worth obsessing over, if you ask me.

What body scans are actually good for 

One way to approach all this is to think of body scans as a tool to track trends over time, rather than expecting to have your world rocked from a single session. “Muscle trending up, visceral fat trending down—those are worth paying attention to,” Douglas says. “The mistake most people make is treating a single session like a full medical workup."

If you scan under consistent conditions every few months, you could glean a lot of useful information from the patterns that appear. Are you gaining lean mass while losing fat? Is your visceral fat creeping up despite stable weight? These are questions a body composition scan, done repeatedly, can help answer in ways a bathroom scale cannot.

"A DEXA scan provides a much clearer picture of what is actually happening in your body by measuring body fat percentage by area, lean mass, bone density, and visceral fat,” says Elaine Shi, CEO and co-founder of BodySpec. “It moves us away from guessing based on proxies like BMI—which is outdated and doesn't represent diverse populations—and allows us to make decisions based on clinical-grade insights." For example, Shi says people taking GLP-1 medications for weight loss can lose a significant proportion of their reduction in lean muscle mass rather than fat, which could point to a metabolic problem that would be invisible on a regular scale.

How to use these tools without being fooled by them

If you're going to use DEXA, use it over the course of several months. Numerous scans taken under consistent conditions (same time of day, same hydration status, same proximity to exercise) could show patterns worth paying attention to. If you're going to use BIA devices, understand that the readings are noisy. Don't scan after a salty meal, after intense exercise, or during a phase of hormonal flux and expect accuracy. If you’re interested in inflammatory markers, fasting glucose, insulin, lipid panels, thyroid function, a body composition score is no substitute for bloodwork.

"Treat the scan as an awareness tool, then combine it with blood tests, blood markers of inflammation, and lifestyle habits to draw conclusions," says Douglas. You should also be especially skeptical of biological age scores. A single number generated by comparing your data to population averages on a given day is not a substantial medical insight. And when you see an ad for a phone camera app that claims to measure your visceral fat with AI, ask what the underlying measurement is. If there is no good answer (which there won’t be from a 2D image), the so-called AI has nothing real to work with.

The bottom line

The move away from BMI and toward actual body composition measurement is promising for a lot of people. If your doctor sends you to a DEXA scan to assess your bone density and you’re interested in other insights about your body composition along the way, consider your scan results as part of a bigger trend over time. Your body composition score may be a great starting point, but you still want a human healthcare professional to make sense of the results.

At the end of the day, snake oil will always thrive in the wellness industry. These days, every snake oil salesman under the sun knows to slap on the term "AI-powered" to add authoritative language to imperfect products. Before you spend hundreds of dollars on a body scan (or waste your time and energy with a phone app), consider the limitations of these readings—and be honest about what exactly you’re trying to discover here. A scan that cannot distinguish between muscle and retained water, whose biological age score shifts five years with poor sleep, and whose readings vary with what you ate for lunch might not be giving you the answers about your body that you crave.

Moomintroll: Winter's Warmth

När Hyper Games lanserade {Snufkin: Melody of Moominvalley} för två år sedan gjorde man det till ljudet av idel lovord och positiva recensioner. Nu är det dags igen, i och med releasen av {Moomintroll: Winter's Warmth}, och frågan är om man kan fortsätta rida på framgångsvågen eller om Mumindalen inte är värt ännu ett återbesök.
<bild>Vintern närmar sig med stormsteg</bild>
Vid en första anblick är det lätt att se att mycket är sig likt i Mumintrollets förtrollande värld år 2026 som det såg ut 2024. Den tecknade stilen och fokuset på simpla pussel är intakt, och man lyckas dessutom ännu en gång fånga Tove Janssons eminenta sagokänsla på helt rätt sätt. Mumindalen och dess invånare osar av karaktär och personlighet, och allt från Muminhusets knarrande golvbrädor till Lilla My och dennes kaxiga uppsyn förmedlar en känsla av familjär värme och tillhörighet som lever och frodas genom hela äventyret. För den som spelade föregångaren är det dock uppenbart att det har skett en större förändring. För vad som förut var en värld fylld av fågelsång och grönska har nu blivit utbytt till förmån för vinterns melankoliska kyla, och det är med snö och is vår saga tar sin början den här gången.
<bild></bild>
<bild>Det erbjuds en hel del mörker, och givetvis måste Mumin samla mod för att hjälpa sina vänner.</bild>
För efter att såväl Muminmamman som Muminpappan gått i ide vid höstens slut vaknar allas vår Mumin upp till ljudet av tjutande vindar och slamrande fönster. Vintern har gjort sitt intåg i Mumindalen och det är nu upp till det lilla Mumintrollet att undersöka vad det innebär att leva under vinterhalvåret samt hur han ska göra för att få våren och sommaren att återvända igen. Berättelsen i sig är inget anmärkningsvärt, det ska man vara ärlig och säga, men den förmedlar förvånansvärt mycket mörker och intressanta tankebanor (för att vara ett barnspel) där allt från död till ilska behandlas. Mumin är nämligen inte nöjd med att vakna upp till en kall värld där kylan och avsaknaden av ljus leder till ogästvänliga förhållanden för honom och hans vänner, men dessa nya hindren lär honom samtidigt att överkomma sina rädslor och inse att han är kompetent nog att lösa problem trots att naturen sätter ständiga krokben.
<bild></bild>
<bild>Snölandskapen bjuder på ljuvliga visuella intryck även om det kan vara svårt att manövrera vissa områden när mycket ser likadant ut.</bild>
Även om världen och färgpaletten sedan är annorlunda så handlar det dock inte om några stora förändringar rent spelmässigt kontra förra spelet. Ditt uppdrag är återigen att samla diverse tillgångar och hitta nya föremål som hjälper dig tackla vinterns hårda förhållanden. Det hela kokar som oftast ner till att gå från ett ställe till ett annat, men du får även stanna upp emellanåt för att ta del av ett intensivt snöbollskrig eller bygga snöfort med dina kompanjoner. Svårighetsgraden är således givetvis väldigt låg, men stämningen och atmosfären är desto högre.

Musiken förtjänar sedan ett extra omnämnande, detta då man med små medel lyckas svarva fram ett ljudlandskap som fångar vinterns alla personlighetsdrag. Ena stunden bjuder man på en kusliga tystnad bland snötäcken och frusna granar för att i nästa förmedla hopp och äventyrslust via medryckande gitarpartier och vackra pianostycken. Även små detaljer som varje karaktärs unika små tillrop adderar mycket, och även om det inte erbjuds något röstskådespeleri med fullfjädrad dialog den här gången heller så känns det inte som det är något man saknar nämnvärt. Det går förövrigt att spela igenom hela spelet på svenska så att en yngre publik kan hänga med så länge som läskunnigheten är på plats.
<bild></bild>
<bild>Mumin Vs Lilla My - Fight!</bild>
I slutändan så levererar Moomintroll: Winter's Warmth mer av det vi såg i Snufkin Melody of Moominvalley. Det är ett lättsmält äventyr för en yngre publik där charmen från Tove Janssons sagor möter simpel spelmekanik, och det är lätt att rekommendera detta om man gillade föregångaren. De må förvisso inte vara ett lika storskaligt äventyr man bjuder på denna gång, och mycket kan kännas lite för familjärt och upprepade emellanåt, men en lågmäld och stämningsfull vinterdag kan som bekant vara nog så inbjudande som en varm och livfull eftermiddag i solen. För Hyper Games fortsätter traditionen att respektera källmaterialet på allra bästa sätt och gillar man finska små troll så är dessa digitala sagor det allra bästa på marknaden just nu.
<bild>Tove Janssons sagovärld lever och frodas.</bild>

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

Samsung Set to Beat Apple to AI Smart Glasses With July Launch

Samsung is planning a Galaxy Unpacked event for July, and the company plans to introduce new foldable smartphones and AI "Galaxy Glasses," according to Seoul Economic Daily.


Samsung's event will take place on July 22, so it will debut new Galaxy Z Fold8 and Z Flip8 foldable smartphones just weeks ahead of when Apple's first foldable iPhone is introduced, plus it will beat Apple to AI glasses.

Apple has been racing to develop its own smart glasses to compete with the Meta Ray-Ban AI glasses, but rumors suggest Apple won't launch the glasses until 2027. There is a chance Apple will preview the glasses in 2026, but there's no certainty yet.

Samsung is working with eyewear company Gentle Monster for its AI glasses, and the wearable will run Google's Android XR operating system with Gemini integration. The glasses will feature a high-definition camera, speakers, and a microphone, similar to the Meta Ray-Bans, and there will be no built-in display. AI integration will be a main selling point, with Gemini able to use video captured by the wearer to answer queries. Samsung will link the glasses to Galaxy smartphones and its SmartThings home appliance ecosystem.

The glasses that Samsung is working on sound similar to everything rumored for Apple's own AI glasses. Apple's glasses will rely on Siri, and will include cameras to feed visual information to the AI. Speakers and microphones will be included, but no display is expected for the first version.

Samsung is also planning for a Fold Wide, or a foldable smartphone that's similar to the dimensions that Apple plans to use for its foldable iPhone. Samsung's foldables to date have been taller than they are wide, but Apple is planning for a wider, iPad-like 4:5 aspect ratio.

After Samsung's event, Apple will unveil its next smartphones at its traditional September event. Dates are not known at this time.

Tag: Samsung

This article, "Samsung Set to Beat Apple to AI Smart Glasses With July Launch" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Naima Karp  for lifehacker.com

Amazon’s Feature-Packed Echo Dot Max Is $25 Off Right Now

This compact speaker is a strong Echo upgrade.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

For anyone looking for big, balanced sound, a compact size, and a portable smart home hub in their smart speaker, the Amazon Echo Dot Max remains a superior choice that earned a PCMag Editor’s Choice Award for packing lots of features into a well-designed package. Right now, it’s 25% off and at its lowest price ever of $74.99 (originally $99.99) in every color.

With a spherical shape and a concave cutout that houses volume and mute controls, the Echo Dot Max is the 2025 upgrade to the 2022 Echo Dot that has louder bass due to a new 0.8-inch tweeter and a 2.5-inch woofer, as well as a custom AZ3 chip from Amazon with a built-in AI Accelerator, enabling the new Alexa+ AI service. Complete with ambient light, temperature, ultrasonic, and wifi radar sensors, it can detect your presence in a room even without sound.

The speaker also supports Wi-Fi 6E for faster speeds and has a built-in smart hub that supports Matter, Zigbee, and Thread Border Router. If you have compatible Fire TV devices, you can pair two Echo Dot Max speakers for more immersive sound. While the bass is louder due to the updates, the woofer is also smaller, meaning the overall sound may not be as powerful. Still, it’s sufficient for most rooms. If you want to level up, you’ll want to invest in the Echo Studio, which has three 1.5-inch full-range drivers and a 3.75-inch woofer.

Ultimately, if you want a versatile home speaker that does it all, including smart home connectivity, plenty of features, and Alexa compatibility, the Amazon Echo Dot Max strikes the right balance; and at a record-low $74.99, the deal is even sweeter.

by Sandeep  for pixel-studios.com

Strengthening Digital Authority for Trivitron Healthcare Through Search-Led Growth

In medical equipment manufacturing, credibility is earned long before a purchase decision is made. When hospitals, procurement teams, and clinicians begin researching equipment, they are not looking for advertisements — they are looking for clarity, expertise, and reliability.  That is where Trivitron Healthcare stands out.  As one of India’s most established medical equipment manufacturers, Trivitron has built trust offline through innovation, engineering…

The post Strengthening Digital Authority for Trivitron Healthcare Through Search-Led Growth  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

In medical equipment manufacturing, credibility is earned long before a purchase decision is made. When hospitals, procurement teams, and clinicians begin researching equipment, they are not looking for advertisements — they are looking for clarity, expertise, and reliability. 

That is where Trivitron Healthcare stands out. 

As one of India’s most established medical equipment manufacturers, Trivitron has built trust offline through innovation, engineering excellence, and a diverse portfolio across diagnostics, imaging, and critical care. The challenge was ensuring that this credibility translated seamlessly into the digital space — where modern buying journeys now begin. 

Pixel Studios partnered with Trivitron to strengthen this digital foundation and turn visibility into measurable business impact. 

The Challenge: Visibility in a Research-Heavy Buying Journey

Medical equipment purchases follow long, complex decision cycles. Multiple stakeholders evaluate options across weeks or months, often relying on digital research as their primary source of information. 

When the partnership began, Trivitron faced a familiar set of challenges seen across B2B healthcare brands: 

The goal was not short-term traffic. It was sustainable visibility, credibility, and lead growth aligned with how healthcare professionals actually research. 

The Approach: Building a Search-First Growth Ecosystem

Rather than treating SEO, content, and conversion as separate efforts, Pixel Studios designed an integrated digital framework where every element supported the buyer journey. 

The strategy focused on three core principles: 

Search Visibility Built Around Intent

Instead of chasing volume-based keywords, the focus was on product-specific, application-driven, and decision-stage queries. This allowed Trivitron to align visibility with real procurement intent. 

As a result:

Search was no longer about being found occasionally — it became a predictable demand channel. 

Generative Engine Optimization: Being Present Where Decisions Begin

Search behaviour is changing. Healthcare professionals increasingly rely on AI-powered platforms to explore options, compare specifications, and validate choices before reaching out to vendors. 

Pixel Studios embedded Generative Engine Optimization (GEO) into Trivitron’s digital strategy early — ensuring content was structured, contextual, and credible enough to surface within AI-driven discovery environments. 

Instead of treating GEO as a separate layer, it was integrated into: 

The impact became visible within months: 

More importantly, Trivitron began appearing as a referenced authority, not just a search result — influencing decisions earlier in the buying journey. 

Content That Builds Confidence, Not Noise

Healthcare equipment decisions are rarely impulsive. Buyers seek explanations, comparisons, and reassurance. 

Content was developed to support this mindset:

This approach resulted in: 

Content stopped being a marketing asset alone and became part of Trivitron’s trust-building process. 

Conversion Without Disruption

Visibility alone doesn’t drive growth. Conversion pathways were designed to respect the seriousness of B2B healthcare decisions.

Instead of aggressive forms, Pixel Studios implemented contextual enquiry touchpoints across product pages — appearing only when interest was clear. 

The outcome:

Every interaction felt supportive, not sales-driven. 

The Results: Growth That Compounded Over Time

By the end of the growth cycle, Trivitron’s digital ecosystem had transformed: 

Most importantly, digital performance aligned with business outcomes — not vanity metrics. 

What This Transformation Achieved

Trivitron’s digital presence evolved from informational to influential. 

Digital growth didn’t feel forced. It felt earned. 

Conclusion: Authority Is Built Before the First Conversation

This partnership reinforced a simple truth: 
In healthcare manufacturing, trust is built long before sales begin. 

By combining search intelligence, structured content, generative optimization, and thoughtful conversion design, Pixel Studios helped Trivitron strengthen its digital authority and scale demand sustainably. 

At Pixel Studios, we don’t optimize for algorithms alone. 
We optimize for how people research, evaluate, and decide. 

Because when credibility leads, growth follows. 

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Strengthening Digital Authority for Trivitron Healthcare Through Search-Led Growth  appeared first on Pixel Studios.

by David Nield  for lifehacker.com

Five Built-In Chromebook Apps You Should Definitely Be Using

There's more to ChromeOS than just a browser.

One of the main appeals of a Chromebook is its simplicity: You've essentially just got a row of browser tabs, running web apps, with minimal background activity going on and everything instantly saved and synced to the cloud.

As Chromebooks have developed though, they've add more to this basic Chrome foundation. They can run Android apps now, for example, and they actually come with several pre-installed apps that are genuinely useful. Open up the Launcher (the Google icon, bottom left), to see what's available.

These are the best built-in apps you get right now, if you buy a new Chromebook Plus model—that's the slightly higher spec series, capable of supporting all the Gemini AI extras that Google has been pushing out in recent years.

Recorder

ChromeOS Recorder
Recorder offers simple recordings and transcriptions. Credit: Lifehacker

This is perhaps my favorite of the built-in ChromeOS apps. It's a powerful voice recorder and transcription tool, similar to Recorder on Pixel phones, and it's really simple to use: Click the record button, start speaking, and you're up and running.

You'll need to download a couple of extra AI models to your Chromebook, but once you do, you can have speech transcribed into text immediately, and get AI-powered summaries and titles for your clips too.

What's more, the app will identify different speakers if you want it to, and apply the correct labels based on voice speech patterns and style. All of your recordings can be easily accessed within the app, and shared elsewhere as and when needed.

Screencast

ChromeOS Screencast
Screencast lets you save and share screen recordings. Credit: Lifehacker

Screencast is a great tool for screen recording, and you can opt to include your webcam video and microphone audio as needed too. Whatever you're needing to share from your Chromebook display, Screencast enables you to do it.

Recording is straightforward, and handled via icons on the shelf at the bottom of the interface—there are annotation tools here too, if you need to draw on the screen. When you're done, any speech is automatically transcribed for you.

There are even some basic editing tools included here, so you can trim out unnecessary portions of your presentation or tutorial (or whatever it is). You can share your screencasts with others via customized links, as well.

Text

ChromeOS Text
Text is a basic text editor and works offline. Credit: Lifehacker

You don't always necessarily want to create an entire Google Doc or even a Google Keep note to jot ideas down, and that's where Text comes in: It's a basic, local text editor, the equivalent of Notepad on Windows or TextEdit on macOS.

There are a few handy features here, behind the plain interface. You get syntax highlighting for a variety of programming languages, configurable font and tab sizes, and a simple search function. You've also got light and dark modes to choose from.

Importantly, it can work completely offline, so it's ideal for distraction-free writing or coding when you don't want to have a dozen browser tabs open (or if you lose a wifi signal and need to remember something quickly).

Key Shortcuts

ChromeOS Key Shortcuts
Key Shortcuts lets you edit keyboard shortcuts as well as view them. Credit: Lifehacker

Keyboard shortcuts are among the best productivity hacks for getting more done in a shorter space of time, and Key Shortcuts lets you view all of the shortcuts available on ChromeOS—from opening notifications to changing the screen zoom.

This app is more than just a list of shortcuts, though: You can actually customize many of the shortcuts yourself, via the pencil icon that appears on the right as you hover the cursor. Don't like the full-screen screenshot shortcut? Change it.

You will be limited in terms of certain keypresses, and the dedicated keys (for volume, for example) that are available on your particular Chromebook model, but Key Shortcuts gives you plenty of flexibility as well as being a handy reference.

ChromeOS Gallery app
Gallery lets you work with images, video, audio, and PDFs. Credit: Lifehacker

Last but definitely not least, we have the excellent Gallery app. This is where you can edit images and PDFs, watch videos, and listen to audio. Each of the different components is relatively basic, but they all work well, and all work offline too.

With the image editor, for example, you can crop, rotate, and resize pictures, as well as annotate them with a variety of pen sizes, styles, and colors. There are also basic adjustments available for exposure, contrast, and saturation.

The PDF editor covers some of the main operations you might want to carry out on documents like these: Adding text, annotating pages, and inserting your signature. You can also get AI summaries of PDF documents.

by Beth Skwarecki  for lifehacker.com

Three Things I Already Like About the Fitbit Air

I'm genuinely impressed.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

I just got my review unit of the Fitbit Air, and while I can't give you a full review yet, I've now had the device in my hand and have tried out the new Google Health app that will soon replace the Fitbit app. I've already found a lot to like about it, which kind of surprised me. My hopes were high, but my expectations were not. Here's what I'm seeing so far.

The Fitbit Air is small and light

Fitbit Air in my hand
Credit: Beth Skwarecki

From photos, I could tell the Fitbit Air looked small and light, but I was mostly seeing it on a basketball player's arm. In person, it really does live up to the photos. The Fitbit Air has an 18-millimeter strap, which is much thinner than what you see on any other smart bands, and overall, it's the smallest fitness tracker I've used in recent years (and maybe ever). Here is a photo of the Air (far right, in the "fog" colorway) next to a current generation Whoop MG. Right to left, the other two devices are a Polar Loop (beige) and an Amazfit Helio (black).

Amazfit Helio, Polar Loop, Whoop MG, Fitbit Air next to each other for size comparison
Left to right: Amazfit Helio, Polar Loop, Whoop MG, Fitbit Air Credit: Beth Skwarecki

The Fitbit Air's coach was able to pull data from a screenshot

Two screenshots of the Health Coach accepting a screenshot of a workout from another app, and updating my workout data to match
Credit: Beth Skwarecki

The Fitbit Air, like all smart bands, relies on its companion app for data analysis and display, so the app's performance is critical to how useful the band actually is as a tracker. I had already done my workout for the day when I first tried the new app, so I showed the coach a screenshot of my results from that workout. (I had tracked it on a Coros watch.) The coach detected the number of minutes I'd spent in each heart rate zone, then converted them to Fitbit zones and logged them appropriately.

Google Health's AI coach may be hallucinating less

I had a terrible time with an early version of the Google Health coach. The hallucinations were bad, and even as of last week, the memory problem was awful. It would insist on obeying something as a commandment that had just been a passing thought months ago ("I'd like heavy singles in my workout"), even if I went into my "coach notes" and deleted that memory. But since trying the new version of the app, I haven't seen any significant hallucinations, and there are no intrusive long-term memories—at least so far.

I also noticed the coach was able to do what it said. When I asked it to log my Hyrox workout, it logged it as starting at 8 p.m. (the current time). When I asked it to update that time to 6 p.m., I didn't see the update right away and figured it was another broken promise—but a minute later, I noticed that it had, in fact, updated. It will take more testing to see whether the coach always does the right thing, or if I just lucked out, but it certainly seems to be working better than what I saw in the Public Preview.

by POLITICO  for politico.eu

Starmer in crisis: Burnham plots his path to the top — latest updates

Follow along for the latest as Britain's prime minister tries to ride out dire election results while his own Labour colleagues circle.

Keir Starmer woke up in No.10 Downing Street this morning, but for how much longer?

After a week of turmoil for the embattled U.K. Prime Minister, Greater Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham has finally made his move, and the roadmap to a British leadership change is suddenly visible.

Here’s what you need to know:

  • Greater Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham is seeking a return to Parliament via a by-election. If he wins, the path to challenge Starmer becomes clear. Labour’s ruling NEC officers are expected to meet today to decide if they will allow Burnham to run for a seat in Makerfield, Manchester.
  • But this is no victory lap. Nigel Farage has vowed to throw “absolutely everything” at the Makerfield race. With Reform UK polling at strongly locally, Burnham is heading into one hell of a fight.
  • Watch for market tremors too: after a wild week, the City of London is spooked. Sterling dropped as traders price in the end of the Starmer era and the arrival of a more interventionist Burnham.

Follow along for the latest updates and analysis from the POLITICO team.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Here's How Apple Plans to Change Liquid Glass in macOS 27

Sorry haters: Liquid Glass isn't going away.

Liquid Glass, Apple's big design overhaul for the "26" era, is contentious to say the least. Some users love it, some hate it, and others despise it. There's a real spectrum of opinions out there, especially since Apple rolled out the design to all of its products. iPhones got it with iOS; iPads with iPadOS 26, and, of course, Macs with macOS 26. Apple later added controls to adjust the look of Liquid Glass across all these platforms, but it's far from an off switch. If you don't like Liquid Glass, you probably aren't going to like Liquid Glass-lite.

It seems, however, that some of the criticism is being levied at some platforms more than others. While Liquid Glass on the iPhone has its detractors, its macOS' interpretation of the design that is drawing ire. Some users aren't happy with the effect Liquid Glass has on legibility across the OS. I like the design overall, but I can agree that, at times, it can be more difficult to read text across a variety of elements than it should be. If you open Control Center, for example, the glassy elements can obscure the text within, especially if you open Control Center over a bright white article or Word document. The same can happen with other UI elements that blend over others; the glassy effect can make it difficult to read.

Bloomberg's Mark Gurman suggests these issues may be due to the Mac's varying display types: Apple's computers can come with LCD or mini-LED displays, not OLED like on the iPhone, Apple Watch, and some iPads. It's possible Apple's glass effects work a bit better on OLED than these other display types, which is why most of the biggest complaints come from Mac users. Apple is working on an OLED MacBook, which could ship as soon as this year, so that could remedy some of the issues, but it wouldn't fix the problem for critics with existing Macs.

macOS 27 could fix these legibility issues with Liquid Glass

As Gurman reports, however, Apple is looking to make some design changes to Liquid Glass on macOS 27. The goal is to update shadows and transparency on the Mac: If Apple can manage to adjust these elements and optimize them for the Mac's larger and varying display types, Liquid Glass could be a bit more useful on macOS. Gurman's source suggests that these changes reflect Apple's original intent for the design. That doesn't surprise me, as the company's original concept video does feel a bit more fluid than the end result.

To be clear, however, this will not be a Liquid Glass "overhaul," nor is the design going anywhere. Gurman says that macOS 27 will mark a "slight redesign" for Liquid Glass, but will not change or erase it completely. If you like Liquid Glass, like me, this should be good news; if you're a critic or a skeptic, you might be a bit disappointed.

But this appears to be Apple's goal for the "27" era: polish and refinement. Gurman has previously reported that the new wave of updates due out this year will offer bug fixes and quality-of-life improvements in favor of a bundle of new features. That sounds great to me: My Apple products already do just about everything I want them to; if Apple can just make the experience a bit smoother, that'll check off most of my requests. Of course, the company likely isn't omitting new features entirely: They're still on the hook for the AI updates to Siri that they promised two years ago (and are currently settling a lawsuit over). But if macOS 27 largely makes my Macs look and run a bit better, I'll be quite content.

by Germain Lussier  for gizmodo.com

‘The Batman Part II’ Cast Continues to Be Revealed by Matt Reeves

The long-awaited DC sequel starring Robert Pattinson is coming to theaters on October 1, 2027.The long-awaited DC sequel starring Robert Pattinson is coming to theaters on October 1, 2027.

by Michel  for news.blog

5 Mobile App Development Trends To Watch Out For In 2021

5 Mobile App Development Trends To Watch Out For In 2021  With the commencement of 2021, there is a surge of opportunities for the entire mobile app development industry to grow and take advantage of trends and other key market points as the competition in 2021 gets stronger and stronger. These market trends may haveContinue reading "5 Mobile App Development Trends To Watch Out For In 2021"

5 Mobile App Development Trends To Watch Out For In 2021 

With the commencement of 2021, there is a surge of opportunities for the entire mobile app development industry to grow and take advantage of trends and other key market points as the competition in 2021 gets stronger and stronger. These market trends may have evolved just a little, or they may completely change the course of the mobile app development industry.

It’s finally time to do a little research regarding what are going to be the strong trends of 2021 when it comes to mobile app development. There might be a few industry-altering changes, but there are also certain evolutions in the industry that mobile app developers have seen coming for quite some time now.

Here are the 5 mobile app development trends to watch out for this 2021:

  1. Artificial Intelligence

Artificial Intelligence is something that has seen tremendous growth throughout 2020. There are a few innovations that can be expected this 2021. Machine learning has definitely made quite a few accomplishments and thus, there will be a few changes in trends this 2021.

  • AI and Machine Learning usage

From 2018 to 2019, it was estimated that the percentage of organizations all adopting artificial intelligence had increased by 14%. While the benefits of both AI and ML are being made even more evident, companies will have to adapt by hiring the right personnel to deal with these changes.

  • AI Transparency Trends

Despite its benefits, AI still does suffer from being the subject of most trust issues. With the classic fear of “robots taking over”, efforts in 2021 have to be made in order to gain the trust of these big industries in adapting AI technologies.

  • Focus on Data Regulations and Security

Data can quite be considered as a form of cyber currency as hackers are getting better and better at accessing this data. This, of course, means that AI technology and Machine Learning should protect itself from these threats. With AI systems handling even more sensitive data, it’s only natural for there to be better data regulations and security.

  • AI and IoT

Although both technologies have their own independent qualities, they can be used together and operate in a unique way. Take Alexa and Siri for example, these two intertwine and use each other to give users a much better experience.

  • Augmented Intelligence rising

Those that are worried of AI gobbling up jobs, the rise of Augmented Intelligence should be quite a pleasing trend. Augmented Intelligence joins the power of both humans and machines for science or analytic work allowing more opportunities for both. AI engineering is also starting to kick off and become even more powerful than ever.

  1. Apps in an Instant

Smaller bite-sized apps are starting to take off and become more popular. This is a good thing for mobile app developers as these apps would require less work to make. However, they can be tricky since they have to be attractive despite their small size.

  1. 5G

Better speeds and faster services, this is what 5G promises however it has had a problematic foothold in 2020 due to not only the coronavirus but also the question as to who will construct these 5G towers? However, this is one of those trends that quickly take off and when they do, there is no stopping them. Smartphones may be developed in order to include 5G technology making it the new norm.

  1. Wearable Apps

Smartwatches, fitness bracelets, and other wearable technology would also require wearable apps. Although there might not be a lot of competition in this department, 2021 might be the year when this trend takes off. Mobile app developers that are able to innovate wearable apps might just get an upper hand.

  1. Chatbot Development

The development of chatbots will become extremely important in 2021 as many industries are already using them. The demand for better chatbots in a number of industries will mean that mobile app developers would have to pour out more resources in this trend.

Here are a few industries that are benefiting the most from chatbots:

  • Real Estate

The faster the response, the more engaging it could be for customers. This could also help save time for the real estate agent when making a sale.

  • E-commerce

These chatbots could easily improve the sales process helping customers easily search, choose, pay, and even track their own orders.

  • Travel

The use of chatbots in its industries help travel agencies find what they are looking for, book the hotels, and even buy the tickets. Travel agencies just make the whole process much easier.

  • Education

Chatbots have been used not only to improve the student’s communication system but also to monitor their learning curve by helping with examination and other testing apps.

  • HR and recruitment

The whole recruitment process can be made simpler with the use of chatbots which can automatically evaluate skills, give feedback, and even rank applicants.

  • Healthcare

Chatbots could be used to make appointments, to refill prescriptions, set reminders, monitor patient’s health, make diagnoses, and even more.

  • Finance

Banks have started to use chatbots to automatically deal with the first wave of inquiries when it comes to inquiries, reports, tax calculations, and other transactions.

With these particular industries all using chatbots, it’s only logical for mobile app developers to not only improve but also expand the reach of its applications.

As 2021 starts, these 5 massive mobile app development trends could be the key to getting ahead of the year. While 2020 was about survival, 2021 is more about getting ahead of the curve.

The year 2020 came as quite a shocker for most people as the massive shift in demand due to the coronavirus has pushed mobile app developers to adapt fast but this 2021, it might be the time to prepare for the expected changes within the industry. This time, mobile app developers would still have time to prepare before everything happens.

by Belinda Luscombe  for time.com

The Making of an American Pope

How a kid from the Midwest became the leader of the Catholic Church

“I’m ticked,” says John Prevost, the retired Midwestern high school principal who is now, abruptly and without warning, globally famous and in demand. “I didn’t want to be, but I’m so angry.” He’s sitting at the table of Denise and Rob Utter, who have invited a bunch of people from their local Catholic parish, about 45 minutes south of Chicago, to talk about their friend and John’s kid brother Bob, whom they have known for decades, over pizza. Sometimes they call him Father Bob. Occasionally they remember to call him by his new name, Pope Leo XIV, but it’s unfamiliar to their tongue. One of the guests accidentally calls him Pope Pius.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

It’s probably not all fun and games to be the spiritual leader of 1.4 billion people from very different cultures at a time when the Catholic Church is recovering from multiple scandals, riven from within, financially ensnarled, and, especially in the so-called developed nations, wrestling with a growing disinterest in the stuff it does best—ancient ritual, obligatory gathering, biblical exegesis. But it’s also a teensy bit of a drag to be his brother. 

Pope Leo XIV, 69, is the person to whom lots of people look when they want to come in contact with God. John Prevost, 71, is the person to whom they look when they want to reach the Pope. His mailbox is inundated. A local accounting firm sent him a 30-page pitch deck on how it would sort out the Vatican’s finances. Another opportunist sent him two baseballs, asking for them to be forwarded to His Holiness, newly anointed as the world’s most famous White Sox fan. “Dear Mr. Prevost, please have your brother sign these baseballs,” the accompanying letter said, according to its recipient. “You can keep one and run a fundraiser.” His mail carrier is sympathetic, advising him to hire someone to handle the paper blizzard. 

It’s not just mail. His phone (a landline) rings well into the night. One recent warm day, Prevost was watering his yard when he noticed people at his front door. It was congregants from a now shuttered church in Chicago, St. Adalbert’s. “They had a two-page letter to send to the Pope in the hopes that he will convince the Cardinal to reopen the church—and they were not going to give up,” he says. Even Hollywood is getting in on the act. Prevost has already had a showbiz publicist offer to represent him, and a journalist stop by post-interview to give him tips on what is imprudent to say on live TV—such as his imminent travel plans.

Prevost’s travails are one of the many ripple effects of May 8, 2025, when the conclave made several types of history by handing the papal keys to a recently appointed American Cardinal. Robert Francis Prevost is not only the first Augustinian, the first modern missionary, and the first devotee of Peeps and Hostess Snoballs to occupy the Throne of St. Peter, he’s also the first leader from a land where opportunism and entrepreneurship are admired only slightly less than the triune God. America is not used to having a local guy as the driving force of an institution with four times as much history and an even greater capacity to inspire fear and awe. But a deep dive into Pope Leo’s education and background shows that either by divine intervention, wise choices, luck, or all three, his path made him uniquely prepared for steering through the choppy waters facing the ancient denomination he now leads.

Making of the Pope Time Magazine cover

As recently as three months ago, it was a truth universally acknowledged that there was not going to be a Pope from the U.S. anytime soon. The Americans were too dominant elsewhere, too loud, too confident, too greedy, too obsessed with individual liberties. They venerated the new and the shiny, preferring novel and homegrown faiths to the traditions of Europe or Asia. They were more concerned with LGBTQ rights and the ordination of women than the plight of the poor and dispossessed. 

But if ever there were going to be an American Pope, people could have predicted he’d come from the Midwest. “He’s Midwestern nice,” says Father Paul Galetto, the pastor of St. Paul church in Philadelphia, of the fellow Augustinian he has known since his 20s. “He listens to you. He’s pleasant. He’s not going to jump in the middle of your conversation, tell you you’re wrong. That’s a great advantage for him.”

Even the much prevailed-upon John Prevost can’t stay ticked for long. A few evenings before our dinner party, someone left a package at his doorstep. It was a Wordle cap. (He plays Wordle with his Vatican-based brother every day; he in English, the Pope in Italian.) “And then here comes the card: ‘Dear John, in a world where there are so many evil people right now, you are a breath of fresh air, thank you,’” says Prevost. “‘We so appreciate your sense of humor and your kind words.’ And that changed my attitude. People are watching me, so I’d better not be crabby.”


It was clear from very early on where the youngest of Mildred and Louis Prevost’s three sons was heading. “The only thing that was in question until eighth grade was, would it be an order priest, or would it be a diocesan priest?” says John. (The former belongs to a brotherhood, while the latter serves a church.) “Nothing was forced on him. That was his decision to make.” The family were eager Catholics: his mother, a school librarian, sang in the choir, as did young Robert. They had relatives who were nuns. Before he became a high school principal and district superintendent, Louis, who served in the Navy during World War II, had considered being a priest. His sons’ career choices mirrored their father’s: Louis, the oldest, named after his dad, went into the Navy. John was a principal of Catholic high schools. And Robert took the path his father might have taken.

Primary imagePope Childhood home

Apart from his devotion to the church, and the fact that study came easily to him, Robert was a regular kid, riding his bike around the streets of the south Chicago working-class suburb of Dolton by day, playing flashlight tag by night, and occasionally squeezing the glowing goo out of fireflies and wiping it on an older brother. It didn’t seem odd that he occasionally set up a pretend Communion table on the ironing board and gave his family play sacraments. John confirms that even while very young, Robert had a reputation among the neighbors, with one elderly lady telling him as they played in the yard that he’d be Pope one day. 

When young men showed an inclination toward entering the priesthood in 1967 Chicago—a city that was Catholic enough that locals identified themselves by their parish rather than their neighborhood—they’d be visited by representatives of the various orders, football-scout style, to see where they might fit in. “I remember sitting around a table each time someone was coming, and they would come, and then everyone would ask questions,” says John Prevost. “We had to sit there and be nice.” The vocational director who persuaded eighth-grade Robert to give the Augustinians a spin was Dudley Day, a Catholic of the old school, whose views were conservative enough that he later parted ways with his local church over a disagreement about modernization.

Pope Leo

St. Augustine, the minor seminary in Holland, Mich., where Robert Prevost completed his secondary education, was the kind of place that sorted the priests from the merely pious. About 50 boys were accepted every year, and about a dozen graduated four years later. “It was tough; it was rigorous,” says Father Becket Franks, who was the year below the future Pope at school. Students were up at 6 a.m. and had scheduled activities until about 8:30 p.m., when they had a few hours of free time before retiring to a large dormitory lined with beds. There were three Masses a day and a lot of time in close quarters together. 

Prevost, who was co-valedictorian and yearbook editor among other accolades, had a reputation for being a good person to turn to for help with homework, especially math or languages. “He was the smartest person I think we ever met,” says Franks, who is now a Benedictine monk and chaplain. “He had mastered French by the middle of high school.” Students were required to undertake certain extracurricular activities (Prevost was in the choir with Franks—both sing tenor—and played tennis) and to keep up their academic performance, but mostly the school’s focus was how to live in community. “Everything that we went through at St. Augustine Seminary High School prepared Robert Prevost for his position,” says Franks. “Not just education but dealing with people and learning patience and how to behave.”

Primary imageSecondary image

From Michigan, Prevost went to Villanova, the Augustinian university just outside Philadelphia. It was in Pennsylvania that he really developed his love of driving, which according to two contemporaries, he would do while reading a book. He and three friends once asked Father Bill Sullivan, who oversaw would-be friars, if they could drive to a church dance in Chicago—some 12 hours away—and be back the following afternoon. In January. Their request was declined. “He just was an easy guy to be with,” says Sullivan, now a parochial vicar at St. Jude’s, the church the Utters belong to in New Lenox, Ill. “He made friends. People really listened to him.” Prevost majored in math and minored in philosophy, but it was pretty much the end of his study of anything not directly related to his faith. In September 1977, shortly after he finished his coursework at Villanova, he made the first round of vows to join the Augustinian order.


At 22, Robert Prevost was committing his life to an establishment in the midst of generational change. The Catholic Church of his parents had been altered profoundly by the Second Vatican Council, which released a series of reports in the mid-’60s, loosening up some of the church’s strictures and establishing a series of new procedures and rules that allowed, among other things, Mass to be said in languages that were not Latin and pastoral care for those who are divorced. One result of these changes was a call for a new style of urban and more ecumenical Catholic university. Prevost joined an institution founded on those principles.

The Catholic Theological Union (CTU), housed in the former Aragon Hotel, was a decade old when Prevost arrived. Two dozen or so men’s orders studied there, as well as women and laypeople, and the school had female professors and a rabbi on staff. What it didn’t have was any students on the way to becoming diocesan priests. (They trained in the more palatial Mundelein Seminary outside Chicago.) The mix of cultures, genders, and orders and the shedding of hierarchy—professors were called by their first names—made it an exciting place to be. “It was, in a certain sense, the best of what religious community can become,” says Sister Dianne Bergant, 88, who taught there for 45 years. 

Bergant marveled at the opportunities she was given. “This is going to sound like an exaggeration, but I do not ever remember being minimized by my male colleagues because I was a woman,” she says. “Women were considered to be theologians in the same way as men.” She had Prevost in two classes, Old Testament and Pentateuch, and doesn’t remember him at all but can tell from her class notes that he did well and always turned in his assignments on time. Each student had a spiritual director, and Prevost chose Sister Lyn Osiek, who also supervised his theological-reflection class. “Calm and steady,” says Osiek. “Those are the two words that I would say about him. It was just like nothing fazed him. He was really a person who was at peace with himself.”

Robert Prevost Pope Leo

At the end of the day students from a religious order went back to the houses of their communities where professors from the order also lived and dined and prayed with them. About a dozen Augustinians lived together in the St. John Stone Friary in Hyde Park, with others coming and going. While it’s safe to say it was collegial, it was not one of the party houses. “Sometimes we were invited up to different parts of the building where the other communities were to celebrate various things,” says Prevost’s classmate Father Mark Francis, now superior general of the Viatorians. “The Passionists, for example, would always have a Kentucky Derby Day. And the Precious Blood always had kegs of beer.” Bergant confirms this: “Those Precious Blood men put on good parties.”

(The St. John Stone Friary has been in the news over the years because a priest accused of abusing at least 13 minors was allowed to move in there in 2000. A victims’ group filed a complaint with the Vatican in March, alleging that Prevost “endangered the safety” of children by allowing the priest to live near an elementary school. “To our knowledge, Pope Leo XIV has acted in accordance with Church policies in every abuse case,” the Archdiocese of Chicago said in a statement in May, “and has consistently expressed his compassion for survivors of this crime and sin.” A lawyer for Midwest Augustinians has suggested the location was selected because of the supervision the priest would receive. The complaint also alleged that Prevost failed to properly handle three women’s claims of sexual abuse while he was bishop in Peru in 2022; the Vatican has said Prevost followed church protocol and sent the results of an initial investigation to Rome. The Vatican closed its own investigation in August 2023, though the diocese later reopened the case.)

The scholarship at CTU was both rigorous and progressive. One of the required classes, on Christology, had two versions, one taught by a professor trained by Edward Schillebeeckx, the respected Belgian theologian who promulgated the idea that the true role of the Christian was not to ascribe to a certain set of beliefs but to right injustice as Jesus did, and the other trained by the equally respected German theologian Karl Rahner, whose emphasis was on the mystical nature of Christ and thus of all humans. 

“We were not trained in a very doctrinaire, rigid kind of theology,” says Francis, who served a stint as CTU’s president. “One of the strengths of the school was the missiological part. The question of religion and culture was very important in terms of how we have to recalibrate things if you’re moving from one group to another, one culture to another.” Many of CTU’s graduates became missionaries, including one of Prevost’s contemporaries, Ezechiele Ramin, who was murdered in 1985 in Brazil as he tried to broker peace between the corporate landowners and the local landless farmers. There is a campaign to have him beatified. 

Bishop Daniel Turley, who lived in the Augustinian friary for a few months in the late ’70s, remembers Prevost as being particularly committed to the idea of doing missionary work. In general, the Augustinians are considered a missionary order who teach and preach. St. Augustine left Europe and moved to North Africa with a handful of other devotees to live out a life saturated by their beliefs while also absorbed in the needs of their neighbors. Augustinians don’t stay in one place like the Benedictines, but move around, bringing their gifts to different places, but always among other Augustinians. The current Pope once described the order as “brothers and friends whose lives and witness truly make a difference.”

Wherever Prevost has gone, he has been among men who had been trained as he was and committed to sharing everything. Even when he was a Cardinal with his own papal apartment, he went to the Augustinian curia for meals and Mass every day, and once a week to play tennis; he dined there at least twice in the early weeks of his papacy. “He was very interested in what I was doing in Peru,” says Turley, who worked there for 52 years. While other students were heading to their rooms to study, Prevost wanted to talk about what people in Turley’s diocese needed. “Of all of them, he was the most community minded,” says Turley.


If Prevost spent most of his first quarter-century less than 800 miles from his home, the decades that followed would take him quite a bit farther. After he graduated from CTU and took his solemn vows in 1981, he was invited to study canon law in Rome. “Americans had stopped going to study in Rome,” says Galetto, who was one of the first to return. “We thought American theology was better, more modern. It wasn’t based on patristics, but more on psychology and sociology.” When he arrived with Robert Dodaro, his co-valedictorian from way back at high school, neither speaking Italian, Galetto was their guide. John Paul II, now St. John Paul II, had just been elected, a youngish Polish Pope emerging at the same time as Lech Walesa’s Polish trade union, Solidarity. “There was this electric feel,” says Galetto. “Large crowds were coming to the audiences.”

While Prevost was studying a historic and doctrinaire subject, essentially the legal framework for the Catholic Church’s operations, at the Angelicum, a 440-year-old school where John Paul II had also studied, he was surrounded by the excitement of a new era. The Augustinian house was across St. Peter’s Square from the Vatican, and it was filled with men from around the world. Galetto remembers Prevost really enjoying the global nature of the brotherhood. “When you study in Rome, you realize that the church is really universal,” says Galetto. “Many of the Augustinians who are in the United States, we just think that the American problems are the church’s problems, but there’s so much more than that.”

Because of his legal expertise, Prevost was asked to become personal secretary to a bishop in Chulucanas in northern Peru. But he arrived in the aftermath of deadly El Niño floods and set to work helping rebuild the region. “When you’re a missionary, you just learn how to do everything, from electronics to auto mechanics,” said then Cardinal Prevost during a visit to St. Jude’s last year. It was not a seamless process. There might still not have been an American Pope if one of Prevost’s Augustinian brethren hadn’t saved him from being electrocuted with a well-aimed tackle on a roof after the young missionary picked up the wrong two wires.

While Pope Leo owes his formal education almost solely to the northern hemisphere, much of his shaping as a practitioner occurred in Peru. “Those are the life experiences that give you life to continue on, that nourish you,” says Turley, who was Prevost’s superior when he arrived. “As a young priest, to go through that, and see how beautiful it is, how poor people can be, and yet all of the goodness and the power of people when they come together, and the wonderful things that they can do if you start breaking down prejudices and division.” Prevost said as much at St. Jude’s: “The part of ministry that most shaped my life is Peru.” 

After a decade in South America, it must have been quite an adjustment to take on the role of head of his home Augustinian province, which stretches throughout the Midwest and into Canada. One of his duties as provincial prior was to minister to Augustinian schools, and he was called in to help out St. Rita of Cascia High School in Chicago. The students have a retreat every year, and the school likes to invite priests who are unfamiliar to the boys to hear confession so they don’t feel awkward. In 2000, Prevost was one of those priests. “I had gone to confession several times before, but it was like two minutes, let me get out of here as quickly as I can,” says Patrick “PJ” McCarthy. “But this was more of just a conversation.” The two sat knee to knee in the darkened room and talked about underage drinking and sibling rivalry, among other things. “He was not judging me, and he was just very open,” recalls McCarthy. Mike Stawski, who was on the retreat as a student leader, noticed right away that Prevost was different from most priests. “What was so fascinating about him was that almost immediately, we forgot that he wasn’t with us the whole time. He was so welcoming, so caring for what we were doing.”

After two years, Prevost was voted in as the head, or prior general, of all Augustinians, based again in Rome. He traveled a lot, encouraging the other 2,800 or so Augustinian friars around the world. But priors general can serve only two terms, and in 2013, Prevost found himself back in Chicago, back at CTU, helping guide Augustinians in training, work usually done by much younger men. “It’s like having the CEO of an international organization retire from being CEO, but yet be employed by the organization for passing out mail,” says Bergant, the Old Testament scholar. 

If Prevost felt it was a comedown, he said nothing to his friends. That’s the Father Bob the folks of New Lenox talk about, never too busy or too big for his community. After Father Mike Schweifler had a heart transplant on Easter in 2005, the women of St. Jude’s who were looking after him struggled to get his brethren to visit. But Prevost, who was prior general, came several times. “Sometimes he was just on a stopover and he drove here from O’Hare for a few hours or a few minutes,” says Denise Utter. “And then he’d go back to O’Hare, because he had a connecting flight.”

Pope Leo

At the same time Prevost’s friends want to make clear that he’s not overly reverent. He laughed when they showed him Saturday Night Live’s “Weekend Update” segment about his election on YouTube. When they get together for pizza (he favors mushroom and sausage), “we mostly don’t talk about faith-based things at all,” says Utter. Lisa Salva and her husband Rich visited Prevost in Rome in 2011, and he took them through a back door to St. Peter’s Basilica for Mass so that they emerged right under the altar. “When I walked up that spiral staircase, I looked up and I went, ‘Jesus Christ!’” recalls Salva. “And he goes, ‘That’s a good reaction.’” The current Pope also knows his way around a good clean Midwestern joke, at least according to his brother. One of the last jokes he told Pope Francis was about going to the doctor because his arm hurt in two places, says John Prevost. “And the Pope said, ‘Really? What did the doctors say?’ And Bob said, ‘Doctors told me: Don’t go to those places.’”

Prevost’s return to Chicago also turned out to be something of a stopover, because in 2014, Francis, whom Prevost had met when the late Pontiff was still Archbishop Jorge Mario Bergoglio of Buenos Aires, asked him to return to Peru, this time as bishop of Chiclayo, a large metropolis in the north. The diocese was dominated by clerics who were members of Opus Dei, a very conservative sect of Catholicism, and Prevost, who had to become a Peruvian citizen to become a bishop, was charged with moving it back to the middle. “So you had some resistance to the new bishop,” says Turley. “But those [Opus Dei adherents] who were in control quickly lost control, because the people really wanted someone who was open and welcoming.”

The challenges weren’t only from within the church. “Right after he became a bishop, we had the tremendous problem of Venezuela,” says Turley, who oversaw the Catholic Church’s response to the 1.5 million asylum seekers accepted into Peru after the Venezuelan economy and civil society began to collapse in 2014. They needed housing, jobs, and medical help. “One of the best bishops to work with in dealing with migrants was none other than Bishop Robert Prevost,” says Turley. “His diocese was so well organized to take care of them.” 

The combination of Prevost’s formal but reformist education and long fieldwork among people with very little but each other to insulate them from hardship was perhaps what drew Pope Francis to swiftly raise his standing at the Vatican as the Pontiff saw the dying of the light. In Hope, Francis’ last book, he wrote that for the church to grow, it had to focus less on conversion and more on attracting people through the way Christians lived, and therefore for high-ranking church officials, “the title of ‘servant’—here in the sense of ministry—should obscure that of ‘eminence.’”

Pope LeoSecondary image

In 2023, Prevost was made a Cardinal and moved back to Vatican City, working in successively more prominent roles, until the announcement of his election in May. “He’s been formed in the kind of church that is forward-thinking, missionary in its outlook, globally aware, and then, especially in Peru, very deeply formed by his accompaniment of people who were the poorest,” says Sister Barbara Reid, the current president of CTU. “You can hear it in everything he says.”


For many, it can be hard to believe the Catholic Church has any relevance today. All those ornate empty buildings with men in robes waving smoke around elderly congregants, preaching homilies with references to activities as quaint as shepherding and sowing, and praying to dead saints whose miracles are now forgotten or considered dubious. The first American Pope officially comes from the Province of Our Mother of Good Counsel, which seems almost as fantastical as coming from the Gladden Fields of Middle Earth. The church of his childhood, St. Mary of the Assumption, is abandoned, its stained-glass windows (one displaying the papal keys) uncontemplated.

But every time one expression of faith dies, a new one seems to rise up offering something more in keeping with the needs of the era. History records the first Pope Leo as an adept diplomat; he’s credited with persuading Attila the Hun not to sack Rome. The current Pope Leo has already offered Russian leader Vladimir Putin and Ukrainian leader Volodymyr Zelensky a place to negotiate. In the wake of the U.S. bombing of Iran, he urged world leaders to “stop the tragedy of war before it becomes an irreparable abyss.” 

When Galetto saw his fellow Augustinian step onto the balcony, he paused for a moment to reflect on the mysterious ways of the universe. “We started at the same place 40 years ago. Here I am stapling papers together at a parish because we’re having a prayer service,” he says, “and he’s going to be talking to Putin about the war in Ukraine. God had a plan for him, and God had a plan for me.”

Bob Prevost might never climb behind the wheel of a car again. But Pope Leo might be able to drive something. Already inquiries about becoming an Augustinian novitiate are up fivefold from last year. Augustinian websites have been flooded with traffic. And another type of visitor has been showing up on John Prevost’s doorstep: people who feel that an American Pope is a sign. “Because of my brother, they are going back to the church,” says the older Prevost. “They say, ‘I’ve been away for a long time. And I’d like to come back.’”

Replaced

Få saker i livet gör mig mer lycklig än när utvecklare vågar klamra sig fast vid en tydlig vision och helt enkelt vägrar att kompromissa. Mot allt bättre vetande. Speciellt när det råkar handlar om audiovisuellt berättande där stora delar av upplevelsen helt enkelt handlar om stämning och atmosfär snarare än djupt gameplay och en expansiv, till synes oändlig värld full av möjligheter. Kort och gott, en tajt och fokuserad berättelse som tillåter dig att under några lyckliga timmar faktiskt glömma allt världsligt sus och surr.

Välkommen till 1980-talet som aldrig blev av. En dystopisk spegling av årtiondet vi alla älskar, men där de tekniska framstegen tilläts ta en annan riktning. Glöm Walkmans, Macintosh och He-Man. Här bjussas det istället på ljusskygga maktstrukturer, statlig kontroll och brutalt våld. Kroppen är reducerad till en resurs och livet är något flyktigt som i det stora hela inte verkar betyda så värst mycket. I centrum står R.E.A.C.H, en artificiell intelligens som fastnat i en människokropp och försöker komma till grepp med denna nya normalitet. Ett grepp som så klart direkt placerar Replaced i samma filosofiska sandlåda som Blade Runner och Ghost in the Shell, där frågor om medvetande och identitet ständigt bubblar under ytan.

<bild>Staden hägrar.</bild>

Skillnaden är att Replaced (tacksamt nog) inte försöker att överträffa dessa stilbildande titaner som hjälpt att forma så mycket av genren, varken i omfattning eller frågeställningar om livet. Där exempelvis Cyberpunk 2077 satsade stenhårt på sin expansiva värld, fylld av system, karaktärer och historier så gör Sad Cat Studios något långt mer intimt och fokuserat. Replaced skalar ner upplevelsen och siktar istället in sig på tempo, känsla och närvaro. Med ett resultat som verkligen talar för sig självt genom sitt nästan klaustrofobiska berättande. En ensam person på vandring genom en värld i aktivt förfall. Stöpt i skimrande, regnvåt betong, stål och ljus.

En känsla som förmedlas med sällsam perfektion av spelets kanske mest slående aspekt: den visuella presentationen. Nog för att vi sett så kallade HD2D-titlar tidigare, men Replaced tar detta koncept ett steg längre och är direkt fånigt snyggt. Och det är inte bara någon enskild del utan just hur väl ljussättningen, pixel-konsten och den ofta absurda detaljnivån samspelar med varandra. Det känns.. genuint levande och ingrott. Vissna löv som dansar i vinden, ljus som filtreras genom smutsiga fönster och mörka rum där smutsen hänger tungt i luften.

<bild>Stridern kan vara rätt utmanande på högre svårighetsgrad.</bild>

Allting är så skamlöst välkomponerat och det känns dessutom aldrig snyggt bara för sakens skull. Istället fungerar det visuella som en förlängning av berättelsen, där varje scen bär med sig emotionell tyngd och textur som gång på gång får en att vilja stanna upp och bara gapa. Som grädde på moset arbetar kameran dessutom aktivt med att förstärka dramatiken i varje bildruta genom att zooma, panorera eller skifta fokus. Det är elegant, engagerande och direkt fånigt snyggt.

Men ambitionerna sträcker sig långt bortom bara det visuella, och Replaced bjuder även på förvånansvärt kompetent gameplay som kombinerar plattforms-hoppande med utforskande och enklare, men ofta förvånansvärt utmanande strider. Där de sistnämnda bygger på en kombination av slag, pareringar och kontringar. Enkelt men tillfredsställande, där man tydligt sneglade på Arkham Asylum fast så klart anpassat till ett tvådimensionellt perspektiv. Rörelserna bär dock långt mer tyngd i Replaced och har en naturlig seghet som känns igen från bland annat Flashback och Prince of Persia. Kort och gott, det går inte riktigt att knapp-spamma här, i varje fall inte om du spelar på någon av de högre svårighetsgraderna som ofta kan vara rejält bestraffande.

<bild>Skanna objekt i världen och läs om dem i din lilla söta terminal</bild>

Effekten här är tydlig och märks egentligen redan av från första stund när du tar dina första stapplande steg i spelet. Varje rörelse bär helt enkelt med sig långt mer mening och konsekvens, här finns en distinkt rytm som snabbt blir ganska beroendeframkallande. Det hela upplevs ofta mer filmiskt i sin presentation, där allt från animationerna, kamerarörelserna och tempot tydligt vill vara mer av en upplevelse än bara ett spel i mängden.

Och det är här någonstans som Replaced verkligen finner sin identitet. För även om det i förbifarten är ganska lätt att dra paralleller till andra alster inom genren, både bland film likväl som spel, så filtreras alla influenser genom den kompromisslösa vision som teamet satt upp. Här finns syfte och inte bara stil, och även om det knappast är något nytt för genren så lyckas man ändå presentera det på ett sätt som känns personligt snarare än predikande. Frågorna växer fram naturligt genom nyfikenhet och de situationer du hamnar i.

Men allt är inte perfekt, och för många kommer antagligen spelets ganska ytliga gameplay att bli tröttsamt. Det är så klart en ytterst medveten prioritering från utvecklarna och en del av den tidigare nämnda "kompromisslösa visionen". Vilket jag verkligen celebrerar dem för. Men Replaced kommer inte att tilltala den breda massan. Det är smalt, det är begränsat och inte minst så är det ett spel som nästan kräver att du stannar upp emellanåt och verkligen tar in dina omgivningar.

<bild>Let there be light!</bild>

Replaced försöker inte vara störst eller mest. Och i en genre som så lätt annars tenderar att fokusera på och fastna i teknisk excess och överambition, så är det befriande med något som vågar vara mer avskalat, fokuserat och personligt. I slutändan handlar Replaced trots allt om känsla, vilket det har så det räcker och blir över, med en berättelse som resonerar djupt, känns uppfriskande utan att återuppfinna hjulet och dessutom inte känner ett behov av att ge alla svar.

Om detta är en helhet som du kan leva med, och om du likt undertecknad har en fäbless för dystopiska pixlar som stöpts i neon och smuts. Då kommer Replaced högst troligt vara en av de mest otroliga och omvälvande upplevelserna på länge. Så släck lamporna, maxa volymen och låt det alternativa 80-talet uppsluka dig.

<bild>Kan jag bara få stanna här, för alltid?</bild>

by Ross Johnson  for lifehacker.com

10 Shows Like 'Paradise' You Should Watch Next

These shows all come at their dystopian narratives sideways, using science fiction in surprising ways.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

In Dan Fogelman's Paradise, we're apparently in an affluent suburban town in which everything looks fairly tidy. It's the home of Sterling K. Brown's Xavier Collins, a widower and secret service agent, which would be more impressive if the president he'd been serving (James Marsden) hadn't been murdered (much of the narrative is revealed in flashbacks). Oh, and that cute little town? Turns out that it's ... something else. These 10 shows also come at their dystopian narratives sideways, using science fiction in surprising ways. Stream Paradise on Hulu and then head down these other dark holes.

Silo (2023 – )

Rebecca Ferguson stars as Juliette Nichols, an engineer who gets wrapped up in an investigation involving the local sheriff (David Oyelowo)—usual procedural stuff, except that the characters all inhabit a massive silo, 144 levels deep, protecting the remaining 10,000 humans from the allegedly poisoned world above. Those running the silo have managed to convince everyone left that only strict adherence to rules and procedures will keep them safe from the dangers outside. This is a more dour, less colorful apocalypse than the one in Fallout—it's a prestige drama that incorporates elements of horror, mystery, and science fiction to tell human stories about fear and control. A third and concluding fourth season are both coming, so the show has the increasingly rare advantage of a planned conclusion. Stream Silo on Apple TV+.


Ascension (2014)

This smart, not terribly well-remembered miniseries establishes an alternate timeline à la For All Mankind: The Kennedy administration sends a generation ship into space (allegedly) in order to ensure the survival of humanity through the Cold War; as the series opens, it's been just a bit over 50 years since the launch (2014, as it happens). The first murder ever committed on the Ascension raises a ton of questions, as does the fact that nobody back on Earth seems to have ever heard of this massive project. Look out for a couple of shock reveals and smart twists. Stream Ascension on Tubi.


Snowpiercer (2020 – 2024)

Though initially feeling like an unnecessary extension of Bong Joon Ho's allegorical post-apocalyptic film, Snowpiercer ultimately takes on a life of its own as a clever sci-fi melodrama, smartly recognizing that there are no heroes and few true villains at the end of the world—it's mostly just people doing whatever they can to survive. In a frozen future, humanity survives on an extremely long train that circumnavigates the globe. If it stops, the power will go out and everyone (literally everyone) will die. Those who came aboard with wealth live near the front in relative luxury, while the poor live on scraps (or worse) in the train's tail. Daveed Diggs stars as former detective Andre Layton, a "Tailie" deputized by Jennifer Connelly's Melanie Cavill, engineer and the train's Head of Hospitality, to solve a series of murders. The inevitable uprising that follows sets the two of them on different sides of a violent conflict, before each eventually realizes they're just pawns of elites—same as it ever was. It's far less coy about its sci-fi setting than Paradise, but pays as a similarly apocalyptic political thriller. Stream Snowpiercer on Prime Video and Tubi.


Sugar (2024 – )

Sugar doesn't try to obscure or downplay its reliance on old-school Hollywood noir tropes: Its characters are driven to emulate the style of antiheroes of old, and clips from old movies even play alongside the action as a means of driving the point home. The central mystery sees detective John Sugar (Colin Farrell) summoned to the mansion of a rich movie producer (James Cromwell), whose granddaughter has gone missing. The first few episodes are intriguing, and  the premise is unique in that Sugar is kind of an anti-anti-hero—he's an actual nice guy in a world where he's expected to play the tough guy. The sixth episode, though, drops an absolutely wild, love-it-or-hate it plot twist that drives the remaining episode and, presumably, the forthcoming second season—and that's where it it heads into Paradise territory as a bit of sneaky, stealthy sci-fi. The show comes from writer Mark Protosevich (The Cell, I Am Legend) and is smartly directed by City of God's Fernando Meirelles, so it has style to spare. Stream Sugar on Apple TV.


Wayward Pines (2015 – 2016)

While we're talking high-concept sci-fi, let's head off to Wayward Pines, from whence you will never leave. Based on a trilogy of Blake Crouch novels, this one stars Matt Dillon as a secret service agent investigating the disappearances of two fellow agents in the Idaho town of Wayward Pines. Things go awry pretty much immediately, and he wakes up from a car accident to find one of the agents (Carla Gugino), who's also his ex, having settled down in the seemingly idyllic community—and 12 years older than when he last saw her only a few weeks ago. Even more dramatically, the local sheriff (Terrence Howard) enforces a strict "no one ever leaves" policy, on pain of having one's neck slit. The mysteries pile up from there. Stream Wayward Pines on Hulu and Disney+.


Fallout (2024 – )

In the world of Fallout, adapted from the video games, the aesthetic of the 1950s hung on for a lot longer than it did in our own, so plot similarities give way, in part, to a unique sense of style. The background is a little complicated, but not belabored within the show itself: It's 2296 on an Earth devastated two centuries earlier by a nuclear war between the United States and China. Lucy MacLean (Ella Purnell) emerges from the underground fallout shelter where she's lived her entire life in order to find her father, kidnapped by raiders. The aboveground wasteland is dominated by warring factions, each of which considers the others cults and believes that they alone know the correct way forward for mankind. Amid this conflict, the landscape is also overrun by ghouls, gulpers, and other wild radiation monsters, and Lucy seems to be just about the only human with any lingering belief in humanity. Stream Fallout on Prime Video.


The Silent Sea (2021)

Bae Doona (whom you'll know from everything from Cloud Atlas to Sense8 to Rebel Moon) stars in this twisty-turny sci-fi drama that starts on a dry, near-waterless Earth of the near-future, following a team of astronauts and scientists sent on a mission to an abandoned lunar base. They're tasked with retrieving a mysterious sample, and it soon becomes clear that the bureaucrats on Earth know a lot more about that sample than they’re telling. Suffice it to say that nothing goes particularly well—there are deaths, betrayals, and a deadly something that might be humanity's future, but might just as easily be its end. Stream The Silent Sea on Netflix.


Heavenly Delusion (Tengoku Daimakyō) (2023)

We follow two parallel narratives in this (deeply weird) post-apocalyptic anime: In one, a group of children live in a confined, sterile, closely monitored school environment, called "Heaven" and protected from what we quickly learn is the devastation outside; in the other, bodyguard Kiruko and their companion Maru travel across a devastated Japan. Those relatively straightforward dystopian strands soon give way to some wild twists and turns as the plot lines dovetail into a story involving gender and sexual politics as well as a whole lot of dark secrets. Stream Heavenly Delusion on Hulu.


Class of '09 (2023)

In much the same way that Paradise takes us to a sci-fi-inspired world for a political thriller, Class of '09 feels like a crime thriller until it doesn't: Brian Tyree Henry and Kate Mara star as a couple of FBI trainees in 2009 who we follow, concurrently, into two further timeframes: the present, circa 2023, and the future of 2034. The primary thread here is the development of artificial intelligence as a tool to predict crime, and the dangers inherent in targeting people who might only hypothetically commit crime. Prescient only a couple of years ago, the show feels impressively and alarmingly current in our AI-whether-you-like-it-or-not era. Stream Class of '09 on Disney+ and Hulu.


Severance (2022 – )

Late-stage capitalism encourages “work-life balance” while simultaneously making it impossible, and then makes us feel guilty about it. In Severance, biotechnology giant Lumon Industries has a solution: They split your consciousness between your life at work and your life outside of it. For our lead characters (among them, Adam Scott, Patricia Arquette, and Britt Lower) the work- and home-based consciousnesses grow apart to the point that they become different people. The show blends the conventions of office-based dark comedies with movies like Brazil and Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind, diving into the dangers of modern American-style totalitarian capitalism while providing a reminder that technology often promises to improve our lives while only making them worse. Stream Severance on Apple TV+.

by Ellyn Lapointe  for gizmodo.com

NASA Reveals New Details About Artemis 3—and It’s a Bit Weird

The agency still has big decisions to make, but the preliminary mission plans include some interesting choices.The agency still has big decisions to make, but the preliminary mission plans include some interesting choices.

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

Meta AI App Gets 'Incognito Chat' as OpenAI Faces Lawsuits Over Stored Chat Logs

The Meta AI app and Meta AI on WhatsApp have a new "incognito chat" option, which Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg said is a "completely private way to interact with AI."


Zuckerberg also said that Meta AI's incognito mode is the first major AI product where there is no log of conversations stored on servers. Zuckerberg likened the feature to end-to-end encryption, and said no one will be able to read the AI conversations, not even Meta or WhatsApp.

AI inference for incognito chat is done in a Trusted Execution Environment that Zuckerberg said is not accessible to Meta. Conversations also disappear from the phone when exiting a chat session, and nothing is saved or logged. Web searches are conducted privately, with no search information linked to the user.

"To get the most from personal superintelligence, we'll all need ways to discuss sensitive topics in ways that no one else can access," Zuckerberg said.

WhatsApp head Will Cathcart told reporters that the AI has safety guardrails, and it will refuse to answer questions that could be interpreted as harmful or illegal, steering conversations in a different direction. The mode also only supports text, and users are unable to upload images.

Incognito chat for Meta AI comes as OpenAI is facing a lawsuit for allegedly causing a teen's drug overdose. The teen asked ChatGPT for information on whether it was safe to take two drugs together, and was provided with an incorrect answer that led to his death. OpenAI has been sued several times by the families of people who used ChatGPT before dying by suicide.

Lawsuits against OpenAI have involved chat logs recovered by the plaintiffs, and without those logs, there would be far less evidence for a legal complaint over AI actions and advice.

Google and OpenAI also offer temporary chat options, but messages are still stored on remote servers. Google keeps data for up to three days, and OpenAI keeps logs for 30 days.

Meta's private chat option is rolling out in the coming months in the Meta AI app and WhatsApp.


This article, "Meta AI App Gets 'Incognito Chat' as OpenAI Faces Lawsuits Over Stored Chat Logs" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Hartley Charlton  for macrumors.com

Spotify to Adopt Apple's Technology for Video Podcasts

Spotify today announced plans to adopt Apple's HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) technology for video podcasts, a move that will allow creators to distribute video shows across both platforms without changing their existing setup.


Apple introduced an enhanced HLS-based video podcast experience for the iPhone, iPad, Apple Vision Pro, and the web at the end of March. The upgrade significantly improves how video shows are delivered and consumed within Apple Podcasts, but Mac and Apple TV support is not yet available.

Spotify says its Spotify for Creators and Megaphone platforms will support Apple's HLS video technology later this year, describing the move as "a major step toward truly platform-agnostic video distribution." The company says it is "actively working on this integration in coordination with Apple" and will share timeline details in the near future.

This will enable Spotify-hosted creators to distribute their video podcast content across platforms, reaching audiences on both Spotify and Apple Podcasts without changing their existing setup.


Monetization will carry over alongside distribution. Spotify says it plans to support "monetization for video content on ‌Apple Podcasts‌ so creators don't have to choose between audience reach and revenue," with further details on how that will work across platforms to follow.

The company noted that video shows must be uploaded directly to Spotify rather than distributed via RSS, which the company says is necessary to enable engagement-based monetization, real-time analytics, and other Spotify-first features. RSS distribution to other platforms, including ‌Apple Podcasts‌, remains unchanged.

Separately, Spotify also announced that several podcast hosting providers are now live with video support through the Spotify Distribution API. Libsyn, Podigee, Audioboom, Audiomeans, and Podspace have all completed integration, allowing creators on those platforms to distribute video content directly to Spotify and monetize eligible content through the Spotify Partner Program. Additional partner integrations are said to be in progress.
This article, "Spotify to Adopt Apple's Technology for Video Podcasts" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

It Just Got Harder to Get Apple's Educational Discount

You now need to prove you qualify to shop the Education Store.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Apple products are notoriously expensive: The latest MacBook Air starts at $1,099, as does the iPhone 17 Pro, and while I love my AirPods Max, I strongly recommend buyers wait until they're on sale to avoid spending $549 on headphones. Apple makes good stuff, but that stuff comes at a cost.

Not all of Apple's products are this expensive, mind you. The iPhone 17e starts at $599. That's not necessarily cheap, but it isn't $1,099, either. Apple's MacBook Neo has drawn a lot of buzz by fetching the same price tag as the 17e, but also because of its education price: $499. For that price, students and educators can buy a brand-new MacBook that does just about anything you'd want an Apple laptop to do. For the rest of us, $599 is still a great price for such a machine, but, of course, we'd rather get the education price if we could.

In fact, until recently, we could. While Apple's Education Store specified it was only for students, teachers, and customers involved in education, it didn't actually check whether or not you qualified. As such, you could simply shop the Education Store to take a cool $100 off a brand new MacBook, no questions asked. That changed last week: Apple partnered with UNiDAYS to roll out a new verification system for its education discount. If you want the price cut, you now need to prove you qualify.

Who can shop Apple's Education Store?

According to Apple, the Education Store only applies to "current and newly accepted college students and their parents, as well as faculty, staff, and homeschool teachers of all grade levels." Unfortunately, that's it. If you don't meet those qualifications, you can't save on Apple's devices. That includes, of course, the MacBook Neo, which starts at just $499 on the Education Store (for the 256GB model). But it also applies to Apple's other Macs:

But it's not just Macs that are discounted here. You'll also find iPads and Apple Watches with some price cuts. That includes:

There are other savings to be found here, too: Apple's new Studio Display and Studio Display XDR, iPad accessories, as well as Apple Care+ plans, have discounts on the Education Store. But Apple's other products do not, even though they're available to buy on the Education Store. iPhones are the same price for students as they are for all buyers, as are Apple TVs and Apple Vision Pros.

How to shop Apple's Education Store

While the actual purchase process requires verification, Apple's Education Store is open to anyone on the web. You can access it from this link, or by heading to Apple's official site, scrolling down to the bottom of the page, and choosing "Shop for College" under "For Education."

Once in the store, any applicable product will appear with its reduced price tag. The MacBook Neo, for example, will appear at $499 rather than $599 for the 256GB model. You can add items to your cart as you normally would, but once you decide to check out, you'll need to verify your education status with UNiDAYS. That involves creating a UNiDAYS account. Once in, students and teachers can sign in to their school's portal, or upload a school ID. Homeschool teachers can share their official ID, plus a homeschool document proving their status. While most qualified customers should be verified instantly, the process can take up to 24 hours.

The Education Store isn't the only way to score Apple discounts

If you aren't a student or educator, you still have options to get Apple products at a discount. For anyone open to buying pre-owned or open-box items, Apple's Refurbished Store is a great place to look. The company has options across more of its product lineup (including iPhones) you can choose from, and while they aren't new devices, they are covered by a limited one-year warranty by Apple.

You can also find deep discounts on Apple products from third-party retailers. Amazon, for instance, frequently has deals on MacBooks of all kinds, especially from previous generations. Since Apple's modern Macs perform well for years after release, this can be a great way to get a machine without spending a fortune.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This 10th Gen iPad Is on Sale for $240 Right Now

At $239.99 refurbished, Apple’s 2022 iPad delivers smooth performance for everyday use without costing much.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

A discounted tablet from a couple of years ago usually comes down to one thing: how much performance you actually need. The 2022 Apple iPad is currently on sale for $239.99 in Grade-A refurbished condition on StackSocial—the 10th-generation model with 64GB of storage and wifi. Since it’s a 2022 release, it doesn’t have the latest hardware or the longest update runway ahead, but for basic, predictable use, the lower price can outweigh those trade-offs.

In regular use, this iPad feels familiar in a way that works to its advantage, with apps opening quickly, streaming staying smooth, and video calls running without friction. Its A14 Bionic chip may not be the latest, but it still handles everyday tasks comfortably, whether that’s switching between a few apps, editing documents, or keeping a YouTube video playing in the background while you browse. It has a 10.9-inch display that is sharp and bright, and the front-facing camera sits in landscape mode, which makes a noticeable difference when you use it on a table for Zoom or FaceTime. Battery life holds up through a workday of mixed use, too.

Where you might start to notice its limits is in storage. With just 64GB, you have to be mindful about what stays on the device, especially if you download shows or large apps instead of relying on cloud storage. File transfers over USB-C are also slower than those on newer iPads. And while it still runs current iPadOS versions, it won’t receive updates for as long as newer models do. None of this makes it a bad buy, but it helps set expectations: this 10th-gen iPad works well as a secondary device, a student tablet, or for everyday browsing and streaming.

by Tom Hawking  for gizmodo.com

Man Finds Robot Dog Is Bad at Protecting His Chickens, But Might Be Good at Sending Data to China

“If we were living in a time when the Federal Government would take this type of thing seriously, this would be something I would report privately.”“If we were living in a time when the Federal Government would take this type of thing seriously, this would be something I would report privately.”

by Stephen Johnson  for lifehacker.com

Mark Zuckerberg Just Teased New Smart Glasses Ahead of Meta Connect

Set your calendar for September 23 and 24.

In a post on Instagram, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg revealed the dates of the next Meta Connect event: September 23 and 24 at the company's Menlo Park campus. It will, of course, be streamed online as well. Zuckerberg also shared a (likely clue-filled) playlist labeled "Connect 2026," a list of what to expect, and a photo that seems to tease smart glasses that will be revealed at the event:

Zuckerberg holds up secret glasses
Credit: Mark Zuckerberg/Instagram

The note Zuck shared promises "demos, special guests, AI updates and better wifi," along with a fifth item that has been blurred out. Mysterious! A post on the company's blog promised that Meta would "share the latest in VR, wearables, metaverse, and AI" at the event, but I doubt those things are listed in order of importance.

What will Meta be showing off at Meta Connect 2026?

Beyond a scribbled-out pair of sunglasses and some cryptic clues, there's little information as to what Meta plans to showcase at the event. There have been rumors that Meta is working on a watch to compete with the Apple Watch, and there is something roughly watch-sized in the photo, so that's a possibility. Meta finally revealing a full smart watch that also controls Meta glasses would make sense, but there's no way to know if the company is there yet. Diehard virtual reality fans are hoping for the announcement of a new Quest headset, which the company has confirmed is on the way at some point, but if I had to guess, I'd say Meta is going to lean hard on improvements to its artificial intelligence, because that's the way of the world these days.

Connect 2026 playlist
Credit: Mark Zuckerberg - Instagram

The songs on Mark Zuckerberg's "vibes" playlist mainly reveal the CEO's pedestrian taste in music. I mean, Daft Punk's "Better Stronger Faster" in 2026? A new Jack Harlow song? Blink-182? Sheesh. It's not giving "cutting edge," as much as "safe choices."

by Cheryl Eddy  for gizmodo.com

‘The Testaments’ Reminds Us How Powerful June’s Rebellion Was, and Still Is

As the sequel series nears its finale, two key moments from ‘The Handmaid’s Tale’ surfaced in episode eight, ‘Broken.’As the sequel series nears its finale, two key moments from ‘The Handmaid’s Tale’ surfaced in episode eight, ‘Broken.’

by David Nield  for lifehacker.com

Samsung's One UI 9 Beta Program Is Rolling Out Now, and Here's What to Expect

Samsung's take on Android 17 is now officially in the testing phase.

Samsung has announced that the testing phase for One UI 9 (based on Android 17) is getting underway this week, giving users who don't mind a few bugs and rough edges the chance to test out new features ahead of time. (The standard warning for betas applies here, which is that you install this at your own risk—there's no guarantee that you won't lose data or find a particular app stops working if you decide to go down the beta route.)

As for when everyone will be able to download and install the finished version of One UI 9, that's not easy to predict. There are rumors that it may debut on the Galaxy Z Fold 8 and Z Flip 8 around July, which would match Samsung's strategy from last year, with a wider rollout possibly starting in September.

One UI 9 beta's new features

In its official announcement, Samsung mentioned a few new features we can expect in One UI 9, though this is unlikely to be a comprehensive list. Samsung usually adds extra capabilities as the beta program progresses, right up until a full launch.

There are new creative tools coming to Samsung Notes, including more pen styles and decorative tapes, and the updated Contacts app makes it easier to create personalized profile cards using Creative Studio AI.

The Quick Panel (the settings pane you pull down from the top) will offer more control over the layout of widgets and the media player, while One UI 9 will be better at warning you about "high-risk apps" that could be dangerous.

Some upgrades to the accessibility features in One UI are coming, too: an adjustable mouse key speed, an improved TalkBack tool that uses audio and haptic feedback to help visually impaired users, and a new Text Spotlight option to make reading easier.

It's not the most significant list of upgrades you'll ever see, but that's just the start. The Gemini Intelligence features that just got announced—for carrying out tasks, filling out forms, improving dictation, and creating custom widgets—are going to arrive on Samsung and Pixel phones first, it's been confirmed, suggesting they'll be tied to One UI 9. Refreshes for various parts of the interface are also expected, though those are just rumors for now. Easier phone-to-phone sharing has been leaked as well, so by the time One UI 9 arrives properly, there should be a more substantial list of upgrades to look at.

One UI 9 beta's compatible devices

The only phones that will work with the One UI 9 beta are Galaxy handsets with an "S26" in their name. If you've got a Galaxy S26, a Galaxy S26 Plus, or a Galaxy S26 Ultra, then you can get involved—otherwise you'll have to wait.

With the Galaxy S25, Galaxy Z Fold 7, and Galaxy Z Flip 7 (so the flagship 2025 devices) only just getting One UI 8.5 now, it's likely to be towards the end of the year before owners of these phones are given a chance to join the One UI 9 beta. Availability is limited by region, too. Users in the U.S., the UK, Germany, India, South Korea, and Poland are getting the beta option this week, and if Samsung follows its usual strategy, more regions will be added over the coming weeks and months.

How to sign up for the One UI 9 beta

One UI beta
Look for a banner something like this. Credit: Samsung

If you've got a Galaxy S26 phone and live in one of the countries currently eligible for the beta, you can get started with One UI 9 now by heading to the Members app on your Samsung phone. You'll need to sign in with your Samsung account details if you haven't already (or sign up for a Samsung account, if you don't have one).

I'm in the UK and have a Galaxy S26 Ultra, so am eligible—but the beta program option hasn't appeared for me yet. Based on previous betas, an invitation to join should show up prominently on the front screen of the Members app, so you won't miss it.

Once you've gone through the necessary agreements, you can check for the beta download by opening Settings on your Samsung phone and choosing Software update > Download and install. You'll continue to get beta updates until the full release of One UI 9, or until you opt out of the beta program.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

Samsung's Flagship Galaxy 7 Fold 7 Is Over $400 Off Right Now

You also get one month of Xbox Game Pass included for new users.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 has been expensive since its launch in July 2025, but this current price drop makes it a more reasonable buy. Right now, the 512GB unlocked model in all colorways is down to $1,699.99 (originally $2,119.99) on Amazon—a $420 discount, and the lowest price it’s ever been, according to price-trackers. At this price, the 512GB model is just $120 more than the 256GB variant, effectively doubling your storage for a relatively small bump. If you tend to hold onto your phone for a few years or store a lot of photos, videos, or apps, that extra space is easier to justify.

What you’re paying for, beyond storage, is a device that feels distinct in a crowded smartphone market. Open it up, and the Z Fold 7 turns into a tablet-like screen that’s better suited for split-screen multitasking, reading, or watching videos without the letterboxing you’d see on a typical phone. Folded shut, it works like a large, conventional handset for quick tasks like replying to messages or navigating maps. Samsung has also refined the hinge this year, making it slimmer and more stable, which helps the phone feel less bulky and better balanced in everyday use. Camera performance holds up across lighting conditions, and video calls look crisp enough for work or casual use.

If the book-style foldable doesn’t appeal to you, the Galaxy Z Flip 7 is also discounted right now. The 512GB version is selling for $1,019—less than the original $1,099.99 launch price of the 256GB model—while the 256GB option is down to $899.99. The same logic applies here: When the higher storage tier is priced so close to the base model, it’s often the better long-term choice.


Saros

Housemarque är äntligen tillbaka efter fem år för att följa upp ett av de första spelen till Playstation 5 som på allvar demonstrerade vad både konsolens nya teknik gick för, men även hur Dualsense med sin revolutionerande haptik och adaptiva axelknappar skapade en helt ny typ av inlevelse. Returnal var studions största och dittills mest ambitiösa projekt, ett spel vars ryggrad och DNA var sprunget ur en högintensiv genremix mellan rogue, action, metroidvania och renodlad arkadfrenesi. Kraven på reaktionsförmåga, precision och att väga fördelar mot nackdelar via djupa, breda och slumpade förmågor och system som staplas ovanpå varandra lade grunden för en spelupplevelse som exploderade i ett stridsregn av glödande projektiler. Med Saros tar man sats och avstamp från samma grund och ramverk som föregångaren etablerade där mycket känns igen - men där man denna gång bjuder på en ballistisk ballett med betydligt högre produktionsvärden. Det här är nämligen en förädling och slipad uppgradering inom alla områden och en vildsint, välbehövlig och adrenalinstinn injektion i det klimat som präglat Sonys spelsatsningar de senaste åren.
<bild>Solförmörkelsen vilar som en förbannelse över Carcosa.</bild>
Megaföretaget Soltari har etablerat en koloni på planeten Carcosa för att utvinna en ovärderlig mineral kallad Lucenit vars egenskaper innebär en närmast oändlig energikälla. Att framgångsrikt lägga händerna på denna ligger i Soltaris och mänsklighetens intresse, energiförsörjning och fortsatta interplanetära expansion. Rymdfarkosten Echelon I skickas därför till den avlägsna planeten för att bistå och expandera basen, men kontakten med skeppet och dess besättning försvinner spårlöst. Echelon II, Echelon III skickas ut - men även dessa försvinner. Ombord på Echelon IV färdas en handplockad och topptränad grupp Soltari-väktare med avsikt att utvärdera vad som sker på planeten och ta reda på status för de misslyckade strapatserna mot kolonin som slutat svara, samt leta efter de försvunna kolonisatörerna. Här ingår Arjun Devraj - spelets protagonist, spelad och porträtterad av Rahul Kohli.
<bild>Miljöerna är varierade, precis som fiendernas attacker.</bild>
Efter en inledande tutorial där mycket känns bekant för den som spelat Returnal tidigare lär man sig det grundläggande rörelseschemat, men hemsöks samtidigt av en spöklik och mystisk kvinnoröst i bakgrunden som likt en plågad Siren viskar, trånar och ber om att få träffas igen. Det är ett snyggt grepp att väva in delar av storyn här och bidrar till en kuslig stämning som genomsyrar hela spelet från första stund, där även paranoia är ett framträdande inslag. Spelet kastar därefter in dig i en större strid mot en boss som du är allt annat än redo att möta i ditt nuvarande skick, där syftet är att helt enkelt döda dig så spelet kan börja på allvar. Efter en filmsekvens som varvar brinnande vyer och horisonter med flashbacks av förvridna, demonliknande gestalter och ett passionerat och älskande par, återuppstår jag i en hubb kallad "Passagen". Passagen agerar nav och utgångspunkt för Saros där den decimerade besättningen från Echelon IV huserar, planerar, överlever och försöker hitta sin bäring. Att interagera med sina allierade här ger uppdateringar kring rådande läge, vad som skett mellan cykler när du dött ute i fält samt för att nysta i respektive karaktärs sidoberättelser som bygger ut huvudstoryn - det är hela tiden intressant och eggande, då man får små pusselbitar åt gången i ett större mysterium som successivt skänker förståelse för vad som egentligen pågår - men där man heller aldrig riktigt vet vem man kan lita på eller hur dessa människor påverkas av att vistas på planeten.
<bild>Jane Perry som porträtterade Selene i Returnal återvänder i en annan roll, tillsammans med Rahul Kohli.</bild>
Det tar cirka en minut i all förvirring från att jag återuppstår i Passagen innan en rabiat besättningsmedlem gör ett psykotiskt utfall och sedan avrättas framför mig - frågorna är många och svaren är få då en hotfull solförmörkelse infunnit sig och vilar över Carcosa. Solförmörkelsen tycks har påverkat besättningsmedlemmen och drivit denne till vansinne, men ingen vet hur eller varför. Det är märkbart att man lagt betydligt större resurser på att skapa en djupare och mer omvälvande story denna gång som utgörs av konspirationer, spänning och mystisk, och är hela tiden drivande och mer närvarande jämfört med Returnal där det absolut fanns en bakgrund och ett syfte - men som tenderade att vara mer fragmenterat filosofisk än tydligt förankrad. Efter att ha bekantat sig med de få överlevarna i besättningen är det dags att ge sig ut i spelets första biom där terrängen, fiender, vapen, föremål, belöningar, fällor och hemligheter slumpas i olika sammanlänkade miljöer. Ingen spelomgång är den andra lik, vilket är mycket av storheten i Housemarques rogue-twist. Att aldrig riktigt veta vad som lurar när du ger dig ut skapar en närmast oändlig spel-loop som alltid känns belönande, utmanande och fräsch.
<bild>Räkna med fällor, hinder och vackra vyer.</bild>
Det är också detta som gör dess koncept till en värld som är lätt att förlora sig i, nöta och upprepa. En stor del av tjusningen är att aldrig veta vad du kommer att ställas inför, samt hur dess berättelse organiskt fortlöper via mellan- och realtidssekvenser utöver radiokommunkation från dina allierade. Spelets först biom är en blandning mellan kalciumberikad vit korall, antikens Grekland och en förlorad utomjordisk, bio-mekanisk civilisation med blodröda inslag av slingrande rötter och tentakler till vegetation. Vägen genom den är aldrig riktigt sig lik och du finner utmed vägen ledtrådar som nystar i spelets lore på samma sätt som i föregångaren genom text- och ljudloggar, utöver andra hemliga överraskningar. Att finkamma områden, spela om och hitta nya ledtrådar är något som även denna gång förhöjer upplevelsen avsevärt och bidrar till att förklara vad som skett på planeten. Alla fynd sparas även denna gång i ett omfattande kompendium, tillsammans med information om flora och fauna vilket är både praktiskt och intressant att bläddra i.
<bild>När solförmörkelsen infinner sig förvandlas landskapet till en ogästvänlig plats.</bild>
Saros är en teknisk fröjd för ögat, det är vansinnigt läckert med avancerad ljussättning och kreativ nivådesign. Faktum är att jag blev förvånad över hur grafiskt imponerande det faktiskt är, jag vill hävda att det tillhör det absoluta toppskiktet till konsolen - framförallt när det spelas på Playstation 5 Pro. Miljöerna är också varierade och består av alla former av terräng, miljöfaror, plattformsmoment, snäva underjordiska korridorer, grottsystem, låsta portar och slumpade bonusrum där du ombeds tänka och agera snabbt innan de låser dig ute från en belöning med tidsgräns. Lägg därtill mystiska monument, utomjordiska fenomen, gömda sammandrabbningar med extremt tuffa Elite-fiender och arenor, samt en och annan bonusförmåga du inte trodde fanns - men som snabbt visar sig vara oumbärlig. Vissa avsidesrum gör du däremot bäst i att återvända till i en senare cykel när du har rätt förmågor för att kunna navigera dem - vilket påminner om Zelda eller för den delen Metroid, där backtracking med rätt förutsättningar leder till nya upptäckter.
<bild>Artefakter är din primära källa till förmågor och attribut, men du kan även besöka Primary för att uppgradera dig permanent.</bild>
Mycket känns som sagt igen från Returnal, där RNG styr det mesta du hittar och interagerar med längs vägen. Artefakter gör comeback och skänker både positiva och negativa effekter såsom mer effektiva hälsoföremål eller att du gör mindre skada vid stillastående skytte. Dessa plockas upp efter att ha slagit sönder en typ av glasmonument (spelets kistor). Vissa av dessa monument är låsta med nycklar, andra innehåller dubbla föremål men där man endast kan välja ett av dem, alternativt nya vapen utöver mycket annat som jag lämnar dig att själv upptäcka. Antalet slottar i din dräkt du kan placera Artefakter i är inledningsvis begränsade, men går att uppgradera i antal när man återvänder till Passagen och interagerar med "Primary" - Echelon IV's superdator som även agerar en central punkt för att teleportera sig mellan spelets olika biomes. Likaså låser man även upp ett sätt att själv kunna skräddarsy sin spelupplevelse via Primary - både genom att göra spelet enklare men också svårare med högre belöningar. Även detta system kräver att man upprätthåller en balans och måste kontra ut positiva effekter med negativa, och vice versa. Via samma dator kommer man även åt ett skilltree (Dräktmatris) - här investerar man dels sin intjänade Lucenit från fiender på förmågor och parametrar utöver en mer sällsynt råvara som ofta är gömd eller placerad i svåråtkomliga områden runt om på Carcosa, vilket krävs för de mer dyrbara uppgraderingarna. Dessa uppgraderingar går aldrig förlorade när man dör, till skillnad från insamlade artefakter och avancerade vapen. Mängden system som alla samverkar ovanpå varandra är brett, djupt och dynamiskt men också smidigt att sätta sig in i.
<bild>Den nya skölden kommer väl till pass när plasmaprojektilerna viner.</bild>
Nytt här är även en sköld du kan nyttja mot myriaden av projektiler som slungas mot dig och är absolut nödvändig när det hettar till på allvar i spelets många fiendemöten. Projektilerna som träffar skölden alstras och agerar bränsle för sköldmätaren, men kräver också att du inaktiverar den för att kunna fylla upp mätaren. Men även skölden har sina brister och långt ifrån all typ av fiendeeld går att blockera. Vidare kan man också parera och reflektera tillbaka vissa inkommande skottsalvor som skölden inte kan stå emot. Ett bra och direkt nödvändigt tillskott, då Saros är ett betydligt mer hektiskt och intensivt spel än sin föregångare på alla plan och kräver att man hela tiden är på tårna, reagerar och agerar. Här kan det dock uppstå situationer som är svåra att läsa av när jag bombarderas ur alla vinklar från alla håll.
<bild>Striderna är tillfredsställande och visuellt slående.</bild>
Ungefär halvvägs genom en biom uppenbarar sig en mystisk relik som kan åkalla solförmörkelsen, och efter detta skrivs alla regler om på nytt. Fienderna blir mer aggressiva, får nya attacker och kan skjuta en ny typ av fördärvad projektil som vid träff sänker maxnivån på din hälsomätare. Dessa projektiler går heller inte att blockera med skölden inledningsvis, istället bör man undvika eller dodge:a igenom dem. Samtidigt blir alla vapen du hittar under solförmörkelsen mer effektiva, får nya unika destruktiva solförmörkelseattacker och miljöerna förändras å det grövsta tillsammans med världsfenomen, bonusar och mer avancerade artefakter som utöver ökade fördelar hädanefter också alltid ger nackdelar när du plockar upp dem. Vapensystem du plockar upp vid förmörkelse slår i regel hårdare mot fienden och kommer med nya finesser för att upprätthålla en fortsatt balans under de nya förutsättningarna. Enda sättet att häva solförmörkelsen och alla negativa effekter du ansamlat är att ta itu med områdets boss - vilket innebär extremt dödliga och väldesignade möten och strider som ofta utspelar sig i flera faser som accelererar konstant och bjuder på hyperintensiva bataljer mot fantasifulla skapelser på en nivå av sällan skådat slag.
<bild>Spelets bossar kräver i regel minst ett par försök innan de faller...</bild>
Att hela tiden väga plus och minus är en fortsatt central del av konceptet även denna gång, precis som i Returnal - och samtliga system som här introduceras tar upplevelsen och helheten till nya nivåer. Återvänder gör även "Adrenalinnivåer" vid ihållande utebliven skada på dig själv - som i sin tur skänker passiva bonusar som att kunna dra till sig Lucenit på längre avstånd, eller att din närstridsattack gör högre skada. Solförmörkelsen förvrider allt och alla som utsätts för skenet på den föränderliga topografi som utgör spelvärlden. Här skruvar man upp alla reglage tillgängliga i form av utmaning, förmågor, vapensystem och samverkande parametrar. Det här är ingen enkel resa mot slutdestinationen, och du gör rätt i att ägna några rundor till att reka, uppgradera och naturligt växa som spelare när hotbilden hela tiden stiger, alternativt köra om några cykeler och hoppas på att just dina föredragna förmågor och preferenser ger sig tillkänna - för att sedan återvända starkare där motståndet blev för tufft.
<bild>Biomerna skiljer sig markant åt, och de är fler till antalet än i Returnal.</bild>
Molande, distade elgitarrer varvat med finstämda symfonier, körsångare och krigsdeklarerande varningssystem utgör det soundtrack som ekar i takt till skuggorna som kastas från den arkitektur som tycks ha rests av H.R. Giger med hjälp av H.P. Lovecraft. Musiken och trycket i alla ljud är fullständigt fenomenala och gör sig fruktansvärt bra via både Sonys Pulse-headset och min Atmos-anläggning, spelets många vapen (pistoler, karbiner, armborst, hagelgevär med flera) bjuder in till olika taktik och är alla underhållande och unika. Det går att ta på stämningen och det känns ut i fingerspetsarna, vilket inte är så märkligt då man här sätter en ny standard för DualSense-handkontrollens haptiska feedback, alltid och hela tiden - även i mellansekvenser, ljud och tal. Man sparar inte på krutet, och krut - ja det finns det lyckligtvis gott om i de vansinnesstrider som avlöser varandra. Striderna är en uppvisning i grafikteknisk briljans där din fingerfärdighet tillsammans med reaktionsförmåga sätts på prov - det är en tour de force av Playstation 5 och blir fullkomligt vansinnigt ju längre in i spelet du kommer, men utan att för den delen aldrig avvika från 60 bildrutor i sekunden. Till detta kommer också minimala laddtider som säkerställer ett stabilt flöde och minimalt med väntetid - det går ruskigt snabbt.
<bild>Flora eller fauna? Nedkämpa och förinta.</bild>
Även handkontrollens adaptiva triggers nyttjas föredömligt - precis som haptiken - där man genom att hålla inne L2 halvvägs aktiverar ens vapens sekundära eldgivningsförmåga. Med L2 fullt nedtryckt aktiveras istället en soldriven specialattack som kommer i flera olika skepnader och delar kraftmätare med den defensiva skölden. Precis allt handlar om balans, och det är minutiöst genomtänkt.
<bild></bild>
Om det var något Returnal lyckades med så var det att balansera det okända med upptäckarlust, precision med perception, förmåga med risk och reward. Saros utgår från samma grundprincip, men vässar det till sin spets med nya förmågor, nya mysterium, en spännande berättelse, vapen och strategier som hela tiden utmanar på rätt villkor - samtidigt som man adderar nya nivåer av spelsystem i flera olika dimensioner löpande. Spelets samtliga system ger en känsla av att man hela tiden växer, men balanserar hela tiden ut det med en okänd värld fylld av förmågor du aldrig kan räkna med, eller i vilken ordning du hittar dem. Det här är en dynamisk bullet hell-ballett av Guds nåde som infriar alla förväntningar och är på alla sätt och vis den perfekta 'uppföljaren' som är lika delar bekant som fräsch och proppfylld med nya inslag. Det är utmanande, intensivt och oerhört beroendeframkallande. Det är svårt att sluta spela Saros - vilket borde vara ett betyg så gott som något.
<bild></bild>

FTC eyes smart home makers over software updates

by Steve Inskeep  for npr.org

At this electronics market in China, buyers can find parts for just about everything

NPR's Steve Inskeep visits a massive electronics market in Shenzhen, China, where buyers can source parts for just about anything.

NPR's Steve Inskeep visits a massive electronics market in Shenzhen, China, where buyers can source parts for just about anything.

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

Ads Aren't in the Apple Maps App Yet, But They're Coming Soon

Apple released iOS 26.5 yesterday with a new Suggested Places feature in the Apple Maps app, which is a precursor to the ads that Apple plans to start showing later this year. There was some confusion over whether ads are live, but as of now, the ‌Apple Maps‌ app still doesn't have ads.


Apple did start laying the groundwork for ads in iOS 26.5 and tested a splash screen, but no ads appeared during the beta testing period or after launch.

When Apple announced plans to bring ads to the Maps app in March, it said that ads will be implemented in the United States and Canada "this summer." Astronomical summer in the Northern Hemisphere starts on June 21 and ends on September 22. Meteorologically, summer begins on June 1 and lasts through August, so depending on Apple's definition of summer, we'll get ads in Maps sometime between June 1 and September 22.

Ads will be displayed in ‌Apple Maps‌ search results and in the new Suggested Places section added in iOS 26.5. Suggested Places shows recommendations based on what's trending nearby and a user's recent searches.


There will be ads in the Maps app on iPhone and iPad, and they will be clearly marked with an "Ad" label, similar to how ads appear in App Store search results. Businesses will bid for ad placement, and the highest bidder for a keyword or search term will have its ad shown in search.

Apple says that location data and the ads that users see and interact with in the Maps app are not associated with an Apple account, and data is not shared with third parties. There is no opt-out for location-based or personalized ads in Suggested Places.


This article, "Ads Aren't in the Apple Maps App Yet, But They're Coming Soon" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Sudden Strike 5

Sudden Strike 5 är inte ditt normala realtidsstrategispel. Även om du leder hundratals trupper på skärmen samtidigt, kallar in luftunderstöd och begär förstärkningar i realtid är det mer av ett pusselspel. Jag skulle beskriva Sudden Strike-serien som en mer långsam och tänkande upplevelse i en grafiskt kompetent kostym. Varje uppdrag i kampanjen kräver att du använder dig av olika förmågor och väljer rätt general för jobbat. Du kan nämligen inte bara rusa in och få jobbet gjort. Du har oftast 3-4 generaler att välja mellan och dessa ger dig olika bonusar. Utöver detta kan du spendera poäng för att förstärka dina trupper med extra förmågor. Fienden är oftast så pass förberedd och positionerad att dina trupper blir till köttfärs om du inte tänker igenom vad du vill göra.

Du behöver ta hjälp av alla dina truppslag och terrängen för att ta dig runt fienden och besegra din motsvarighet på fiendens sida. Det är också här lite av problematiken blir synlig. Fienden är antingen i fullt försvar eller i full attack mot dig. Det finns inget mellanting. Däremot kan du trigga motanfall om du erövrar vissa positioner på banan. Det betyder att du nästan alltid har gott om tid på dig att omringa fienden och besegra motståndet relativt smärtfritt. När du försvarar är du däremot beroende av hur du positionerar dina trupper, om du motanfaller och tar vissa mål ute på kartan eller stannar kvar i de områden du lätt kan försvara. Din datormotståndare har svårigheter att anpassa sig till vad du gör vilket ibland gör vissa situationer för enkla. Samtidigt är uppdragen långa och du ska ofta ta många positioner i rad vilket innebär att även om enskilda strider är enkla måste du bevara styrkorna för ditt sista mål.

<bild>I kampanjen väljer du en general, sedan kan du välja en kraftfull bonus och även uppgradera den. Du kan också om du har tillräckligt med poäng köpa fler än en förmåga.</bild>

Om du kan bortse från din datormotståndares skicklighet utmanas du ändå tack vare långa uppdrag. Det visuella är en rejäl uppgradering och spelet bjuder på snygga effekter. Det visuella hjälper till att göra det hela till ett spektakel att titta på, vilket gör att jag ibland förlåter viss passivitet hos din motståndare. När det väl smäller exploderar byggnader, stridsvagnar och soldater kastas upp i luften. Det är denna balans mellan att pussla fram lösningar och beskåda effekterna som är styrkorna i femman. Vissa av uppdragen är också ganska välgjorda med varierade mål och utmanande spelmekanik. Jag tyckte exempelvis att de första tyska uppdragen var belönande på ett bra sätt. Du landsätts med begränsade resurser och får stjäla fordon och annat tills du har en position tillräckligt beskyddad att börja kalla in lite tyngre vapen. Det är klurigt och svårt att ha tillräckligt med soldater för att inta den sista staden på kartan. Jag blev dock lite besviken när jag fick spela samma bana igen på de allierades sida.

Trots att vissa uppdrag är enklare upplevde jag att vissa uppdrag var genuint utmanande även på enklare svårighetsgrader. Är du inte särskilt erfaren av dessa spel kan det ta ett par gånger innan du klarar av ett uppdrag. Ett av de tidiga tyska innebar att du kan reparera dina fordon till en viss gräns samtidigt som fienden kontinuerligt anfaller dig i vågor med sina fordon vid full hälsa. Det tog ett par gånger innan jag hittade rätt svar och det är det som gör detta mer av ett pusselspel än ett realtidsstrategispel av den gamla skolan. Du behöver tänka igenom vad du gör och varför. Ibland kanske det är bra att förlora så att du kan justera dina strategier och prova igen. När fienden börjar vinna är det svårt att rädda situationen. Du har inga byggda baser att retirera till utan du flyttar enbart trupper och kan beordra förstärkningar eller flygplan att utföra uppdrag. Det innebär att spelet får ett strikt fokus på det militära. I detta avseende påminner det lite om spelserien Blitzkrieg.

<bild>Olika biomer förändrar även utseendet på dina trupper.</bild>

Kite Games har dock lyckats att få denna uppföljare att kännas mer seriös och taktisk än sin föregångare. Jag gillar alla små inslag som att beordra trupper att lägga sig ner eller stridsvagnar att stänga takluckan. Simuleringen är relativt djupgående, dina trupper har bränsle, ammunition och annat att hålla reda på. På banorna finns oftast möjligheter att förse dina trupper med det nödvändiga. Du kan också lasta lastbilar som följer bakom dina styrkor och kan vid behov reparera, ge ammunition och fylla på bränsletanken. Om dina truppslag får brist på något av detta blir det extremt sårbara. Det är detta som ger spelet ett visst djup över enklare spelmässiga system vi ser i exempelvis Company of Heroes 3.

Även om AI-motståndaren inte alltid är bra är det ett spektakel som bitvis utmanar och visar upp konflikten. Fokuset i denna uppföljare är främst enspelarupplevelsen som bjuder på 25 uppdrag. Nästan varje uppdrag tar runt en timme att klara av så spelet bjuder på en viss spellängd om kampanjläget är det du gillar mest av allt. Tyvärr återanvänds många av kartorna vilket innebär att de inte riktigt är lika många unika uppdrag som det först ser ut att vara. Sett till flerspelarläget finns det även där problem med mängden banor. Basspelet har två-fyra banor för flerspelarläget och två av dessa är låsta till Deluxe Edition. Det är också en ganska låg spelarbas vilket skapar en kombination som kan göra det svårt att hitta spelare ibland. Jag skulle av den anledningen inte rekommendera dig detta just nu om du är intresserad av flerspelarläget. Det är oklart hur många nya banor vi kommer att få på sikt. I nuläget är det enspelarupplevelsen som är i fokus. Det är framförallt med kampanjen du kommer att få ut något av den här produkten.

<bild>Varje del av konflikten har ett eller flera uppdrag som tar en timme styck.</bild>

Hur udda det än må låta, så är detta ett strategispel du köper för att spela själv mot en halvbra datormotståndare. Även om den inte är urstark räddas den av några svåra nivåer och olika förprogrammerade händelser som gör uppdragen mer engagerande. Jag har fortfarande lite svårt att avgöra om jag föredrar femman eller fyran. Femman är lite av en återgång till de äldre titlarna med ett större fokus på simulatorbiten och den taktiska aspekten. Om du gillar strategiska och taktiska realtidstrategispel kan detta vara något för dig. Uppdragen kräver tålamod och tid av dig men det går alltid att spara när du vill. Det finns dock flertalet brister med femman du behöver ta hänsyn till, som exempelvis en brist på spellägen, banor, upprepade banor i kampanjen och fåtal banor i flerspelarläget. Du hoppar mellan olika kända slag vilket gör att det inte finns en röd tråd i berättandet, utan du utför uppdrag på olika slagfält. Det blir inte mer engagerande än det.

Både musiken och grafiken är jag nöjd med. Du har dina svepande musikaliska stycken som fungerar perfekt med alla explosioner på skärmen. Musiken kommer aldrig i vägen och tar inte över upplevelsen. Grafiken är förbättrad över den vi hade i fyran och det ser bra ut även om infanteriet saknar lite detaljer. Jag skrev i förhandstitten gällande demo-versionen av spelet att rikoschett-effekterna var några av de snyggaste jag sett i ett spel av den här typen. Detta står jag fast vid nu när jag testat hela produkten. Vissa av effekterna ser helt fantastiska ut. Däremot kan det vara lite svåravläst, trupperna är ganska små på banan och är kamouflerade. Det innebär att det inte är enkelt att hitta alla dina trupper och flytta på dessa snabbt. För många kommer detta att vara ett problem. Jag tyckte att det ibland var onödigt svårt att se mina trupper och jag har ingen helt enkel lösning på problemet. Kanske bör det finnas ett alternativ att konturerna är ljusare eller något annat visuellt som gör det enklare att identifiera vad du valt och var. Även om du valt en stridsvagn är det inte helt enkelt att snabbt se vilken typ av fordon eller infanterist du klickat på.

<bild>Att köpa in trupper är enkelt. Poängen du använder dig av kan även användas för att kalla in bombanfall eller flygplansattacker. Du behöver använda dina resurser klokt.</bild>

Sudden Strike 5 är ett spel som inte riktigt orkar bära sin prislapp. Det kostar 500 kronor och du får en viss mängd innehåll för en spelare. Det saknas viss variation under själva uppdragen och flerspelarläget är underutvecklat. Det som fungerar bra är dock riktigt bra i spelet. Flera av uppdragen är riktigt roande i både den tyska, amerikanska och sovjetiska kampanjen. Trots några missar med att återanvända några uppdrags banor fanns det potential att visa konflikterna ur respektive perspektiv. Detta utnyttjas inte tillräckligt väl i detta spel. Berättandet används egentligen bara så att du får en ursäkt att flytta runt dina trupper och spränga saker. Det är lite synd med tanke på hur väl Company of Heroes använde sig av berättande i sin kampanj.

Om du kan leva med bristerna finns det ett kompetent strategispel i Sudden Strike 5. På flera sätt är det en utveckling av fyran. Samtidigt vill jag slå ett slag för fyran med sina nedladdningsbara paket. Jag tycker idag att det är ett bättre värde än att köpa femman. Fyran introducerar saker som finska vinterkriget, stilla havskonflikten och mycket annat med sina expansioner. Det är oklart vad femman kommer att erbjuda på den fronten i nuläget. Jag är uppriktigt splittrad över vad jag tycker om detta spel. På ett sätt utvecklar det koncept och fördjupar spelmässiga inslag gentemot fyran, å andra sidan erbjuder föregångaren fler intressanta konfliktområden. Om Kite Games fortsätter att expandera på femman kan den ha betydligt mer att erbjuda. Jag har dock inte gått ifrån upplevelsen missnöjd, men inte heller helt nöjd. Min favoritsak med Sudden Strike 5 är förmodligen dess rikoschett-effekter. Är det något man får se mycket av är det detta då skott studsar på pansar regelbundet. Det är också hypnotiserande välgjort.

<bild>Banorna ser hyfsade ut och du kan använda både hus och skyttegravar i terrängen.</bild>

Om du är som mig kanske du gör bäst i att vänta lite med femman. Fyran är fortfarande ganska duglig och med sina expansioner underhåller det än idag. Femman behöver lite mer innehåll och ett par uppdateringar innan jag fullt ut rekommenderar det. Allt från grafik, musik, ljud, simuleringen av pansar och mycket annat är en förbättring. Samtidigt finns det saker kvar att utveckla som AI, mer banor, användargränssnitt, synlighet av dina trupper och ett mer innehållsrikt flerspelarläge. Det finns också vissa aspekter av balanseringen mellan truppslagen som behöver ses över. Av dessa anledningar landar mitt betyg lite lägre än vad jag skulle ge fyran idag med allt innehåll inkluderat. När detta fungerar är det bra men i nuläget finns det utrymme att bli ännu bättre.

<bild>Kampanjkartan visar dig vilka uppdrag du klarat av och vilka du kommer att låsa upp. Den kortaste av de tre är den sovjetiska och den längsta är Tyskland.</bild>
<bild>Det finns två spellägen och två banor per spelläge. De är hyfsade spellägen där du ska kontrollera punkter på kartan.</bild>
<bild>I spelläget dominion ska du hålla viktiga punkter. Det påminner lite som Company of Heroes.</bild>

by Juli Clover  for macrumors.com

Meta Launches 'Instants' App for Sharing Disappearing Photos on Instagram

Meta today announced the launch of Instants, a new image sharing option on the Instagram social network. Instants are ephemeral photos that disappear from Instagram after they're viewed by a user's friends or after a 24-hour period.


Reactions and replies to Instants images show up in DMs instead of on the post. Instants photos are only displayed for a short period, but they are saved to a user's archive for a year and can be reshared to Stories. Instants cannot be edited, with no option for filters, stickers, or modifications beyond captions. That sets them apart from Stories, which is already an Instagram feature.

Instants is an Instagram feature, but Meta has also developed a standalone Instants companion app "for quicker camera access." The standalone app is a direct competitor to Snapchat, the original ephemeral image social network. The new app can be used for sharing Instants, but on Instagram, users can also share Instants from a new camera option in the Direct Messages section of the app.

Instants can be viewed on Instagram by opening up DMs and tapping on the new Instants box in the bottom right corner of the inbox. Photos can be shared with friends set as close friends, or as mutuals, aka followers that an Instagram user follows back. Instants are not able to be screenshotted or screen recorded, providing privacy features not available with other Instagram image types.

Meta says that Instants are designed for casual, everyday photos. The standalone app is limited to select countries, as Meta says that it is an experiment. Images shared on the Instants app will show up for friends on Instagram, and images shared on Instagram will show up in the Instants app.

Instants on Instagram is available globally starting today, and the app is also available for download in countries where it is supported.


This article, "Meta Launches 'Instants' App for Sharing Disappearing Photos on Instagram" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Marvel Maximum Collection

Även om filmlicensspel från förr nästan alltid var lika med bedrövligt shovelware som inte gjorde någon glad (möjligen undantaget listiga chefer), så utgjorde spel baserade på serietidningar och tecknade filmer ett undantag. Här dräller det istället av klassiker, men i samlingen {Marvel Maximum Collection} saknas flera av de bästa Marvel-spelen från denna era eftersom de utvecklades av Capcom, vilka gärna ger ut egna samlingar. Det finns dock ändå ett par godbitar, och som för att göra allt lite bättre finns flera av dem dessutom i flera olika utgåvor, vilket gör att man kan jämföra och spela den version som bäst matchar ens nostalgiska minnen.

För min egen del passade jag på att göra det rakt motsatta, och har äntligen fått chansen att avnjuta versionerna jag INTE spelade när det begav sig, som exempelvis Mega Drive-versionen av Spider-Man/Venom: Maximum Carnage, vilket jag ägde och spelade till Super Nintendo när det begav sig.

<bild>Marvel-klassiker från framför all Capcom och Sega saknas, vilket är ett enormt bortfall.</bild>

Så vilka är spelen som ingår i denna samling då, och i vilka versioner? Låt mig börja med att presentera vad du får för pengarna, i kronologisk ordning:


  • Silver Surfer (NES, 1990)

  • Captain America and The Avengers (NES/Arkad/ Mega Drive, 1991)

  • X‑Men: The Arcade Game (Arkad, 1992)

  • Spider‑Man and the X‑Men in Arcade's Revenge (SNES/Mega Drive/GB/GG, 1992)

  • Spider‑Man and Venom: Maximum Carnage (SNES/ Mega Drive, 1994)

  • Venom / Spider‑Man: Separation Anxiety (SNES/ Mega Drive, 1995)



Alla spel har även tillgång till sådant som möjlighet att ändra knappar eller att spola tillbaka tiden. Effektivt, men sker naturligtvis också på bekostnad av utmaning och engagemang. Å andra sidan gör det Silver Surfer lite mer uthärdligt, men tanke på att det är ett av tidernas absolut svåraste spel, och på många sätt direkt ospelbart utan fusk. Märkligt nog är det ändå en genomarbetad titel med för eran fin grafik och bra musik, men jag tvivlar på att någon kommer betrakta detta annat än som kuriosa.

<bild>Silver Surfer påminner om att allt inte var bättre förr.</bild>

Captain America and the Avengers är samlingens näst bästa spel, ett ganska klassiskt beat 'em up med fyra olika karaktärer (Captain America, Hawkeye, Iron Man och Vision) och co-op, där målet är att dänga Red Skull. Arkadversionen är den klart bästa, men jag gillar verkligen de andra versionerna med, eftersom de tydligt visar hur det kunde vara vid den här eran då multiformat ibland kunde vara helt separata spel (bästa exemplet är Aladdin). Här gjorde Data East spelet till Mega Drive, medan en sämre Super Nintendo-version gjordes av Mindscape - medan NES-versionen i stora drag är en separat titel.

Spider‑Man and the X‑Men in Arcade's Revenge är ett på många sätt småfrustrerande actionplattformsspel, som jag dock tycker är intressant eftersom det ingår fyra versioner av det - inklusive Game Boy och Game Gear. Det ger därmed återigen en titt på spridningen i multiformatstitlar, och visar hur väsensskilda Nintendos och Segas bärbara alternativ var prestandamässigt. Med rewind går det att spela, men någon höjdare är det som sagt inte, även om det bjuds på tjusiga pixlar i 16 bits-versionen.

<bild>Maximum Carnage är fortfarande kul, mycket tack vare serietidningsförlagan och ett tungt soundtrack.</bild>

Spider‑Man and Venom: Maximum Carnage är det spel jag lirat mest när det begav sig av titlarna på denna samling. Jag spelade det sönder och samman till Super Nintendo och vill minnas att jag faktiskt lyckades klara det, något som känns helt obegripligt när jag nu spelar det idag. Det baseras på den legendariska Marvel-crossovern med samma namn, och handlar kort och gott om att besegra galningen Carnage. Tyvärr innehåller det endast singleplayer, och hade mått bra av co-op, men det är faktiskt småkul än idag

Venom / Spider‑Man: Separation Anxiety Det här missade jag när det begav sig, Playstation och Saturn hade släppts och 16 bitar var där och då lika hett som fidget spinners och "Damn Daniel" är år 2026. Det fick rätt dassiga betyg när det kom och jag förstår varför. Det är verkligen ett minsta motståndets beat 'em up, och innehåller inget som sticker ut. Man kan visserligen spela på två personer, men det är verkligen ljummet.

<bild>X‑Men: The Arcade Game det här är i slutändan det enda som verkligen är värt din tid.</bild>

Till sist har vi samlingens verkliga pärla, och det är X‑Men: The Arcade Game. Det stödjer faktiskt upp till sex spelare online, något jag dock inte kunnat testa eftersom jag inte känner några fler med samlingen. Lyckligtvis behövs det inte för det är kul även med lokal multiplayer. Detta är ett renodlat arkadspel utvecklat av Konami, med inspiration hämtat från Turtles-spelen. Det rår inte riktigt på Turtles in Time/ The Hyperstone Heist, men är ett gediget beat 'em up som är lätt att rekommendera.

I slutändan räddar X‑Men: The Arcade Game ensamt upp betyget till en sexa, för utan det hade jag satt femman. Silver Surfer är på sin höjd kul som en stilstudie och de övriga fyra ganska medelmåttiga och bitvis för lika varandra. Som att Limited Run Games plockat dem ur en reaback, där Segas Marvel-titlar, Capcoms X‑Men: Mutant Apocalypse och The Punisher med flera redan var tagna. Ovan nämnda X-Men sticker som sagt ut med ursinne, läckra pixlar och genuint underhållningsvärde, men i övrigt är det för lite och för klent.

by Matthew Phelan  for gizmodo.com

Circular Mass Graves East of the Nile Are Rewriting Egypt’s Prehistory

Over 280 ancient mass graves have been discovered east of the Nile, and the monuments predate ancient Egypt.Over 280 ancient mass graves have been discovered east of the Nile, and the monuments predate ancient Egypt.

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

I Rely on This Portable Power Station During Emergencies, and It's $700 Off Right Now

The EcoFlow Delta 3 Ultra Plus has been a reliable power station, and it has also made charging equipment inside and outside the house a breeze.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

I've never really felt the need to own a power station, but when my city got hit with winter storms that took out our power for multiple days, that changed. They're the kind of thing you don't know you need until you need it—so consider learning from my mistake and get one ahead of time. When I finally bought one, I went with the EcoFlow Delta 3 Ultra Plus, which is now $1,499 (originally $2,199) after a 32% discount. The EcoFlow website is also having an up to 45% sale on multiple products right now.

I've only had a brief power outage since I got the Delta 3 Ultra Plus, so I haven't been able to test it to its full potential. However, I've gotten pretty comfortable with it and used it in ways I never thought I would, like being able to run my projector on my deck or backyard for an outdoor movie night. It gives you 3,072Wh of power with an output of 3,600W and a 7,200W peak, meaning it can keep a 120W refrigerator cooling for about 35 hours, according to Mashable's review.

I am impressed by the functionality of the EcoFlow app, too. You get the ability to prioritize which devices receive power the longest, so when battery power is scarce, the essentials will keep running while the other devices shut off. How that might work in the real world: You leave your refrigerator plugged in overnight, along with your phones and a heater. You can prioritize your refrigerator so if the battery runs low during the night, it will shut off power to your phone and heater to keep your fridge running longer. You can also monitor your energy use, and the app will automatically start charging your power station if it detects a storm is coming.

Carrying it around is very easy with the telescoping handle that you can pull out from under it, however, rolling it around anywhere that isn't a flat, smooth surface is difficult.


by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

You Can Get a Budget Surface Laptop and Lifetime License to Microsoft Office for Just $260 Right Now

This laptop and Office bundle is a budget-friendly setup.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

At $259.99, this Surface and Office bundle is built around a straightforward pitch: you’re essentially paying for the software and getting a basic laptop. The included Microsoft Office 2024 Home & Business delivers most of that value, with Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and OneNote, all in a one-time purchase tied to your Microsoft account. It runs offline, avoids subscription fees, and offers a few modern upgrades, such as faster Excel performance on large sheets and AI-assisted suggestions for writing and formatting. PowerPoint now lets you record presentations with video and voice, which can be useful for remote work or classes. Outlook also adds better accessibility checks. The trade-off is that this is not Microsoft 365, so there are no cloud-first extras or future version upgrades baked in.

The Surface laptop itself is built for basic, everyday use. The 11.6-inch display is fine for writing documents, browsing, or streaming videos, but it doesn’t look especially sharp by current standards. Performance is similarly modest, with an entry-level processor, 8GB of RAM, and 128GB of storage. That setup handles email, YouTube, and Office apps without much trouble, but it’s not meant for heavier workloads like video editing or design software. Battery life is rated at up to 16 hours, which sounds great, and even if it doesn’t hit that number in real use, it should still get you through most of the day without needing to charge. Overall, this device works best as a secondary laptop, a school machine, or something for kids who need a simple computer for homework and online classes.

That said, this is an open-box unit, so while it’s been checked for quality, it may show minor signs of use and only comes with a 90-day third-party warranty. The bigger limitation is the operating system—it runs Windows 11 SE, a stripped-down version of Windows designed for education —and there’s no option to upgrade to the full version of Windows. Also, support for this OS ends in October 2026. The laptop will still work after that, but it does limit how long this setup will feel current. Still, if your main goal is to get a solid Office setup and a simple device for everyday work, this deal makes sense.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Google Wants to Improve Its Social Media Reputation With Android 17

The company's biggest Android 17 announcements concern social media platforms like Instagram.

Google has been beta testing Android 17 since February, and, so far, it's been a pretty small update. Based on the existing beta versions, the new version of Android will introduce "app bubbles," which present apps in floating, easy-to-dismiss windows, as well as a new way to remap game controller buttons across Android. But with the exception of some quality-of-life updates, Android 17 has been shaping up to be a pretty minor update.

It seems, however, that Google was saving some of its biggest features for The Android Show: I/O Edition. While the company announced a number of new features across the board, including Gemini Intelligence, 3D emoji, and "Googlebooks," its Android 17 announcements mostly revolved around one thing: social media.

Instagram uploads should look better on Android 17

For years, Android hasn't had the best reputation when it comes to social media uploads. Google wants to change that now: With Android 17, Google says it has partnered with Meta to offer new features for Instagram. That includes Ultra HDR support, for image capture and playback, built-in video stabilization to reduce the shakiness of your uploads, and Night Sight integration, which should brighten your Instagram updates when captured in dark environments.

But the criticisms were never just about the lack of internal tools. Instagram for Android has been accused of reducing the quality of posts when uploaded, especially when using the in-app camera. Google says this shouldn't be the case with Android 17: The company "optimized the capture-to-upload pipeline" to retain details when posting from Android. Google even claims that videos captured and uploaded from "flagship" Android devices score similar or better on the Universal Video Quality (UVQ) model than the "leading competitor." (It doesn't say this specifically, but I think we all know that means the iPhone.)

Android 17 gets its own Edits app features

Instagram's Edits app is a video editing tool meant for cutting clips for Instagram. The app is available on both iOS and Android, but, according to Google, the Android version is getting some exclusive new features for Android 17.

First, there's "Smart enhance," which uses on-device AI to upscale photos and videos. There's also a new "Sound separation" feature that displays all of the sounds in your video on different tracks. If there's something in the video you don't want to hear (wind, noise, extraneous music, etc.) it should be easy enough to isolate it and remove it from the finished video.

Instagram is coming to Android tablets

Instagram made waves in September when it released a dedicated iPad app for the first time. After nearly 15 years of small-screen exclusivity, Meta launched an app optimized for the iPad's display.

According to Google, these same benefits are now coming to Android tablets, but the company doesn't seem particularly focused on the consumer angle here. Instead, Google says that vloggers and filmmakers can now use the new optimized experience to edit their videos on a "larger canvas." As video editing continues to go mobile—especially for short-form video content—it makes sense that Google would want to offer tools to users who want a larger display to work, but still want a touch-screen experience.

Adobe Premiere is coming to Android this summer

As part of these announcements, Google revealed that Adobe Premiere is finally coming to Android. The app has been available on iOS since August, but Google says the Android version will have exclusive templates and effects, meant for posting directly to YouTube Shorts. It's not clear whether you'll need to be running Android 17 to use Premiere on Android, but Google did fold the news into its Android 17 announcements.

What does this mean for social media uploads on Android?

The fact that Google dedicated its Android 17 announcements to social media says a lot. It tells me that Google is feeling behind Apple in this race, as more users associate iPhones with social media and short-form video uploads. I'm not sure if these features will kickstart a new wave of Android users posting to platforms like Instagram and YouTube Shorts, but perhaps it's time. After all, there was once a time when it seemed like the Mac would never catch up to the PC.

by Cheryl Eddy  for gizmodo.com

(Most of) the New Era of ‘Doctor Who’ Is Coming to AMC+

The show's 2005-2022 run—Christopher Eccleston through Jodie Whittaker—arrives on the streamer in June.The show's 2005-2022 run—Christopher Eccleston through Jodie Whittaker—arrives on the streamer in June.

by Miranda Jeyaretnam  for time.com

After Iran, Trump Aims to End War in Gaza

After brokering a ceasefire between Israel and Iran, Trump is pushing for a deal to end the war in Gaza.

Israel's military mobility on Gaza border

The Brief June 30, 2025

Updates on an ambush in Idaho, trade talks between the U.S. and Canada, and more

Podcast ID – Short Length: 07252f55-0240-468b-b65e-d8048bda1280

Podcast ID – Long Length: 8fabea66-f7a7-489b-b5b1-904bcfa20f14

After brokering a fragile ceasefire between Israel and Iran, Donald Trump is urging Israel and Hamas to make a deal that would stop the 20-month-long war in Gaza that has killed more than 50,000 Palestinians and over a thousand Israelis.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

“MAKE THE DEAL IN GAZA. GET THE HOSTAGES BACK!!!” the U.S. President posted on Truth Social early Sunday.

Trump told reporters on Friday that an agreement could be reached within the next week. On Saturday evening Trump said Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is “right now in the process of negotiating a Deal with Hamas, which will include getting the Hostages back,” in a post slamming the corruption proceedings against Netanyahu. An Israeli court on Monday postponed this week’s hearings in Netanyahu’s trial after he made a request based on classified diplomatic and security reasons.

“How is it possible that the Prime Minister of Israel can be forced to sit in a Courtroom all day long, over NOTHING (Cigars, Bugs Bunny Doll, etc.). It is a POLITICAL WITCH HUNT, very similar to the Witch Hunt that I was forced to endure,” Trump wrote. “This travesty of ‘Justice’ will interfere with both Iran and Hamas negotiations.”

Read More: Trump Tries to ‘Save’ Netanyahu as Israeli PM Faces Challenges at Home

An Israeli official told the Associated Press that Ron Dermer, a top adviser to Netanyahu, will visit Washington this week for ceasefire talks. Netanyahu met with his security Cabinet on Sunday evening and plans are being made for him to visit Washington in coming weeks, the official said.

Trump’s shift in focus towards Gaza comes after Iran and Israel agreed to a tenuous ceasefire on June 23, ending the so-called “12 Day War” ignited by Israel’s attack on Iran’s nuclear program. Arab mediators, Egypt and Qatar, renewed a ceasefire push for Gaza after the U.S. and Israel bombed Iran’s nuclear facilities. Hamas has told mediators that it is ready to resume talks but reiterated that any deal must include an end to the war and Israeli withdrawal from Gaza, a Hamas official told Reuters.

Call for ceasefire comes as Israel escalates war

At the same time that Trump called for a deal, Israel continued to escalate its military bombardment of Gaza. The Israeli military ordered a mass evacuation of Palestinians in northern Gaza, where hundreds of thousands of people live in eastern and northern Gaza City and the Jabaliya refugee camp. The Israeli Defense Forces’ attacks will expand westward to Gaza City center, the order said. People are ordered to evacuate to Mawasi in southern Gaza, which Israel has designated as a humanitarian area.

Uprooting their lives at a moment’s notice has become routine for Palestinians in Gaza over the last nearly two years of war. Humanitarian organizations have criticized Israel’s sweeping evacuation orders in the past as being unpredictable and having short deadlines that are virtually impossible for many, including the sick and disabled. On Sunday, Palestinians in Gaza City were yet again forced to load their children and essentials onto donkey carts before the military’s attacks, the AP reported. United Nations officials have said that nowhere in Gaza is safe. At least five people were killed in an Israeli airstrike on a tent encampment in Khan Younis near Mawasi, the designated safe area, over the weekend, medics said.

Daily life in Gaza amid the ongoing Israeli attacks

“A month ago, they told us to go to Al-Mawasi and we stayed there for a month, it is a safe zone,” Palestinian Zeyad Abu Marouf told Reuters. Three of his children were killed and a fourth wounded in the airstrike, he said.

“Families have been displaced again and again—and are now confined to less than one-fifth of Gaza’s land,” U.N. Secretary-General António Guterres said on Friday. “Even these shrinking spaces are under threat. Bombs are falling—on tents, on families, on those with nowhere left to run.”

Roadblocks remain over a deal

In spite of Trump’s optimism, skepticism over a deal remains.

Hamas has accused Israeli leaders of purposely delaying a deal. Hamas official Mahmoud Mardawi reportedly said on Telegram on Sunday that Netanyahu set “impossible conditions aimed at thwarting the possibility of reaching a ceasefire agreement and a deal on the hostages.”

Hamas has reportedly offered Israel a deal that includes the release of all hostages in exchange for a full withdrawal of Israel’s military from Gaza and an end to the war. But Mardawi said Netanyahu has insisted on a temporary agreement that releases only 10 hostages. “Netanyahu lies when he claims he is not involved in choosing the names of the hostages,” Mardawi wrote. “He does not want a deal.”

Netanyahu spokesperson Omer Dostri did not address Mardawi’s claims but said, “Hamas was the only obstacle to ending the war,” according to the AP. Israel has said it will only agree to end the war in exchange for the full dismantlement and exile of Hamas.

While Trump has repeatedly urged a ceasefire in Gaza, he’s also suggested a U.S. takeover that turns the territory into “a freedom zone” and proposed that Jordan and Egypt take in Palestinians as part of a “clean out” of the Gaza Strip. 

In February, Trump said the U.S. could take a “long-term ownership position” over Gaza, “level it out, create an economic development that will supply unlimited numbers of jobs and housing for the people of the area.” That month, he also shared an AI-generated video on Truth Social of “Trump Gaza,” showing a reconstructed Gaza Strip with skyscrapers, luxury cars, and Trump drinking by a pool with Netanyahu.

Even if a deal is reached, it’s unclear whether it will last. Israel and Hamas reached a multi-phase ceasefire agreement in January, just as Trump was taking office. But Israel broke the ceasefire in March when it launched surprise airstrikes on Gaza before declaring that it was resuming the war.

Israelis rally in Tel Aviv for Gaza ceasefire and return of hostages

Since then, pressure has been mounting on Netanyahu to agree to a ceasefire, both from within and outside Israel. Pro-Palestinian protesters around the world turned out over the weekend to call for an end to the war. And earlier this month, the U.N. adopted a resolution demanding an immediate, unconditional, and permanent ceasefire, with Russian Ambassador Vasily Nebenzya saying that it is the international community’s responsibility to stop the “slaughter” in Gaza.

Protests in Israel also resumed after a two-week pause during the Israel-Iran war, with demonstrators demanding a deal that would free the hostages still in Gaza. “There’s a deal on the table and what prevents it is Netanyahu’s refusal to end the war,” said Einav Zangauker, the mother of one of the hostages, at the rally.

Earlier this month, former Prime Minister of Israel Ehud Barak wrote in a TIME essay calling for Netanyahu to back a Trump-brokered ceasefire: “In the coming few days, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu will face a defining choice between a politically motivated ‘war of deception’ in Gaza and a deal to release all hostages while ending the war. He must choose between his extreme-right ministers—Itamar Ben-Gvir and Bezalel Smotrich—or aligning with Donald Trump.”

Netanyahu said at the Sunday security meeting that “many opportunities have opened up” after Israel’s “victory” in Iran, and for one of the first times he appeared to prioritize hostage exchange over the defeat of Hamas, potentially signaling appetite for a ceasefire deal: “Firstly, to rescue the hostages,” he said. “Of course, we will also need to solve the Gaza issue, defeat Hamas, but I believe we will achieve both tasks.”

by Emily Long  for lifehacker.com

10 Hacks Every Google Meet User Should Know

Get the most out of Google's video conferencing platform.

Google Meet is an accessible and easy-to-use virtual meeting platform for casual users and Workspace customers, hosting everything from team check-ins to large presentations and town halls. It plays nice with everything else in the Google ecosystem, so if you or your employer are locked in, it's likely a top choice for video conferencing. Here are 10 hacks to get the most out of Google Meet.

Use meet.new to quickly launch an unscheduled meeting

If you need to start a video call at a moment's notice, you can open Google Meet and hit New meeting > Start an instant meeting—or you can simply type meet.new into your browser. This link automatically launches a meeting; no additional clicks needed. From here, you'll see a pop-up window with the option to send invites or copy the meeting link to share.

Enable captions and translation on live calls so you can turn off audio

If you forgot your headphones or need to mute your meeting audio for any reason, you can turn on accessibility features to read captions instead. For live captions in the same language, simply tap the Turn on captions button at the bottom of the meeting to launch subtitles. If you're on a call in which another language is being spoken, you can use translated captions from dozens of languages. Go to More options > Settings > Captions, select Language of the meeting, and toggle Translated captions on. Then select the language you want captions translated to. While live captions are a standard Google Meet feature (also available in many languages), translation is currently limited to select Business and Enterprise Workspace editions.

Turn on noise cancellation to hide that you're in a public location

If you're joining a virtual meeting from a coffee shop, bar, or other location that isn't your home office or co-working space, you probably don't want the ambient environment to be obvious or distracting. In addition to blurring or adding a virtual background, you can turn on noise cancellation to filter out anything that isn't speech, like typing or room echoes. This five-year-old demo shows the feature working, albeit with some distortion of speech.

Before a meeting, you'll see this option in Settings. To turn it on once you're in a meeting, go to More options > Settings > Audio and turn on Noise cancellation. (The process is similar across desktop, Android, and iOS.) Device-based noise cancellation is available to all Android users, while cloud-based noise cancellation works on mobile and desktop for those on specific Google Workspace plans.

Use picture-in-picture to multitask during meetings without giving yourself away

When you're multitasking during a virtual meeting—and not looking at your camera—you don't want it to be obvious. If you are using Google Meet in Chrome, picture-in-picture will overlay your video onto any other tab, window, or app you navigate to, so it seems like you're engaged. You can set picture-in-picture to trigger automatically when you switch tabs during a meeting. To grant this permission, hover over the URL and click View site information on the left, then toggle Automatic picture-in-picture on. Or, you can enable it as needed during a meeting under More options > Open picture-in-picture. You can then move or resize the UI to your liking.

Use companion mode or merged audio so you can join on multiple devices in the same room

With hybrid teams, you may have users calling in from their own devices, while others share one conference camera in an office. In that situation, those who are in person aren't able to chat, react, respond to polls, annotate, or otherwise engage in the call in the same way. Google Meet has an adaptive audio feature that allows everyone in the room to join under their own account (without headphones) to allow for in-person conversation, by merging mic and speaker feeds to prevent echoing and feedback. Audio is merged automatically when two or more nearby devices are signed into the same meeting, though you may be asked to confirm manually. To disable merged audio, go to Menu > Stop merging your audio. An alternative is companion mode, which allows attendees to join on their own devices to facilitate participation, which are then paired to meeting room hardware running the audio and video. This feature is available to Google Workspace users.

Use Google Slides to invite people to present with you

It makes sense that Google wants you to use its apps across the board, which is why Slides is integrated directly into Meet. You can screen share content from PowerPoint or Canva instead, but there are some good reasons to build your deck in Slides if Meet is your conferencing platform (and you have an eligible Workspace account). First, it solves the most frustrating part of virtual presentations: being able to see your slides, participants, and chat all in the same interface. You can also add co-presenters, so multiple people can control slides that the main presenter shares. As such, you won't have to switch screen sharing between presenters or ask the person who initially shared to move to the next slide. To use this feature, hover over the presentation title, click Add a co-presenter, and check the box next to one or more participants. Slides also allows live annotation for real-time collaboration.

Set up polls for live feedback during meetings

Meeting chats can be unwieldy for engaging participants and collecting feedback, especially if there are hundreds of attendees. Instead, use Meet's polls feature, which prompts participants to vote on responses. This can be used for icebreaker questions at the beginning of a call, to coordinate upcoming meeting times, to solicit input on future topics, or to get a scaled rating of a presentation. Meeting moderators can create pools under Meeting tools > Polls > Start a poll. Type in the prompt and responses, then click Launch (or Save if you want to use it later in the meeting). You can allow participants to vote anonymously with the Responses appear without names toggle.

Turn on attendance tracking and use it to send follow-ups

Taking attendance in a virtual meeting can be essential for ensuring that participants who are required to be there actually show up, but it can also be useful for knowing who to follow up with afterward. If your call has hundreds of people, you don't want to count or note each individual in the participant list. Instead, you can get a Google Sheets attendance report with names, emails, and how long attendees were present. You can easily translate this into a mailing list for action items, marketing material, or thank you notes. To enable the feature in a meeting, go to Host controls and toggle Attendance tracking on. This feature is available on most Workspace accounts.

Turn on gesture detection to simulate an in-person class or meeting

In a typical virtual meeting, participants use a "Raise Hand" button to get in line to speak. But if Google Meet's gesture detection feature is enabled, you can raise your hand by literally raising your hand. This can make your class or meeting feel a little more natural—though, of course, chaos may ensue if students or attendees use gesture detection just for fun. Hosts can turn on gesture detection in live meetings under More options > Settings > Reactions. A few things to be aware of with this feature, though: It only works when one hand is visible and raised away from your face and body, and it's disabled if you're actively speaking. You can't lower a hand with a gesture, either; instead, you'll click the Hand raise button. Gesture detection is available for users with Workspace, Business, and Enterprise accounts, as well as Teaching and Learning Upgrade customers.

Use “take notes for me” to create a searchable archive of meeting summaries

Google Workspace users have access to various Gemini features in Meet, including "take notes for me," which automatically captures and summarizes meeting notes in a Google Doc. After the call ends, the document is saved in the organizer's Drive and attached to the Google Calendar event for attendees to reference. This makes meeting summaries easily searchable, so you can quickly find notes of what was discussed and during which call. As the organizer, you can enable this feature before the meeting and via the calendar invite, or you can turn it on once you join by tapping the Take notes for me Gemini icon at the top-right of your screen and selecting Start taking notes.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

These TVs Are Part of the Roku/TCL Class Action Lawsuit

If you have a Roku or TCL TV, check if your model is listed here.

If Roku or TCL made your TV, listen up: Your set might be involved in a class action lawsuit. Both TV manufacturers are currently in the middle of a suit, and while it's far too early to know where the case is going or what a potential settlement would be, we do know which TVs in particular are named.

What is the Roku/TCL lawsuit?

As Top Class Actions reports, plaintiff Terri Else recently filed the lawsuit in California federal court. Else's suit asserts Roku and TCL issued software updates that were "repetitively defective." According to the suit, the updates rendered some TVs from both Roku and TCL "bricked" or otherwise unusable. Else says these updates "materially impair" the functionality of Roku's devices, and that both companies failed to disclose the issues to customers; rather, that Roku and TCL sold these products as "reliable" smart TVs that would “keep getting better over time…thanks to [ongoing] automatic software updates.”

The lawsuit claims Roku and TCL offer no recourse for customers whose TVs become inoperable, despite warranties that claim to fix software defects. Else seeks to represent a nationwide class action suit with a jury trial, with a monetary reward for all involved. I don't own either a Roku or a TCL TV, so I can't personally attest to the issues. However, there are over 300 comments on the Top Class Actions report, with many (if not most) complaining of similar issues with their Roku TVs. "My TV just turns off at random and sometimes takes several tries to turn on;" "It doesn’t play unless it’s hooked up to the internet and then a lot of the stations have blank screens," "I just disposed of a 65″ Roku branded TV that went black in less than 3 years after purchase." Many of the comments simply request to be added to the class action suit.

As it happens, this case isn't the only class action lawsuit Roku is facing at this time: Another customer is suing Roku for removing a feature from its smart home cameras and requiring a new subscription to restore it.

Which TVs are named in the Roku/TCL lawsuit?

The lawsuit does charge Roku and TCL with a blanket claim across all of their TVs and streaming devices. Instead, it names the following models specifically, sold from Dec. 16, 2024 through today:

  • Roku Select Series

  • Roku Plus Series

  • TCL 3 Series Roku TV

  • TCL 4 Series Roku TV

  • TCL 5 Series Roku TV

  • TCL 6 Series Roku TV

Again, it's too early to know what will happen in this case. But if you bought one of these TVs in that timeframe, take note, and keep an eye on the suit as it progresses.

Directive 8020

Supermassive Games är tillbaka med ett nytt äventyr - men den här gången lyser de sexuellt frustrerade och allmänt konfunderade tonåringarna med sin frånvaro, och mörka skogar, dammiga källare samt gamla gruvschakt har förpassats till arkivet. Istället är det ett kompetent, vuxet och rutinerat gäng rymdfarare vi får följa ombord på rymdskeppet Cassiopeia.

Cassiopeia är ett skepp som banar väg för moderskeppet Andromeda. Jorden sjunger på sista versen, Mars fungerade tydligen inte särskilt bra som plan B och nu är exoplaneten Tau Ceti F mänsklighetens sista möjliga räddning. Med andra ord är det en minst sagt avgörande resa vi får ta del av. En resa av ganska klassiskt snitt, absolut, och en som - precis som Supermassives tidigare spel - gärna leker med klyschor och genretypiska troper.

<bild>Imponerande vyer och instängda, dunkla rymdskeppskorridorer.</bild>
<bild>{Directive 8020} är uppdelat i åtta kapitel.</bild>

Spelet inleds med att vi får följa de två sömnteknikerna Simms och Carter. Deras uppgift är att se till att den övriga besättningen sover sött och dessutom väcka dem när de befinner sig i omloppsbana kring Tau Ceti F. De har själva varit vakna i fyra år medan de övriga åtta i rymdstyrkan slumrar obekymrat och helt ovetande om vad som hände den där ödesdigra dagen de faktiskt nådde fram till planeten de färdats så långt för att hitta.

Carter och Simms är mitt uppe i förberedelserna inför väckningsprocessen. Slutet är nära nu och deras viktigaste uppgift ligger alldeles runt hörnet på arbetsschemat - men allting tar en dramatisk vändning när Cassiopeia träffas av en meteorit. En liten rymdpromenad senare är skrovet ihoplappat och allt verkar vara frid och fröjd. Det trodde åtminstone Simms och Carter, men så var det ju naturligtvis inte. Det hade trots allt inte varit särskilt mycket till rymdskräck om den där meteoriten bara varit en helt vanlig rymdsten.

Men även om hålet är lagat är skeppet fortfarande skadat. Sömnteknikerna fortsätter reparationsarbetet och pratar med varandra över komradion - men plötsligt slutar Simms att svara. Carter letar upp henne för att försäkra sig om att allt är som det ska, men hon är inte sig själv längre. Den vänliga, skojfriska och väldigt sympatiska kvinnan är plötsligt mordisk. Nu är det inte säkert att det kommer vara exakt så här det utspelas för dig, då diverse val kan leda till att ödet väljer en annan väg - men oavsett så är det här Directive 8020 tar fart och slutar egentligen aldrig att accelerera förrän eftertexterna rullar sex till tio timmar senare.

<bild>Vi får se lite tillbakablickar på vad som hände innan Cassiopeia gasade iväg mot Tau Ceti F.</bild>

Besättningen har, föga förvånande, en del frågor när de vaknar utan hjälp från sömnteknikerna. Frågorna hopar sig: Vad har hänt? Varför är de inte här? Varför svarar bara Simms på anrop men inte Carter? Under resten av äventyret får vi följa en brokig besättning bestående av piloter, tekniker, läkare, ingenjörer och projektets slipade finansiär Mr. Williams. Precis som vanligt när det gäller Supermassive-spel är det en salig blandning karaktärer, där personlighetsdragen ofta är uppskruvade och övertydliga för maximal dramatisk effekt. Vissa gillar man mer, medan andra känns helt okej att offra om det innebär att resten av gänget får leva vidare. Om man ska peka ut någon tydlig huvudperson så är det Brianna Young som tar störst plats och fungerar som den viktigaste kuggen när handlingen ska drivas framåt. Vi får följa henne både innan avresan, ombord på skeppet och även i andra sammanhang som jag inte kan nämna utan att lägga krokben för er och avslöja för mycket.

Det är alltså ett typiskt Supermassive-upplägg i grunden: många viljor, många potentiella dödsfall och en berättelse där varje liten replik kan kännas som en möjlig dödsdom.

Så har ni spelat {Until Dawn}, {The Quarry} eller något av de tidigare antologispelen som studion släppt kommer ni att känna igen upplägget direkt. Directive 8020 gör inga enorma försök att uppfinna någon ny formel, utan allt är av samma snitt rent gameplaymässigt. Du byter ständigt vilken karaktär du styr, valen du gör har stor betydelse för hur saker och ting fortskrider och dör någon fortsätter spelet utan dem. Visst - du kan spola tillbaka tiden och göra andra val för att en potentiell favoritkaraktär ska överleva, men det förtar konceptet en aning för egen del. Misslyckas man med QTE-knapphamrande och råkar bli krossad av en gigantisk container (yep, det hände och det var väldigt grafiskt), så är det så det får bli - det var i alla fall så jag spelade spelet. Det går garanterat att rulla eftertexterna med fler överlevande än vad jag lyckades med. Två stycken av totalt tio andades fortfarande när jag var färdig, och hade det inte varit för att jag tvingades smyga i tid och otid hade den siffran med största sannolikhet varit betydligt högre.

<bild>Öppna dörrar med små minispel och smyga bakom lägligt placerade bänkar, soffor och bråte. Mycket av den varan blir det.</bild>
<bild>Brianna Young - något av spelets huvudkaraktär. Men överlever hon särskilt länge ändå? Det återstår att se.</bild>

Smygandet är en ganska stor del av Directive 8020 och vet ni något om mig så kan det eventuellt vara att ni hört att jag är sämst i världen på att hålla mig dold. Jag avskyr smygsekvenser, helt enkelt. Har ni tålamodet kommer det däremot inte vara några större problem för er. Dels för att smygmomenten egentligen är ganska lätthanterade, mycket på grund av att AI-fienderna är halvblinda. Det är sannerligen inte {Alien: Isolation}-nivå vi hamnar på här, även om det syns att Supermassive blickat både en, två och tre gånger mot Creative Assemblys klaustrofobiska överlevnadsskräck-mästerverk. Problemet för mig grundade sig mest i att jag verkligen inte pallade att smyga. Tålamodet tröt gång på gång och jag ertappade mig själv med att springa istället. Det slutade olyckligt minst ett par gånger. Antagligen långt fler om jag ska vara ärlig.

Jag vill hålla den här recensionen så spoilerfri som möjligt, och utan att säga för mycket är definitivt den första delen av spelet det otäckare partiet. Hotet är mer mystiskt, "monstren" mer oberäkneliga och stämningen betydligt mer stressande. Mot slutet av spelet har klyschorna staplats så högt på varandra att de liksom inte påverkar mig som spelare särskilt mycket längre.

<bild>Besättningen kan skicka meddelanden till varandra.</bild>

Det finns några problem med det här spelet som sticker ut mer än andra. Klyschigheten har vi ju redan pratat om och den skulle jag inte säga är ett av dem - det är helt enkelt Supermassives grej. Det som sticker mest i mina ögon är hur repetitivt och "mer av samma" spelet känns. Varje kapitel känns bitvis som en repris av det föregående, där man gör samma saker om och om igen. Man smyger, låser upp dörrar, letar efter batterier och springer från någon eller något som jagar en genom trånga korridorer. Hade det inte varit för att storyn faktiskt är intressant och engagerande hade jag verkligen tröttnat - men även om man gör ungefär samma sak hela tiden gör man det åtminstone av olika anledningar. Jag önskar ändå att utvecklarna hade låtit fantasin flöda lite mer och vågat göra fler avstickare från det redan etablerade receptet. För variation finns här - bara inte tillräckligt ofta.

Det andra, om än inte riktigt lika stora, problemet är att det aldrig blir särskilt otäckt. Jag kan räkna till två gånger jag blev rejält rädd och "hoppade till" i datorstolen. En av gångerna berodde det på ett ganska klassiskt men snyggt orkestrerat jump-scare, medan den andra berodde på att jag satt på helspänn under en smygsekvens när min fru plötsligt tappade något i golvet i rummet bredvid. Det var inte långt från en fullskalig hjärtattack där, men det får man tacka fru Pettersson för mer än någon annan. Resterande delar av spelet är stämningsfulla, snygga och välfungerande - men det stannar snarare på en nivå där spelet har en lätt kuslig atmosfär än att det blir genuint skrämmande. Visserligen är det väl bra för mig som är en fegis av rang, men till och med jag hade inte varit främmande för att skruva upp läskighetsnivån ett par hack.

<bild>Och på tal om besättningen - här är dom... i alla fall ett tappert gäng som fortfarande lever.</bild>

Stundtals har jag också funderat kring vissa märkliga "klipp". Nu är det ju inte en film, utan ett spel, men Directive 8020 och Supermassives övriga alster är väl så nära film man kan komma utan att kliva över den gränsen. En riktigt skicklig filmregissör hade lagt större vikt vid hur scener hade klippts och det blir både lite svajigt och pajigt emellanåt. Jag reagerade även på hur vissa av karaktärerna betedde sig scenen efter en högst dramatisk och förlusttyngd sådan; det förekom både fistbumps och märkliga leenden. Ska dock flika in där och ge utvecklarna kudos över det fantastiska arbetet med motion capture - ibland ser faktiskt rollpersonerna kusligt mänskliga ut. Tekniken har verkligen flugit fram de senaste åren och {L.A. Noire} framstår som antikt vid det här laget.

Med Directive 8020 var det meningen att Supermassive Games skulle ta några tydliga kliv framåt. Det skulle kännas som ett AAA-spel, utlovade de, och ptja... det kanske det gör. AAA-stämpeln är inget kvitto på definitiv kvalitet för min del, men på flera områden har de definitivt steppat upp och nått högre på den stegen. Först och främst är spelet sinnessjukt snyggt. Delar av det ligger utan tvekan på ren tappa-hakan-nivå, där allt från ljussättning och animationer till de rent grafiska detaljerna håller en nivå studion inte varit i närheten av tidigare. Med det sagt har spelen de stått bakom nästan alltid varit snygga - men detta befinner sig på ett helt annat plan. Det är dessutom - i alla fall under min genomspelning - befriat från buggar. Det rullade på helt friktionsfritt för min del.

En annan del som imponerar är designen. De har träffat rätt och prickat in en industriell, minimalistisk och trovärdig estetik, där det enda egentliga felsteget är hur utomjordingarna är designade mot slutet av spelet. Men bortser man från det lilla snedsteget har de gjort det mesta rätt.

<bild>Det är ett snyggt spel. Ruskigt snyggt.</bild>
<bild>Atmosfäriskt och designmässigt på en hög nivå. Imponerande arbete av Supermassive Games.</bild>

Ljudet är en tredje, definitivt lyckad, faktor. Det är ofta avskalat, där små atmosfäriska ljud är ditt enda sällskap istället för bombastiska stråkorkestrar. Detta varierar dessutom beroende på vad som händer i spelet, där flyktpartier och smygsektioner ackompanjeras av olika audiovisuella uttryck. Jag vill dessutom ge Supermassive Games en rejäl och högljudd high-five när det kommer till låtvalen på soundtracket, där vi får äran att lyssna på både Viagra Boys och Blood Red Shoes.

Slutligen vill jag hylla speltiden. Jag lever ett liv som inte rimmar jättebra med spel av episka proportioner och speltider som rusar iväg mot 100 timmar. Directive 8020 kan du klara på 6-7 timmar om du verkligen springer igenom det, medan 8-10 timmar är mer realistiskt om du vill hitta lite hemligheter och avnjuta härligheten i ett mer sansat tempo. När du väl rullar eftertexterna har du egentligen inte upplevt allting heller, för den delen. Du kan spela om spelet och få en helt annan utgång än tidigare, och vill du inte gå hela vägen kan du välja specifika punkter i berättelsen och se vad som händer om du gjorde "det där andra valet". Med andra ord: räkna med 15-20 timmar om du verkligen vill se allt. Och med tanke på att Directive 8020 "bara" kostar 400-500 kronor får du dessutom ganska god valuta för pengarna.

<bild>Det är någon som har glömt att rengöra datorn ombord på Cassiopeia... verkar det som.</bild>

Vi får se hur det fortsätter nu. Supermassive Games har satt ribban ganska högt och jag hoppas sannerligen att The Dark Pictures Anthology fortsätter åt samma håll. Uppåt alltså. Directive 8020 är ett bra spel, men det är heller aldrig mer än så. Visserligen sprakar det om det visuella och det ljuder dessutom väldigt väl - men bristerna finns där och det mest påtagliga för mig är den repetitiva naturen och en motvilja att ta ut svängarna och göra något obeprövat. Även om genreklyschorna bär de här spelen så finns det gott om anledningar att utmana dem också. Men det får vi se framgent. Tills dess kan ni gott kliva ombord på Cassiopeia, släcka lamporna och låta Directive 8020 göra sitt. Det når inte hela vägen ut i det okända, men resan dit är ändå klart värd att ta.

by Rory O’Neill  for politico.eu

Don’t follow Sweden on nicotine pouches, WHO warns countries

The tobacco industry's aggressive marketing to children is designed to get them hooked, the U.N. body says.

Governments should resist tobacco industry pressure to follow Sweden’s permissive approach toward nicotine pouches as it will only lead to more people becoming hooked on the stimulant, World Health Organization officials warned on Friday.

Tobacco companies are pushing oral nicotine products to kids — with sweet flavors, aggressive marketing and influencers — to create a new generation of addicts, the WHO said. That includes pouches that are placed between the gum and the lip.

These can contain high levels of nicotine, are highly addictive and form a potential gateway to cigarettes. They also increase the risk of cardiovascular problems and can harm brain development among young people, the WHO warns in its first report on nicotine pouches.

Those impacts are especially a concern for Sweden, which is a leading consumer of nicotine pouches, followed by Germany, Poland and other Nordic countries.

The country has rapidly reduced smoking over the past 20 years, and its liberal policies on pouches are often cited by tobacco companies and industry-funded consumer groups as a model for others to follow.

But according to the WHO, Sweden’s success in suppressing smoking owes to a wide range of tobacco control measures including taxes, advertising restrictions and services to help people quit. 

“Sweden’s overall positive experience is not as a result of snus [packaged tobacco] or nicotine pouches,” Ranti Fayokun, a scientist with the WHO’s smokefree initiative, told reporters on Thursday. She warned the Swedish example was being used to “promote nicotine addiction.”

Sales of pouches are surging, with the market growing 125 percent between 2019 and 2020 — faster than any other tobacco and related products, the WHO said in its report, citing 2020 data from tobacco giant Philip Morris International.

“These products are engineered for addiction and there is strong need to protect our youth from industry manipulation,” said Etienne Krug, director of the WHO’s health determinants, promotion and prevention department.

The European market for oral nicotine products, including pouches, gums and lozenges, is worth $1.6 billion.

Overcoming entrenched attitudes

European policymakers will need to confront entrenched attitudes in support of oral nicotine in countries such as Sweden, which is exempt from EU-wide restrictions on oral tobacco or snus.

This battle is already playing out in ongoing tobacco tax and marketing talks.

EU countries are currently weighing new minimum taxes on pouches and other nicotine products, while the European Commission has pledged to introduce marketing restrictions by the end of 2026.

Last July the European Commission proposed to set EU-wide minimum taxes on nicotine pouches at 50 percent of the retail price (€143 per kilogram) from 2032.

EU capitals, however, want to halve this. Their latest latest position, seen by POLITICO, calls for taxes on pouches to be set at 25 percent or €71.5 per kilogram.

The Commission’s long-awaited revision of its Tobacco Products Directive, expected by the end of 2026, is expected to tighten rules on the marketing and sale of pouches.

Some countries have pressed ahead on their own. France banned nicotine pouches last month, threatening heavy fines and even jail time for travelers carrying the “toxic substances.” The move drew the ire of Sweden, which lodged a complaint with the Commission and accused Paris of violating the EU’s single market.

An investigation by Sweden Radio, published this week, found that Swedish trade officials had used arguments originating from tobacco industry submissions to protest the French ban. “This government will always stand on the side of Swedish snus users,” said Sweden’s trade minister, Benjamin Dousa.

The Swedish Ministry of Health did not respond to a request for comment.

by Sandeep  for pixel-studios.com

How Pixel Studios Is Helping Brands Gain AI Chatbot Visibility Through Generative Engine Optimization

Search behaviors are evolving. Discovery doesn’t begin and end on traditional search engines. Decision-makers are increasingly asking AI platforms for recommendations, comparisons, and validation before visiting a website.  When someone asks an AI assistant for the best manufacturer, reliable supplier, or trusted solution provider, the brands that appear in those answers gain instant authority. Those that don’t appear are simply left out…

The post How Pixel Studios Is Helping Brands Gain AI Chatbot Visibility Through Generative Engine Optimization appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Search behaviors are evolving. Discovery doesn’t begin and end on traditional search engines. Decision-makers are increasingly asking AI platforms for recommendations, comparisons, and validation before visiting a website. 

When someone asks an AI assistant for the best manufacturerreliable supplier, or trusted solution provider, the brands that appear in those answers gain instant authority. Those that don’t appear are simply left out of the conversation. 

Recognizing this shift early, Pixel Studios implemented a structured Generative Engine Optimization (GEO) framework across its own digital presence and key client domains, helping them transition from being searchable to being recommended. 

The Challenge: Visibility in an AI-First Discovery Environment

Traditional SEO ensures brands rank on search engines. 
GEO ensures brands are understood, trusted, and cited by AI systems. 

Many organizations had strong digital foundations but were not yet optimized for:

Without structured GEO signals, brands risked losing relevance in AI-mediated research workflows. 

Our GEO Approach: Building Authority That AI Can Recognize

Pixel Studios developed a multi-layered GEO strategy designed not just for rankings, but for AI comprehension and citation eligibility. 

1. Entity-Driven Content Structuring

We aligned website architecture to clearly define:

This helps AI engines confidently associate queries with the right brand. 

2. Citation-Worthy Content Development

Instead of high-volume publishing, we focused on:

3. Technical Readability for AI Models

We enhanced machine interpretability through:

4. Cross-Platform Optimization

Each AI platform evaluates signals differently.

Our strategy ensured visibility across:

The Impact: From Search Presence to AI Recognition

Pixel Studios (Internal Implementation)

By applying GEO to our own domain, we transformed our discoverability model. 

This validated the scalability of the GEO framework before extending it to clients. 

Trivitron Healthcare

Operating in a complex B2B healthcare manufacturing space, the objective was to ensure the brand surfaced during AI-led product research conversations. 

Results Achieved:

This positioned the company as a referenceable authority in equipment-related queries. 

Nikita Containers

Starting from minimal AI presence, this brand required foundational entity-building and authority structuring. 

Results Achieved:

This demonstrated how GEO can unlock entirely new discovery channels for emerging digital entities. 

Clarion Cosmetics

In a highly competitive sector, differentiation required positioning the brand as a credible informational source rather than just a product supplier. 

Results Achieved:

This strengthened brand recall during AI-led product exploration journeys. 

What Changed: From Being Indexed to Being Referenced

Traditional SEO answers: Can users find you? 
GEO answers: Will AI recommend you? 

Through structured GEO implementation, brands moved:

Key Learnings from GEO Implementation

Why GEO Matters for Future Digital Strategy

As AI assistants increasingly shape how professionals research vendors, evaluate expertise, and shortlist partners, visibility inside AI-generated answers becomes a decisive competitive advantage. 

Organizations that invest now are not just optimizing for search. 
They are shaping how they are represented in the next generation of digital discovery. 

Conclusion

Generative Engine Optimization represents a structural shift in how brands are discovered, evaluated, and trusted online. 

By implementing GEO across multiple industries, Pixel Studios helped organizations transition from being merely searchable to becoming AI-recognized authorities — driving measurable growth in mentions, citations, and AI-assisted traffic. 

The future of visibility will not belong to the most indexed brands. 
It will belong to the most understood. 

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post How Pixel Studios Is Helping Brands Gain AI Chatbot Visibility Through Generative Engine Optimization appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Tides of Tomorrow

Annorlunda koncept och spännande idéer kan på förhand göra ett spel riktigt intressant. Med dessa inledande ord förstår ni säkert att Tides of Tomorrow, som är utvecklat av Road 96-studion DigixArt, har något sådant att bjuda oss på. Men jag ska inte riktigt avslöja vad, än. Istället ska jag berätta om att detta äventyr tar plats i en dyster post-apokalyptisk värld där haven är överfulla av plast. Föroreningarna har gett upphov till en sjukdom vid namn Plastemia som utan kur av det sällsynta och eftertraktade medlet Ozen till slut leder till en ofrånkomlig död.

I denna värld tar du kontroll över en så kallad Tidewalker. En person som kan se och själv lämna ett eko av de handlingar och val som den gör. Det är då just detta som är Tides of Tomorrows unika inslag. Att det någon gjort före dig gett ett avtryck och det du gör under din resa påverkar spelaren som då väljer att följa just dig. Det är för att förtydliga alltså en riktig spelare som traskat genom berättelsen innan dig och vars fotspår du då följer. Ett inslag som här kallas för "Online Story-Link".

<bild>Direkt från start följer du en riktig spelares eko. Du kan också under äventyrets gång välja att börja följa en annan.</bild>

Du kan med en knapptryckning när som helst se ett minnesfragment av spelaren du valt att följa. Vilka vägar den tog, vilka val den gjorde och de avtryck den lämnade efter sig i världen. På samma vis blir alltså allt som du gör ett avtryck för någon annan som knappar in din unika kod. Det kan vara enkla saker som att du väljer att lämna lite skrot (spelets valuta och material) i en låda eller exempelvis reparera en stege så din följare slipper spendera resurser på det.

Även hur du integrerar med världens invånare ger konsekvenser. Du kan även lämna ledtrådar och peka din följeslagare åt rätt håll eller vilket val du gjorde i vissa situationer. Eller bara låta bli om du hellre vill det. Konceptet är ganska skoj även om det inte riktigt känns helt genomarbetat. Visst märker man de saker som någon annan lämnat kvar eller gjort - men du följer ju samtidigt ett äventyr som är utformat för dig att uppleva. Det är samma handling, samma scenario och även om någon då varit där innan dig och kanske gjort en vakt mer misstänksam - så är det inget radikalt som är eller upplevs annorlunda. Det skedde exempelvis vid ett flertalet tillfällen att spelet talade om för mig att tidigare gjorda val som den jag följde hade påverkat något - men jag upplevde ganska ofta att det faktiskt inte skedde.

<bild>Miljöerna är ofta makalöst vackra i all sin misär.</bild>

Det blev helt enkelt så att flertalet val som faktiskt dök upp på skärmen och förklarades inte påverkade mig alls. Att följa ett eko av hur jag ska ta mig förbi patrullerande vakter blir exempelvis ganska överflödigt när den vägen är den enda korrekta sådana att följa. När jag sedan lämnat en plats så sammanfattar även spelet vad jag själv gjort där och hur det kan komma att påverka min följeslagare. Men jag kände då inte särskilt ofta, eller åtminstone inte tydligt nog, att spelaren innan mig förändrat situationen eller upplevelsen för att ge mig en "WOW"-känsla. Konceptet inte helt genomarbetat. Det blir lite som ett försök till ett "Telltale Game"-äventyr med en del moraliska val som är tänkt att ge stora effekter men som aldrig riktigt landar.

Tanken med dessa handlingar som man gör är också att att de mäts med en slags moralisk kompass. Olika statistik förkunnar om man mer tänker på sin egen överlevnad eller på andras. Om man är snäll mot planeten eller tänker på människorna före moder jords välmående. Det färgar upplevelsen lite grann, absolut, men jag kände aldrig direkt riktigt att något jag gjorde eller valde hade större konsekvenser än att det framöver fanns olika sorters slut att få. Illusionen kan ju dock vara viktig i sig. Vem jag hjälper och på vilket sätt jag gör det skapar ändå stunder som just där och då ger upphov till att jag faktiskt har olika vis att lösa det på.

Det finns också ett "survival"-element här med det läkemedel som då kallas för Ozen. Sjukdomen påverkar dig och dina resor över havet tar på din hälsa. Tar den slut så leder det till konsekvenser men exakt hur får uppleva själv. Att behålla Ozen för sig själv eller besluta vem man ska ge det till har också konsekvenser för andra karaktärer under äventyrets gång.

<bild>Drömmen om en uppföljare till Zelda: The Wind Waker är plötsligt större än någonsin.</bild>

Även om världen känns storslagen så blir jag tyvärr ganska låst i upplevelsen. På flera vis. Du tar dig runt i denna förstörda plastfyllda värld med din lilla båt över havet. Du väljer destination, har möjlighet att delta i olika sorters "event" på vägen och alla platser man anländer till känns, tack vare den färgglada visuella stilen, väldigt unika. Jag tänker att många också tycker att det är skönt att det inte är "ännu ett Open World-spel" men utforskandet tar lite stryk av att det inte är mer fritt.

Dina stunder med båten är mest bara för att åka till en ikon som laddar in ett nytt område att besöka. Allting är ganska snävt, inrutat och att blicka ut över ett enormt hav där sjunkande skepp och stora plattformar utgör nästa "bana" - men att inte få åka runt till dom fritt känns som en missad möjlighet. Du väljer din kurs, åker dit för att mötas av en ikon som och så laddas nästa område in.

<bild>Tyvärr är sekvenserna till båt och på havet inte fullt så spännande som de skulle kunna vara.</bild>

Det är ibland som att spelet vill vara ett Bethesda-rollspel men att man skalat bort alla lagren ordentligt. Kompromissen mellan att inte vara helt fritt och heller inte direkt linjärt fungerar inte riktigt. I utvecklarna förra titel Road 96 kändes det mer som ett äventyr i ständig rörelse framåt. Där slumpartade event fick en naturlig plats. Där det gällde att komma längre och längre i berättelsen med varje ny karaktär. Tides of Tomorrow hade, om man nu då inte vill vara ett helt open world-spel, kunnat göra något liknande. Spelmekaniken här känns stundtals igen från just Road 96 med att man ger möjligheten att åka till olika sorters event eller besöka öar i vilken ordning man vill - men utflykterna är samtidigt korta och lämnar tyvärr inte så mycket avtryck.

Man kommer till en ny ö och fascineras av folkvimlet och designen. Men allt är mer av en kuliss än en spännande levande plats att besöka. Världens områden känns också så frånkopplade från varandra men som tur är lever de just mycket på hur de är designade.

<bild>Spelets läkemedel Ozen är svårskaffat men du kan ändå ofta få köpt en dos så länge du samlat på dig tillräckligt av spelets valuta.</bild>

För något som fungerar väldigt bra är det visuella. Man kan tänka sig att en post-apokalyptisk värld där haven är fulla av skräp ska målas upp i gråa nyanser och ren misär. Här har man istället valt raka motsatsen. Allting är enormt färgglatt. Varje miljö känns lustigt nog färggrann och haven är visserligen ordentligt förorenade - men all plast och allt annat skräp är i glada varma färger. Jag gillar det verkligen. Rent tekniskt känns det dock lite föråldrat med stela karaktärer och animationer. Men just vyerna och designen är helt fantastisk. Därför blir det lite extra synd att det utforskandet sätts stopp av osynliga väggar och man bjuds på laddningsskärmar när man lämnar eller ska till en plats. Det kunde liksom varit något liknande The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker. Gett oss ett enormt öppet hav att glida runt på och olika saker som händer medan man tar sig mot nästa destination.

Jag hade velat att det kändes mer organiskt, helt enkelt. Jag vill möta den där handlarens båt ute på havet av en ren slump och de olika eventen kunde vävts in under min resa. Allt det där finns att uppleva men istället görs det på ett vis av att "välja bana" och så får jag åka med båten några meter innan det laddas in istället för att ske sömlöst.

<bild>Det bjuda på många färggranna karaktärer och en del moraliska val att göra. Ska du spela själviskt eller hjälpa den som kommer efter dig?</bild>

Det finns i grunden tacksamt nog mycket i Tides of Tomorrow som fungerar bra. Som ett klassiskt äventyrsspel tar det en till massor av spännande miljöer och bjuder på möten med karaktärer lika färgglada som det visuella. Spelets story-link, som om än inte särskilt djupgående, känns unikt och jag kan framförallt tänka mig att det blir extra kul att följa någon som man känner. Det känns tyvärr dock också som att spelet inte är helt genomarbetat och lite tekniskt gammaldags. Samt då också gör en väldigt låst i utforskandet. Detta håller tillbaka visionen en hel del och gör att det saknar det där storslagna känslan som det ändå hade möjligheten att erbjuda.

Det är givetvis också så att en mindre indie-studio jobbar med tydliga begränsningar kring vad de kan skapa gällande skala. Bedömer man spelet efter dessa förutsättningar så är ändå ytan och vad man bjuder på för äventyr i slutändan ändå imponerande. Det är på flera vis ett väldigt unikt, tjusigt och spännande äventyr som är väl värt att ge sig ut på. Så, skulle du vilja ta denna resa kan du med fördel följa just min Tidewalker med nummer 3057-8725 och se om du väljer att försöka rädda världen på samma sätt som jag.

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Venmo's New App Design Comes With a Great Privacy Update

New Venmo users won't have to change their privacy settings.

For me, Venmo has always been the app to settle quick debts. Someone puts their card down at dinner, and I Venmo them my share; I covered costs on a trip, and the group Venmos me in return. But Venmo has always seemed like it wanted to be more than that. The app feels like a hybrid between a banking service, a social media platform, and a place to buy and sell crypto. None of that is changing with its new redesign; in fact, it feels like it's leaning into that multi-use experience more than ever. But it is making a big privacy change, at least for new users, that probably should have been there from launch.

How Venmo is changing in the coming weeks

Venmo is launching a redesigned app over the coming weeks, and the changes aren't subtle: The overhauled UI definitely looks like an app launching in 2026, with large rounded blocks, bolded names and text, and updated imagery throughout. Over time, the company also plans to introduce new sections to the app, which it calls "surfaces." There's "Send," which contains the usual Venmo features like fund sharing and payment scheduling; "Money," which lets you buy and sell crypto and link your account to other services; and "Rewards," which hosts Venmo's cash back program and offers.

If you're an existing Venmo user, you'll notice these changes immediately, of course. But perhaps the biggest change of all only impacts new Venmo users—in a good way, mind you. Going forward, users signing up for new Venmo accounts will have their transactions set to private by default. They can change this option, of course, but if they don't adjust their settings, all of the payments they use Venmo for will be hidden from their friends and contacts, rather than populate on the main feed.

This is a pretty radical change for Venmo. Throughout Venmo's history, new users' profiles were set to public from the get-go. If you didn't intervene, your transactions would be broadcast to anyone who follows you or the person you paid: That's a good thing if you're Venmo, which wants the extra engagement; or, perhaps, a nosey user who wants to see who's paying who for what. But most of us probably don't want or need the Venmo world knowing our financial business, even if we don't have anything to "hide." As such, this change is a good one.

Of course, Venmo doesn't force you to display your transactions publicly. You can change this setting at any time, and make all of your transactions private by default. You can also set individual payments as private, if you have some transactions you want to keep off the timeline. But many (if not most) users aren't going to go out of their way to change the default options after setting up their accounts. As such, I'm willing to bet that a good percentage of the transactions visible on Venmo aren't from people who want to share that information. That wouldn't be a problem had Venmo set their accounts to private from the start.

How to set your Venmo account to private

If you have a new Venmo account, your privacy situation is set. But if you've had your account awhile, you might be set to public if you've never changed it. Luckily, if you want to be private, it's easy: Open the app, then head to your profile. Hit the settings gear in the top right, then choose "Privacy." Here, make sure "Private" is checked off. If you're okay sharing with just friends, you can choose "Friends" as well. But for a totally off-the-grid experience, hit "Private." You can also set individual payments to Private if you don't want to hide all your payments. Once you reach the pay screen, hit "Public" in the same line as "Privacy," then choose "Private" or "Friends."

Now, your transactions will still appear in the feed, but will be visible only to you and the other party involved. You can tell from the little lock icon that appears in the payment.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I sometimes get asked by regular people in the actual real world what it is that I do for a living, and here’s my 15 second answer:

We built a sort of Wikipedia website for computer programmers to post questions and answers. It’s called Stack
What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I sometimes get asked by regular people in the actual real world what it is that I do for a living, and here’s my 15 second answer:

We built a sort of Wikipedia website for computer programmers to post questions and answers. It’s called Stack Overflow.

As of last month, it’s been 10 years since Joel Spolsky and I started Stack Overflow. I currently do other stuff now, and I have since 2012, but if I will be known for anything when I’m dead, clearly it is going to be good old Stack Overflow.

Here’s where I’d normally segue into a bunch of rah-rah stuff about how great Stack Overflow is, and thus how implicitly great I am by association for being a founder, and all.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I do not care about any of that.

What I do care about, though, is whether Stack Overflow is useful to working programmers. Let’s check in with one of my idols, John Carmack. How useful is Stack Overflow, from the perspective of what I consider to be one of the greatest living programmers?

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I won’t lie, September 17th, 2013 was a pretty good day. I literally got chills when I read that, and not just because I always read the word “billions” in Carl Sagan’s voice. It was also pleasantly the opposite of pretty much every other day I’m on Twitter, scrolling through an oppressive, endless litany of shared human suffering and people screaming at each other. Which reminds me, I should check my Twitter and see who else is wrong on the Internet today.

I am honored and humbled by the public utility that Stack Overflow has unlocked for a whole generation of programmers. But I didn’t do that.

  • You did, when you contributed a well researched question to Stack Overflow.
  • You did, when you contributed a succinct and clear answer to Stack Overflow.
  • You did, when you edited a question or answer on Stack Overflow to make it better.

All those “fun size” units of Q&A collectively contributed by working programmers from all around the world ended up building a Creative Commons resource that truly rivals Wikipedia within our field. That’s... incredible, actually.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

But success stories are boring. The world is filled with people that basically got lucky, and subsequently can’t stop telling people how it was all of their hard work and moxie that made it happen. I find failure much more instructive, and when building a business and planning for the future, I take on the role of Abyss Domain Expert™ and begin a staring contest. It’s just a little something I like to do, you know... for me.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

Thus, what I’d like to do right now is peer into that glorious abyss for a bit and introspect about the challenges I see facing Stack Overflow for the next 10 years. Before I begin, I do want to be absolutely crystal clear about a few things:

  1. I have not worked at Stack Overflow in any capacity whatsoever since February 2012 and I’ve had zero day-to-day operational input since that date, more or less by choice. Do I have opinions about how things should be done? Uh, have you met me? Do I email people every now and then about said opinions? I might, but I honestly do try to keep it to an absolute minimum, and I think my email archive track record here is reasonable.
  2. The people working at Stack are amazing and most of them (including much of the Stack Overflow community, while I’m at it) could articulate the mission better — and perhaps a tad less crankily — than I could by the time I left. Would I trust them with my life? No. But I’d trust them with Joel’s life!
  3. The whole point of the Stack Overflow exercise is that it’s not beholden to me, or Joel, or any other Great Person. Stack Overflow works because it empowers regular everyday programmers all over the world, just like you, just like me. I guess in my mind it’s akin to being a parent. The goal is for your children to eventually grow up to be sane, practicing adults who don’t need (or, really, want) you to hang around any more.
  4. Understand that you’re reading the weak opinions strongly held the strong opinions weakly held of a co-founder who spent prodigious amounts of time working with the community in the first four years of Stack Overflow’s life to shape the rules and norms of the site to fit their needs. These are merely my opinions. I like to think they are informed opinions, but that doesn’t necessarily mean I can predict the future, or that I am even qualified to try. But I’ve never let being “qualified” stop me from doing anything, and I ain’t about to start tonight.

Stack Overflow is a wiki first

Stack Overflow ultimately has much more in common with Wikipedia than a discussion forum. By this I mean questions and answers on Stack Overflow are not primarily judged by their usefulness to a specific individual, but by how many other programmers that question or answer can potentially help over time. I tried as hard as I could to emphasize this relationship from launch day in 2008. Note who has top billing in this Venn diagram.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

Stack Overflow later added a super neat feature to highlight this core value in user profiles, where it shows how many other people you have potentially helped with your contributed questions and answers so far.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

The most common complaints I see about Stack Overflow are usually the result of this fundamental misunderstanding about who the questions and answers on the site are ultimately for, and why there’s so much strictness involved in the whole process.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I’m continually amazed at the number of people, even on Hacker News today, who don’t realize that every single question and answer is editable on Stack Overflow, even as a completely anonymous user who isn’t logged in. Which makes sense, right, because Stack Overflow is a wiki, and that’s how wikis work. Anyone can edit them. Go ahead, try it right now if you don’t believe me – press the “improve this answer” or “improve this question” button on anything that can be improved, and make it so.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

The responsibility for this misunderstanding is all on Stack Overflow (and by that I also mean myself, at least up until 2012). I guess the logic is that “every programmer has surely seen, used, and understands Stack Overflow by now, 10 years in” but... I think that’s a risky assumption. New programmers are minted every second of every day. Complicating matters further, there are three tiers of usage at Stack Overflow, from biggest to smallest, in inverted pyramid style:

  1. I passively search for programming answers. Passively searching and reading highly ranked Stack Overflow answers as they appear in web search results is arguably the primary goal of Stack Overflow. If Stack Overflow is working like it’s supposed to, 98% of programmers should get all the answers they need from reading search result pages and wouldn’t need to ask or answer a single question in their entire careers. This is a good thing! Great, even!
  2. I participate on Stack Overflow when I get stuck on a really hairy problem and searching isn’t helping. Participating only at those times when you are extra stuck is completely valid. However, I feel this level is where most people tend to run into difficulty on Stack Overflow, because it involves someone who may not be new to Stack Overflow per se, but is new to asking questions, and also at the precise time of stress and tension for them where they must get an answer due to a problem they’re facing… and they don’t have the time or inclination to deal with Stack Overflow’s strict wiki type requirements for research effort, formatting, showing previous work, and referencing what they found in prior searches.
  3. I participate on Stack Overflow for professional development. At this level you’re talking about experienced Stack Overflow users who have contributed many answers and thus have a pretty good idea of what makes a great question, the kind they’d want to answer themselves. As a result, they don’t tend to ask many questions because they self-medicate through exhaustive searching and research, but when they do ask one, their questions are exemplary.

(There’s technically a fourth tier here, for people who want to selflessly contribute creative commons questions and answers to move the entire field of software development forward for the next generation of software developers. But who has time for saints 😇, y’all make the rest of us look bad, so knock it off already, Skeet.)

It wouldn’t shock me at all if people spent years happily at tier 1 and then got a big unpleasant surprise when reaching tier 2. The primary place to deal with this, in my opinion, is a massively revamped and improved ask page. It’s also fair to note that maybe people don’t understand that they’re signing up for a sizable chunk of work by implicitly committing to the wiki standard of “try to make sure it’s useful to more people than just yourself” when asking a question on Stack Overflow, and are then put off by the negative reaction to what others view as an insufficiently researched question.

Stack Overflow absorbs so much tension from its adoption of wiki standards for content. Even if you know about that requirement up front, it is not always clear what “useful” means, in the same way it’s not always clear what topics, people, and places are deserving of a Wikipedia page. Henrietta Lacks, absolutely, but what about your cousin Dave in Omaha with his weirdo PHP 5.6 issue?

Over time, duplicates become vast landmine fields

Here’s one thing I really, really saw coming and to be honest with you I was kinda glad I left in 2012 before I had to deal with it because of the incredible technical difficulty involved: duplicates. Of all the complaints I hear about Stack Overflow, this is the one I am most sympathetic to by far.

If you accept that Stack Overflow is a wiki type system, then for the same reasons that you obviously can’t have five different articles about Italy on Wikipedia, Stack Overflow can’t allow duplicate questions on the exact same programming problem. While there is a fair amount of code to do pre-emptive searches as people type in questions, plus many exhortations to search before you ask, with an inviting search field and button right there on the mandatory page you see before asking your first question...

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

...locating and identifying duplicate content is an insanely difficult problem even for a company like Google that’s done nothing but specialize in this exact problem for, what, 20 years now, with a veritable army of the world’s most talented engineers.

When you’re asking a question on a site that doesn’t allow duplicate questions, the problem space of a site with 1 million existing questions is rather different from a site with 10 million existing questions... or 100 million. Asking a single unique question goes from mildly difficult to mission almost impossible, because your question needs to thread a narrow path through this vast, enormous field of prior art questions without stepping on any of the vaguely similar looking landmines in the process.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

But wait! It gets harder!

  • Some variance in similar-ish questions is OK, because 10 different people will ask a nearly identical question using 10 different sets of completely unrelated words with no overlap. I know, it sounds crazy, but trust me: humans are amazing at this. We want all those duplicates to exist so they can point to the primary question they are a duplicate of, while still being valid search targets for people who ask questions with unusual or rare word choices.
  • It can be legitimately difficult to determine if your question is a true duplicate. How much overlap is enough before one programming question is a duplicate of another? And by whose definition? Opinions vary. This is subject to human interpretation, and humans are.. unreliable. Nobody will ever be completely happy with this system, pretty much by design. That tension is baked in permanently and forever.

I don’t have any real answers on the duplicate problem, which only gets worse over time. But I will point out that there is plenty of precedent on the Stack Exchange network for splitting sites into “expert” and “beginner” areas with slightly different rulesets. We’ve seen this for Math vs. MathOverflow, English vs. English Learners, Unix vs. Ubuntu... perhaps it’s time for a more beginner focused Stack Overflow where duplicates are less frowned upon, and conversational rules are a bit more lenient?

Stack Overflow is a competitive system of peer review

Stack Overflow was indeed built to be a fairly explicitly competitive system, with the caveat that “there’s always more than one way to do it.” This design choice was based on my perennial observation that the best way to motivate any programmer... is to subtly insinuate that another programmer could have maybe done it better.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

This is manifested in the public reputation system on Stack Overflow, the incredible power of a number printed next to someone’s name, writ large. All reputation in Stack Overflow comes from the recognition of your peers, never the “system.”

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

Once your question is asked, or your answer is posted, it can then be poked, prodded, edited, flagged, closed, opened, upvoted, downvoted, folded and spindled by your peers. The intent is for Stack Overflow to be a system of peer review and friendly competition, like a code review from a coworker you’ve never met at a different division of the company. It’s also completely fair for a fellow programmer to question the premise of your question, as long as it’s done in a nice way. For example, do you really want to use that regular expression to match HTML?

I fully acknowledge that competitive peer review systems aren’t for everyone, and thus the overall process of having peers review your question may not always feel great, depending on your circumstances and background in the field – particularly when combined with the substantial tensions around utility and duplicates Stack Overflow already absorbed from its wiki elements. Kind of a double whammy there.

I’ve heard people describe the process of asking a question on Stack Overflow as anxiety inducing. To me, posting on Stack Overflow is supposed to involve a healthy kind of minor “let me be sure to show off my best work” anxiety:

  • the anxiety of giving a presentation to your fellow peers
  • the anxiety of doing well on a test
  • the anxiety of showing up to a new job with talented coworkers you admire
  • the anxiety of attending your first day at school with other students at your level

I imagine systems where there is zero anxiety involved and I can only think of jobs where I had long since stopped caring about the work and thus had no anxiety about whether I even showed for work on any given day. How can that be good? Let’s just say I’m not a fan of zero-anxiety systems.

Maybe competition just isn’t your jam. Could there be a less competitive Q&A system, a system without downvotes, a system without close votes, where there was never any anxiety about posting anything, just a network of super supportive folks who believe in you and want you to succeed no matter what? Absolutely! I think many alternative sites should exist on the internet so people can choose an experience that matches their personal preferences and goals. Should Stack build that alternative? Has it already been built? It’s an open question; feel free to point out examples in the comments.

Stack Overflow is designed for practicing programmers

Another point of confusion that comes up a fair bit is who the intended audience for Stack Overflow actually is. That one is straightforward, and it’s been the same from day one:

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

Q&A for professional and enthusiast programmers. By that we mean:

People who either already have a job as a programmer, or could potentially be hired as a programmer today if they wanted to be.

Yes, in case you’re wondering, part of this was an overt business decision. To make money you must have an audience of people already on a programmer’s salary, or in the job hunt to be a programmer. The entire Stack Overflow network may be Creative Commons licensed, but it was never a non-profit play. It was planned as a sustainable business from the outset, and that’s why we launched Stack Overflow Careers only one year after Stack Overflow itself... to be honest far sooner than we should have, in retrospect. Careers has since been smartly subsumed into Stack Overflow proper at stackoverflow.com/jobs for a more integrated and most assuredly way-better-than-2009 experience.

The choice of audience wasn’t meant to be an exclusionary decision in any way, but Stack Overflow was definitely designed as a fairly strict system of peer review, which is great (IMNSHO, obviously) for already practicing professionals, but pretty much everything you would not want as a student or beginner. This is why I cringe so hard I practically turn myself inside out when people on Twitter mention that they have pointed their students at Stack Overflow. What you’d want for a beginner or a student in the field of programming is almost the exact opposite of what Stack Overflow does at every turn:

  • one-on-one mentoring
  • real time collaborative screen sharing
  • live chat
  • theory and background courses
  • starter tasks and exercises
  • playgrounds to experiment in

These are all very fine and good things, but Stack Overflow does NONE of them, by design.

Can you use Stack Overflow to learn how to program from first principles? Well, technically you can do anything with any software. You could try to have actual conversations on Reddit, if you’re a masochist. But the answer is yes. You could learn how to program on Stack Overflow, in theory, if you are a prodigy who is comfortable with the light competitive aspects (reputation, closing, downvoting) and also perfectly willing to define all your contributions to the site in terms of utility to others, not just yourself as a student attempting to learn things. But I suuuuuuper would not recommend it. There are far better websites and systems out there for learning to be a programmerCould Stack Overflow build beginner and student friendly systems like this? I don’t know, and it’s certainly not my call to make. 🤔

And that’s it. We can now resume our normal non-abyss gazing. Or whatever it is that passes for normal in these times.

I hope all of this doesn’t come across as negative. Overall I’d say the state of the Stack is strong. But does it even matter what I think? As it was in 2008, so it is in 2018.

Stack Overflow is you.

This is the scary part, the great leap of faith that Stack Overflow is predicated on: trusting your fellow programmers. The programmers who choose to participate in Stack Overflow are the “secret sauce” that makes it work. You are the reason I continue to believe in developer community as the greatest source of learning and growth. You are the reason I continue to get so many positive emails and testimonials about Stack Overflow. I can’t take credit for that. But you can.

I learned the collective power of my fellow programmers long ago writing on Coding Horror. The community is far, far smarter than I will ever be. All I can ask — all any of us can ask — is to help each other along the path.

And if your fellow programmers decide to recognize you for that, then I say you’ve well and truly earned it.

The strength of Stack Overflow begins, and ends, with the community of programmers that power the site. What should Stack Overflow be when it grows up? Whatever we make it, together.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

p.s. Happy 10th anniversary Stack Overflow!


Also see Joel’s take on 10 years of Stack Overflow with The Stack Overflow AgeA Dusting of Gamification, and Strange and Maddening Rules.

by Bruce Gil  for gizmodo.com

DOJ Is Asking Apple and Google to Hand Over Data on 100,000 Users of a Car App

The requests are related to a lawsuit alleging EZ Lynk helped users bypass their cars’ emissions controls.The requests are related to a lawsuit alleging EZ Lynk helped users bypass their cars’ emissions controls.

by Meredith Dietz  for lifehacker.com

Garmin Just Launched Two New Running Watches

At these prices, Garmin's latest entry-level watches are a tough sell.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Garmin has unveiled two new entry-level running watches: the Forerunner 70 and Forerunner 170. Both are available starting May 15, 2026, priced at $249.99 and $299.99 respectively, with a Forerunner 170 Music edition coming in at $349.99. Right off the bat, the big selling points are the AMOLED touchscreen displays, along with a suite of training tools that go beyond what I’d call “entry-level.” On paper, these watches are positioned as upgrades to the Forerunner 55 and Forerunner 165—but whether they actually deliver on that promise is more complicated. Here's what we know so far.

What we know about the Garmin Forerunner 70

To quote Lifehacker senior health editor Beth Skwarecki, “It's about time Garmin offered a modern-looking watch under $250.” The Forerunner 70 is certainly a glow-up over the Forerunner 55 (originally $199.99), adding a touchscreen AMOLED display, Garmin Run Coach, advanced training features, acute load and load ratio tracking, sleep score, morning and evening reports, and a quick workout option. The run/walk workout feature is a particularly nice touch for beginners easing into a running routine.

That said, context matters. At $249.99, is the Forerunner 70 really competitive with other brands in this price range? The Coros Pace 4 is also $249 and includes dual-band GPS and 4 GB of offline music storage. The Suunto Run is even more affordable at $199, and it, too, manages to offer dual-band GPS and 4 GB of music storage. The Forerunner 70, by comparison, has single-band GPS and just 0.5 GB of storage.

Now, where the 70 does make a name for itself is with Garmin's software ecosystem. Some features that neither Suunto nor Coros typically offer include glances with battery data, sleep coaching with suggested bedtimes, lifestyle logging, weight tracking, sports scores, and a fitness coach that blends strength training with cardio without requiring you to commit to a specific sport. Like with all things Garmin, this is for people looking for more than just to track runs. (Even though watches that “just track runs” are exactly what the London Marathon winners wear.)

One small note here: Garmin's website currently lists the 70 and 170 as a single product, which is a little odd. Whether that's a placeholder or something more intentional, I’ll keep an eye on it.

What we know about the Garmin Forerunner 170

Like the 70 is an upgrade of the 55, the Forerunner 170 is positioned as an upgrade to the Forerunner 165 (originally $249.99 at launch in April 2024, with the Music edition at $299.99). However, it might be more accurate to compare this watch to the fan-favorite Forerunner 265, which was $449 originally, but now regularly goes on sale for $349.99 (which is the current MSRP of the 170 Music).  

The 170 actually has shorter battery life than the 165: It has 10 days versus 11-13. It’s not a crazy trade-off, considering all the software updates. As Garmin puts it, the Forerunner 170’s advantage is the expanded feature set.

However, the 170 is missing a few features that the 265 had. It doesn't have dual-band GPS, supports fewer GPS networks overall, doesn't have cycling workouts or multisport support, and it's unclear whether it can connect to a power meter (the 265 could; the 165 could not). These are more complicated trade-offs to weigh for anyone who was hoping for a straightforward upgrade.

Now, what the 170 does bring to the table are the kind of software features the Forerunner 570 has been receiving, which the -65 series missed out on. That means things like the Garmin Run Coach (a newer, more capable version), advanced training features, quick workout functionality, a calculator, and lifestyle logging. Advanced training features, for context, include Training Readiness (which scores your recovery), Training Status (which monitors training load), HRV Status (heart rate variability tracking), and Daily Suggested Workouts.

The heart rate sensor is the same as the 165, which is perfectly solid and on par with its competitors. Still, the Forerunner 570 and 970 have a noticeably better optical HR sensor than the 165/265 generation.

The bottom line (for now)

On paper, both watches have their merits, particularly for true beginners who want a trustworthy GPS smartwatch with solid Garmin software support. But for runners upgrading from previous Garmin models, or for anyone considering Coros or Suunto, the value proposition isn’t ideal. To quote a Google Chat from Beth to me: "I'm unimpressed."

Luckily, we'll be putting both to the test soon. Beth will be comparing the Forerunner 70 with other low-priced running watches to see how it stacks up. And I have the Forerunner 165 Music, so I'll be able to see how the 170 Music fares as a direct successor. Stay tuned for our in-depth verdicts.

by David Nield  for lifehacker.com

This Mac App Will Demystify Your Tangle of Cables

Find out what your cables are really doing.

Understanding cable tech can be hard at times—harder than it should be, really—and weighing the pros and cons of a new gadget is complicated enough without having to know the differences between HDMI 2.1 and HDMI 2.2, or the reason some USB-C ports are also Thunderbolt ports.

Help is at hand, though: WhatCable does a fine job of analyzing the cables attached to your Mac—not just giving you a list of specs but also explaining what those specs mean.

One way the app can be useful is in explaining why your MacBook isn't charging as quickly as it could be. This can be down to the charger and the cable you've got connected, and WhatCable will break all of this down for you without any jargon. You'll see the rate your laptop is charging at, and the reasons why.

Why your cables matter

To fully explain the modern cable landscape would take an article many times the length of this one, but it is possible to get to grips with the basics relatively quickly. Every connection has three elements that you need to consider together: The port on the device you're connecting to (like a monitor or charger), the cable in between, and the port on the device you're using (like a phone or laptop).

For the best results (the fastest charging or the smoothest display performance, for example), all those elements must be supporting the same standards. If they aren't, you might not get optimum results, or the setup might not work at all.

Unfortunately for us as consumers, simply finding a cable that fits a port isn't enough to guarantee everything will work, or work as well as you might like. Both cables and ports come with supported standards that you need to weigh, like the various flavors of USB (we're up to USB 4.0 version 2 now, for reference).

Amazon cables
Always double-check the specs when buying a new cable. Credit: Lifehacker

The most common port you'll see on laptops and phones today is USB-C, but this is only the start of the story. USB-C ports can also support Thunderbolt and DisplayPort protocols, as well as a variety of USB speeds—you need to check the device spec for details. Even similar-sized ports on the same device may be configured differently.

When you've determined what the ports on your computer or phone are capable of, you need to find a cable that supports the same standard, to get the best possible results. Be careful when reviewing cable listings before buying, both in terms of specs and length—cables beyond one meter (a little over three feet) typically require extra tech to support the highest data speeds, and will therefore usually be more expensive.

To add to the confusion, these standards are changing pretty regularly, with manufacturers sometimes adopting the changes promptly and sometimes waiting a while to implement them. The short version is, don't rush cable buying, or think that all cables and ports are the same. Spend a few extra minutes analyzing the relevant specs in detail, and it'll pay off.

How WhatCable can help figure out your cables

You can download WhatCable for free from its website or GitHub page, which will both direct you to a zip archive. Launch the app, and WhatCable shows up on the menu bar; click its icon to see details of connected USB cables. Via the cog icon (top right) you can have WhatCable launch with macOS, and run as a regular app rather than from the menu bar. As soon as you get connect a cable, you'll see information on the charging speed and data transfer rate (where applicable), and a breakdown of what the cable can do.

If you've connected a charger, then you'll be told whether or not it's a good match for your MacBook. Look for the "charging well" message for confirmation, alongside the charging rate. If a cable isn't charging your MacBook at the maximum speed, or the MacBook is itself limiting the charging (because the battery is almost full), you'll be told about this too.

WhatCable app
WhatCable presents its data in a simple, understandable way. Credit: Lifehacker

If you've hooked up a phone or another peripheral, then its identity will be reported inside WhatCable, and it's here that the data transfer speeds might be more relevant. If an external storage device has been connected, then you'll see the transfer speed it's negotiated with the Apple operating system.

WhatCable also looks at the e-marker inside a cable, which is essentially its digital ID, advertising its capabilities to the computer it's plugged into. If there are discrepancies between this e-marker and commonly followed technology standards, then you'll see an orange flag. It's not necessarily saying the cable is a fake, but just alerting you to something that doesn't quite seem right.

In short, any details that the cable is reporting to macOS will get shown by WhatCable, and you should see a significant difference between cheap and limited cables and the more expensive and powerful ones—which will be a reassurance if you've paid extra.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

It's been a year since I invited Americans to join us in a pledge to Share the American Dream:

1. Support organizations you feel are effectively helping those most in need across America right now.

2. Within the next five years, also contribute public dedications
Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

It's been a year since I invited Americans to join us in a pledge to Share the American Dream:

1. Support organizations you feel are effectively helping those most in need across America right now.

2. Within the next five years, also contribute public dedications of time or funds towards longer term efforts to keep the American Dream fair and attainable for all our children.

Stay gold, America. 💛

Personally, I’ve become a big believer in one particular quote, especially considering the specific context in which it was delivered:

“From those to whom much is given, much is expected.” — Mary Gates

Those 10 words had a profound effect on the world. Indeed, we were given much, so we, as a family, will choose to give much. On a recent podcast, my partner Betsy said it better than I could have:

“Well, we have everything we need!” That’s how I’ve always phrased it to [our children]. That, I think, extends [to our philanthropy]. We have everything we need; how do we make sure everybody has what they need? Because that’s the basic thing — Do you have a comfortable place to live? Do you have enough to eat? Do you have healthcare? If you have the basics, you’re in a good place in life, and everybody should have that opportunity.

It’s a question I’ve asked myself a lot since 2021. When, exactly, is enough?

Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

We do have everything we need. Why can’t everyone else have the basic things they need, too?

Beyond the $1M to eight nonprofit charities we listed in January 2025, we saw immediate needs becoming so urgent that we quickly added an additional $13M in donations within a few months, for a total of $21M.

But you can’t take a completely short term view and fight each individual fire reactively, as it comes. You'll never stop firefighting. We also have to do fire abatement and deal with the root causes, improving conditions in this country such that there aren’t so many fires. Thus for the second half, much longer term part, in addition to the $21M already donated, we pledged $50M — half of our remaining wealth — to address the underlying, systemic issues.

I proposed some speculative ideas in “Stay Gold,” and this one ended up being the closest:

We could found a new organization loosely based on the original RAND Corporation, but modernized like Lever for Change. We can empower the best and brightest to determine a realistic, achievable path toward preserving the American Dream for everyone, working within the current system or outside it.

By March, 2025 we had consensus — The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income
The dream is incomplete until we share it with our fellow Americans.
Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

Guaranteed Minimum Income (GMI) is an improved version of the older concept of Universal Basic Income (UBI) — rather than indiscriminately giving money to “everyone,” GMI directs the money towards those who most need it, particularly families experiencing generational poverty.

📢 Please note that after this post, Coding Horror will revert to normal nerdy blog posts, and all future GMI content will be at a dedicated site linked below.

Why did we decide on GMI?

  • Almost every existing UBI/GMI study result data we could find indicates cash generally works. For example, OpenResearch data showed the greatest increase in spending among study participants was in meeting basic needs, with the greatest percent increase in support to others (26%), along with huge decreases in reported alcohol use (20% less) and days using non-prescribed painkillers (53% fewer). Why wouldn’t we continue to build something that has generally been shown to work, study after study, time and time again?
  • This is survival money, cash for folks so they can put food on the table, get a roof over their heads, have a functioning vehicle to go to work, and decide how to meet their most basic, critical needs. It pains me to say this, but we live in a world where many people simply do not often experience open generosity, or regular income. When you show someone what it feels like to just not be hungry for a little while, their view of the world changes. They feel trusted. They see possibility.

Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative
RISE Recipient Stacy D. | WV

I moved here with my family. And I have no family up here other than who I brought with me. So, how most people can be like, “Hey, I’m having a hard time. Got $20 or a pack of diapers.” I have nobody up here to do that. So, if me and my husband don't figure it out, it don't get figured out.

So, I’ve got five kids that live with me... I was working full-time until I got pregnant. I prayed for this baby for 10 years. So, as soon as I got pregnant, I stopped working. I was high risk.

The day I got cleared to go back to work, my vehicle broke down. It was the only vehicle that we had that carried all the kids. So, I’ve been four months without my car. So this is also going to get my vehicle back on the road.

You don’t know how hard it is to ask people, hey, can I get a ride to the grocery store? Or, hey, my baby has two month shots. I had to borrow a vehicle. This is gonna... it’s going to do a lot!

  • Unlike many other social programs, GMI studies require initiative. These are opt-in studies that you have to sign up for, demonstrate that you meet the income criteria and are a resident of the county — and because spots are limited, be randomly selected from eligible applicants. We emphasize that this is not passive, it is active teamwork to improve the GMI program with your family, your community, and everyone else we can reach together over the next few decades.

Building On What Works

  • The massive OpenResearch UBI study, the largest and most detailed guaranteed income study ever conducted in the USA, was designed to be a template for future, more refined studies, and that’s exactly what we’re doing. We will also use what we learn in this group of three counties — as in software, the rule of three — to iterate, adapt, and improve our GMI study playbook with every new group of three counties, generating a playbook anyone can use.
  • We strive to do repeatable, replicable science in every study, and all our data will be open and freely shared with the world. We’re contributing to — and partially funding — a global, open data repository for basic income pilots all around the world, UBIdata. It’s the same reason we made Stack Overflow content part of the creative commons, and Discourse fully open source.
  • GMI is seed funding for families, investing in our fellow Americans, those who need it the most. A large body of research shows that dollars targeted to lower-income families are more likely to be spent quickly and reduce hardship, and can improve outcomes for children. “Trickle up” economics works, whereas "trickle down" tax cuts for the rich increase income inequality and provide no significant effect on growth or jobs.
  • This is the newer trust based model of philanthropy, much closer to venture capital funding. We primarily empower, fund, and build up existing organizations like GiveDirectly and OpenResearch, forming a collaborative team to leverage all their existing work and grow their organizations in whatever way they see fit, because they have the most experience in the GMI space.

The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

I like to go that way, really fast, so we are already well underway with the Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative.

We focus on rural counties, where dollars go a lot further, poverty is more prevalent, and populations are smaller for tighter studies. Rural counties are also greatly overlooked in this country, in my opinion, yet they have so much incredible untapped talent. I know because that’s exactly where my parents and I are from.

Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

We’ve funded three county level programs (Mercer, WV; Beaufort, NC; Warren, MS) that are already underway, where we will help lift thousands of people out of poverty for a period of 16 months, while sharing data and results with the world. That’s a good start.

Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

But I think we can do considerably more. With your help, we hope to reach all 50 states over time.

In “Stay Gold,” I noted that all of American history contains the path of love, and the path of hate. But the path of love is the only survivable path. It’s so much harder, and it’s going to be a lifetime of work. But what else could I possibly buy with our money that would be worth anything close to this, for all of us?

What You Can Do

Everyone is invited to help. Share results, learn the history of GMI (it’s actually fascinating, I swear), talk to your representatives and generally spread the word. A surprising number of people have never even heard the terms UBI or GMI, and sometimes have misconceptions about what they are and how they work.

Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

If you, or someone you know, is “those to whom much is given,” and in a position to sponsor county-scale work, please join us in bringing a GMI study to a new rural county and reach all 50 states. Let’s continue to do science and help lift thousands of people out of poverty while generating open data for the world.

Launching The Rural Guaranteed Minimum Income Initiative

This is my third and final startup. Rather than an “Atwood Foundation,” all we want to do is advance the concept of direct cash transfer. Simply giving money to those most in need is perhaps the most radical act of love we can take on... and all the data I can find shows us that it works — helping people afford basic needs, keep stable housing, and handle unexpected expenses.

Dreams, like happiness, are only real when shared. So let’s do that together.

staygold.us 💛

Black Friday deal: Amazon’s Echo Dot can be yours for 54% off

Mixtape

En av mina absoluta favoritfilmer är Almost Famous. Det känns inte helt långsökt att tänka att utvecklarna på Beethoven & Dinosaur faktiskt också diggar den coming-of-age berättelse som Cameron Crowes mästerverk bjuder på.

För tankarna vandrar till just den, flera gånger, när jag upplever den berättelse som är Mixtape. Och jag använder ordet "upplever" här i det sammanhang att detta är mer en interaktiv berättelse än det i mångt och mycket är ett spel. Vi har ju sett detta flertalet gånger förr. Interaktiva berättelser där vi egentligen gör och styr ganska lite. Där vi på sin höjd integrerar med några knappar och föremål, traskar runt i miljöer men framförallt tar del av det som Mixtape vill berätta.

Mixtape gör allt detta på ett väldigt konkret vis. Här finns inga dialogval eller moraliska vändpunkter som påverkar vad som skall ske. Mixtape gör sitt närmande till mitt bultande hjärta som bara blir ömmare ju längre jag hänger med. Detta genom att spela, bokstavligt talat, på varenda känslosträng som finns.

<bild>Världens bästa gäng att tillbringa några fantastiska timmar med.</bild>

Vår trio av huvudkaraktärer vid namn Stacey, Slater och Cassandra tar tillvara på sin sista dag tillsammans innan Stacey, som är den vi styr, ska flytta till New York för att följa sina drömmar. Hon är vår musik-junkie och har satt ihop ett perfekt soundtrack för vännernas sista episka sammankomst som leder mot en planerad stor fest på kvällen.

Förutom att berätta denna historia om den sista dagen fram till den sista festen - så hänger vi en hel del i vardera av trions rum. Här integrerar vi med föremål som leder oss till minnen av vad de varit med om tillsammans. Det är så vi kastas in i korta spelsekvenser. Det finns inget sätt att "förlora" här. Utan det handlar mest om att uppleva dem. De är som små snyggt mejslade "set pieces" med simpla kontroller. Mitt enda egentliga klagomål här är att de samtliga är så fantastiska att jag vill ha mer.

<bild>Flertalet fantastiska sekvenser på skateboard visar upp de underbara miljöerna.</bild>

Visst att minnen ofta är flyktiga och är över alldeles för snabbt. Men helt fantastiska sekvenser som exempelvis en galen flykt i en kundvagn eller flertalet färder på skateboard, ackompanjerat till förmodligen det bästa soundtracket ett spel någonsin haft, är ofta över innan man hinner blinka. Mixtape erbjuder visserligen väldigt mycket för att samtidigt vara så kompakt. Men jag hade gärna hängt med vännerna på exempelvis skateboard-resorna aningen längre.

Kanske att man hade kunnat ta delar av berättelsen och fört över den till dessa ögonblick. Så att jag hade fått styra samtidigt som jag fick dialogen framförd. För man ska definitivt vara medveten om att detta i allra första grad är just en berättelse. Det kan låta simpelt, och är det egentligen, men det är just här Beethoven & Dinosaur lyckas med precis allting och omfamnar just simpelheten och lyfter den till enorma höjder med presentationen.

<bild>Dessa spelsekvenser är så fantastiska - men lite, lite för snabbt över.</bild>

För Mixtape är en fullträff gällande så otroligt mycket. Det visuella känns lika unikt som allting annat. Man har hämtat inspiration från animationen i Spider-Verse och denna stil av stop-motion passar sedan perfekt i de fantastiska miljöerna som är kulisser till upplevelsen. Men det handlar också lika mycket om just hur dessa miljöer upplevs. I de små spelsekvenser som vi då får är de en fantastisk bakgrund. Jag vill egentligen inte avslöja något alls här - precis som jag medvetet valt att inte berätta särskilt mycket vad sekvenserna där man styr Stacey bjuder på. Man gör helt enkelt bäst i att inte veta för mycket, att överraskad och beröras. En väldigt tidig sekvens är exempelvis så märklig men formidabel att jag skrattade högt. Ni kommer förstå vilken när ni själva dyker in detta.

Så har vi då detta med spelets soundtrack. Joy Division, The Cure, The Jesus and Mary Chain, The Smashing Pumpkins, Iggy Pop... listan är och kan göras lång. Precis som med den visuella stilen så är det inte främst musiken i sig som är det viktigaste här. Utan det är hur de klär varenda ögonblick. Hur de perfekt passar in. Vår huvudkaraktär bryter den fjärde väggen genom att prata med oss. Det är då hon som "valt ut" låtarna för att följa en under upplevelsen. Det är så snyggt sammansatt. Hur man låter större delen av upplevelsen luta mot just ett soundtrack. Det känns så självklart när man tar del av vännernas upplevelser och minnen.

I hjärtat av allt här finns ju då såklart också just då berättelsen. Den som grafiken och musiken klär in så perfekt. Och ja, det är omöjligt att inte flera gånger bli berörd. Lysande röstskådespelare gör de tecknade karaktärerna levande. Medvetet ryckig animation till trots så känns Stacey, Slater och Cassandra som de mest realistiska karaktärer jag hängt med på länge. Och jag älskar att hänga med dem. Det tar bara en kort stund innan jag bryr mig om dem och vill veta allt de drömmer om.

<bild>Det är vackert, ibland.</bild>

Man har mejslat ut karaktärer som är spelets hjärta och varje gång jag tar kontrollen i någon av de fantastiska sekvenserna så ler jag.

Det är också just detta leende som hänger kvar. Genom hela berättelsen. Mixtape gör mig glad. Även när scener är sorgsna och berörande så ler jag över hur snyggt man trixat ihop allt det här. Ja, det är smörigt. Ja, det är medvetet lagt fram på ett vis som ska anspela på varenda känslosträng som finns. Det hade fallit totalt pladask om det inte lyckats med det - men som tur är så fungerar det helt och fullt. Framförallt så känns Mixtape som något alldeles eget. Den närmaste referensen rent spelmässigt jag kan komma på är förra årets Lost Records: Bloom & Rage från Don't Nod. Det var också ett som ofta berörde på samma vis och som närmade sig samma ämne om uppväxt och allt vad det innebär.

<bild>Minnen och upplevelser är flyktiga och precis som de är Mixtape över ganska snabbt. Men det är en fantastisk upplevelse hela vägen fram till slutet.</bild>

Men förutom att behandla ungefär samma ämne så är inte de inte särskilt lika när det kommer hur de berättas. Mixtape känns, och är, unikt och alldeles fantastiskt. Det bevisar på alla vis vad spel kan vara och vilka känslor det kan ge upphov till. Då spelar det faktiskt inte så mycket roll att det är mer en historia än ett spel i mångt och mycket.

På samma vis som de där spelsekvenserna där jag styr och integrerar tyvärr ofta är över lite väl snabbt - så hade jag ju i helhet velat hänga med det här gänget ännu mer. Upplevelsen är över på några timmar. Men allt jag fått reda på, allt jag fått uppleva och framförallt; allt jag fått höra i form av fantastisk musik stannar kvar. Som ett eko i hjärtat.

När eftertexterna rullade fanns det framförallt två saker som skedde; det ena var att jag startade spelets soundtrack för att få höra låtarna, en gång till. Det andra var att jag satt och reflekterade över allt jag fått vara med om. För lika mycket som detta är en upplevelse som mer berättas än att jag faktiskt spelar den - lika mycket är det en som jag kommer att tänka tillbaka på och som kommer att stanna kvar. Väldigt, väldigt länge.

by Steve Inskeep  for npr.org

China economist shares takeaways from the Trump-Xi summit

Steve Inskeep speaks with Chinese economist Keyu Jin about what came out of the Trump-Xi summit.

Steve Inskeep speaks with Chinese economist Keyu Jin about what came out of the Trump-Xi summit.

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

This Tiny GoPro Action Camera Is $70 Off Right Now

A point-and-shoot action cam for beginners who care most about portability.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

At $199 on Woot, the GoPro Lit Hero has dropped well below its original $269 launch price from October 2025, and according to price trackers, this is the lowest price the camera has hit so far. The same model is selling for $229.99 on Amazon. Shipping is free for Prime members, while everyone else pays an extra $6, though Woot only ships within the lower 48 states.

The main reason someone would buy the Lit Hero is portability. At just 3.3 ounces, it’s genuinely tiny, small enough to slip into a jacket pocket or stay clipped to a bike helmet without becoming annoying to carry around all day. It records up to 4K at 60fps, captures 12MP photos, and is waterproof down to 16 feet without needing extra housing, which makes it practical for casual travel, cycling, beach trips, or quick vacation clips. Startup speeds are fast, autofocus works reliably most of the time, and the battery lasts around 90 minutes of continuous shooting, which is decent considering the battery is sealed and cannot be swapped out mid-day. The built-in LED light is also brighter than expected for a camera this small, although it feels more useful underwater or during emergencies than for everyday clips.

On the minus side, its 1.76-inch touchscreen is extremely small, and navigating menus can become annoying fast, especially outdoors or with wet hands. And because there are barely any physical controls, almost everything depends on tapping through menus on that tiny display. There’s also no built-in image stabilization. Instead, you have to transfer footage into the GoPro Quik app and apply stabilization afterward, which adds an extra step that is frustrating. And while the image quality is decent in bright conditions, its small 1/2.8-inch sensor struggles once lighting drops, producing softer footage with visible noise. People who like color grading or tweaking footage later won’t get much flexibility here either, since there’s no log mode or meaningful manual control to work with. Overall, the Lit Hero feels less like a smaller Hero Black and more like a compact point-and-shoot action cam for beginners who care more about convenience and size than image quality.


Ambient Weather WS-4000 review: Familiar looks, same (rain) problem

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

I’m a Deals Writer, and These Are My Top 10 Tech Deals This Week

Find great deals on the M5 MacBook Air, the AirPods Max 2, my favorite travel headphones, and more.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

As Lifehacker's deals writer, I'm always looking for the best bargains on TVs, speakers, laptops, and other tech. Now that it's Friday, I've gathered together this week's sales highlights, all of which I've vetted using my favorite price-tracking tools to make sure they are actually good deals.

This week, you can find great deals on the M5 MacBook Air, the AirPods Max 2, my favorite travel headphones, and more.

Active Noise Cancellation, Adaptive Audio, Personalized Spatial Audio, Live Translation, Bluetooth Headphones for iPhone – Midnight
Apple AirPods Max 2 Headphones
Apple AirPods Max 2 Active Noise Cancellation Wireless Headphones (Midnight)
$529.00 at Amazon
Apple iPad Air 11-inch (M4)
Apple iPad Air 11-inch (M4): Liquid Retina Display, 128GB, 12MP Front/Back Camera, Wi-Fi 7 with Apple N1, Touch ID, All-Day Battery Life — Blue
$559.00 at Amazon
$599.00 Save $40.00
Wireless Over-Ear Noise Cancelling Headphones with Smart Transmitter, Hi-Res Audio (3.5mm or USB-C), Spatial 360 Sound with Head Tracking & 70Hrs of Playback (Mocha)
JBL Tour One M3 Smart Tx
JBL Tour One M3 Smart Tx - Wireless Over-Ear Noise Cancelling Headphones with Smart Transmitter, Hi-Res Audio (3.5mm or USB-C), Spatial 360 Sound with Head Tracking & 70Hrs of Playback (Mocha)
$299.95 at Amazon Amazon Prime
$449.95 Save $150.00
AI True Wireless Bluetooth Earbuds + $30 Gift Card, Hi-Res Audio, 2-Way Speaker, ANC 2.0, Optimized Comfort, IP57, Live Translation, Black [US Version, 2 Yr Warranty]
Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro (2026)
Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro AI Noise Cancelling 2.0 Wireless Earbuds (Black) + $30 Amazon Gift Card
$249.97 at Amazon
$279.99 Save $30.02
Samsung 49" Odyssey G9 G95C Series DQHD 1000R Curved Gaming Monitor (LS49CG950ENXZA)
Samsung 49" Odyssey G9 G95C Series DQHD 1000R Curved Gaming Monitor (LS49CG950ENXZA)
$899.99 at Amazon
$999.99 Save $100.00
Marshall Emberton III Portable Speaker
Marshall Emberton III Portable Bluetooth Speakers, Wireless, IP67 Rating Dust & Water Resistant, 32+ Hours Playtime, Quick Charge - Black & Brass
$129.99 at Amazon
$179.99 Save $50.00
Hisense 100" Class U8 Mini-LED QLED TV
Hisense 100" Class U8 Mini-LED QLED TV
$2,797.96 at Amazon
$3,999.99 Save $1,202.03
Apple 2026 MacBook Air 15-inch Laptop with M5 chip
Apple 2026 MacBook Air 15-inch Laptop with M5 chip: Built for AI, 15.3-inch Liquid Retina Display, 16GB Unified Memory, 512GB SSD, 12MP Center Stage Camera, Touch ID, Wi-Fi 7; Midnight
$1,149.00 at Amazon
$1,299.00 Save $150.00
QD-OLED, 240Hz, 0.03ms, DQHD, G-Sync Compatible, FreeSync Premium Pro, Adjustable Stand
Samsung Odyssey OLED (G93SC) 49" Curved 5120x1440 QD-OLED 240Hz Gaming Monitor
Samsung Odyssey OLED (G93SC) 49" Curved 5120x1440 QD-OLED 240Hz Gaming Monitor
$899.99 at Amazon
$1,599.99 Save $700.00

The best Apple headphones are $40 off

The new AirPods Max 2 are getting their first decent discount, currently $509.99 (originally $549.99), their lowest price yet. The biggest upgrades to the AirPods Max 2 include the new "dynamic range" amplifier and Apple's H2 chip (no longer the H1). But there are many other upgrades that are also worth noting.

The M4 iPad Air 11-inch is $80 off

The latest iPad Air, the M4, is already decently discounted despite being released in March. When the 11-inch iPad Air M4 dropped, Walmart undercut other retailers by offering it for $559—though Amazon has beaten that price, currently selling it for $519.99 (originally $599.99).

My favorite travel headphones are $200 off

The JBL Tour One M3 headphones are my favorite traveling headphones, but Lifehacker writer Stephen Johnson said he liked them so much they turned him into an audio snob. They're on sale for $349.94 (originally $449.95), the lowest price Amazon has ever offered.

The Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro come with a $30 gift card

The Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 are $173.72 (originally $179.99) and come with a $20 Amazon gift card, and the Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro go for $249.99 and come with a $30 Amazon gift card. The Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 are strikingly similar to the Apple AirPods 4 in their design, with noise cancellation and the absence of silicone eartips that go inside your ears. They come with Hi-Res audio, IP54 for water-resistance, a Live Translation feature similar to Apple's, a new design, improvements in call quality, and direct access to ask questions to AI and receive responses through the earbuds.

The Samsung Odyssey G9 is $600 off

The Samsung Odyssey G9 is a 49-inch gaming monitor with some impressive specs, including a 240Hz refresh rate and a 1 ms response time. It's available for $699.99 (originally $1,299.99 at launch), $20 off the lowest price it has ever been.

This Marshall portable speaker is $70 off

This Marshall Bluetooth Speaker is a modern, high-quality speaker housed in a cabinet patterned after the famous Marshall Stack amplifier. It's designed to be taken outdoors, resist the elements with its waterproof IP67 rating, and play for long sessions with its 32-hour playtime. It does all these things well while looking and feeling premium. The sound it produces is distortion-free, even at max volume, which is surprising for a small portable speaker, and it's loud for its size. You can get it for $129.99 (originally $199.99).

This 100-inch Hisense QLED is $1,200 off

This Hisense U8QG QLED TV is a huge 100-inch QLED TV—and right now, it’s more than $1,200 off, taking it down to $2,797.96, its lowest price ever. With Mini-LED backlighting, this TV gets super bright—it can hit up to 5,000 nits peak brightness and has up to  5,600 local dimming zones. This results in deep blacks, bold contrast, and high-performing HDR in Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, and hybrid log gamma (HLG).

The Pixel Buds 2a are $20 off

The Pixel Buds 2a aren't just a stripped-down Pixel Buds Pro 2. PCMag even called them the best earphones for Android users, and the hardware helps explain why. Google added active noise cancellation to the A lineup for the first time, improved the battery life, and redesigned the fit so they are more secure. Add the fact that they're very affordable at $109.99 (originally $129.99) right now, and you have a winning formula.

Both M5 MacBook Air models are $150 off

If you're interested in the new M5 MacBook, Amazon is the place to buy: It's the only major retailer offering a $150 discount on either size the laptop. The 13-inch MacBook Air is $949.99 (down from $1,099), and the 15-inch MacBook Air is $1,149.99 (originally $1,299).

This Ultrawide Samsung gaming monitor is $300 Off

Samsung is discounting its 49-inch Samsung Odyssey OLED G93SC to $899.99 (originally $1,599.99). It's a curved ultrawide monitor that offers an immersive experience you can't get from regular gaming monitors, since even your peripheral vision gets to be part of the action.


by Sandeep  for pixel-studios.com

5 Signs You’ve Outgrown Your Current Website (And What to Do Next)

Introduction Your website may have worked perfectly when you first launched it. It represented your brand, showcased your services, and helped you get those initial leads. But as your business grows, your website needs to evolve with it. What worked two or three years ago may now be limiting your growth, affecting your credibility, and…

The post 5 Signs You’ve Outgrown Your Current Website (And What to Do Next) appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Introduction

Your website may have worked perfectly when you first launched it.

It represented your brand, showcased your services, and helped you get those initial leads.

But as your business grows, your website needs to evolve with it.

What worked two or three years ago may now be limiting your growth, affecting your credibility, and holding back your marketing performance.

The challenge is that most businesses do not realize this early enough.

They continue to invest in SEO, ads, and content, without recognizing that the core problem lies in the website itself.

So how do you know if you have outgrown your current website?

Here are five clear signs and what you should do next.

1. Your Website Cannot Support Your Business Goals Anymore

Your business has evolved. Your offerings may have expanded. Your target audience may have changed.

But your website still reflects an older version of your company.

This creates a disconnect.

Visitors land on your site expecting clarity, but instead they find outdated messaging, limited service pages, or unclear positioning.

Common indicators:

What to do next:

Your website should align with your current and future business goals.

This means restructuring your website around:

A website should grow with your business, not restrict it.

2. You Are Getting Traffic But Not Conversions

If you are investing in SEO, paid ads, or social media, you may already be attracting visitors.

But traffic alone does not drive business.

If those visitors are not converting into enquiries, leads, or sales, your website is underperforming.

Why this happens:

What to do next:

Shift your focus from just traffic to conversion optimization.

Your website should guide users toward action, not leave them guessing.

3. Your Website Feels Outdated Compared to Competitors

Design plays a major role in perception.

Even if your services are strong, an outdated website can make your business appear less credible.

Today’s users expect:

If your competitors offer a better digital experience, users are more likely to choose them.

Common signs:

What to do next:

Invest in a modern, user-focused redesign.

Focus on:

A modern website builds instant trust and improves engagement.

4. Your Website Is Difficult to Manage or Scale

As your business grows, your website should become easier to manage, not harder.

If your team struggles to:

then your current platform is limiting your growth.

Why this matters:

Marketing today requires speed and flexibility.

If every small change requires developer support, your ability to respond to market needs slows down.

What to do next:

Move to a scalable and flexible platform.

Your website should empower your team, not create dependency.

5. Your Website Does Not Support SEO and AI Visibility

Search behavior is changing.

Users are not only searching on Google, but also relying on AI-driven platforms for recommendations.

If your website is not optimized for both SEO and AI-driven discovery, you are missing visibility.

Common issues:

What to do next:

Adopt a combined SEO and Generative Engine Optimization strategy.

Your website should be discoverable across both search engines and AI platforms.

What Happens If You Ignore These Signs

Many businesses delay website upgrades because they see them as a cost.

But in reality, an outdated website creates hidden losses:

Over time, this impacts growth more than the cost of a redesign.

What a Future-Ready Website Looks Like

A modern website is not just visually appealing. It is built for performance.

It focuses on:

1. Clear Positioning

Users instantly understand what you offer and who it is for.

2. Conversion-Focused Design

Every page is designed to guide users toward action.

3. Scalable Structure

Easy to expand as your business grows.

4. Mobile-First Experience

Optimized for how users actually browse.

5. SEO and AI Optimization

Built for discoverability across platforms.

6. Fast Performance

Speed directly impacts engagement and conversions.

What to Do Next

If you recognize these signs, the next step is not just a redesign.

It is a strategic upgrade.

Start with:

A successful website is not built once. It is continuously improved.

Conclusion

Outgrowing your website is a sign of progress.

It means your business has evolved.

But if your website does not evolve with it, it becomes a limitation instead of an asset.

Recognizing the signs early allows you to take control and turn your website into a growth engine.

At Pixel Studios, websites are built with a focus on business outcomes. By combining strategy, design, SEO, and conversion optimization, businesses can create digital platforms that scale with them.

Because in today’s digital landscape, your website should not just support your growth.

It should accelerate it.

FAQs

1. How often should a business update or redesign its website?

Most websites need a major update every 2 to 3 years, depending on business growth, design trends, and technology changes.

2. What is the difference between a website redesign and a website upgrade?

A redesign focuses on visual changes, while an upgrade includes improvements in structure, performance, SEO, and conversion strategy.

3. How do I know if my website is affecting conversions?

If you are getting traffic but not enquiries, or if users leave quickly without interacting, your website may be impacting conversions.

4. Can I improve my current website instead of building a new one?

In some cases, optimization works. But if the structure or platform is outdated, a complete rebuild may be more effective.

5. What role does SEO play in a website upgrade?

SEO ensures your website is discoverable. A proper upgrade aligns structure, content, and performance with search intent.

6. How long does it take to redesign or upgrade a website?

Depending on complexity, it can take anywhere from a few weeks to a few months, including strategy, design, development, and testing.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post 5 Signs You’ve Outgrown Your Current Website (And What to Do Next) appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Snag a new Peacock subscription for just $20 for an entire year

by Naima Karp  for lifehacker.com

This 100-Inch Hisense QLED TV Gets Super Bright, and It's $1,200 Off Right Now

Bring the home theater experience to your living room for under $3,000.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

If you want to create an authentic home theater feel without shelling out for a premium projector, a massive TV is the way to do it. A great option for this is the 100-inch model of the award-winning Hisense U8QG QLED TV, which is big enough and bright enough to make you reconsider going out to the movies ever again—and right now, it’s more than $1,200 off, taking it down to $2,797.96, its lowest price ever.

With Mini-LED backlighting, this TV gets super bright—it can hit up to 5,000 nits peak brightness and has up to  5,600 local dimming zones. This results in deep blacks, bold contrast, and high-performing HDR in Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, and hybrid log gamma (HLG). There's a built-in 4.1.2-channel spatial audio system, Wi-Fi 6E connectivity.

According to this PCMag review (which gave it an Editors’ Choice Award), the set's brightness is the standout feature, while it also offers “perfect black levels for an OLED-like infinite contrast ratio,” and only minimal light bloom around the edges, given its large size. CNET’s review also calls it the brightest TV the author has ever tested, and praises the “excellent contrast and well-saturated colors.”

Ultimately, if you’re not ready to splurge on a similarly sized OLED but still want impressive performance and features for less than $3,000, the monster-sized 100-inch Hisense U8QG QLED is a smart choice—and even more appealing at its current 30% discount.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

Hard to believe that I’ve had the same PC case since 2011, and my last serious upgrade was in 2015. I guess that’s yet another sign that the PC is over, because PC upgrades have gotten really boring. It took 5 years for me to muster

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

Hard to believe that I’ve had the same PC case since 2011, and my last serious upgrade was in 2015. I guess that’s yet another sign that the PC is over, because PC upgrades have gotten really boring. It took 5 years for me to muster up the initiative to get my system fully upgraded! 🥱

I’ve been slogging away at this for quite some time now. My PC build blog entry series spans 13 glorious years:

The future of PCs may not necessarily be more speed (though there is some of that, if you read on), but in smaller builds. For this iteration, my go-to cases are the Dan A4 SFX...

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing
Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

And the Streacom DA2...

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing
Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

The attraction here is maximum power in minimum size. Note that each of these cases are just large enough to fit...

  • a standard mini-ITX system
  • SFX power supply
  • full sized GPU
  • reasonable CPU cooler

...though the DA2 offers substantially more room for cooling the CPU and adding fans.

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

I’m not sure you can physically build a smaller standard mini-ITX system than the DAN A4 SFX, at least not without custom parts!

DAN A4-SFX
200mm × 115mm × 317mm = 7.3 liters

Silverstone RVZ02 / ML08
380mm × 87mm × 370mm = 12.2 liters

nCase M1
240mm × 160mm × 328 mm = 12.6 liters

Streacom DA2
180mm × 286mm × 340mm = 17.5 liters

(For comparison with The Golden Age of x86 Gaming consoles, a PS4 Pro occupies 5.3 liters and an Xbox One S 4.3 liters. About 50% more volume for considerably more than 2× the power isn’t a bad deal!)

I chose the Streacom DA2 as my personal build, because after experimenting heavily with the DAN A4 SFX, I realized you need more room to deal with extremely powerful CPUs and GPUs in this form factor, and I wanted a truly powerful system:

  • Intel i9-9900KS (8 core, 16 thread, 5.0 GHz) CPU
  • Samsung 970 PRO 1TB / Samsung 970 EVO 2TB / Samsung 860 QVO 4TB SATA
  • 64GB DDR4-3000
  • Cryorig H7 cooler (exact fit)
  • NVIDIA GeForce RTX 2080 Ti GPU

Compared to my old 2015-2017 system, a slightly overclocked i7-7700k, that at least gives me 2× the cores (and faster cores, both in clock rate and IPC), 2× the memory, and 2× the M.2 slots (two versus one).

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

The DA2 is a clever case though less perfect than the A4-SFX. What’s neat about it is the hybrid open-air design (on the top and bottom) plus the versatile horizontal and vertical bracket system interior. Per the manual (PDF):

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

Check out all the bracket mounting options. Incredibly versatile, and easy to manipulate with the captured nut and bolt design:

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

Note that you can (and really should) pop out the top and bottom acrylic pieces with the mesh dust net.

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

I had dramatically better temperatures after I did this, and it also made the build easier since the case can fully “breathe” through the top and bottom. You’ll note that the front of the DA2 is totally solid, no air holes, so you do need that extra airflow.

I only have a few criticisms of this Streacom DA2 case:

  • The side panels are tool free, which is excellent, but the pressure fit makes them fairly difficult to remove. Feels like this could be tweaked?
  • (Don’t even think about using a full sized ATX power supply. In theory it is supported, but the build becomes so much more difficult. Use a SFX power supply, which you’d expect to do for a mini-ITX build anyway.)
  • My primary complaint is that the power extension cable gets in the way. I had to remove it and re-attach it during my build. They should custom route the power cable upwards so it blocks less stuff.
  • Less of a criticism and more of an observation: if your build uses a powerful GPU and CPU, you’ll need two case fans. There’s mounting points for a 92mm fan in the rear, and the bracket system makes it easy to mount a 140mm fan blowing inward. You will definitely need both fans!

Here’s the configuration I recommend, open on both the top and bottom for maximum airflow, with three fans total:

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

If you are a water cooling kind of person – I am definitely not, I experienced one too many traumatic cooling fluid leaks in the early 2000s – then you will use that 140mm space for the radiator.

I have definitely burn-in tested this machine, as I do all systems I build, and it passed with flying colors. But to be honest, if you expect to be under full CPU and GPU loads for extended periods of time you might need to switch to water cooling due to the space constraints. (Or pick slightly less powerful components.)

If you haven’t built a PC system recently, it’s easier than it has ever been. Heck by the time you install the M.2 drives, memory, CPU, and cooler on the motherboard you’re almost done, these days!

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

There are a lot of interesting compact mini-itx builds out there. Perhaps that’s the primary innovation in PC building for 2020 and beyond – packing all that power into less than 20 liters of space!

Read a Spanish translation of this article here.

ZPF

Det sägs ju att ett kort och koncist namn är en styrka, det finns liksom en viss tyngd i det. Jag tänker på spel som Doom eller Heretic, eller varför inte vår svenska racingstolthet Ignition? Det är titlar som snabbt för tankarna till ett visst tema eller en viss sinnesstämning. I shoot 'em up-genren, däremot, är namnen ofta obegripliga eller rentav nonsens. Ofta svinbra spel, men vem väljer egentligen att döpa sitt spel till Drainus - frivilligt?! ZPF följer med i denna stolta namntradition av gibberish och är en riktigt välgjord och mysig retrodoftande rymdpangare från utvecklarna som tidigare gett oss - eh - Super XYX...

ZPF är frukten av ett lyckat Kickstarter-projekt och finns alltså på kassett till Mega Drive, men det är också tillgängligt till mer moderna format. Redaktionens Sega-fantast Jonas är faktiskt stolt ägare av den läckra Mega Drive-utgåvan, men själv fick jag nöja mig med Steam. Det vi får är en handfull banor med olika teman som futuristisk stadsmiljö, lummig och trolsk skog och medeltida slott. Om det finns någon slags story i bakgrunden har jag helt missat det, men vad som är svårare att missa är ändå allt ÖGONGODIS som spelet strösslar fritt med. Det är frågan om riktigt vackra 16-bitarspixlar som fyller skärmen i en kaskad av färger. Färgpaletten är poppande, skrikig och väldigt mycket 90-tal och jag skulle inte vilja ha det på något annat sätt.

Det spelet tappar i sammanhängande tema får det tillbaka tiofalt i ren och skär kreativitet, då banorna känns helt unika och har sin egen visuella identitet. Ett problem som dock ofta medföljer mer detaljerad 16-bitsgrafik är dock (som redaktör Jonas påpekade) att tydligheten och läsbarheten blir en smula grumlig. Det finns helt enkelt så mycket grafiskt lullull på skärmen samtidigt att fiendeskotten ibland drunknar i de parallax-scrollande bakgrunderna och man dör - ibland på frustrerande sätt. Just visuell läsbarhet är något jag värderar högt i mina shmups och man vänjer sig aldrig riktigt fullt ut även om läsbarheten blir enklare ju mer tid som spenderas med spelet.
<bild></bild>
Det finns tre olika skepp att välja mellan och åtminstone två av dem följer mönstren att de skjuter vitt och brett eller mer fokuserat och kraftfullt. Den tredje varianten är fokuserad på närstrid och innebär en helt annorlunda spelstil. Här måste man komma nära fienderna för att dänga till dem, vilket så klart är riskfyllt men också väldigt belönande när man väl lyckas få grepp om det. Varje skepp har också en specialbombsattack. Personligen fann jag att skeppet med spridda skott passade mig bäst, medan jag aldrig riktigt lyckades få pejl på det mer melee-inriktade skeppet.

Likt de flesta shmups går ZPF att klara på någon timme eller så. Men omspelningsvärdet här är högt, för varje bana har gömda hemligheter och för att få tillgång till det definitiva slutet behöver man hitta dem alla! Pengarna man tjänar genom att peppra fiender går också att spendera mellan banorna. Ett kul tillägg, där man kan göra sitt skepp mer kraftfullt, få ledtrådar om hemligheter eller bara öka på sin score multiplier för att nå riktigt högt på highscore-listan.
<bild></bild>
Så, sammanfattningsvis, vart landar vi i allt det här? Jo, ZPF är absolut ett shmup värt att titta närmare på. Tekniskt sett är det väldigt imponerande, och hade det lanserats på Mega Drive under konsolens storhetstid så hade vi antagligen nämnt det i samma andetag som klassiker som Gleylancer, Thunder Force och Truxton. Det gör det mesta rätt och fallerar egentligen bara i att det ibland blir lite för mycket som händer på skärmen samtidigt, samt att spelets vilt varierande miljöer inte riktigt ger det någon känsla av sammanhang. Men med det tillfredsställande uppgraderingssystemet och en väldigt anpassningsbar svårighetsgrad så är det ett givet spel i varje shmup-fanatikers spelbibliotek.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

Let's Talk About The American Dream

A few months ago I wrote about what it means to stay gold — to hold on to the best parts of ourselves, our communities, and the American Dream itself. But staying gold isn’t passive. It takes work. It takes action. It takes hard conversations that ask

Let's Talk About The American Dream

A few months ago I wrote about what it means to stay gold — to hold on to the best parts of ourselves, our communities, and the American Dream itself. But staying gold isn’t passive. It takes work. It takes action. It takes hard conversations that ask us to confront where we’ve been, where we are, and who we want to be.

That’s why I’m incredibly honored to be joining Alexander Vindman in giving a talk at the historic Cooper Union Great Hall 14 days from now. I greatly admire the way Colonel Vindman was willing to put everything on the line to defend the ideals of democracy and the American Dream.

The American Dream is, at its core, the promise that hard work, fairness, and opportunity can lead to a better future. But in 2025, that promise feels like a question: How can we build on our dream so that it works for everyone?

Alexander and I will explore this in our joint talk through the lens of democracy, community, and economic mobility. We come from very different backgrounds, but we strongly share the belief that everyone's American Dream is worth fighting for.

Alexander Vindman has lived many lifetimes of standing up for what's right. He was born in the Soviet Union and immigrated to the U.S. as a child, growing up in Brooklyn before enlisting in the U.S. Army. Over the next 21 years, he served with distinction, earning a Purple Heart for injuries sustained in Iraq and eventually rising to Director of European Affairs for the National Security Council. When asked to choose between looking the other way or upholding the values he swore to protect, he chose correctly. That decision cost him his career but never his integrity. I have a lot to learn about what civic duty truly means from Alex.

I build things on the Internet, like Stack Overflow and Discourse. I write on the internet, on this blog. I've spent years thinking about how people interact online, how communities work (or don't), and how we create digital spaces that encourage fairness, participation, and constructive discourse. Spaces that result in artifacts for the common good, like local parks, where everyone can enjoy them together. Whether you're running a country or running a forum, the same rules seem to apply: people need clear expectations, fair systems, strong boundaries, and a shared sense of purpose.

This is the part of Stay Gold I couldn't tell you about, not yet, because I was working so hard to figure it out. How do you make long-term structural change that creates opportunity for everyone? It is an incredibly complex problem. But if we focus our efforts in a particular area, I believe we can change a lot of things in this country. Maybe not everything, but something foundational to the next part of our history as a country: how to move beyond individual generosity and toward systems that create security, dignity, and possibility for all.

I can't promise easy answers, but what I can promise is an honest, unfiltered conversation about how we move forward, with specifics. Colonel Vindman brings the perspective of someone who embodied American ideals, and I bring the experience of building self-governing digital communities that scale, which turned out to be far more relevant to the future of democracy than I ever would have dreamed possible.

Imagine what we can do if Alex and I work together. Imagine what we could do if we all worked together.

This event was streamed in real time via the Cooper Union Great Hall YouTube channel:

Plex’s overhauled app promotes libraries, ditches the hamburgers

by Jake Peterson  for lifehacker.com

Google Chrome Finally Added This Privacy Feature for Android Users

You no longer need to share your precise location with websites.

If you told someone twenty-five years ago that, in the near future, people would voluntarily carry devices that share their locations with companies and organizations at all times, they probably wouldn't believe you. And yet, it's just one way smartphones have changed the way we think about personal privacy. Of course, not only do we choose to take our smartphones everywhere, but it's tough to manage modern life without them.

But it's important to note that not all location information is the same: While the default option is often to share your exact coordinates with the app or service that requests it, you often have a second choice that goes a long way to preserving your privacy: "approximate location." When choosing this option, your phone will only share a rough idea of where you happen to be when asked, rather than a pinpoint address. It's perfect for the times when knowing your general location is necessary for an app to function, but not your exact location. If you're looking for a restaurant in your area, you might just want to share the city or zip code you're in, not your home address. If you want to know what the weather will be tomorrow, that doesn't require your precise whereabouts either. There are exceptions, of course, like navigation apps that need to know exactly where you are to track you, or when you want to find the closest convenience store to your current location. But, often, approximate location is the better choice than precise location when sharing this information with apps.

Chrome for Android finally allows you to share your approximate location

That's why I find it so surprising to learn that, until now, Google Chrome for Android has not allowed you to share your approximate location with websites. Unlike Android itself, which has the option, Chrome was all or nothing with your location: If you needed to share that info with a website, you'd better be comfortable sending your current spot.

No longer: Starting this week, you'll see a new pop-up when a website asks you for your location information. Rather than answer a basic all-or-nothing question, the menu will ask whether you'd like to share your precise, exact location, or your approximate, neighborhood location. You can even see the difference from a thumbnail preview of a map: "Precise" will share a pinpoint location, while "Approximate" will share a rough radius. You'll have the usual subsequent options here as well: "Allow while visiting the site," "Allow this time," or "Never allow."

approximate location
Credit: Google

It's not clear whether you'll receive the pop-up for websites you've already granted location access for. But you can manage your location settings at any time to change the options that may already be in effect. To do so, open Chrome, tap the three dots to the right of the address bar, then hit "Settings." Then, under "Advanced," choose Site settings > Location. From here, adjust your location settings.

Interestingly, Google says this functionality is currently in development for desktop. That means, for the time being, you'll still need to make the all-or-nothing decision with sharing your Chrome location on Mac or PC.

by Jeff Atwood  for codinghorror.com

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

In a way, these two books are responsible for my entire professional career.

With early computers, you didn’t boot up to a fancy schmancy desktop, or a screen full of apps you could easily poke and prod with your finger. No, those computers booted up to the command

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

In a way, these two books are responsible for my entire professional career.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

With early computers, you didn’t boot up to a fancy schmancy desktop, or a screen full of apps you could easily poke and prod with your finger. No, those computers booted up to the command line.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

From here, if you were lucky, you might have a cassette tape drive. If you knew the right commands, you could type them in to load programs from cassette tape. But that was an expensive add-on option with early personal computers. For many of us, if we wanted the computer to do anything, we had to type in entire programs from books like 101 Basic Computer Games, by hand... like so.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

Yep, believe it or not, circa 1983, this was our idea of a good time. No, we didn't get out much. The book itself was a sort of greatest hits compilation of games collected from Ahl’s seminal Creative Computing Magazine in the 1970s:

As soon as Ahl made up his mind to leave DEC, he started laying the groundwork for Creative Computing. He announced intentions to publish the magazine at NCC in June 1974 and over the next few months contacted prospective authors, got mailing lists, arranged for typesetting and printing, and started organizing hundreds of other details.

In addition, he also moved his family to Morristown, NJ, and settled into his new job at AT&T. He had little spare capital, so he substituted for it with “sweat equity.” He edited submitted articles and wrote others. He specified type, took photos, got books of “clip art,” drew illustrations, and laid out boards. He wrote and laid out circulation flyers, pasted on labels, sorted and bundled mailings.

By October 1974, when it was time to specify the first print run, he had just 600 subscribers. But Ahl had no intention of running off just 600 issues. He took all the money he had received, divided it in half, and printed 8000 copies with it. These rolled off the presses October 31, 1974. Ahl recounts the feeling of euphoria on the drive to the printer replaced by dismay when he saw two skids of magazines and wondered how he would ever get them off the premises. Three trips later, his basement and garage were filled with 320 bundles of 25 magazines each. He delivered the 600 subscriber copies to the post office the next day, but it took nearly three weeks to paste labels by hand onto the other 7400 copies and send them, unsolicited, to libraries and school systems throughout the country.

I also loved Creative Computing, but it was a little before my time:

  • 1971 – Ahl ports the programs from FOCAL to BASIC.
  • 1973 – 101 BASIC Computer Games is first published by DEC.
  • 1974 – Ahl founds Creative Computing magazine and acquires the rights to the book from DEC.
  • 1977 – the “trinity” of Apple II 🖥️, PET ️🖥️, and TRS-80 🖥️ microcomputers are released to the public, all with BASIC built in, at prices regular people could mostly afford. 🙌
  • 1978 – a second edition of BASIC Computer Games is released, this time published by Ahl himself.

As you can see, there’s no way average people in 1973-1976 were doing a whole lot with BASIC programs, as they had no microcomputers capable of running BASIC to buy! It took a while for inexpensive personal computers to trickle down to the mainstream, which brings us to roughly 1984 when the sequels started appearing.

There was a half-hearted attempt to modernize these early BASIC programs in 2010 with SmallBasic, but I didn’t feel these ports did much to bring the code up to date, and overall had little relevance to modern code practices. You can compare the original 1973 BASIC Civil War with the 2010 SmallBasic port to see what I mean:

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

Certainly we can do a bit better than merely removing the line numbers? What about our old buddy the subroutine, merely the greatest invention in computer science? It’s nowhere to be seen. 🤔

So it was with considerable enthusiasm that I contacted David H. Ahl, the author, and asked for permission to create a website that attempted to truly update all these ancient BASIC programs.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

Thankfully, permission was granted. It’s hard to understate how important this book was to an entire generation of programmers. At one point, there were more copies of this book in print than there were personal computers, period!

... in 1973, DEC published an anthology, 101 BASIC Computer Games. The book quickly went into a second printing, for a total of 10,000 copies sold. “That was far more books than there were computers around, so people were buying three, four, five of them for each computer.”

It went on to be the first computer book to sell a million copies. Quite a legacy.

I think we owe it to the world to bring this book up to date using modern, memory safe languages that embody the original spirit of BASIC, and modern programming practices including subroutines.

So let’s do this. Please join us on GitHub, where we’re updating those original 101 BASIC games in 10 memory safe, general purpose scripting languages:

  • Java / Kotlin
  • Python
  • C#
  • VB.NET
  • JavaScript
  • Ruby
  • Perl
  • Lua

(Edit: as of March 2022, we’ve a) offered Kotlin as an alternative to Java, b) removed Pascal since we can’t guarantee memory safety there, and replaced it with Rust, which very much can, and c) added Lua which just cracked the top 20 in TIOBE and strongly meets the scripting and memory safe criteria.)

Now, bear in mind these are very primitive games from the 1970s. They aren’t going to win any awards for gameplay, or programming sophistication. But they are precious artifacts of early computing that deserve to be preserved for future generations, including the wonderful original art by George Beker.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

We need your help to do this right, and collaboratively together, as with all modern programming projects. Imagine we’re all typing these programs in simultaneously together online, all over the world, instead of being isolated alone in our room in 1984, cursing at the inevitable typo we made somewhere when typing the code in by hand out of the book. 🤬

Thanks Mr. Ahl. And a big thanks to everyone who contributed to this project when it was in beta, announced only on Twitter:

To encourage new contributions, by the end of 2022, for every functioning program submitted in each of the 10 indicated languages, I’ll donate $5 to Girls Who Code. Before beginning, please read the guidelines in the readme, and if you have questions, scan through this discussion topic. And most of all, remember, this stuff is supposed to be fun.

(I don’t want to be “that one guy,” so I’m also looking for project co-owners who can help own and organize this effort. If this is a project that really appeals to you, show me what you can do and let’s work together as a team.)

Perhaps as your new year’s resolution you can see fit to carve off some time to take part in our project to update a classic programming bookone of the most influential books in computing history – for 2022 and beyond! 🎉

by Pradershika Sharma  for lifehacker.com

The 2023 Google Pixel Fold Is 75% Off Right Now

You get a 7.6-inch foldable display, Google Tensor G2 performance, and reliable Pixel camera quality.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Google Pixel Fold launched in 2023 as Google’s first foldable, and while newer phones have come out since then, this current price changes how you might look at it. It is listed at $449.99 for the 256GB model, which is significantly lower than its earlier pricing and still below what you will find on places like Amazon. The deal is expected to run for the next ten days or until stock runs out. You also get free shipping if you are a Prime member (others pay $6), although it is worth noting that Woot does not ship to Alaska, Hawaii, PO boxes, or military addresses.

When it is closed, it works like a standard Pixel with a familiar Android interface and a smaller outer display. Open it up, and you get a 7.6-inch inner screen that gives you more room to work with—reading articles, watching videos, or browsing multiple tabs feels less cramped. Performance-wise, it runs on Google’s Tensor G2 chip with Android 13, so performance is steady for everyday use, even if it is not as fast as the latest flagships. It is also unlocked for 5G, so you can drop in a SIM from most major carriers and switch networks without much effort. That flexibility makes it easier to justify if you travel often or want a backup device ready with a different network.

Pixel phones have a reputation for great cameras, and that carries over here, too—you get a 48MP main sensor with additional lenses, and the image processing is consistent with other Pixel phones, which means photos tend to come out sharp with good color even in low light. You can also prop the phone halfway open to take hands-free shots or use the rear cameras for selfies, which is something slab phones cannot do as easily. As for its battery life, it lasts around eight hours (according to this PCMag review), which is enough for a full day of moderate use but not much more. This is not a budget phone in design or intent, but at this price, it works well as a secondary phone, a travel device, or something you use when you want a bigger screen without carrying a tablet.


Black Friday deal: Protect your porch with a Nest Doorbell for 46% off

by Daniel Oropeza  for lifehacker.com

The New Samsung Galaxy S26 Is $300 Off

Samsung's latest flagship phone has a built-in Privacy Display and comes with an S Pen stylus.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

It hasn't even been three months since Samsung announced the new Galaxy S26 lineup of phones, and the flagship version, the Galaxy S26 Ultra, is already getting a solid deal from Amazon: You can get $300 off the basic 256GB storage option or the maxed-out 512GB version. The deal applies to all four colors as well. This deal is better than the $200 gift card Amazon offered at launch and the lowest price they've ever been, according to price-tracking tools.

The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra is impressive, both in specs, design, and with practical new features. The most impressive new feature you'll notice is the built-in privacy display, which works like a privacy screen you would buy from a third-party seller. It's a feature no phone company has tried before, but it works, according to CNET's 9.3/10 review. I wouldn't be surprised if others follow suit. The feature can be toggled on and off, but be aware that even when it's off, the viewing angle is not as good as the S26 and S26+, which don't have this feature.

The cameras are excellent, with three lenses (200MP, 50MP, 50MP, and 10MP). The front-facing camera is a 12MP. You'll notice the hardware isn't very different from the Galaxy S25 Ultra, but there are new features. One is the pro video recording feature, which lets you record to external drives and shoot in the APV codec (Samsung's pro video codec); more advanced photographers will enjoy the higher resolution video formats. There's also a new video stabilizer to keep your videos from looking bumpy, new AI processors to bring out details in photos, better night-time shooting features, and more. This makes the S26 Ultra a great phone for content creators, as highlighted by PCMag's "excellent" review.

You'll notice there is a clear price jump compared to the previous generation, but hopefully the $300 discount helps alleviate that pain.

by Miranda Jeyaretnam  for time.com

Trump Administration Lowers Expectations for Trade Deals as Tariff Deadline Approaches

The Administration has already lowered expectations as dealmaking proves challenging.

President Trump Participates In Invest America Roundtable At The White House

Less than 10 days till President Donald Trump’s higher “reciprocal” tariffs kick back in for most of the world, the U.S. looks like it may emerge with just a handful of trade deals.

The President shocked the world and roiled markets on April 2, which he dubbed “Liberation Day,” when he imposed tariffs of as high as 50% on nearly every country, before announcing a 90-day reduction in a stunning reversal just a week later. That pause, however, is ending July 9, and Trump said in a Sunday interview on Fox News, taped Friday, that he doesn’t intend to extend the deadline—although, he added, “I could, no big deal.”

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

On Friday, Trump said he could do “whatever we want” with the deadline. “I’d like to make it shorter. I’d like to just send letters out to everybody, ‘Congratulations, you’re paying 25%,’” he told reporters. 

Trump’s unpredictable style has earned him the descriptor “TACO” for “Trump Always Chickens Out,” while businesses, economists, and investors have criticized him for creating a volatile business environment. The President and his officials have countered that the uncertainty is all part of a master strategy to achieve better deals.

But the level of trade success Trump will have achieved by next week looks to fall short of his goals. Trump’s trade adviser Peter Navarro touted “90 deals in 90 days” in April. As the deadline approaches though, others in the Administration are lowering expectations.

“We’re going to do top 10 deals, put them in the right category, and then these other countries will fit behind,” Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick said on Bloomberg Television last week.

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent echoed Lutnick on Fox Business on Friday: “If we can ink 10 or 12 of the important 18—there are another important 20 relationships—then I think we could have trade wrapped up by Labor Day [Sept. 1].” For other “smaller trading partners, we will just send them letters,” Bessent said on CNBC.

Trade talks run into issues

Japan was one of the first countries to begin trade negotiations with the U.S. after the pause was announced, but talks have been troubled by disagreements over Japan’s policies protecting domestic rice.

“To show people how spoiled Countries have become with respect to the United States of America, and I have great respect for Japan, they won’t take our RICE, and yet they have a massive rice shortage,” Trump posted on Truth Social on Monday. (Japan imports 770,000 metric tons of rice every year without any tariffs, around half of which comes from the U.S.) “In other words, we’ll just be sending them a letter, and we love having them as a Trading Partner for many years to come.”

The “letters” that Trump likes to reference will notify countries of what rate their goods will be tariffed at, which Trump said on Fox News would mark “the end of the trade deal.”

With some trading partners, Trump’s strong-arm style has won him immediate concessions. Trump railed against Canada on Friday, announcing that he was ending trade talks over its proposed digital services tax, which he called “a direct and blatant attack on our Country.” On Sunday, Ottawa said it was abandoning the tax policy to resume negotiations with Washington in the hopes that it can reach a deal with the U.S. by July 21. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt said Canada “caved.”

Similarly, the European Union on Monday reportedly yielded to a 10% levy on many of its exports, as it pushes for lower rates on specific key sectors and exemptions to higher tariffs on automobiles as well as steel and aluminum.

But Trump’s hardball tactics could also sour important U.S. trade relationships, and in the long term push countries to seek alternative trading partners. The E.U., alongside its negotiations with the U.S., is preparing countermeasures to tariff U.S. goods and has stepped up discussions with China around their trade relationship in recent months.

Jayant Menon, a research fellow at ISEAS-Yusof Ishak Institute, previously told TIME that countries will look to diversify their trade and engage with “more reliable” trading partners. And many have already begun, said Kristina Fong, an economic affairs researcher at ISEAS-Yusof Ishak Institute, especially in terms of increasing trade with China. “It’s a very slow burn kind of momentum, but that’s always been, I think, the underlying case,” Fong told TIME.

Moreover, “smaller trading partners” that haven’t even gotten a seat at the negotiating table are likely to be hit hardest. Trump’s apparent dismissal of these countries, similar to his decision to shutter USAID, suggests that he doesn’t see the benefits of having positive relations with them.

Many of them were already hit with some of the highest “reciprocal” tariffs when they were initially announced, and many aren’t in a position to simply purchase more American goods. Lesotho, which was hit with the highest 50% rate, was pessimistic at the outset of the pause, with the country’s trade and industry minister saying, “I don’t have a good experience with trying to get meetings with [the Trump Administration].”

“We’ll look at how a country treats us—are they good, are they not so good? Some countries we don’t care, we’ll just send a high number out,” Trump said on Fox News. “Congratulations, we’re allowing you to shop in the United States of America. You’re going to pay a 25% tariff or 35% or 50% or 10%.”

“What does this do long term to trust and confidence [in the U.S.]?” says Mark Cogan, associate professor of peace and conflict studies at Japan’s Kansai Gaidai University, tells TIME. “You’re bullying your way to get what you want, and that reduces trust. To a certain extent, parties will assume eventually that they cannot negotiate with the United States because perhaps the United States is not negotiating in good faith.”

China says its interests must be safeguarded

Countries seeking quick and favorable deals with the U.S. also face a balancing act with China. 

China has attempted to position itself as a reliable and stable partner, in contrast with Trump’s erratic style, and to strengthen its relations with other countries. Trump’s tariffs “were accelerating a trend of Chinese businesses looking more and more overseas,” William Figueroa, an assistant professor of international relations at the University of Groningen, previously told TIME.

China, which signed an agreement with the U.S. in May that temporarily lowered both nations’ levies on each other after an escalating tariff war, has warned that countries should not reach deals with the U.S. at the expense of China’s interests.

China is on a separate timeline for negotiating with the U.S., with its 90-day pause beginning May 14, though the two countries have already reached a limited deal.

“China firmly opposes any party reaching a deal for so-called tariff reductions at the expense of China’s interests. If that happens, China would never accept it and would take resolute countermeasures to safeguard its legitimate rights and interests,” China’s Ministry of Commerce said in a statement on Saturday.

“China is happy to see all parties resolve trade disputes with the US through equal consultations,” the statement added. “At the same time, we call on them to stand on the side of fairness and justice and firmly defend international and multilateral trade rules.”

Xu Weijun, a researcher with the Institute of Public Policy at the South China University of Technology in Guangzhou, told SCMP that Beijing, which has repeatedly called Trump’s tariffs “unilateral bullying,” is watching Trump’s trade talks with caution.

“Trump is an emotionally driven leader with a history of flip-flopping. Beijing knows too well it must prepare for him reneging on commitments or using deals with other countries to extract concessions [from China],” Xu told SCMP.

But, Xu cautioned: “If Trump believes the U.S. is losing in a deal or thinks attacking China and stoking nationalist sentiment serves his domestic political agenda, he could easily overturn existing consensus and even scrap signed agreements.”

Deals may still fall short of expectations

Trump has boasted about his deals with the U.K. and China, but critics say these agreements are not substantive or fail to address some of Trump’s key concerns.

Trade experts suggest that other deals may end up similarly appearing more like broad frameworks with many details left to be worked out later.

Tim Meyer, a professor at Duke University law school who specializes in international trade, told Bloomberg: “I would expect the White House will announce some number of frameworks that it’s going to call trade deals, but do not meet anyone’s ordinary understanding of that term.”